P-r!, .//^i'\. ^°^iB>'> //sa^;:/'^^. ^o-n^. * • "» ■♦ o <^ "'TV ^^0^ 0* * "V * ^°-V r . -\ ^°^^^'> ./\-^i>- ^'^:^^^"- . rAQ^ :♦ .N^ v-o^ :♦ -N^ '^ i^ "^ \^ .. *u ••-* '^^ '* ^o, ^-^^ «>:^*%^.<. ro^ ♦•'■J.!- "^o. 4.*^ o^^•♦ ^^ •^oi^ "^0^ '^^ <S^. filaria and micrurus) infesting the trachea and bronchial tubes, and to influence the mucous membranes of the larynx and trachea in inflammatory conditions. 5. Drugs are usually given by the mouth and are absorbed from the stomach and intestines. Many non-irritating and not unpleasant drugs are taken voluntarily in the food, gruel, milk or drinking water by animals. Cats and dogs will often swallow medicine enclosed in a piece of meat, Absorption is more tardy than by the subcutaneous method, more rapid when given in solution into an empty stomach ; slower when administered in powder, pill or ball, and on a full stomach. Some drugs are probably absorbed from the stomach, only to be destroyed in part by the liver, or elimi- RECTAL INJECTIONS OF MEDICINES 9 nated by tlie bile, and do not enter the general' circulation at all. When drugs are administered for their local action on the stomach, in catarrh or ulcer, they should be given half hour to an hour before feeding; if given for their action in or on the intestines, they should be administered two or three hours after meals. 6. Rectal injections of medicines (enemata or clysters) are practised when the use of drugs by the mouth is inadvis- able or impossible, as in uncousciousness, dysphagia, con- vulsions ; also to destroy parasites (oxyurides) in the rectum, to influence an inflamed or ulcerated rectal mucous mem- brane, and to remove intestinal contents (oil and glycerin). The dose of drugs by this method is generally twice that by the mouth, and absorption is slower and more im- perfect. The drug should be non-irritating, soluble, and not too bulky, since a small amount is necessary ( 3 i.- ~ i. dogs ; 3 ii.-3 viii. horses); to avoid tenesmus and expulsion. Warm starch solution (made by boiling) with a little laudanum is a good vehicle for medicinal enemata, and retention of ene- mata is facilated by pressure on the anus with a towel for some minutes after the injection is given. Solids are sometimes employed by rectum in suppos- itories. For general uses of enemata, see p. ,30. 7. Drugs are absorbed very slightly by the skin, and then only when rubbed very vigorously into the epidermis (in- unction) with lanolin, fat or oil of some kind. Mercury and iodine are most commonly employed for absorption, but drugs are usually applied externally for their local action only and not to influence the general system through the blood. Dosage. The study of dosage is known as Posology. The action of drugs is altered both in degree and kind by the dose. Thus, increasing the dose would naturally lead to an in- crease in the intensity of a drug's action, but it frequently changes the entire character of the action as well. 10 CIRCUMSTA.NCES MODIFYING THE ACTION OF DRUGS Drugs, as opium and alcohol, acting especially on the nervous system, often excite in therapeutic doses, but de- press and paralyze iu toxic doses. Drugs, as digitalis, stimulating the heart in medicinal doses, usually depress and paralyze the organ in poisonous doses. Many drugs promoting urinary secretion, in ordinaiy doses, cause inflam- mation and urinary suppression in large doses. The best way to determine the dose of a drug is to estimate the amount required for each pound of live weight. This only applies to the same species and to animals of ordinary build. Fat is a comparatively inert tissue as far as the action of drugs is concerned. In the case of young animals, and of those either above or under the ordinary size of the adult of any species, the dose should be proportioned — ac- cording to weight — to the average dose for the adult animal of that species. Thus, if the average weight of a horse is 1000 pounds, the dose of any drug for a colt weighing 500 pounds would be half the usual dose for adult horses. In a general way the dose for all animals from birth to a few weeks old, is one-twentieth of that suitable for the mature animal of the same species ; for yearlings, about one- third of the adult dose. The dose recommended for dogs is commonly the same as that given to man, but this rule does not apply in the case of some powerful drugs (strych- nine), where the dose should be adjusted to the weight, t.e., so much per pound, live weight. It is impossible to calculate the dose for all domestic animals as based on that for animals of one species, be- cause the differences in anatomy and physiology modify the actions of drugs in degree and kind, but the dose for sheep is about one-fourth of that for the laiger ruminants. The repetition of a dose is determined to a consider- able extent by the duration and rapidity of a drug's action. Agents used for their immediate effect, as those relieving pain and stimulating the circulation and respiration, are repeated frequently till the desired effect is attained. Medicines improving the condition of the digestion, blood ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 11 and nutrition, as tonics of various kinds, require time for the accomplishment of their mission, and are usually given two or three times daily for a period of some weeks. Anatomy and Physiology. Certain differences in the action of medicines may be observed as occuring in the various species of animals, and in animals as contrasted in this respect with man. ACTION OF DRUGS ON ANIMALS AS COMPARED WITH THAT ON MAN. From a comparative standpoint the action of drugs on the nervous system of animals differs from that on man. This follows according to the "law of dissolution," which teaches that the more highly developed a part of the ner- vous system is in the evolutionary scale, the more sensitive is it to the influence of drugs. Since the cerebrum of man is relatively larger and more highly developed, in propor- tion to his weight, than is the case in animals, and since the spinal cord is larger and more highly developed in pro- portion to the brain in animals, it happens that drugs impressing the nervous system exert less effect on the brain, and more on the spinal cord, of animals than they do in man. Thus opium is more powerful in its influence on the brain of man, and strychnin is more potent in its action on the spinal cord of animals. Drugs are not absorbed so rapidly or perfectly in the enormous digestive apparatus of ruminants as in man; neither do emetics act in these animals, nor in horses; while in none of the lower animals are agents causing sweating so efficient as in man. ACTION OF DRUGS ON HORSES AS COMPARED WITH THAT ON OTHER ANIMALS. Differences exist relative to the action of drugs on the horse, as compared with other animals, chiefly in respect to the digestive apparatus. Emetics do not act on the horse, as this animal does not vomit unless the stomach is greatly distended with gas, which causes dilatation of the cardiac 12 CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION OF DRUGS outlet. Otherwise the stomach is too small to be success- fully compressed by the abdominal walls, and the great length of the oesophagus between the stomach and dia- phragm, together with the horseshoe-like band of fibres at its cardiac extremity, prevent the regurgitation of food. The intestines of the horse, on the other hand, are as volum- inous as the stomach is small, and therefore are powerfully influenced by irritants (as purgatives), although the action of cathartics is slow. The bowels of horses excrete vastly more of the fluid ingested than is the case in man or dogs — whose kidneys chiefly assume this function — and these latter organs are said to eliminate about 15 per cent, of the fluid ingesta in the former animals, as against 50 per cent, in man and dogs. ACTION OF DRUGS ON RUMINANTS AS COMPARED WITH THAT ON OTHER ANIMALS. The capacious four-fold stomach of ruminants always contains large amounts of food in the rumen and abomasm, while the impervious, poorly vascular and skin-like gastric mucous membrane renders absorption feeble and imperfect and enforces a comparatively larger dosage than is proper for horses of greater weight. Ruminants are also generally insusceptible to emetics. The skin and kidneys of rumi- jnants are still less active than is the case in horses. ACTION OF DRUGS ON DOGS AND PIGS AS COMPARED WITH THAT ON I OTHER ANIMALS. The action of medicine on dogs and pigs is similar in kind to that observed in man, but the former animals are less sensitive to drugs as a rule, since the dose suitable for a man weighing 150 pounds is appropriate for a dog of 40 pounds weight. As exceptions to this rule, we find that dogs will not bear the human dose of calomel, oil of turpentine, or strychnine. In fact, the ordinary tonic dose of strych- nine (gr. 3L) for man will throw a medium-sized dog into convulsions, and may kill a small animal, uotwithstand- TIME OF ADMINISTHATION 13 ing that this amount is recommeuded as a suitable canine dose in veterinary text books. Contrariwise, the dog is comparatively insensitive to many drugs powerfully influencing man, — notably aloes, colocynth and rhubarb. Most cathartics act more quickly on dogs than is the case with the other domestic animals, but saline purgatives are less appropriate in often causing vomiting, and because of their bulk. Time of Administration. This matter has been alluded to in speaking of the absorption of drugs. Medicines readily undergoing decom- position in the presence of other substances, as iodine and hydriodic acid, should be given on an empty stomach ; and likewise all drugs, when a speedy action is desired. Irrit- ants should be administered on a full stomach; while agents requiring hydrochloric acid for their solution — as iron — must be exhibited on the food or immediately after the time of feeding. Habit. — This circumstance does not have the same import- ance in veterinary medicine which it possesses in human practice, since we control drug habits in animals. Animals usually become less susceptible to the action of drugs on their repetition, e.g., opium and cathartics. This rule does not hold in the case of drugs having a cumulative action, nor in the repeated use of irritants on the skin, for then their action is strongly intensified. Disease. — The action of drugs is profoundly influenced by disease. It is only possible to enumerate a few exam- ples. Pain is almost an antidote to opium, and large re- peated doses of the drug, previously innocuous, may, on the sudden cessation of pain, induce poisoning. Opium is also borne in enormous doses in peritonitis. Inflammation °!id congestion of the digestive organs hinders the absorption of all medicines. A congested condition of the alimentary canal, and even of the respiratory tract in horses, contra- indicate the use of strong purgatives in these animals, 14 CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION OF DRUGS since superpurgation may occur. A high temperature alters the action of many drugs. Opium is not so efficient as an analgesic in fevers, while antipyretics will not lower the temperature in health. Stimulants are not nearly so potent in depressed bodily conditions, and counter-irritants will not produce their characteristic actions on the skin when the circulatory functions are at a low ebb. Idiosyncrasy. — Individual susceptibility to drugs is infrequent, but unfortunately cannot be anticipated. The writer has seen simple zinc oxide (free from adulteration or impurities) cause a frenzy of irritation when rubbed on a dog's skin, and a small dose of tartar emetic cause violent vomiting in a cow. Some animals are very susceptible to counter-irritants. Well-bred animals are commonly more responsive to drugs than others. GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS. Drugs Acting on the Digestive Organs. Sialogogues are agents increasing the secretion of saliva. Antisialogogiies are agents diminishing salivary secretion. Among the sources of saliva — the parotid, sublingual and submaxillary glands — the latter have received most study. The chorda tympani, with its centre in the medulla, is one of the two nerves supplying the submaxillary gland. It con- tains two sets of fibres, the secretory and vasodilator. Hence stimulation of this nerve, or its centre, whether im- mediately or reflexly, leads, by means of its vasodilator fibres, to dilatation of the blood vessels and enhanced vascu- larity of the gland, and so indirectly to greater secretion; while, through excitation of the secretory fibres, the proto- plasm of the glandular cells is influenced and secretion directly increased. Reflexly the gland is stimulated by drugs exciting the peripheral terminations of the gustatory (lingual branch of the fifth nerve) and glossopharangeal nerves in the mouth; the vagus endings in the stomach ; by agencies sending pleasurable impressions to the brain through the medium of the eyes or nose ; or by stimulation of other sensory nerves. The submaxillary gland is also supplied by a branch of the cervical sympathetic accompanying the submaxillary arter- ies. Stimulation of this nerve, or its centre, causes vascular constriction in the gland and inhibition of secretion. Sialogogues are often classed under three heads. 1st, Specific sialogogues, acting directly on the mechanism con- cerned with secretion, i.e., the gland cells, or nervous appara- tus. Pilocarpine is the best example of the specific class. It stimulates the gland cell or peripheral nerve endings. 2nd, Refiex sialogogues, exciting sensory nerve terminations 15 16 GENEKAL AC HON OF DRUGS and indirectly or reflexly stimulating the nervous mechan- ism controlling secretion. As examples of this class, may be mentioned alkalies, acids, emetics, and other agents stimu- lating the mucous membrane of the mouth and stomach. 3rd, Mixed sialogogiies, acting both specifically and reflexly. Physostigmine, nicotine or tobacco and mercury prepara- tions may be included in this category. Antisialogogues. — These drugs may act in various ways to lessen salivary secretion, but atropine is most notable in this regard. It acts by depressing the peripheral endings of the secretory nerves. Uses. — Sialogogues are not of much therapeutic value. Some are added to the drinking water given to animals suf- fering from fever, to relieve dryness of the mouth and thirst. They are then called refrigerants ; as, for example, potas- sium nitrate, diluted phosphoric and other acids. The reflex sialogogues are sometimes employed to stimulate the mucous membrane of the pharynx in sore throat and relaxed conditions ; as, for example, potassium chlorate in electuary for horses. Excessive salivation produced by mercury salts or pilo- carpine is relieved by an autisialogogue, i.e., atropine. Stomachics are drugs which, in therapeutic doses, mildly stimulate the mucous membrane of the mouth and stomach, thereby increasing the secretions and vascularity of these parts, the appetite, and, in a less degree, gastric peristalsis. These agents also influence the intestines, but this effect will be considered under carminatives. Stomachics may be divided into bitters, aromatics (drugs containing a volatile oil and often very pungent), and aro- matic bitters (drugs containing a volatile oil and a bit- ter principle). While both the bitters and aromatics en- hance the appetite, the action of the latter is more powerful and fleeting. Yery large doses of stomachics are distinctly irritating, and cause anorexia, nausea, and vomiting in animals capable of the act. DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 17 STOMACHICS. BITTERS. Gentian Calumba Quassia Hydrastis Taraxacum AROMATIC BITTERS. (^ascarilla Chamomile Serpentaria AROMATICS. Coriander Capsicum Pepper Ginger Cardamon Fennel Fenugreek Anise Calamus Mustard Spearmint Peppermint Uses. — Stomachics — particularly bitters — are service- able in itii proving the appetite and gastric digestion in atonic indigestion, and in enfeebled states of the digestive organs occurring in the course of chronic diseases or during conva- lescence from acute disorders. The aromatics are more frequently employed for their action on the intestines, when they are called carminatives. Bitters are contra-indicated in irritable or inflamed conditions of the alimentary tract. Antacids are drugs which are used to counteract acidity in the stomach and bowels resulting from indigestion and fermentation, or from excessive secretion of gastric juice. Some (not ammonia compounds) are also occasionally em- ployed to alkalize the blood and urine. It has been commonly taught that if antacids are given immediately before or at the time of eating, they increase the flow of acid gastric juice, although diminishing the secretion of alkaline saliva. They are thus said to improve ■gastric digestion, especially when combined with bitters. Recent experiments seem to show that the foregoing statement is fallacious and that not only do antacids fail to stimulate gastric secretion, but that hydrochloric acid is the best agent for this purpose. If administered several hours after eating, antacids counteract acidity due to fermentation and relieve pain caused by this condition. Since fermentation is frequently 18 GENERAL ACTIONS OP DRUGS the cause of tympanites, the antacids are conjoined to advan- tage with carminatives (sodium bicarbonate and ginger). The alkaline carbonates allay pain by means of the carbonic dioxide set free in their decomposition in the digestive tract, and the antacids are also beneficial in dissolving an exces- sive secretion of mucus in catarrhal conditions of the alimen- tary canal. The antacids are synonymous with alkalies, with the exception of the neutral vegetable salts — acetates, citrates and tartrates — of potassium and sodium, which are some- times classed under this head. These do not alkalize the contents of the stomach, but nevertheless are broken up in the body and transformed into carbonates and thus render the urine more alkaline during their elimination. Among those included in the following list the sodium compounds are much less active in alkalizing the urine than the potas- sium salts. Sodium bicarbonate is in most fieqnent use in digestive disorders, but ammonium carbonate is particularly appropriate in flatulence, because it possesses the added power of stimulating peristaltic action and expelling flatus. ANTACIDS. Sodium carbonate Ammonium carbonate Sodium bicarbonate Magnesia Potassium carbonate Magnesium carbonate Potassium bicarbonate Calcium carbonate (chalk) Solution of potash Solution of lime (lime water) Ammonia Acids. — The mineral acids — together with stomachics — increase the vascularity and movements of the stomach. The natural hydrochloric acid of the gastric juice assists in the conversion of proteids (in the food) into peptones, and is, therefore, the acid of most use in relation to stomach digestion. It should be given one-half to two hours after feeding animals, and it not only supplies any abnormal defi- ciency of the natural acid secretion, but also stimulates the formation of pepsin from pepsinogen, and the normal pro- duction of this acid in the stomach. DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 19 Carminatives include the same drugs which were men- tioned as stomachics, but the term as generally employed refers to their effect in exciting peristaltic action, and so expelling gas from the stomach and bowels. The aromatics are considerably more valuable for this purpose than the bitters. Carminatives also prevent griping caused by many cathartics, aid digestion, and disguise the taste of disagree- able drugs. Capsicum and ginger are most frequently pre- scribed in Veterinary practice. Digestives. — Pepsin is occasionally of benefit in the treatment of dogs and young animals in cases pf enfeebled gastric digestion resulting from acute diseases or other gen- eral causes. It should be administered directly after eating, and is prescribed to advantage with hydrochloric acid. As a general proposition it is inadvisable to give agents which merely substitute an artificial for the natural digestion, except as a temporary expedient. A wiser course consists in re- moving the cause of indigestion by proper feeding or by enforcing abstinence from food, and in the use of remedies calculated to strengthen the natural digestive functions. Pancreatin may be given during, or immediately after, eating, and will assist gastric digestion for some time before sufficient acid is secreted to destroy it. In fact, some authors (Hare) insist that this substance is more valuable in any case than pepsin in aiding stomach digestion, although pan- creatin is more commonly given, several hours after eating, to promote intestinal digestion. Papain is another agent which is employed as an artificial digestive of vegetable origin. Its value is not yet definitely determined. Antiseptics. — These agents are sometimes used to pre- vent or arrest fermentation of food in the stomach and bowels. Since fermentation is primarily due to indigestion, it is essential to remove the cause by diet and other rational means rather than to combat the effects of indigestion. Large doses of antiseptics hinder the digestive processes and may endanger the life of the patient, so that it is difficult to attain perfect antisepsis in the alimentary canal. 20 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS Among the drugs more commonly employed for tlieir antiseptic action on the contents of the digestive tract may be mentioned : Carbolic acid Bismuth salicylate Creosote Bismuth subgallate Creolin Sodium sulphite, bisulphite and Naphthol hyposulphite Naphthalin Hydrogen dioxide Bismuth subnitrate Emetics are drugs which cause vomiting. The act of vomiting proceeds from irritation of the vomiting centre in the medulla, which is in close proximity to the respiratory centre. This centre is either acted upon directly by drugs circulating in the blood, or reflexly by agents stimulating sensory nerves in various parts of the body. Thus, irritation of the sensory nerve-endings of the mouth, throat, gullet, lungs, heart, stomach, bowels, biliary passages, peritoneum, uterus and kidneys, may produce vomition. Vomiting is occasioned by simultaneous contraction of the abdominal walls and the diaphragm. In this process the stomach is squeezed between the abdominal walls and diaphragm, and contraction of the longitudinal fibres, radiating from the lower end of the gullet, draws the stomach towards the diaphragm and so pulls open the cardiac orifice, while the pylorus is firmly contracted and closed. Some peculiarities must be noted in reference to vomition in the domestic ani- mals. Dogs, pigs and cats vomit readily and may be placed in the same category as man in this respect. Horses rarely vomit and are not easily nauseated by emetics. Vomiting is prevented in these animals by : 1. The small size of the stomach, which is not readily compressed between the ab- dominal walls and diaphragm. 2. The length of the gullet between the stomach and diaphragm, which forms a valve- like obstruction when the tube is shortened by contraction of the longitudinal fibres at its lower extremity in attempts at vomition. 3. A horse-shoe-like band of fibres at the car- diac orifice, which hinders dilatation of this opening. Eumi- DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 21 nants are likewise comparatively insusceptible to emetics because of tlie large size of their digestive apparatus, vs^liicli is not easily compressed bet-ween the parietes and diaphragm. Therefore the vomiting centre remains probably in a state of non-development in the horse and ruminant, by rea-on of non-use. Cattle and horses do, however, occasionally vomit. Cat- tle at sea frequently sujffer from mat de mer, and the writer has observed actual vomition in them following the use of tartar emetic. Horses may vomit when the stomach is greatly distended with gas. Emetics may be classed as : 1. Specific, acting on the vomiting centre through the blood. 2. Local, by stimula- tion of the sensory nerve-endings in the mouth, throat, gullet and stomach. 3. Mixed, those acting in both ways. It is impossible, in our present state of knowledge, to apply this classification accurately to individual drags, but the following statements may be made : If an emetic is in- jected into the blood and vomiting instantly occurs, the drug has probably acted upon the vomiting centre ; if some time elapses before the occurrence of vomition, it is probable that the drug has acted upon the stomach during its elimination by that organ. Contrariwise, if, after the ingestion of an emetic, a considerable period intervenes before vomiting comes on, it is probable that the agent has acted on the vomiting centre. Again, if a larger quantity of a drug is required when injected into the blood than when swallowed, to cause emesis, it is fair to suppose that the agent acts on the stomach directly or during its elimination. Finally, if an emetic is thrown into the blood after the removal of the stomach and substitution of a bladder in its place, and vom- iting does not occur (Majendie's experiment with tartar emetic), it shows that the agent only acts on the stomach ; but if vomiting does occur, it indicates that the agent acts on the vomiting centre and causes emesis by contraction of the parietes and diaphragm, with this reservation, that the 22 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS drug may have been eliminated by the oesophagus and in- testines and have reflexly stimulated the vomiting centre through the medium of these parts. These remarks dem- onstrate the complexity of the subject. EMETICS. Specific Local Mixed Apomorphine Mustard Tartar Emetic Senega Salt Ipecac Squills Alum Zinc Sulphate Lukewarm water Ammonium Carbonate Copper Sulphate Apomorphine is the only emetic given under the skin. It also acts well by the mouth, but causes more nausea and allied effects than drugs acting locally. Mustard and salt, 1 teaspoonf ul each, in a cup of luke- warm water, form a convenient emetic for dogs. Ipecac is useful in respiratory diseases as an expectorant as well as emetic, and zinc sulphate is a prompt emetic in poisoning. The other emetics are practically unimportant. Emetics cause, beside vomition, several other pheno- mena which are sometimes utilized therapeutically. Among these may be mentioned, — nausea, salivation, violent respi- ratory efforts, compression of the abdominal glands and ducts and extrusion of their contents, passive congestion of the head, chest and peripheral parts by reason of compres- sion of the abdominal veins. Increased secretion of the mucous membranes of the nose, eyes, stomach, gullet and bronchial tubes follow passive congestion. Muscular relax- ation always accompanies nausea, and sweating ensues from relaxation of the skin and leaking out of the secretion. The flow of bile is Increased on account of pressure on the liver and gall-bladder, while the secretion is also augmented. The pulse and respiration are more frequent during emesis, but are diminished in force and frequency after- wards. All these phenomena are more apparent after the use of specific emetics. Uses. — These apply particularly to dogs. 1. To empty the stomach in case of poisoning, over- DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 23 loading of the organ, and indigestion with convulsions in young animals : — Mustard, salt or zinc sulphate. 2. To expel foreign bodies from the fauces and gullet (apomorphine subcutaneously) ; or, by the forcible expira- tion attending vomition, to expel excessive secretion or exu- dation from the air passages in laryngitis or bronchitis : — Ipecac. 3. To empty the gall-bladder in catarrhal jaundice and biliousness and to expel bile from the stomach. 4. To lower blood pressure and increase secretion in the first stage of bronchitis : — Ipecac. 5. To stop vomiting : — Ipecac in minute doses. Contra-indications. — Pregnancy ; hernia ; inflammation of the stomach, brain or abdominal viscera; bleeding from the stomach, bowels or lungs ; aneurism and asthenia. Gastric sedatives and anti-emetics are agents used to re- lieve pain in the stomach and vomiting. These include : Ice Cocaine Hot water Cerium oxalate Bismuth svibcarbonate Lime water Bismuth subnitrate Minute doses of arsenic Carbon dioxide " <' <' ipecac Hydrocyanic acid " " alcohol Morphine " " " iodine Menthol " " " silver nitrate Carbolic acid Chloroform Creasote Chloral Aconite Bromides Belladonna Nitrites Most of these agents act locally, but opium and mor- phine, chloral, the bromides, prussic acid and the nitrites act centrally. USES OP GASTRIC SEDATIVES AND ANTI-EMETICS IN CANINE PRACTICE. It must be recognized that vomiting is merely a symptom. It is, therefore, essential to remove the cause. This may sometimes be accomplished by starving, the use of an 24: GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS emetic, or tepid water. If vomiting is due to acute irrita- tion of the stomach, as is frequently the case in dogs, ice and bismuth subiiitrate (gr. x.-xx.). with tincture of aconite (I1|.i.-ii.), form suitable remedies. When vomiting arises from indigestion and fermentation, carbolic acid with bismuth often act favorably. The vomiting following anaesthesia is probably of central origin. Here enemata of laudanum (Tf\.x.-xxx.) and sodium bromide (gr. xx.-xxx.) are beneficial. Ipecac, iodine, silver nitrate and the like are useful in vom- iting dependent upon an atonic or depressed state of the stomach. When vomiting is continuous, small quantities of milk and lime water, equal parts, or peptonized milk ( 3 ii.-iv.), or a drachm of cracked ice with a few drops of brandy, should be given at half-hour intervals. It may be rarely necessary to resort to rectal feeding. Purgalives or cathartics are agents which empty the bowels. They act : (1) By stimulating peristaltic action. (2) By increasing the secretions (succus entericus) of the intestinal glands and, perhaps, transudation of fluid from the blood vessels in the walls of the intestines. (3j By hin- dering absorption of secretions and fluids which normally occurs in the lower bowels. (4) By a combination of two or more of these methods. Pui-gatives may be divided into : 1. Laxatives. — These include such agents as: Olive oil Nux vomica Cottonseed oil Castor oil l^^^ ^^^^ Magnesia Linseed oil j Sulphur These drugs slightly increase intestinal actio,n, chiefly by stimulation of peristalsis. 2. Simple Purgatives. — These stimulate secretion and peristaltic action. Among them may be mentioned : Aloes Rhubarb Calomel Senna Linseed oil Cascara sagrada Castor oil Frangula 3. Drastic Purgatives. — Drastics are essentially gastro- intestinal irritants, and in large doses cause mucous and DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 25 bloody diarrhoea, congestion of the raucous membrane of the alimentary canal and severe colic. They may produce death in poisonous doses with collapse by reason of gastro- enteritis. Drastics greatly increase both peristaltic action and secretion, and are contra-indicated in irritable and in- flamed conditions of the digestive tract. They are, however, indicated for their revulsant or derivative effect {i.e., to dilate the blood vessels in the alimentary canal and to cause an outpouring of serum from the blood, thus relieving conges- tion in other parts) in some acute inflammations, as in brain diseases. Their medicinal action is often attended with considerable and irregular peristaltic contractions, so that griping occurs. The latter is prevented by suitable combi- nation with other purgatives ; with hyoscyamus and bella- donna ; or with carminatives, as ginger. The drastics in- clude : Croton oil Scammony Colocynth Jalap Gamboge Elaterium 4. Hydrogogue Purgatives. — Hydrogogues are agents which chiefly increase the fluidity of the intestinal contents. They include : (a) SALINE PURGATIVES Magnesium sulphate Sodium phosphate Sodium sulphate Potassium bitartrate (b) DRASTICS Jalap Scammony" Elaterium The salines stimulate secretion by reason of their bit- terness, and by their irritant and specific properties. They, moreover, hold on to the fluid thus secreted and hinder its absorption because of their slow diffasibility. Purgation follows, owing to the mechanical effect of the increased fluidity in the bowels, and since the augmented bulk of the intestinal contents excites peristaltic action. "When it is desirable to remove fluid from the blood the salt should be given in concentrated solution, but when a speedy purgative 26 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS action only is required the saline should be administered in considerable dilution. This happens because salines con- tinue to cause an outpouring of fluid (succus entericus) into the intestines until a 5 to 6 per cent, solution of the salt is reached. The nearer to this degree of dilution (5-6 per cent.), therefore, the dose is given, the more quickly will it purge. The drastics included in this class of purgatives have the power of markedly increasing intestinal secretion as well as peristaltic action. 5. Cholagogue Purgatives. — Cholagogues are agents which assist in removing bile from the body. They do this in two ways. 1. By directly stimulating the secretion of bile. These are called Direct Cholagicoges, or Hepatic Stimulants. 2. By increasing peristalsis in the upper portion of the small intestines, and thus hastening the expulsion of bile from the bowels. These are called Indirect Cholagogues. Some cholagogues are not generally considered purgatives, but it is proper to classify all of them thus, since bile stim- ulates peristalsis. The functions of the liver which cholagogues influence — more or less — are as follows : 1. Destructive Action. — The liver not only destroys the toxicity of peptones and other poisonous fermentative and putrefactive products of digestion, but antagonizes as well the effect of toxins and alkaloids derived from various sources, including those absorbed from the alimentary tract. 2. Constructive Action. — The liver completes the assimi- lation of peptones by converting them into albumin and globulin for immediate use. An important hepatic function is the formation of glycogen from peptones and sugar occur- ring as digestive products. Finally urea is produced in the liver from products of oxidation in the body, as leucin. 3. Excretory Action. — The liver produces bile which is both an excretion and secretion. In bile are eliminated, as toxic matters, biliary acids (the product of liver cells), bile pigment (the result of decomposition of red blood cells in DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 27 the spleen), and lecithin and cholesterin (the waste pro- ducts of nerve tissue and cellular activity). The bile pigment and acids are rendered inert in the bowel by precipitation in the acid chyme. 4. Secretory Action. — Bile, as a secretion, is utilized in the intestines, where it is instrumental in the emulsification and absorption of food-fat and as an intestinal antiseptic. Experiments on fasting, curarized dogs — from which all the bile was removed through glass tubes connected with the common bile duct — have shown that the following drugs particularly stimulate biliary secretion. DIRECT CHOLAGOGUES. *Podophylluni Ipecac Aloes Euonymus *Rhubarb *Nitro-hydrochloric Acid Colchicum Corrosive Sublimate Sodium Sulphate Sodium Salicylate *Sodium Phosphate These experiments may not apply to all animals owing to the differences in food requirements and anatomy. The drugs marked with an asterisk have been found by clinical evidence most valuable. The purgatives above-mentioned act most successfiilly as cholagogues when given in small doses. INDIRECT CHOLAGOGUES. Calomel Mercury Most purgatives in a less degree. The bile occurring at any time within the bowels is in part absorbed and then re- secreted. This process may be repeated indefinitely, but is prevented by purgatives, espe- cially those increasing peristalsis in the duodenum and upper part of the jejunum (calomel), because they hurry along and expel the bile in the gut before it has time to be absorbed. In this way calomel and purgatives are indirect chola- gogues in removing bile from the body ; not by stimulating its secretion, but by hastening its excretion from the bowels. 28 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS Cholagogues are serviceable in indigestion and constipation with disordered hepatic functions, as shown by icterus, light- colored fseces, etc. A more complete method of ridding the blood of bile consists in the use of both an indirect chola- gogue (to increase biliary secretion) and a direct chola- gogue (to sweep it out of the bowels). The urea-forming and glycogenic functions of the liver are not influenced to advantage by drugs, with the exception of opium, morphine and codeine, which lessen the amount of sugar in the urine in Diabetes Mellitus. GENERAL USES OF PURGATIVES. 1. To empty the bowels. — In this way are removed ffecal accumulations and poisonous matters resulting from bacte- rial infection, and from fermentative and putrefactive changes in the intestinal contents in indigestion. Foreign bodies, bile, pathological discharges and intestinal parasites are also expelled. Peristaltic action is quickened in chronic constipation, while spasmodic and painful conditions (colic) are relieved by ridding the bowels of the source of irritation causing the trouble. 2. To remove fluid from the body. — This effect is more marked after the use of concentrated solutions of saline pur- gatives and other hydrogogues. Concentration of the blood and resulting absorption of dropsies of renal and cardiac origin, or inflammatory effusions, can be accomplished by these agents. 3. To revulse. — That is, to cause dilatation of the blood vessels in the intestinal walls and so withdraw blood from remotely congested areas, as in cerebritis. The drastics are appropriate for this service. Pain and nervous phenomena in other regions are sometimes benefited by the counter- irritant action of drastic cathartics. 4. To dejjJete. — Cathartics, particularly concentrated saline solutions, deplete the body both locally and generally by withdrawal of serum from the blood vessels. Purgatives GENERAL USES OF PURGATIVES 29 tend to combat inflammation (antiphlogistic action) in this way by lowering blood tension while they also favor reduc- tion of a febrile temperature. Local depletion by salines is especially indicated in diarrhoea a-nd dysentery, and in the first stages of acute inflammation of the digestive tract. Plethora and obesity are often treated by a depletive method with cathartics. 5. To eliminate. — Deleterious material in the blood re- sulting from renal insufficiency, and probably from infection in acute diseases, maybe eliminated to a considerable extent by purgatives. So also may be hsemic sources of rheuma- matism, lymphangitis and lipemoglobinsemia. Contra-indications. — These refer rather to the special agent than to any disorder, for there is scarcely a condition in which some cathartic is not permissible. Drastics are inadmissible under the following circum- stances : in catarrhal conditions of the respiratory and digestive tracts, intestinal haemorrhage, collapse, anaemia, hernia, prolapse of rectum, metritis, nephritis, pregnancy, general debility, and in wounds of and operations upon the pelvic or abdominal viscera. In well-defined enteritis and peritonitis cathartics are to be avoided. In mechanical obstruction of the intestines surgical interference is indicated when practicable, but where this is impossible enemata and possibly purgatives may be employed. The intestines, developed to an extent dispro- portionate to the size of the stomach in the horse, are pow- erfully influenced by cathartics, so that in catarrh of the respiratory organs and influenza, metastasis, or change in the site of the inflammation may occur, and the intestines may become involved with the occurrence of excessive purging (super- purgation) after the ingestion of any but the mildest cathartics, as linseed oil. Aloes is the purgative given horses for ordinary purposes, while epsom and glauber salts are suitable for ruminants and pigs, and calomel and castor oil for dogs. Water assists the action of purgatives, and its ingestion shon'd be encouragpd by supplying a liberal 30 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS quantity of common salt either with the purgative or on the food, and also by sweetening the drinking water with molasses in the case of cattle. If the action of cathartics is delayed, it is usually advisable to give enemata. Enemata,or Clysters. — These are fluid injections into the rectum and are used for the following purposes : 1. To empty the lower bowels when purgatives are inadmissible, as in intestinal obstruction, ulceration and inflammation, f?ecal accumulations, debilitated conditions, obstinate vomiting, unconsciousness, and in inability to swallow (sore throat and tetanus). 2. To relieve pain, spasm (of intestines and bladder), and shock, when deep, hot enemata (105°-115^ F.) are used. 3. To save life. After severe haemorrhage, deep injec- tions of hot normal salt solutions, 110 F°. (Enteroclysis, see p. 703.) 4. To accelerate the action of purgatives, and as a preparation for abdominal and pelvic operations. 5. To supply food. (See artificial feeding, \). 6fi3. i 6. For their local effect upon inflammation of the mucous membrane of the rectum and colon. Opium and boiled starch solution ; silver nitrate and tannic acid — in diarrhoea, dysentery, colitis and proctitis. 7. To kill intestinal parasites (oxyurides), — solutions of quassia and common salt. 8. To administer medicines in dysphagia due to pharyn- gitis, tetanus, unconsciousness (apoplexy, coma and convul- sions) ; to obstinate vomiting and other causes. 9. To reduce temperature, — cold enemata in fever. 10. To produce diuresis, — deep injections for retention and absorption into the blood. 11. To improve muscular tone and intestinal peristalsis in chronic constipation, — cold enemata (55°-60° F.). 12. To overcome twist and intussusception. 13. To stimulate peristalsis, relieve congestion, and increase the flow of bile in catarrhal jaundice, — cold, deep irrigations (55^-60^ F.) are here indicated. USES OF ENEMATA 31 Enemata are best given by allowing water to gravitate into the bowel from a height of 2 to 4 feet. The ordinary fountain syringe of human practice is siaitable for the smaller animals, while for deep injections or irrigations a human rectal tube should be slipped over the hard rubber tip. In the case of horses or cattle enemata may be siphoned through a rubber tube or piece of small hose. This is accomplished by filling the tube with water and compressing it at either end to prevent the escape of water, while one end is submerged in a pail or tub raised 2-4 feet above the patient, and the other end is then introduced directly within the bowel ; or affixed to a rectal tube six feet long, when deep injections or irrigations are in order. A continuous flow is thus obtained. A still simpler method consists in pouring water into a funnel which has been fitted to one end of a rubber tube while the other end is passed into the rectum. That portion of the tube which is to be placed within the gut should always be lubricated with vaseline, oil or soap. Manual removal of hardened faeces (scybala) must be practised in all animals before the use of enemata. The finger or blunt curette may be utilized for this purpose in small patients. The injection of linseed or cottonseed oil (H.oi.; D. 3 ii.) an hour before the use of larger enemata assists in softening the intestinal contents. When deep injections are indicated, the hind quarters of the animal should be raised — small animals may be partially inverted — and the fluid allowed to flow in slowly, pushing in the rectal tube as the gut distends. Such enemata are more effective whether the object be to simply unload the bowels, to cause retention and absorption of the fluid, or to wash out the intestines. One to several gallons of warm water form a suitable quantity for unloading the bowels of large animals ; one-half pint to a quart, in the case of small patients. The injections should be repeated until a good evacuation is secured. To increase the purga- tive effect of enemata a cup each of soft soap, salt and molasses are added to a gallon of water ; or a tablespoonf ul 32 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS each to a pint. Linseed oil or cottonseed oil are also mixed witli water. Epsom salts are still more efficacious (H.ftii. to gallon of water. (D. 3 i.-iv. to pint); while oil of turpentine (H. 3 ii.-iv.; D, 3 i.-iv.) is very active and especially useful in colic and flatulence, mixed with the enema. When clysters are given to be absorbed they should always be deeply injected in quantities of one-half to one gallon for horses ; or one-half to one pint for dogs. In chronic constipation and torpidity of the bowels plain cold water (55°-60° F.) injections are indicated. Medicated irrigations are most serviceable in catarrhal disorders of the bowels (dysentery, etc.), i.e., the fluid is allowed to flow in and out again till the solution returns clear. Drugs Acting on the Circulation. I. — Acting Upon the Blood. (a) Blood Plasma. — The alkalinity of the blood serum can be increased by the use of the salts of the alkaline and earth metals; i.e., potassium, sodium, lithium, ammonium, magnesium and calcium compounds. This effect is of value therapeutically in rheumatism, hiemoglobinsemia and uric- acidfemia. In the latter condition the antacids — especially potassium and lithium salts — dissolve uric acid, convert it into urates, alkalize the urine and increase its secretion. Drugs which remove considerable fluid from the body, as purgatives, diaphoretics and diuretics, necessarily alter the composition of the blood serum. By removing fluid from the plasma, these agents are useful in aiding absorption of inflammatory exudations, dropsies and oetlemas, since the mass of fluid removed is soon replaced from that contained in the food and tissues. In the various infectious and con- stitutional diseases treatment is largely directed to exciting the secretions and excretions with the purpose of eliminating products of tissue waste and bacterial action from the blood, DBUGS ACTING ON THE CIECULATION 33 which, prove detrimental to the system. This line of treat- ment is pursued in uraemia, hsemoglobinsemia and lymph- angitis. Venesection, saline infusions, hypodermoclysis and enteroclysis alter the character of the plasma and often have a life-saving value. (See p. 696-703.) (b) T he Red Corpuscles. — The so-called blood tonics, or hcematinics inflaence the red corpuscles, increasing their number and content of haemoglobin when there is a defi- ciency of either. The effect upon the augmentation of haemo- globin is more marked. H^J^ATINICS. Iron and its salts Corrosive sublimate Arsenic Potassium permanganate Copper salts Manganese dioxide The first two aip immensely superior to the others in blood-making properties. Iron especially favors the forma- tion of haemoglobin ; arsenic increases the number of red corpuscles. (c) White Corpuscles. — It is possible experimentally to arrest purulent exudations caused by irritation and inflam- mation when quinine is introduced into the blood or applied locally to blood vessels. This happens because quinine — like other poisons to amoebae — prevents the amoeboid movement or migration (diapedesis) of leucocytes through the vessel walls. Unfortunately it is impossible to give large enough doses in practice to realize such favorable results in inflammatory disorders. An enormous increase of leucocytes (leucocytosis) occurs in acute diseases accom- panied by a local exudative process, and also in leukaemia, etc. Arsenic, and in some cases quinine, appear to reduce the leucocytosis, and in leukaemia seem to thus aid recovery. II. — Drugs Acting on the Heart. The mechanism controlling the heart, which is influenced by drugs, is as follows : 1. Heart-muscle and ganglia. 2. Inhibitory apparatus, including the vagus nerve roots 34 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS originating from the medullary centre, and its fibres termi- nating in the heart. 3. The accelerator apparatus, consisting of the accele- rator nerve — with centres in the cerebrum and medulla — and its fibres passing down the spinal cord to the dorsal nerves ; from thence through the first thoracic ganglion to the sympathetic, and so on to the cardiac plexus, with peri- pheral terminations in the heart. The ganglia in the heart are situated about the auriculo-ventricular groove and at the entrance of the superior and inferior venae cavae, and at the orifices of the pulmonary veins. The ganglia have been divided into the inhibitory, connected with the vagus nerve ; the motor ; and the accelerator ganglia ; and they are supposed to be influenced by drugs as well as the rest of the mechanism detailed above. Our knowledge of the functions of these ganglia is imperfect and therefore of the action of drugs on them. The action of drugs on the heart-muscle has been deter- mined by estimating their influence on the lower two-thirds of the apex, which is comparatively free from nerve supply. The action of drugs on the inhibitory apparatus is of more importance than that exerted on the accelerator nerve, and we know more about it. Drugs usually affect the roots of the vagus nerve in the centre, or its peripheral termina- tions in the heart, rather than its trunk. The heart is influenced by drugs as follows : 1. Stimulation of the inhibitory apparatus leads to slowing and weakening of the heart-beats, or to both. 2. Depression of the inhibitory apparatus results in quickening or strengthening the heart-beats, or both. 3. Depression of the accelerator apparatus induces decrease in the rate or force of the heart-beats, or both. 4. Stimulation of the heart-muscle produces increase in the rate or force of the heart-beats, or both. 5. Depression of the heart-muscle lowers the rate or force of the heart-beats, or both. The vagus centre is stimulated by agencies increasing DRUGS ACTING ON THE CIRCULATION 85 blood-pressure, or causing asphyxia. On the other hand, agencies reducing blood-pressure depress the vagus, or stimulate the accelerator nerve, or both. Thus, the nitrites, as amyl nitrite, nitro-glycerin and spirit of nitrous ether, quicken the heart by lowering vascular tension. External stimuli to sensory nerves reflexly stimulate the heart, as also do many locally irritating agents taken internally ; e.g., strong alcoholic or ammoniacal preparations. Since drugs commonly influence more than one part of the mechanism controlling the heart, and since it is difficult to determine the exact physiological details in such complex actions, we shall content ourselves with tabulating the actions of drugs ordinarily employed for their influence on the heart, remembering that while moderate doses produce the effects enumerated below, poisonous doses often give rise to diametrically opposite actions. (a) Drugs increasing the force of the heart-beat. Digitalis ^ Barium salts ~\ Strophanthus Camphor I Do not alter rate Sparteine [ ^^^^ *^« P^^^^ Physostigmine j Particularly Squill J (b) Drugs increasing the rate of heart-beats. Belladonna Stramonium Atropine Cocaine Hyoscyamus (c) Drugs increasing the force and rate of heart-bea/ts. Alcohol Strychnine Chloroform Caffeine Ether Quinine Ammonia Arsenic Ammonium carbonate (d) Drugs decreasing the force and rate of the heart-beats. Aconite Prussic acid Veratrum viride Ergot Antimony salts The drugs most frequently given to animals for their action on the heart are alcohol, ether, digitalis, strophanthus, 36 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS ammonia, ammonium carbonate, camphor, caffeine, strych- nine, atropine, aconite and veratrum viride. The reader is referred to special articles on these drugs for therapeutical indications and other details. III. — Drugs Acting on the Blood Vessels. The following table includes the mechanism regulating vascular tension : {Smooth muscular fibres Terminations of vasodilators and vaso- constrictors 2. Nerve supply of vessel,.... -| ^r^'^tStors f Vasomotor centres in the medulla and I subsidiary centres in the spinal 3. Centres. ^ cord and sympathetic system, con- trolling the vasodilating and con- [ stricting nerves Each vessel is governed by two sets of fibres, — the constricting and dilating, — but we cannot discriminate between the action of a drug on the muscular fibres and the peripheral nerve endings in the vessel walls ; nor can we always tell whether a drug acts to stimulate one set of peripheral fibres or depress the other. Vascular tension is increased not only by contraction of vessels, but also by drugs which cause the heart to beat more quickly, and by those making its pulsations more forcible and complete, so that all the blood is squeezed out of the ventricle at each contraction. Contrariwise, blood pressure is diminished, not only by those drugs inducing vascular dilatation, but by those reducing the rate or force of the heart, or both. We shall simply classify drugs influencing the vessels according as to whether they act after absorption into the blood, or only when applied locally to the vessel walls. (a) Drugs acting systemicaUy to contract vessels. Ergot Squill Digitalis Sparteine Strophanthus Strychnine DRUGS ACTING ON THE NEllVOUS SYSTEM 37 (b) Drugs acting systemically to dilate vessels. Amyl nitrite Chloral Nitroglycerin Aconite Spirit of nitrous ether Opium Alcohol Belladonna (secondary action) Ether Hyoscyamus " Chloroform Stramonium ' ' (c) Agents acting locally to contract vessels. Cold Astringents (d) Agents acting locally to dilate vessels. Heat Counter-irritants Uses. — Drugs or agencies causing general dilatation of vessels are useful in overcoming internal congestions and colds by equalizing the circulation ; that is, by causing the blood to be distributed more equably about the body. They are also of benefit in morbid conditions attended with a high, vascular tension ; and are serviceable in dilating peripheral vessels and in causing perspiration and loss of heat in fevers (spirit of nitrous ether and alcohol). Drugs inducing general contraction of vessels are employed in disorders characterized by loss of tone, as in shock and collapse ; and in heart weakness or disease (digitalis and strychnine) ; also in internal haemorrhage and inflammations (ergot) ; and to aid the absorption of dropsies and cede mas. The uses of drugs locally contracting vessels will be described under Astringents (p. 6.3) and of agents locally dilating vessels under counter-irritants (p. 62). Drug's Acting on the Nervous System. I. — Drugs Influencing the Brain. It is impossible to classify drugs according to their action on the various centres of the brain, because our knowledge is insufficient. In a general way, drugs affect- ing the nervous system fall into two groups, — the excitant and depressant. But another difficulty arises in regard to 38 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS classification from the fact that the same drug usually both excites and depresses. Probably all drugs influencing the nervous apparatus possess some exciting action, and most drugs which excite in small doses cause depression and paralysis after poisonous quantities. For example, alcohol, ether and chloroform are cerebral excitants in small doses, but in large doses are depressants (hypnotics) and paralyzants (anaesthetics). Belladonna and its congeners, on the other hand, only excite the brain in large amounts ; while opium and cannabis Indica may excite the brain in small doses, but are used for their more common depressant action. The condition of the patient has some bearing on the action of a drug influencing the brain. Thus moderate doses of alcohol depress and stupefy healthy animals while stimulating the enfeebled and ill-nourished. The brain of the lower animals is undeveloped compared to that of man, and, in accordance with the general fact that the more highly a portion of the nervous mechanism is organized the more powerfully is it influenced by drugs, it follows that drugs acting on the brain and cord are more prone to affect the cord in veterinary patients, while impres- sing the brain more potently in man. We shall be content to classify drugs acting on the nervous sj'stem according to their most pronounced action in moderate doses. (a) Cerebral Excitants. Alcohol Caffeine Anaesthetics Quinine Camphor Cocaine Uses. — These drugs are rarely used simply to excite the brain, but for«other purposes. Camphor, caffeine and quinine are employed to generally excite the nervous system in depressed conditions. Caffeine is a valuable antidote to the depressing cerebral action of opium in poisoning. (b) Cerebral Depressants. — It is fortunate that drugs progressively paralyzing the functions of the brain follow the so-called law of dissolution — i.e., paralyze the various DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 39 functions of the brain in the inverse order of their evolu- tionary development. The centres last to be acquired are the first to be paralyzed (cerebral centres) ; while those of earliest origin (the respiratory, vagus and vasomotor centres) are last to succumb to the action of cerebral depressants. The cerebral depressants are used mostly to relieve pain, when they are called anodynes.* Pain is due to irritation of any sensory nerve, or the sensory tract in the spinal cord, or of the sensory centres in the brain. Pain may be relieved by paralyzing any portion of this path and destroying connection with the perceptive centres in the brain. (1) Anodynes^ by reason of their action on the brain. Opium Chloral Morphine Cannabis Indica Codeine Gelsemium Alcohol Bromides Anaesthetics (2) Narcotics. — This term is a broad and somewhat inclusive one. Narcotics embrace drugs which depress the brain and cause sleep (hypnotics or soporifics) and stupor (some anodynes and anaesthetics), and finally paralyze the respiratory and circulatory functions. The following may be included in this group : Opium Cannabis Indica Alcohol Belladonna Anaesthetics Stramonium Chloral Hyoscyamus (a) Hypnotics or Soporijics (drugs causing sleep). Opium Paraldehyde Morpliine Urethrane Chloral Sulphonal Bromides Trional Cannabis Indica Of little import- ance in Veterin- ary practice Uses. — Hypnotics are of not much value in Veterinary medicine by simply promoting sleep. Their general sedative and anodyne actions are utilized in relieving motor excite- ment (spasms), or sensory excitement (pain). *Or Analgesics. 4:0 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS (b) General Anceslhetics. Ether Chloroform Nitrous oxide Ethylene dichloride Methylene dichloride Schleich's mixture Of slight value in Veterinary medicine AnflBsthetics are agents which abolish sensation generally or locally. It is thought that the general anaesthetics act directly on the nerve cells. Ansesthetics — like narcotics generally — first stimulate and then depress the nerve centres, but depression is by far their most salient and useful effect. Ausesthetics destroy the functions of nerve centres in the cerebrum and spinal cord, and so abolish pain, sensation and reflex action. The law of dissolution is exemplified in their action. Ansesthesia is commonly described in three stages. (1) The first or stimulant stage is exhibited by excite- ment and struggling, owing in part to fright and in part to stimulation, first of the higher cerebral centres, and then of the lower cortical centres. There are also coughing and choking in this stage, following the local irritation of the vapor on the respiratory tract. There may be vomiting, and the circulation and respiration are temporarily stimu- lated. Stimulation now ceases ' and depression of the cerebrum, together with the motor, sensory and reflex spinal centres, appears, and ushers in the (2) ana^stJielic stage, char- acterized by muscular relaxation and complete abolition of consciousness, sensation and motion. Between these two stages — the stimulant and anaesthetic — there sometimes occurs a transient state in which sensation is lost before consciousness. This has been styled the anodyne stage. Finally the (3) paralytic stage ensues, accompanied by depression and then paralysis of the three great vital medullary centres controlling the circulation and respiration, together with that of the lowest reflex centres, so that invol- untary micturition and defsecation occurs. The animal dies of a combination of vasomotor, heart and respiratory failure. DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 41 If recovery should follow the paralytic stage, the bodily functions return in the reverse order to that in which they were lost; i.e., the lower vital functions first appear, followed finally by the higher cerebral functions. Uses. — Anaesthetics are employed in surgical operations to prevent pain and struggling ; in obstetrical operations and in the reduction of fractures, dislocations and hernia, to secure complete muscular relaxation ; to overcome spasms and convulsions resulting from disease or poisons ; to arrest severe pain in colic ; and finally to destroy aged or sick and useless animals. For fuller details see Anaesthesia (p. 281). (c) Drugs acting on the cortical motor centres of the brain. (1) DRUGS STIMULATING THE MOTOR CENTRES. Strychnine • Physostigmine Atropine (2) DRUGS DEPRESSING THE MOTOR CENTRES. The Bromides Alcohol Chloral Anesthetics The action of drugs on the cerebral cortical centres has been found by comparing the local effect of electrical stim- ulation before and after the internal use of drugs. Uses. — The drugs depressing the cortical motor area of the brain are valuable in convulsions and spasmodic disorders and in motor excitement, particularly in epileptiform convulsions of dogs. II. — Drugs Acting on the Spinal Cord. The functions of the cord consist in the conduction of sensory impulses forward to the brain and of motor impulses backward to the muscles ; in the origination of nervous force in centres controlling certain functions (sexual, sweat- ing, etc.) ; and in reflex action by which the cord transmits impulses from sensory to motor tract of the same side of the body, or laterally, from sensory to motor columns on opposite sides. 42 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS While drugs probably influence the various centres in the cord, our knowledge of their action is chiefly limited to that exerted on the motor cells of the inferior cornua. If a drug stimulating the motor cells of the cord is given experimentally, slight peripheral irritation will reflexly cause convulsions, and, if the cord is severed from the brain, the same phenomena appear. (A) Drugs stimulating tJw motor cells of the inferior cornua. Strychnine Brucine Thebaine Ammonia Antesthetics Opium Ergot Primary action Uses. — Strychnine is employed in paraplegia resulting from disease of the spinal cord after irritation caused by the lesion has passed away. (B) Drugs depressing the motor cells of the inferior cornua. (1) WITHOUT PRIMARY STIMULATION. Physostigmine Bromides Ergot Nitrites Gelsemium Emetine Turpentine Sodium Potassium Lithium Antimony Silver Zinc Saponin ^ Salts (3) WITH PRIMARY STIMULATION. Chloral Morphine • Apomorphine Alcohol Ether Chloroform Camphor Carbolic acid Nicotine Vera trine Mercury Arsenic Uses. — Drugs depressing the motor cells of the cord are serviceable as antidotes in the treatment of poisoning by those exciting the same (chloral and bromides in strychnine poisoning), and in convulsive and spasmodic disorders, a» chorea and tetanus. DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 43 III. — Drugs Acting on the Nerves. The nerve terminations, rather than their trunks, are influenced by drugs. (A) Drugs influencing peripheral sensory iierve-endings. (1) Stimulating sensory nerve terminations. — Counter- irritants. (See p. 62.) General Uses. — They are applied externally (mustard and heat) to stimulate the heart and respiration in heart failure, shock and collapse. (2) Depressing sensory nerve-terminations. — These include local sedatives or anodynes, which lessen sensation ; and local anaesthetics, which abolish sensation. LOCAL ANODYNES. Aconite Prussic acid Menthol Sodium bicarbonate Carbolic acid Veratrine Atropine Heat Morphine Cold Chloral LOCAL ANESTHETICS. Cocaine Methyl chloride ) <> Ether j" "" Eiicaine Holocaine Cold Spray Uses. — The local anodynes are employed to relieve pain of an inflammatory, rheumatic or neuralgic character, and Itching. The local anaesthetics are employed to prevent pain in surgical operations. (B) Drugs influencing peripheral motor nerve-endings, (1) STIMULATING MOTOR NERVE-TERMINATIONS. Strychnine Nicotine Pilocarpine Pyridine Aconite (2) DEPRESSING MOTOR NERVE-TERMINATIONS. Curare Cocaine Conium Camphor Amyl nitrite Prussic acid Atropine Nicotine, and many others 44: GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS Uses. — Drugs influencing the peripheral motor nerve- endings are not of any practical therapeutical value. IV. — Drugs Acting on the Nerves of Special Sense. (A) Drugs acting on the eye. (1) Drugs influencing the pupil. — The mechanism controll- ing the pupil consists of the centres for the contraction of the pupil (in corpora quadrigemina?), the centres for the dilatation of the pupil (in the medulla and aqueduct of Sylvius ?), the third nerve, the cervical sympathetic and the circular and radiating (latter sometimes absent) muscular fibres of the iris. Drugs may act either centrally or locally on these structures. The pupil is dilated by drugs (1) depressing the contracting (oculomotor) centre, (2) the ter- minations of the third nerve or (3) the circular fibres of the iris ; and contrariwise, by (4) stimulating the dilating centre, (5) the terminations of the sympathetic or (6) the radial fibres of the iris ; and, finally, by a combination of these actions. Again, the pupil is contracted by drugs stimulating (1) the oculomotor centre, (2) the terminations of the third nerve or (3) circular fibres of the iris ; and by depressing (4) the dilating centre, (5) the terminations of the sympathetic or (6) the radial fibres of the iris ; and also by a combina- tion of these actions. Drugs may act locally on the pupil through the medium of the circulation as well as when dropped into the eye. Furthermore, absorption and central action may occur when drugs are dropped into the eye as well as when entering the blood through the more ordinary channels. The drugs used in the treatment of the diseases of the eye are only those acting locally. Drugs influencing the pupil are divided into two classes : (1) those that contract the pupil (myotics) and (2) those that dilate the pupil (mydriatics). DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 45 (1) Mydriatics. (a) ACTING LOCALLY. Atropine Homatropine Hyoscyamine y Paralyse third nerve terminations Hj'oscine Scopolamine Gelsemine J Cocaine Stimulates sympathetic endings. (b) ACTING CENTRALLY. Anaesthetics (late in their action) The dilating centre is stimulated by carbonic dioxide in the blood, and therefore dilatation of the pupil occurs in asphyxia ; also after irritation of sensory nerves, the sexual organs and digestive apparatus. Uses. — Mydriatics ai*e useful in dilating the pupil for examination of the eye, and to prevent adhesions of the iris in central corneal ulcers ; in keratitis, to overcome photo- phobia and bletharospasm ; and in iritis, to secure rest of the iris and ciliary muscles. (2) Myotics. (a) ACTING LOCALLY. Physostigmine ) . , , . ^ p., . i p I Stimulate third nerve-endings (b) ACTING CENTRALLY. Anaesthetics Opium Uses. — Myotics are employed to prevent prolapse of the iris in wounds and ulcers of the cornea ; to antagonize the effect of atropine ; to prevent the entrance of light in painful disorders of the eye ; to lessen intra-ocular tension in glaucoma ; and, in alternation with mydriatics, to break up adhesions to the iris. All the local mydriatics and myotics mentioned above act on the ciliary muscle to destroy the power of accomodation. Intra-ocular tension in glaucoma is usually increased by atropine and other mydriatics, but is diminished by eserine. 46 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS V. — Drugs Acting on the Ear. Strychnine makes the hearing (and sight) more acute ; while salicylic acid, salicylates and quinine cause, iu man, subjective symptoms, including fulness, roaring and buzzing noises in the ears. Drugs Acting on the Respiratory Organs. It is impossible to describe under this head all the drugs influencing the respiratory tract. Thus, agents affect- ing the circulation exert a powerful action on the blood supply and functions of the respiratory organs. The appli- cation of counter-irritants and heat and cold externally, reflexly produce notable alterations in pulmonary conditions. Emetics are indirectly serviceable in assisting the expulsion of exudations from the upper air passages in dogs. Further- more, medicines having a depressing action on the nervous system are of importance in respiratory disorders in reliev- ing cough and spasm. We shall consider here those agents acting on the respiratory apparatus itself. Drugs Acting on the Eespiratory Mucous Membrane. (A) Drugs Acting Locally. 1. Stimulating the mucous membranes and causing vascular dilatation, increased secretion and muscular con- traction of the walls. 2. Producing a sedative action. 3. Exerting an antiseptic influence. 4. Relaxing spasm. 5. Causing a local astringent action. 6. Thinning exudations. Errhines, or sternuatories, are drugs which are intro- duced into the nostrils to cause irritation, coughing and sneezing and expulsion of secretions, parasites and foreign bodies from the nasal chambers and upper air passages. They are rarely of any value, and include tobacco, ipecac, euphorbium, ammonia, chlorine and sulphurous anhydride. DRUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS 47 By inhalation (in pint of water at temp, of 140° F. or over, unless otherwise stated). (1) DRUGS EXERTING STIMULANT ACTION. Carbolic acid gr. xx. Creosote Iss. Oil of cubebs §ss. Tincture of benzoin |ss. Tincture of ipecac §ss. Oil of turpentine 3ss.-3iiss. Oil of pine 3ss.-3iiss. (2) DRUGS EXERTING A SEDATIVE INFLUENCE. Diluted hydrocyanic acid (til x.-xv. in 3i- cold water) (3) DRUGS PRODUCING AN ANTISEPTIC ACTION. Thymol gr. vii.-xii. Carbolic acid. Si- Creosote iss. Compound tincture of benzoin §ss. Sulphurous anhydride gas. Formaldehyde vapor. Oil of eucalyptus ^, x.-xx. (in §ii. of alcohol) . Oil of cubebs §ss. Oil of juniper §ss. Benzoic acid . .Six. (in ^viii. of alcohol). Tar water, undiluted. Potassium permanganate gr. xv.-Si. Quinine hydrochlorate Sss. (4) DRUGS RELAXING SPASM. Amyl nitrite H. (Sss.-i.) D. (TTLii,-v.) undiluted. Extract of belladonna gr. ii -iv. " " hyoscyamus gr. viii.-xv. " " conium gr. viii. (Burning stramonium leaves). (5) DRUGS CAUSING A LOCAL ASTRINGENT ACTION. Alum Sss. Zinc sulphate Sss. Solution of ferric chloride Si- Silver nitrate Sss. (6) DRUGS THINNING SECRETION. Sodium bicarbonate Sss. Solution of lime, undiluted. Ammonium chloride Sss. Vinegar §ii. Lactic acid ^ %i. 48 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS Uses. — Inhalations are often beneficial in the treatment of coryza, pharyngitis, laryngitis, tracheitis and bronchitis. In the first stage of catarrhal inflammation of the upper air passages, antiseptics may cut short the attack. Simple steaming with vinegar or sodium bicarbonate moistens and soothes the dry, irritable mucous membrane and relieves congestion by promoting secretion. In the exudative stage, agents stimulating the respiratory mucous membrane and making the secretions less viscid are in order. If the mucous or purulent discharges are excessive, astringent sprays or inhalations are useful ; and if they are foul-smelling, drugs combining stimulant and antiseptic actions may be employed. Inhalations may be given by means of a bronchitis kettle, or by atomization, to small animals. Care must be exercised that too large a quantity of the solution be not used lest absorption and poisoning ensue. Dogs may be placed over the perforated seat of a cane-bottomed chair with the steam- ing apparatus underneath. A hot brick is sometimes employed to give inhalations to horses by dropping it into a pail containing the proper solution. The head should not usually be covered during inhalation if the breathing is embarrassed or the respiratory tract obstructed, since fresh air is imperative. Simple steam- ing may be conducted for an hour. Inhalations containing special drugs may be given for fifteen minutes. (B) Drugs Acting Systemically. Expectorants are agents which influence the bronchial mucous membrane and its secretion. They aid or hinder expectoration in man, but are much less efficient in this respect in Veterinary medicine, because the act of expector- ation is performed with difficulty by the lower animals. Nevertheless, expectorants are useful in altering the character of the secretion and lessening the irritation caused by dry, tenacious discharges, and in stimulating the mucous mem- branes and improving their circulation and nutrition. Moreover, some drugs (volatile oils) exert an antiseptic DKUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS 49 action on the bronchial mucous membrane during their elimination. Expectorants. Depressing the heart and lower- ing vascular tension, "De- pressing expectorants." Stimulating the heart and in- creasing vascular tension. "Stimulating expectorants." (1) INCREASING SECRETION. Apomorphine Potassium iodide Ipecac Antimony and potassium tartrate Pilocarpine Ammonium chloride Squill Camphor Balsams Sulphur Tar Turpentine Terpin hydrate Terebene Volatile oils (2) DIMINISHING SECRETION. Belladonna Hyoscyamus Stramonium Acids Opium (3) ALTERING THE NUTRITION OF BRONCHIAL MUCOUS MEMBRANE. Potassium iodide Cod liver oil Ammonium chloride Sulphur (4) EXERTING AN ANTISEPTIC ACTION. Turpentine Balsam of Peru Terebene Balsam of Tolu Terpin hydrate Cubebs Tar Copaiba. Ammoniacum Uses. — Expectorants are chiefly prescribed in bronchitis. In the early or dry stage drugs increasing secretion and at the same time depressing the circulation are often employed in sthenic cases. These drugs possess less value in the treatment of the horse, on account of comparative insuscep- tibility to them, than in the case of dogs. 50 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS If exudation is excessive, then drugs lessening secretion are indicated. When the disorder is persistent, agents alter- ing and improving the nutrition of the bronchial mucous membrane are beneficial. Bronchitis accompanied by a copious foul secretion is treated with volatile oils, which exert an antiseptic action on the air passages. Expectorants are usually administered with other agents influencing the respiratory tract ; e.g., drugs relieving cough and spasm and those stimulating the respiratory movements or circulation. Drugs Stimulating- the Eespiratory Centres. strychnine Stramonium Atropine .Ajnmonium carbonate Belladonna Strong ammonia Hyoscyamus External counter-irritation and heat. Drugs Depressing the Eesriratory Centres. Many drugs depress and paralyze the respiratory centres in large doses, but they are seldom used medicinally for this purpose. Uses. — Drugs stimulating the respiratory centres and movements are of great value in diseases of the chest — especially bronchitis — attended with obstruction in the air passages and cyanosis. They promote coughing and efforts at expvilsion of secretion and facilitate the entrance of oxygen into the blood. Some, possibly ammonia, stimulate the movements of the ciliae lining the tracheal mucous membrane. Strychnine is, perhaps, the most powerful respiratory stimulant ; atropine is indicated where exudation is abundant, while ammonium carbonate is prescribed to increase secre- tion. Drugs Eelaxing Spasm of the Bronchial Muscular Tunic and Believing Cough. LOCALLY. White of egg Linseed tea Mucilage Syrups External counter-irritation and heat. DRUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS 51 SYSTEMIC ALLY. Opium Nitrites Codeine Chloral Hyoscyamus Bromides Stramonium Chloroform Cannabis Indica Phenacetin Uses of Drugs Allaying Spasm and Cough. Cougliing is a reflex act following irritation of sensory nerve endings in any part of the respiratory tract (usually of afferent vagal branches), in the pharynx, pleura, ears, teeth, stomach and liver. Sensory impulses conveyed to the reflex centre for coughing, — near the respiratory centre in the medulla, — are there transformed into motor impulses and result in coughing. Drugs may stop coughing by acting locally to relieve congestion and irritation (demulcents) or they may exert a topical sedative action on the nerve end- ings. They also act systemically by quieting the reflex centre for coughing, or the sensory or motor nerve endings ; also by abating congestion in promoting secretion (expectorants), or in influencing the circulation. Cough may be beneficial when it assists the expulsion of exudation, but is not so when it is constant and ineffective, as in congestion of the trachea, bronchial mucous mem- branes, lungs or pleura ; in pulmonary consolidation ; and in coughs originating outside of the respiratory tract. We should try to arrest coughing by agents removing the cause (congestion or irritation), such as counter-irritants, expector- ants, local applications (sprays, inhalations) and heart stimulants; but if these are inefiicient and coughing is immoderate, we may resort to the use of sedative agents. Some preparation of opium is most frequently employed to stop coughing, but should be avoided if cyanosis exists, since inspiratory and expulsive efforts are weakened by the drug. Belladonna, on the other hand, stimulates the respi- ratory centres and arrests cough by depressing both the afferent and efferent vagal terminations in the lungs, while — like opium — lessening secretion. These drugs are often 52 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS combined. "When spasm of the bronchioles exists, as in asthma, and sometimes in bronchitis, the nitrites are partic- ularly valuable. Drugs Acting on the Urinary Organs. Diuretics are drugs increasing the secretion of urine» Three factors are concerned with the urinary flow. (1) The composition of the blood. (2) The state of local (renal) and general blood pressure. (3) The activity of the renal cells. The renal mechanism influenced by drugs com- prises : (1) The malpighian ghmerules, which excrete water, salts and some excrementitious matters from the blood by osmosis. Their activity depends upon their blood supply, which is increased by agents causing dilatation of their afferent vessels, or contraction of the efferent vessels ; and by drugs increasing general blood tension. Drugs aug- menting the mass of blood and tension in the malpighian bodies enlarge the surface of cubical epithelium covering the capillary loops and promote osmosis of fluid into the cavity of the malpighian capsule. (2) The nucleated polyhedral cells lining the convoluted tubes. — These secrete the solid products resulting from the retro- grade metamorphosis of nitrogenous bodies circulating in the blood, as urea, together with water. (3) The constricted tubes. — These regulate the urinary secretion by either impeding its passage by constriction of their walls, thus aiding absorption, or by their active peristalsis facilitating the flow of urine. (4) Nervous mechanism. — This governs the secretory activity of the cells of the convoluted tubes, regulates the tension in the vessels of the malpighian bodies, and possibly controls the unstriped muscle of the constricted tubes. It comprises : DRUGS ACTING ON THE UEINAEY ORGANS 53 (a) Four medullary centres. Vasomotor | Vasodilator centres (controlling renal vessels) f Vasoconstrictor centres Secretory (Stimulating cells ol convoluted tubes) Inhibitory (Depressing activity of renal cells) (b) Subsidiary centres in the spinal cord, solar and renal plexus. (c) Secretory nerve-endings in kidneys. (d) Muscular fibre in renal vessels. (e) Renal cells. These structures may be either stimulated or depressed, or the same drug may cause diuresis in various ways by a combination of actions. Diuretics more .commonly act in two ways. (1) By influencing renal circulation ; (2) by stimulatijig the secre- tory nerve-endings in the renal cells or the cells them- selves. (1) Diuretics increasing general or local {renal) hlood tension. These drugs stimulate or depress the vasomotor centres, or the terminations of the vasoconstrictors or dilators in the renal vessels — to cause dilatation of the branches of the renal artery carrying blood to the capillary loops in the malpighian bodies, or to produce contraction of the arterial branches conducting blood away from the malpighian tufts ; — in either way increasing local blood tension and secretion of urine. Local blood tension is thought to be augmented by the nitrites and alcohol acting on the vasomotor centre or renal vessels to dilate the afferent vessels of the malpighian glomerules. Buchu, turpentine, juniper and cantharides are said to act locally on the kidneys to contract the efferent vessels of the malpighian bodies. Digitalis, strophanthus, squill, caffeine and strychnine stimulate the heart and contract the vessels generally, while locally they are believed to cause contraction of the efferent vessels of the malpighian bodies by action on the vasomotor centres. The entrance of water into the circulation increases the mass of blood, vascular tension and thus the flow of urine. 54 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS (2) Diuretics stimulating the secretory Jierve-endings or renal cells. Potassium nitrate Colchicum " acetate Calomel ' ' citrate Urea " bitartrate Theobromine sodio-salicy late Lithium salts (Diuretin) Salines generally Uses. — Diuretics are useful in removing deleterious and waste solid matters in the blood resulting from disease or the imperfect oxidation of albuminoid substances. In fevers the potassium nitrate and other potassium salts are employed with spirit of nitrous ether, alcohol and digitalis. They are antipyretics by eliminating pyrogenic material. Tissue waste is increased by diuretics, and they are serviceable in plethora, rheumatism and obesity. In acute diseases of the kidneys, salines and digitalis are indicated ; in chronic renal disorders more stimulating agents are often used, as juniper, buchu, etc. Diuretics remove water from the system. They are, therefore, employed in oedema and dropsy of renal or cardiac origin, and in chronic effusions, as in pleuritis and pericarditis. Blood tension is lowered by withdrawal of water from the blood, and congestion may be relieved in various parts of the body. Diuretics lessen irritation of the kidneys by diluting the urine when the secretion is concen- trated or contains toxins or other irritants (uric acid, calcium oxalate, etc.). Finally, stimulating diuretics (buchu, turpen- tine, etc.), are indicated in chronic inflammatory diseases of the kidneys and bladder, and in relaxed and paretic disorders of the bladder (incontinence of urine) to excite the reflex and motor functions of the sphincter and detrusor muscles. Drugs Influencing the Beaction of Urine. In man and animals secreting an acid urine, the basic phosphates of sodium and potassium in the blood are decomposed by the renal cells, and acid phosphate of sodium or potassium — being more diffusible — are eliminated, giving the urine its characteristic reaction, while the bases remain DRUGS ACTING ON THE URINARY ORGANS 55 behind. lu the case of the herbivora the urine is alkaline, because there are larger quantities of magnesium and calcium salts in the food, which precipitate phosphoric acid in the stomach, and because there is an excess of alkaline sodium and potassium salts in the blood. The urine may- best be made acid by benzoic acid, which is converted into hippuric acid during its passage through the kidneys. Salicylic acid, the mineral acids (except nitric acid), and large quantities of the vegetable acids tend to acidify the urine in a less degree. An acid urine may be made alkaline by alkalies, as salts of potassium, lithium, sodium and calcium, together with the vegetable salts, tartrates, citrates and acetates, which circulate as carbonates in the blood. Drugs promoting diuresis make the urine less acid because the basic sodium phosphate in the blood is not so readily broken up in the kidney when it diffuses through the cells in great dilution. Nitric acid renders the urine slightly alkaline by being converted into and eliminated as ammonia, while ammonia fails to make the urine alkaline because it is transformed into urea, uric and nitric acids (?). Uses. — Benzoic acid is sometimes of benefit in acidifying and disinfecting an alkaline decomposing urine of pyelitis or cystitis.* The alkalies are thought to be useful in alkalizing the blood in certain disorders (rheumatism, hEemoglobin^emia, etc.), and the urine of carnivora, to prevent the precipitation of uric acid in the urine or to aid its solu- tion when already precipitated. Drugs Influencing the Composition of Urine. ♦ Drugs contracting efferent vessels of the malpi.ghian bodies diminish the flow of blood and urea-excretion and increase the elimination of water ; while those dilating the afferent vessels cause more blood to pass through the kidney and promote the secretion of solids and water. Drugs stimulating the cells of the convoluted tubes augment especially the urinary solids. The composition of the urine * Recently urotropin has been used more successfully for these purposes. 56 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS is also altered by most drugs eliminated in it, leading to changes in color, odor, reaction and the appearance of blood pigment, etc. Urinary Antiseptics. Certain drugs are sometimes given with the purpose of preventing decomposition of the urine in purulent pyelitis and cystitis. Among these are : Benzoic acid Copaiba Boric acid 'Cubebs Salicylic acid Volatile oils Salol Urotropin Buchu Urinary Sedatives. The foregoing list, in preventing decomposition, and : Hyoscyamus Opium Belladonna Alkalies (with an acid urine) Drugs Acting on the Sexual Organs. (A) Infuencing Chiefly the Male Generative Organs. The mechanism concerned with the sexual functions is presided over by cerebral and spinal lumbar centres. Agents may immediately excite the spinal centres or cause local irritation of sensory nerves in various parts of the body — more particularly in the neighborhood of the genital organs — and thus reflexly stimulate the lumbar centres. The cerebral centres are mainly affected by visual, nasal or oral impressions, and also reflexly by irritation of sensory nerve-eodings, more especially those situated in the sexual organs. (1) Aphrodisiacs are drugs exciting sexual desire (and increasing sexual power in the male). They include : DIRECT APHRODISIACS. Strychnine ^ Phosphorus > ^ct on centres Alcohol 3 Cantharides Local irritant DRUGS ACTING ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS 57 INDIRECT APHRODISIACS. Iron 1 Strychnine ' , , .,.^ . ^ . yin debility- Arsenic •' (Full diet) (2) Anaphrodisiacs are drugs lessening sexual desire. They are : Opium Nauseants Bromides (Bleeding) Purgatives (Spare diet) Uses. — Drugs directly exciting sexual appetite are of no therapeutic value, and the local irritants, as cantharides, are, moreover, likely to work harm by producing inflamma- tion of the urinary tract. Loss of sexual desire and power should usually be treated by improving the general nutrition with tonics and good feeding and by regulating the use of the sexual organs, unless the trouble is due to organic disease. Drugs diminishing sexual appetite may be useful in quieting the centres and rendering them less sensitive to sources of local irritation. It is, however, more sensible to remove the cause of irritation, as smegma preputii, acid urine, urinary calculi, intestinal parasites, scybala, fissure of the rectum, hsemorrhoids, etc. Anaphrodisiacs may be employed to subdue excessive sexual excitement and ner- vousness (hysteria) sometimes accompanying " heat " in the female. (B) Injlitencing the female sexual organs. (i) Emmenagogues are drugs which favor the occurrence of " heat " (ovulation) in the female when it is irregular or abnormally absent. We are at present ignorant of their exact mode of action. Some act directly, perhaps, by stim- ulating the centres or uterus. DIRECT EMMENAGOGUES. Savin Rue )■ Irritants Cantharides Ergot 58 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DKUGS INDIRECT EMMENAGOGUES. Purgatives (Aloes) Iron 1 Arsenic Strychnine f ^^ ^^bility Full diet J Uses. — The irritant emmeuagogues are usually ineffectual in medicinal doses, while they may cause inflammation of the urinary tract and abortion (in pregnant animals) in large doses. The use of the indirect emmenagogues is more rational and effective. Aloes is thought to stimulate the uterus reflexly by irritation of the large intestines, and may also act locally on the uterus after absorption. Absence of oestrum, ordinarily a symptom resulting from a general or local condition, should be treated if possible by removing the cause (debility, plethora, deformity). (2) EcbolUcs, or oxytocics, are drugs stimulating uterine contraction during or directly after parturition. The exact physiological details concerned in this action are unknown. They are : Ergot Quinine Cotton root bark Hydrastis Corn smut Savin (3) Drugs restraining uterine contractions. Anaesthetics Chloral Opium Bromides Cannabis Indica Uses. — Ecbollics (preeminently ergot) are used to con- tract the uterus and arrest haemorrhage after parturition ; or to stimulate the womb during parturition in inertia. In poisonous doses they may lead to abortion during pi"eguancy. Drugs restraining uterine contraction (especially opium) are sometimes given to prevent threatened abortion. (4) Drtcgs in/licencing milk-secretion. (a) Galactagogues are drugs increasing the flow of milk. They include : Pilocarpine Leaves of castor oil plant (inter- Alcohol nally or locally on udder as (Full diet) poultice). DKUGS INFLUENCING METABOLISM 59 Drug treatment is ineffective in increasing the secretion of milk ; rich feeding is the chief desideratum. Many drugs are eliminated in milk and may produce their characteristic effects in animals or man drinking it. Among these are : Opium Arsenic All volatile oils Mercury Purgative salts Lead Rhubarb Zinc Senna Iron Castor oil Bismuth Scamniony Neutral saltB Iodine Ammonia Potassium iodide Acids Antimony Sulphur (b) Antigaladagogues. — Belladonna is the only efficient drug lessening the secretion of milk, applied locally or given internally. It paralyzes the peripheral secretory nerve- endings and is useful in mammitis by diminishing the circu- latory activity in the mammary gland. Drugs Influencing Metabolism. (1) Alteratives. — The term " alterative " is a vague, inde- finable word used to describe the action of certain drugs, modifying tissue change and improving nutrition in some disorders, which cannot easily be classified under other heads. It is impossible here to recount the actions of alteratives, because they probably act in various ways, and because we are generally ignorant of their actions. The value of alteratives has been discovered by clinical expe- rience. The following are often classed as alteratives : Arsenic and its preparations Phosphoric acid Mercury and its salts Colchicuru Iodine and its salts Sarsaparilla Cod liver oil Sulphvir Uses. — Alteratives are employed in those diseases in which experience has proved them beneficial. 60 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS Tonics. — The word " tonic " is another term even more vague and all-embracing than " alterative," and, therefore, more difficult to accurately define. Tonics improve the general nutrition and health, and, as ordinarily understood, refer to drugs promoting appetite and digestion (bitter tonics, as gentian) ; the state of the blood (hsematinics, as iron and arsenic) ; or the condition of certain organs (heart tonics, as digitalis ; nerve tonics, as strychnine). Tonics are indicated in the treatment of debility (gen- eral or special) and anaemia. Drugs Influencing Bodily Heat. Antipyretics are drugs lowering the temperature of the body in fever. The mechanism concerned with temperature changes is as follows : (1) Heat p7'oduciion. — There is a centre in the corpus striatum for heat production. Probably this controls mus- cular activity, which is chiefly instrumental in the production of bodily heat. (2) Heat loss. — There is a centre for heat dissipation situated in the medulla. This controls the vasomotors and state of vascular tension ; the activity of the sweat glands and respiration ; and, therefore, the amount of heat lost by radiation from the blood vessels of the skin, by evaporation of sweat, and by the act of respiration. Heat is also lost by the passage of fseces and urine. (3) Heat regulation. — There are heat-regulating centres in the cortex cerebri (?) which coordinate or adjust the relations existing between the heat-producing and heat- dissipating centres. Finally, the bodily temperature is reflexly influenced by sensory impulses originating in various parts of the body, and conveyed by afferent nerves to the three brain-centres controlling temperature. Agents lowering bodily tempera- ture in fever may act to depress the heat-producing centre ; to stimulate the heat-dissipating centre ; to dilate vessels ; DRUGS INFLUENCING BODILY HEAT 61 to increase the secretions (particularly of sweat) ; to influence the circulation by drugs or venesection ; to physically abstract heat, and to remove sources of fever in the digestive tract. TABLE SHOWING THE PROBABLE MODE OF ACTION OF ANTIPYRETICS. Phenacetin Antipyrin r Depress heat-produc- \ ;^cetanilid Salicylic acid ing centre f Lessen heat duction pro- { Increase heat loss ^ Influence circulation ' Slightly stimulate heat - dissipating centre Cause sweating and dilate vessels [ Salic in Aconite Veratruin Digitalis Antimony "Venesection Acetanilid Antipyrin Phenacetin Alcohol Spirit of ether Opium [ Ipecac nitrous Abstract heat I Purgatives (remove pyrogenic material) ( Cold, externally ] and internally Antipyretics do not lower temperature in health when given in medicinal doses. Uses. — Antipyretics are employed to diminish fever. It is wiser to lessen heat production than to increase heat loss (by diarphoretics, diuretics, circulatory depressants, bleed- ing, etc.), because heat production is stimulated by the latter process. The modern antipyretics (acetanilid, antipyrin and phenacetin) act chiefly to lessen heat production, and are, therefore, most serviceable, but even these drugs should usually be avoided unless fever is exceedingly high or long- continued. This follows because a high bodily temperature is often inimical to bacterial life and growth, and because 62 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS fever is a natural protective agency, being the result of increased oxidation, and destroys toxins and pyrogenic sub- stances. Acetanilid, antipyrin and pbenacetin, moreover, depress the circulation in large doses and alter the red corpuscles so as to interfere with their oxygen-carrying functions. Cold is the best antipyretic agency when it can be employed, in not only reducing temperature and in- creasiug the elimination of toxins in the urine, but in powerfully stimulating the nervous system and vital func- tions. (See p. 673.) Drugs Acting on the Skin. (A) Drugs Influencing the Blood Vessels of the Skin. (1) Locally dilating superficial vessels. IRRITANTS OR COUNTER-IRRITANTS. Cantharides Corrosive mercuric chloride Iodine Arsenous acid Mustard Silver nitrate Capsicum Zinc chloride Croton oil Carbolic acid Oil of turpentine and other Mineral acids volatile oils Caustic alkalies Ammonia water Angestheticsand alcohol(when eva- Camphor poration is prevented) Red mercuric iodide (Heat) Drugs are classified as follows, according to the degree of irritation they produce : Ruhefacients are drugs which cause vascular dilatation and redness of the skin when locally applied, such as mus- tard and iodine (and heat). Vesicants are drugs producing inflammation of the skin and exudation of serum under the epidermis (vesicles), when locally applied, such as cantharides. Pustulanis are drugs inducing a still higher grade of inflammation when locally applied, accompanied by migra- tion of leucocytes from the vessels into the vesicles, forming pustules. DRUGS ACTING ON THE SKIN 63 Caustics, or Escharotics, are agents which, when locally applied, lead to so great a degree of irritation that the vitality of tissues is destroyed, e.g., nitric acid, caustic potash and the white-hot iron. Uses. — Irritants are often called counter-irritants when they are used against (counter) existing irritation or inflam- mation by reflexly causing contraction of vessels in congested or inflamed underlying parts. Thus a blister on the chest leads to contraction of the vessels in the inflamed pleura. and relieves pleuritis. Counter-irritants are, therefore, employed locally to overcome internal congestion and inflammation. Rubefacients are often applied over the whole surface of the body (mustard and turpentine) to dilate superficial vessels and equalize the circulation in colds, chills and internal congestions. Vesicants are used to alter the circulation and nutrition of adjacent parts and to secure resolution and absorption of inflammatory products in joint and periosteal disorders. (For details see Counter-irritants, p. 665.) (2) Locally contracting superficial vessels. Astringents are drugs which, when locally applied, make the tissues drier and denser and lessen secretions. Their action is probably dependent on various factors : partial coagulation of the albuminous fluids of the tissues ; coagu- lation of morbid secretions ; removal of water ; and contrac- tion of the muscular coat of the blood vessels. They are local irritants with the exception of lead acetate and bismuth salts. The astringents are : Lead Aluminum Zinc Silver Copper Ferric Bismuth Tannic acid, and drugs contain- ing it Hydrastis Salts Cocaine Antipyrin Ether ) On evapora- Methylene chloride f tion r Hamamelis (Cold) Styptics, or Hcemostatics, are drugs which arrest hsemor- 64 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS rhage, when locally applied, both by coagulation of albumin of the blood and by direct contraction of the vessels and tissues surrounding them. The solutions of ferric alum, ferric chloride and subsulphate are the most powerful styp- tics, although all astringents possess an haemostatic action. Uses. — Astringents are employed in local loss of tone and relaxation of tissues accompanied by serous, mucous or purulent exudation from mucous membranes or raw surfaces. The irritating astringents are usually contra-indicated in acute inflammatory conditions, but are thought to prevent the out-wandering of leucocytes through the blood vessels, which results in purulent exudation. Styptics are employed in the treatment of haemorrhage from mucous membranes, or in bleeding from other parts which cannot be stopped by surgical means, heat or cold. The coagulated blood is prone to sepsis, speedy decomposi- tion and infection. (B) Drugs Locally Softening, Soothing and Protecting THE Skin, or Emollients. They include : Lard Olive oil Petrolatum Cottonseed oil Cacao butter Lanolin (Fomentation s — Poultices) Demulcents are drugs exerting a soothing, protecting and softening influence on the mucous membrane of the aliment- ary canal, when given internally. They are mostly gums, syrups and albuminous fluids, as : Acacia Glycerin Linseed infusion or tea White of egg Liquorice Milk Syrup Starch Molasses Sweet oil Honey Uses. — Emollients are serviceable in softening the skin when it has a tendency to be dry and fissured ; also in DRUGS ACTING ON THE SKIN 65 chafing and superficial inflammation when emollients protect the skin from the natural irritation of the air. Demulcents are of value in inflammation of the mucous membrane of the digestive tract, and again in catarrh of the mucous membrane of the upper respiratory tract, because they not only exert a direct sedative influence on the throat, but, either reflexly or in some measure directly, act on the bronchial tubes. Demulcents are often employed to relieve irritation in the urinary tract, but it is difficult to understand how they can there exert a demulcent influence after their decomposition in the alimentary canal and absorption into the blood, since they have never been found in that fluid or in the secretions. (C) Drugs Influencing the Secretion of Sweat. The mechanism controlling the sudoriparous glands and secretion of sweat, comprises sweat centres in the spinal cord ; secretory nerves proceeding from them with termina- tions in the glands ; the gland cells, and blood vessels of the skin. Any portion of this mechanism may be affected by drugs to increase or diminish sweat secretion. (1) Drugs increasing the secretion of siveat, or diarphoretics. They may : (1) Stimulate the sweat centres. (2) Excite the secretory nerve-endings in the glands. (3) Increase the activity of the gland cells. (4) Stimulate the vasodilators and increase the vascu- larity of the skin. Stimulation of the secretory and vasodi- lator nerves usually go hand in hand, since they accompany each other in their course to the sweat glands. DIARPHORETICS. Pilocarpine Alcohol Spirit of nitrous ether Heart stimulants External heat (Warm drinks) Pilocarpine stimulates the gland cells, or secretory nerve-endings. The others act indirectly by pro- moting the vascularity of the skin, and thus the activity of the sweat glands. 66 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS Antimony salts Solution of ammonium acetate Opium Camphor Ipecac Potassium acetate Potassium citrate Stimulate sweat centres Action unknown (2) Drugs diminishing the secretion of siueat, or anhidrotics. They may depress the various parts of the mechanism which are stimulated by diarphoretics. They are : Atropine Belladonna Hyoscyamus Stramonium (Cold externally) Paralyze sec- - retory nerve- endings. Acids Zinc salts Nux vomica Quinine Salicylic acid . Action unde- termined Uses. — There are two indications for the use of diarpho- retics. First, to bring blood to the surface and to cause sweating, thus equalizing the circulation in " colds," chills and congestions and reducing temperature in fever by evaporation and radiation of heat from the skin. Ammonium acetate, alcohol and spirit of nitrous ether are commonly used in the treatment of the disorders first noted, but acetanilid and phenacetin are more powerful antipyretics. Second, to eliminate morbid material from the blood in failure of the kidneys, as urinary suppression, or uraemia. These conditions are comparatively rare in veterinary prac- tice. The skin of the lower animals generally is much less responsive to diarphoretics than that of man, while horses and cattle are more susceptible to these agents than dogs, cats or pigs. A warm covering and atmosphere assist the dilation of the peripheral vessels and activity of the gland cells and should always be secured to aid diarphoresis. Anhidrotics are of little service in veterinary medicine. Excessive sweating is usually a sign of debility and is remedied by rest, tonics and good feeding. DRUGS WHICH DESTROY MICRO-ORGANISMS AND PARASITES 67 Drugs Which Destroy Microorganisms and Parasites. (1) Disinfectants or Germicides are agents which destroy the microorganisms causing infectious and contagious diseases, fermentation and putrefaction. Examples : Corrosive mercuric chloride Sulphurous acid Carbolic acid Chlorine Lime Heat Chlorinated lime (2) Ayitiseptics are agents which prevent the growth and development of the microorganisms occasioning fermenta- tion, putrefaction and disease ; more especially the micro- cocci producing suppuration. Those used externally for surgical purposes are : Corrosive sublimate Iodoform Carbolic acid Salicylic acid Creolin Aristol Hydrogen dioxide lodol Potassium permanganate Boric acid Zinc chloride Antiseptics which are given internally : Naphtol Bismuth salicylate Salol ' ' subnitrate Creolin Quinine Carbolic acid Volatile oils and others Deodorants, or Deodorizers, are agents which destroy or counteract a foul odor. Those possessing any real value are also disinfectants and antiseptics, and remove the source of the odor. (For further details see special article on disinfectants, antiseptics and deodorants, p. 686.) Anthelmintics or Vermicides are drugs which kill intestinal worms, as the various species of taenia (tape worm) ; of ascaris (round worm), and oxyuris (thread, seat or whip worm), inhabiting the alimentary canal of the domestic animals. 68 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS Anthelmintics inimical to tcenia are : Aspidium (horse and dog) Calomel Oil of turpentine Arsenic KoUSSO Aloes 1 A"rl' k'nn Areca nut (sheep and lambs) Linseed, cotton- I o/ deJd^nara- •D 1 • A seed or castor { ^^.^J^ ^ ■ Pumpkm seed •, sites Anthelmintics destroying ascarides: HORSES. . Tonics Creolin Iron Aloes Gentian Oil of turpentine Arsenic Arsenic Copper sulphate Calomel DOGS. Areca nut Spigelia Santonin Tonics Anthelmintics killing oxyurides. Rectal injections containing salt, solution of lime, quassia, iron salts, alum and oil of turpentine are used to destroy these parasites infesting the lower bowel. Anthelmintics destroying oestri equi (" Bots "). Carbon disulphide Hydrochloric acid Chloroform Bitters Iron Arsenic Copper sulphate Vermifuges ^re purgatives (as aloes and oil) used to expel dead parasites from the bowels after the administra- tion of anthelmintics. Parasiticides, or antiparasitics, are drugs which destroy parasites, more especially those inhabiting the skin. We may classify them as those used : (1) Against Tinea (Ringworm and Favus). Mercurial ointments Creosote Tincture of iodine Chrysarobin ointment Glycerite of carbolic acid Cantharides Creolin Croton oil DRUGS WHICH DESTROY MICRO-ORGANISMS AND PARASITES 69 (2) Against Acari. (Scab, itch and malige.) Sulphur Tar Peruvian balsam Styrax (3) Agains- PedicuU. Staphisagria Oil of tar Peruvian balsam Styrax Oil of anise Carbolic acid Corrosive sublimate Salicylic acid Cantharides (Lice.) Carbolic acid Creolin Tobacco Pyrethrum (4) Against Pulex irritans. Pyrethrum Carbolic soap (5) Against Actinomycosis. Tincture of iodine Potassium iodide Glycerite of carbolic acid (Flea.) Oil of anise Iodoform Copper sulphate Corrosive sublimate (6) Against Oideum Albicans. (Thrush, aphtha, aphthous stomatitis.) Boric acid Potassium chlorate Potassium Permanganate Alum Salicylic acid Hydrochloric acid (Inter- (7) Against Strongylus micrurus and filaria. tracheal injections of carbolic acid and turpentine.) (For details concerning the use of parasiticides, see special articles on the drugs enumerated above.) PHARMACY. The More Important Medicinal Bodies and Principles Contained in Drugs. ATkaloideum, pi. Alkaloidea, — Alkaloids. Characteristics : 1. Alkaloids are nitrogenous bodies, being the active principles of many vegetable drugs. 2. They resemble mineral bases in that they have an alkaline reaction and unite with acids to form soluble crys- talline salts. Hence their name, alkaloids. 3. Chemically they are ammonia compounds. One or more atoms of H (in NH3) are replaced by various radicals. 4. They are mostly insoluble in water, but very soluble in alcohol, Solutions possess a bitter taste. 5. They are similar to animal alkaloids and probably have a like origin, — i.e., from the decomposition of albumi- noid material. 6. Alkaloids are precipitated in solutions by tannin, forming insoluble tannates. 7. They are usually solids and their salts are soluble and convenient for hypodermic use. 8. Their Latin ending is ina ; English, ine ; viz. : Mor- phina, morphine. Examples : An alkaloid of cinchona is quinine ; of belladonna, atropine. Glucosideum, pi. Glucosidea. — Glocosides are neutral, uon-nitrogenous organic bodies, representing the active prin- ciples of many vegetable drugs. They yield glucose and other substances on decomposition. Hence their name. Their Latin ending is inum ; English, in ; viz., salicinum, salicin. Examples : A glucoside of digitalis is digitalin ; of santoninum is santonin. 70 MEDICINAL BODIES AND PRINCIPLES CONTAINED IN DRUGS 71 Oleum, pi. Olea. — Fixed oils are combinations of glycerin with fatty acids ; usually oleic, stearic, margaric or palmitic acids. They are liquid at ordinary temperatures and soluble in benzin, chloroform and ether. Exposed to the air they undergo acid fermentation, resulting in " rancidity." Fixed oils are expressed from fruits and seeds of plants and animal tissue. They are "fixed" because they cannot be distilled. They leave a greasy mark on paper. Examples : Cod liver oil, castor oil, olive oil, linseed oil and croton oil. Oleum, pi. Olea. — Fats are solid, fixed oils. Examples : Lard, cacao butter. Oleum destillatum, pi. Olea destillata. — Distilled oils are obtained by the distillation of flowers, fruits, leaves or seeds of plants; by maceration, infusion, expression; or by extraction with solvents. They are either liquid or solid and possess an aromatic odor and taste. They are lighter than water, and soluble in alcohol, ether, and very slightly soluble in water. Distilled oils are miscible with fatty sub- stances and mineral oils. They do not leave a greasy mark on paper. Synonyms : Essential oils, volatile oils and ethereal oils. Alcoholic solutions of these oils are known as essences. Examples : Oil of peppermint, oil of cloves, oil of win- tergreen. Oleo-resina, pi. Oleo-resince. — Oleo-resins are semi- solid mixtures of resins and volatile oils. Many are natural products, exuding from trees, as crude turpentine, which contains the volatile oil of turpentine and a resin, or what is commonly termed " rosin." They are soluble in ether. Examples : Oleo-resin of capsicum, oleo-resin of aspi- dium. Eesina, pi. Resince. — Eesins are brittle, amorphous solids, soluble in alcohol and alkalies. They are obtained from oleo-resins by simple distillation, as in the case of turpen- tine ; or may be extracted from plants by means of heat or alcohol. 72 PHARMACY Examples : The resins of Burgundy pitch and podo- phylhim. Bdlsamum, pi. Bahama. — Balsams are oleo-resins with the addition of either cinnamic or benzoic acids, or both. They are solids or liquids. Examples : Balsam of Peru, balsam of Tolu. Gummus, pi. Gummi. — Gums are solid exudations from plants. They are generally soluble in water, and their solu- tions are precipitated by alcohol. Example : Gum acacia. Gum Besina, pi. Ginn BesincB, are solid exudations from plants consisting of a mixture of a gum and a resin. Pharmaceutical Processes. Many of the technical methods are those employed in chemistry, but of those more especially used in pharmacy are the following : Trituration is the process of rubbing or grinding coarse materials in the dry state to reduce them to powder, Elutriation consists in suspending insoluble substances in water and decanting the supernatant fluid, the coarser particles settling to the bottom in the process. The method is then repeated until fluid containing powder of the required fineness is obtained, when the sediment is filtered and dried. Levigation combines elutriation with trituration. The substance to be ground is put into a mortar with fluid and the supernatant fluid is drawn off" after comminution of the former, leaving the larger particles behind. Maceration consists in soaking a coarsely powdered drug in a liquid at a temperature of 60° to 70° Far. Digestion is the latter process conducted at a higher temperature, but less than the boiling point. Lixiviation is the method by which the soluble sub- stances are obtained from ashes by the percolation of water through them. The resultant solution is termed a lye. PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS 73 Percolation, or method of displacement, is the process employed in preparing tinctures and extracts, in whicli a fluid is allowed to percolate through a drug packed in a conical cylinder, carrying with it the soluble constituents of the drug. Dialysis is the operation of separating colloid from crystalloid substances in solution. The solution is placed in a dialyser (a cylinder, over the bottom of which is placed a piece of parchment) and the dialyser is immersed in water. The crystalline bodies diffuse into the water through the parchment while the colloid materials remain behind. Scaling is the method by which concentrated prepara- tions of drugs are dried upon glass plates in thin films, and then broken up into scales — viz., scale pepsin. Other familiar chemical processes employed in phar- macy are : Liquefaction, which must not be conducted at too high a temperature if the substance be organic, otherwise charring will occur. Evaporation is accomplished usually in a sand or water bath. Crystallization is done to purify crystallizable substances. Distillation. Sublimation. Fusion. Incineration is the combustion of a substance for its ashes. Reduction is employed to recover a metal in its purity when in a combined state. Pharmaceutical Preparations. The " United States Pharmacopoeia " is an authoritative book, including the drugs of most value with a description of their properties, tests for their purity, and methods for making their preparations. It is revised each decade by a convention of representative delegates from medical schools 74 PHABMA.CY and societies, schools of pharmacy and pharmaceutical asso- ciations, with the collaboration of medical officers from the army, navy and marine hospital service. The last edition dates from Jaunary 1st, 1894. All matter occurring in the " Pharmacopoeia " is said to be accordiug to the U. S. P., or official. That occurring in the " British Pharmacopoeia " ia marked B. P. Official Preparations. I. — Pbeparations Whose Solvent is Water. Decoctum, pi. Decocta. — Decoctions are solutions of crude drugs in water, obtained by boiling. Unless specified otherwise, their strength is 5 per cent., and the boiling is conducted fifteen minutes. Decoctions tend to undergo rapid decomposition, and are only suitable in case of those drugs whose active principle is soluble in water. They are unsuitable when the active principle of a drug is volatile, decomposed by heat, or whea it contains much starch, which would form an easily decomposable, thick mass. Drugs containing hard, woody substances, especially albumin, which coagulates in boiling and remains in the crude drug, are those especially adapted for this method. Infusum, pi. Ififusa. — Infusions are aqueous solutions of drugs made by maceration in boiling water without the aid of ebullition. Maceration is done for half an hour, and the strength is 5 per cent., unless otherwise ordered. The same disadvantages apply in the case of infusions as with decoc- tions, in addition to the longer time required for their preparation. Some drugs, as digitalis or ergot, which yield their active principles to water and are more powerful when freshly made, are suitable for this process. Liquor, pi. Liqicores. — Solutions are preparations holding active non-volatile principles in solution in water. They have no uniform strength. OFFICIAL PREPARATIONS 75 Aqtta, pi. Aquce. — Waters are aqueous solutions of vola- tile principles. They have no uniform strength and are mostly solutions of volatile oils or gases. Mistura, pi. Blisturoi. — Mixtures are compounds consist- ing of a combination of fluid preparations or compounds in which solid substances are dissolved or held in suspension by an appropriate vehicle. The term is thus very compre- hensive, including most prescriptions for fluids used in practice, but more narrowly it applies in pharmacy to insol- uble materials suspended by suitable menstrua in water, the whole to be shaken before used. They have no definite strength. Emulsum, pi. Emulsa. — Emulsions are similar to mix- tures in that an oily substance in a state of fine division is held in suspension in a gummy or albuminous vehicle. They have no uniform strength. Syriqms, pi. Syricpi. — Syrups are saccharine solutions. The vehicle is usually water, although vinegar and alcohol may be used, and they are all medicated except the simple syrup. They are not of uniform strength. II. — Preparations Whose Solvent is Alcohol. Tinctura, pi. Tindurce. — Tinctures are alcoholic solu- tions of non-volatile principles, made usually by maceration and percolation of the crude drug. They vary in strength, usually from 5 to 20 per cent., but even exceed these limits. The alcohol in tinctures is often an important factor in the action of the preparation. Strong or diluted alcohol is used according to the solubility of the active principle. Spiritus, pi. Spiritus. — Spirits are alcoholic solutions of volatile substances, either gases, liquids, or solids. They have no uniform strength. Elixir, pi. Elixirs.- — Elixirs are alcoholic solutions of drugs containing sugar and aromatic substances. III. — Preparations Having Wine as a Solvent. Vinum, pi. Vina. — Wines are weak tinctures containing 76 PHARMACY a small amount of alcohol, the remainder of the solvent being white wine. They have no definite strength. IV. — Preparations Having as a Solvent Diluted Acetic Acid. Acetum, pi. Aceta. — Vinegars are solutions of the active principles of drugs in acetic acid prepared by maceration and percolation. They are not of uniform strength. V. — Preparations Made by Solution and Evaporation. Extractum, pi. Extracta. — Extracts are concentrated preparations of the crude drug. Ordinarily alcoholic solu- tions of the crude drug are obtained by maceration and percolation, and then evaporated to a pasty mass. They are usually stronger, weight for weight, than the crude drug, but are not of uniform strength. Extractum Fluidum, pi. Extracta Fluida. — Fluid extracts are permanent, concentrated medicinal solutions of uniform strength. M.l of the fluid extract is equivalent to gr.l of the crude drug. This result is obtained by percolation (usually with alcohol) and partial evaporation. VI. — Preparations Made by Distillation or Occurring Naturally, as Exudations from Trees. Oleo-Resina, pi. Oleo-Resince. — Oleo-Eesins are officially extracts obtained by percolation of the crude drug with ether, and evaporation of the solvent. They have no uniform strength. Pulvis, pi. Pulveres. — Powders are preparations of finely pulverized drugs. Sugar of milk is frequently added, on account of its hardness, to aid in pulverization and as a diluent. Comparatively tasteless, non-irritating and often insoluble drugs are given in this form. Drugs that are volatile, deliquescent or irritating are otherwise administered. Powders are used to advantage in veterinary practice, since they are often taken voluntarily on food. Trituratio, pi. Triturationes. — Triturates are combina- OFFICIAL PREPAKATIONS 77 tions of drugs and sugar of milk, prepared by trituration. They occur in powder or are pressed into tablets. Oleum,, pi. Olea. — Fixed oils are usually obtained by mechanical expression from the product of plants or the tissue of animals. Pilida, pi. Piluloi. — Pills are preparations of drugs made into globular form by the addition of a suitable excipient, and should be of a convenient size for swallowing. 3Iassa, pi. Massce. — Masses are pasty mixtures suitable for making pills. SupiJositorium, pi. Suppositoria. — Suppositories are medicinal substances incorporated with cacao butter and moulded into solid, usually conical, bodies intended for introduction into the rectum or vagina, where they melt at the temperature of the body. Covfedio, pi. Covfediones. — Confections are pasty masses, consisting of powder incorporated with syrup. VIII. — Preparations Intended for External Use. Linimentum, pi. Liwu/ierito. —Liniments are liquid pre- parations with an oily or soapy basis. Oleatwn, pi. Oleata. — Oleates are medicinal solutions in oleic acid. Unguentum, pi. Unguenta. — Ointments are preparations having a fatty basis (80 per cent, of lard). Ceratum, pi. Cerata. — Cerates are similar to ointments but harder, owing to the addition of 10 per cent, more wax. Glyceritum, pi. Glycerita. — Glycerites are preparations whose solvent is glycerin. Emplastrum, pi. Emplastra. — Plasters are solid, sticky, supple preparations intended for application to the skin, where they become adhesive at the temperature of the body. In veterinary parlance they are often known as " charges." Charta, pi. Chartce. — Papers are fragments of medicated paper. Collodiwn, pi. Collodia. — Collodions are solutions of gun 78 PHAEMACY cotton in ether and alcohol, leaving a thin, dry, adhesive coating when applied externally. IX.— Preparations Having Honey as an Excipient. 3Iel, pi. Melita. — Honeys. X. — Non-Official Preparations Peculiar to Veterinary Practice. Bolus, pi. Boli. — Balls are substitutes for pills. They are of elongated, cylindrical shape, about two and one-half inches long, and should weigh about two ounces when intended for horses. Various escipients are used to make a mass of the proper consistency. For immediate use, molasses and licorice root may be employed, and brown tissue paper is used as a covering for the balls. Gelatine capsules may take the place of balls, and should be covered with paper to prevent slipping through the fingers when wet with saliva. Linseed meal is a good excipient on account of its gum. Soap is often used, and glycerin makes a good preservative and keeps the mass moist. Heat is often necessary in preparing a ball mass when the materials are resinous (as aloes) or waxy. A ball is given to a horse by holding it in the right hand, the tips of the fingers and thumb surrounding it in the form of a cone. The tongue of the animal being drawn to the operator's left with his left hand, the right is then quickly passed along the roof of the patient's mouth (avoiding the edges of the back teeth) until the back of the tongue is reached, when the ball is dropped, the right hand rapidly removed and the tongue released. If the mouth is narrow or the animal unmanageable, a balling iron or speculum is used to keep the mouth open. The horse may be backed into a narrow stall and the head steadied by an attendant with the assistance of a " twitch " on the nose. Substances of an irritating nature may be given in this form, and balls are also used when the disposi- tion of the patient does not admit the giving of a drench. OFFICIAL PREPARATIONS 79 Haustus, pi. Haustus. — Drenches are extemporaneous fluid mixtures, intended for immediate use as a single dose. Soluble substances are best given in solution to obtain the most rapid results, unless irritating. Even then they may be prefsrable when sufficiently diluted with water and demulcents. Insoluble drugs may at times be given to advantage in a mixture rather than in the form of a ball or powder. Most official fluid preparations require dilution before administration, but for convenience small doses of tinctures and fluid extracts are dropped upon the tongue of horses unless the preparations are exceptionally acrid. Drenches are particularly applicable for cattle and sheep, as solids are not quickly absorbed in their capacious digestive apparatus, and drenches are given them with ease. The amount of liquid conveniently administered to horses is from one to two pints ; to dogs, from two to four ounces ; to sheep, six to eight ounces. Cattle take readily unlimited quantities. Care should be observed that drenches are so diluted as to be harmless to the mucous membrane, and, if containing insoluble drugs, that these be held in suspension by a suitable vehicle or thoroughly shaken before using. Drenches are given to horses by raising their head with a " twitch " on the nose, held by an assistant, or by a rope leading from the halter to a ring overhead. A horse may be first backed into a narrow stall. The neck of the bottle (which should properly be made of horn or tin) con- taining the drench, being introduced and held in the right hand of the operator between the outside of the back teeth and the inside of the cheek of the patient, the left hand is used to steady the nose of the animal, but the nostrils should not be obstructed. In giving drenches to cattle the operator stands on their left and passes his right arm between the horns over the poll and down in front of the face, grasping the nasal septum between the thumb and forefinger. The neck of the bottle is then thrust with the left hand into the animal's mouth. Dogs are given drenches with the aid of an assistant, who 80 PHARMACY holds the mouth open by means of two loops of tape passed about either jaw behind the incisor teeth. The jaws are then pulled apart by drawing on either loop from above and from below the animal's head. Small dogs may be placed sitting upon a table. A large dog maybe pat upon his hind quarters in a corner, and his head held between the knees of the operator. Cats are given drenches by rolling them in a heavy blanket with only the head out and the jaws held apart as recommended for dogs. Drenches should never be poured into animals if in an unconscious condition, for then they are unable to swallow, and the flaid may gravitate into the ti achea. If coughing ensues during the administration of a drench, the procedure should, be immediately stopped. Eleduarium, pi. Electuaria. — Electuaries are medicinal pastes intended to be smeared on the teeth of animals, where they melt at the temperature of the body and become absorbed. Molasses, honey, glycerin, syrup or mucilage are used as excipients. Electuaries are used for their local action on the mouth and throat, and for convenience in administration, if so crude a method maybe thus described. A certain specified quantity of the electuary may be weighed by the dispenser and serve as a sample, or a domestic utensil may be employed to measure the dose, which is smeared with a thin, flat stick on the back teeth or tongue of the patient. INCOMPATIBILITY. Before entering upon the study of prescription writing, it is essential to consider the results of improper combina- tion of drugs, i.e., incompatibility. While a knowledge of chemistry, pharmacy and the physiological actions of drugs is necessary to avoid incom- patibility, it is yet possible to formulate certain rules which will assist us in escaping unfortunate combinations. Incompatibility is conveniently divided into three classes : I. Chemical. II. Physical. III. Physiological. I. Chemical incompatibility occurs when drugs are so mixed that an unsuitable alteration in their chemical com- position takes place. Certain substances should usually be prescribed alone because of the frequency with which chemical changes arise when they are combined with other medicines. These are : Lead, silver and zinc salts Mineral acids Iodine and iodides Solution of potassa and lime Tannic and gallic acids Quinine sulphate Liquid iron preparations Hydrocyanic acid Corrosive sublimate The possibilities of the following combinations must be kept in mind to avoid incompatibility : 1. Solutions of alkaloids are incompatible with tannic acid, alkalies, alkaline salts, and iodides and bromides, because precipitation occurs. 2. Glucosides are decomposed by acids and are, there- fore, incompatible with them. 3. Acids may not be added to alkalies, alkaline salts or vegetable acid salts, because decomposition and chemical change will ensue. 81 82 INCOMPATIBILITY 4. A mixture of salts iu solution will decompose if either an insoluble compound or double salt can be formed; otherwise no change will take place. 5. Chloral is incompatible with alkaline solutions, because chloroform is generated. 6. Chloroform and potassium cyanide form prussic acid. ' 7. Potassium chlorate, nitrate, or permanganate liberate oxygen and should not be mixed with readily oxidizable substances, such as charcoal, sugar, sulphur, glycerin, car- bolic acid, iodine, turpentine and organic materials, lest exj)losive compounds be formed. 8. Lime water precipitates mercury salts. 9. Both calomel and antipyrin are incompatible with sweet spirit of nitre. 10. Calomel may not be combined with nitrohydro- chloric acid lest corrosive sublimate result. 11. Calomel and prussic acid form the poisonous mer- curic cyanide. 12. Liquid iron compounds are incompatible with fluid preparations of the vegetable bitters (except those of calumba and quassia), because the tannic acid in them throws down a precipitate. 13. Considerable quantities of acid are incompatible with tinctures, since ethers are produced. 14. Water precipitates resinous tinctures. 15. Gum arable is incompatible with lead and iron salts, and mineral acids. 16. Strychnine is precipitated in solution by potassium bromide. 17. Pepsin and pancreatin are mutually destructive in fluid combination. 18. Solutions of potassium chlorate and iodide unite to form a poisonous compound. It is beyond our scope to attempt the enumeration of all possible drug-incompatibilities. The special incompati- bilities of each drug may be found under the proper heading in the detailed description of them. Furthermore, we may INCOMPATIBILITY 83 avoid incompatibility by (above all) simplicity iu prescrip- tion writing, i.e., the use of few drugs in combination. Water or alcohol are generally the best solvents. II. Physical incompatibility consists in the production of unsightly-looking mixtures, but without necessarily any chemical alteration of their ingredients ; for example, the addition of water to insoluble powders, oils and chloroform. While such combinations are pharmaceutically improper, they may sometimes be used to advantage in practice. III. Physiological incompatibility consists in the union of drugs possessing antagonistic physiological actions. For instance, the combination of purgatives and astringents ; of morphine and atropine ; of digitalis and nitroglycerin. Such prescriptions may be valuable therapeutically when the antagonism is not complete. This follows because, while the deleterious action of one drug may be offset by another, its beneficial effect may at the same time exist or be accentuated. Thus the anodyne influence of morphine is increased by combination with atropine, but both the depressing action of morphine on the respiration and its constipating tenden- cies are lessened by atropine. PRESCRIPTION WRITING. Words and Phrases Commonly Used in Prescrip- tion Writing, With their Abbreviations.* LATIN WORD. ABBREVIATIONS. TRANSLATION. Acidum Acid. An acid Ad To, up to Ad libitum Ad lib. At pleasure Adde Add. Add (thou). Ana A.aa. Of each Aqua fontana Aq. font. Water, spring Aqua destillata " dest. distilled Bene Well Bis in dies Bis. ind. Twice daily Cape, Capiat Cap. Take. Let him take Capsula Caps. A capsule Ceratuni Cerat. A cerate Claarta (karta) Chart. A paper (medicated) Chartula (kartula) Chart. A little paper for a powder Cochleai'e magnum Coch. mag. A tablespoon Cochleare parvum Coch. parv. A teaspoon Cola. Colatus Col. Strain, strained CoUyrium Collyr. An eye wash Compositus Co. Comp. Com pound Congius C. A gallon Con f actio Conf. A confection Cortex Cort. Bark Cum With Decoctum Decoc. A decoction Dilute, Uilutus Dil. Dilute (thou), diluted Divide D. Div. Divide (thou) Dividendus Dividend. To be divided Dividatur in parts sequ- D. in p. £eq. Let it be divided into ales. equal parts Dosis Dos. A dose Emplastrum Emp. A plaster Enema Enem. An enema Extractum Ext. An extract Fac, fiat, fiant F. Make, let be made, let them be made Filtrum, Filtra Fil. A filter. Filter (thou) Fliiidus Fl. f. Fluid Glyceritum 84 Glyc. A glycerine PRESCRIPTION WRITING 85 LATIN WORD. ABBREVIATIONS. TRANSLATION. Gutta, Gutta3 Gtt. A drop, drops Giittatiiii Guttat. Drop by drop Haustus Haust. A draught Hora H. Hor. An hour In dies Ind. Daily Infusum Inf. An infusion Injectio Inj. An injection Lac Milk Libra Lb. A pound, a Troy pound Liquor, or Liq'uor Liq. A solution Lotio (losheo) A lotion Magnus Mag. Large Massa Mass. A pill-mass Misce M. Mix Mistura Mist. A mixture Mucilage Mucil. A mucilage Nox, Nocte Maneque Night, at night and in the morning Numerus, Nuniero No. A number, in number Octarius 0. A pint Pars A part (governs genitive) Partes asquales P. £e. Equal parts Parvus Parv. Small Filula Pil. A pill Pro re nata P. r. n. According to circum- stances; occasionally Pulvis Pulv, A powder Quantum Sufficiat Q. S. (followed by genitive) As much as is necessary Quaqua hora Q. h. Every hour Saturatus Sat. Saturated Semissis Ss. A half Semidrachma Seniidr. A half di-achm Sesuncia Sesunc. An ounce and a half Signa S. Sig. Sign Solve, Solutus Solv. Dissolve, dissolved Solutio Sol. A solution Spiritus Spr. A spirit Suppositoria Suppos. A suppository Syrups Syr. A syrup Talis Tal. Such, or, like Tinctura Tra. Tr. A tincture Ter in die T. i. d. Three times a day Unguentuni Ungt. An ointment Vinum Vin. A wine Vehiculuni Vehic. A menstrum * Abstracted from Mann's " Prescription Writing. 86 PRESCKIPTION WRITING A prescription, derived from the Latin Prac, before, and Scriptum, written, comes to us from the early custom of physicians in writiup; down their advice heforelmnd for their patients' guidance. As now used it is the written formula of the practitioner describing to the pharmacist the manner of compounding and dispensing medicines, and to the attendant the mode of administering them. Formulae are official when simply taken from the " United States Pharmacopoeia," and extemporaneous when concocted off-hand by the practitioner. Extemporaneous formulae are simple when composed of one ingredient ; a compound prescription is composed of several parts, which may be considered as follows : I. Heading. II. Names and quantities of drugs. III. Direction to compounder. IV. Direction to attendant. V. Signature of writer. The heading, "Recipe," is derived from the Latin, the imperative of the verb meaning to take, and is ordinarily rep- resented by the sign I^ , a corruption of Qj_, the sign of the Zodiac for Jupiter. After the Christian era the sign of the Cross was used, or N. D., for Nomine Deo, in God's name; J. D. for Juvane Deo, meaning God helping, etc. We have now reverted to the old sign, which is all that remains of an appeal to Jupiter. This symbol seems to put the practi- tioner, even if involuntarily, into a position of reverence in thus offering a prayer in embryo (the old physicians always wrote one) whenever one writes a prescription. The custom also suggests that we are not yet sufficiently sure of our Materia Medica after all these centuries, to sacrifice the efficacy of prayer. In regard to the names and quantities of drugs, we find in the text books that one should always strive after a classical arrangement, whereby four ingredients are essential to accomplish any result. These include : PRESCEIPTION WRITING 87 I. The basis, or active medicinal substance. II. The adjuvant, or assistant. III. The corrigeut, or corrective. IV. The excipient, vehicle, or menstruum. But we shall find that while such a classical arrange- ment may exist in the text-books, we are usually content in practice with the basis, together with a vehicle. The classical arrangement is essential in order that the old Latin motto be fulfilled : " Curare cito, tuto et jucunde.'' Ciirare — to cure (the basis) ; cito — quickly (the adjuvant) ; ^wfo— safely (the corrigent) ; jiccunde — pleasantly (the excipient). In a physic ball for horses we may employ aloes as a basis ; calomel as an adjuvant ; ginger as a corrective ; molasses as an excipient. More commonly in fluid prepara- tions we prescribe several bases, or ingredients for curative purposes, neglecting any adjuvant or corrigent and simply using water as a vehicle. It is often of distinct advantage to write for a combination of several drugs whose action looks towards a common end. Yet one should always lean to simplicity rather than complexity in the number of ingredients. While it is difficult to avoid chemical antago- nism, how much harder is it to prevent untoward physio- logical combinations in the body, which we can in nowise foretell. In olden times ignorance led practitioners to try the effect of an enormous number of drugs, Avith the hope that out of the charge one at least of the pellets in these shot-gun prescriptions might strike the desired spot, if the others failed to do so. But we now believe that the damage done by all the shot which miss far surpasses the good accomplished by the successful missile. Four hundred different remedies are included in one of these old formulae, whereas now it is rare to find four in a prescription. In relation to the third part of the prescription (the directions to the compounder), we find that a few regulation Latin phrases or words express these directions. If one is unfamiliar with Latin, one can easily memorize these words 5» PRESCRIPTION WRITING and j^lirases nnJerstandin^ly. The directions to the attendant are heralded by the Latin Signa, or Signetur, meaning label, or let it be labelled ; abbreviated, " Sig.," or merel}' " S.," and being for the use of the attendant of the patient, are in English. The directions should be very precise. One should not write : " Use as directed," or " Give in water," but indicate exactly the quantity of medicine to be administered, the precise amount of water with which it is to be diluted, and the time at which it is to be given. For instance : " Give one tablespoonful in half a pint of water three times daily after feeding." Poisons should be marked as such. It is well some- times to indicate that the prescription is " for a horse," in order to avoid mistakes and to quell the qualms of the conscientious druggist. Preparations which are not to be used internally should be labelled "external use." Under "Signature" the name of the writer and date is included. If desirable, one may inscribe " Do not repeat." Quantities used in prescription writing are indicated by the signs of the apothecaries or Troy system of weights for solids. For liquids, signs rep- resenting units of the wine measure are employed. The Troy grain and ounce are used by apothecaries as units of weights in dispensing prescriptions. In ordering large quantities (as pounds) the avoirdupois pound of 16 ounces is employed, and in buying ounces of drugs without a pre- scription the avoirdupois ounce is also utilized. The avoirdupois ounce contains 437 grains ; the Troy ounce contains 480 grains. The grain is of similar value in both systems. TROY, OR apothecaries' WEIGHT. Weight Sign Latin name Povind .... lb .... Libra Ounce .... 3 ... Uucia Drachm .... 3 ... Drachma Scruple .... 3 .... Scrupulum Grain .... gr. .... Grauum PRESCRIPTION WRITING 89 WINE MEASURE. Measure Sign Latin Name Gallon C Congius Pint Octarius Fluid Ounce Fl. 5 .... Fluida Uncia Fluid Drachm . . . Fl. 3 .... Fluida Drachma Minim TTL Minimum A drop is often used synouymously with minim, which is correct if the substance spoken of is water, or a liquid of nearly similar density. If the liquid is not of similar den- sity, then a minim, or the sixtieth part of a drachm, is far from being a drop as measured by dropping a liquid from any ordinary utensil. Any amount from 45 drops to 276 drops, measured in this way, may be obtained from a drachm of fluid, according to its density, mode of dropping, and kind of vessel from which it is dropped. A gutta (gfct.), then, is of no fixed value, but means a drop as dropped from a vessel ; while a minim is alwa3^s the sixtieth part of a drachm. RELATIVE VALUE OP UNITS IN THE WINE MEASURE. C 10 = O Oi. = = 12 = 3 z> Til 128 = 1024 = 61,440 16 = 128 = 7,680 31- = 8 = 480 3 i. = 60 OP UNITS IN TROY SYSTEM. 3 Or. 96 288 =: 5,760 8 24 = 480 3i. = 3 = 60 3i. = 20 The abbreviation, Fl., is usually omitted in prescription writing, as referring to fluids, the character of the prepara- tion being sufficiently apparent. The Roman numerals are used to express the quantities employed. The Roman numerals are written under a horizontal line, the i's or j's are dotted (they are identical in Latin) and the dot serves to enforce and check the numbers used. Fractions are 90 ' PRESCltlPTION WltlTlNG usually expressed in ordinary Arabic characters, except ^, which is often iudica^ted by a double s (ss), standing for semis, the Latin for one-half. APPROXIMATE EQUIVALENTS OF WINE UNITS IN DOMESTIC MEASURES. Teaspoon = 3 i.-ii. = 5Cc. Desert spoon = 3ii. = 10 Cc. Table spoon = 1 ss. = 15 Cc. Cup = !iv. = 120 Cc. Tumbler = ? viii. = 250 Cc. There are usually about six teaspoonfuls to the fluid ounce. It is a good plan to have some regard for the size of vials generally kept by druggists, and to write for a quantity to fill the bottle. The bottles commonly in use in human and canine practice are the 2 and 4 drachm ; the 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, and 16 ounce. The 2 drachm bottles are useful for measuring the dose of fluid extracts for horses ; the 3 ounce bottle is convenient in writing prescriptions in the metric system for dogs, as it holds approximately 100 Cc. The 4 ounce bottle is the common size, employed in canine practice, containing 24 doses of one teaspoouful each. The ^ pt. and pt. bottles are more appropriate for larger animals. The metric system will be described, because it is the universal system em- ployed in scientific writings, and is now official. It has the advantage of being arranged decimally, which makes the computation of percentages easy, and the transference of a quantity of one denomination to that of another, by merely shifting a decimal point. The system has another value, at least theoretically, in having one unit for weights and measures. The unit of the fluid measure is 1 cubic centi- meter of water, which at 4° Cent, weighs 1 gram. As a matter of fact, fluids are dispensed in the metric system by measuring them in Cc, and if liquids were all of the same density as water, they would be equivalent to grams of water when measured in Cc. Unfortunately this is not the case. Theoretically, medicine should be dispensed by PRESCRIPTION WRITING 91 weight in the metric system, but as medicines, when given to patients, are usually measured by bulk, they canuot be dispensed by weight without producing a complication. For example, suppose that we order chloroform in a pre- scription in the metric system, — I^ Chloroformi 30 | S. Two teaspoonf uls in water. John Smith. thinking we are dispensing 10 grams,* for a teaspoonful holds 5 grams of water. But as chloroform weighs ^ more than water, we really have ordered 10 + i = 15 Gm. of chloro- form. Therefore, in writing a prescription for chloroform with other ingredients, weighed in Gm., we would have to add ^ of the number of Gm. of chloroform in the prescription to the number previously estimated in order to make the chloroform of the same bulk as other liquids of the density of water. In order to avoid reducing substances of density differ- ing from that of water, to terms of equivalency with that of water, it is the custom, and now official, to weigh solids in Gm. and measure liquids in Cc. This is an exact method if the doses of drugs are learned in the same way: i.e., if the doses of solids are learned in Gm. and prescribed in Gm., and the doses of liquids are learned in Cc. and prescribed in Cc. In writing prescriptions in the metric system a line is drawn perpendicularly across the right-hand side of the blank to indicate the decimal point ; multiples of the unit being placed to the left, of the line, while fractious are written to the right of the decimal line. In using this system we are spared the annoyance of special signs and different tables for weights and measures. As matters now stand we must be cognizant of both systems, and be able to convert the old into the new, or vice versa. One drachm is equiva- lent to four grams, 3 i- = Gm. 4. Therefore, Gm. 1 = 3 ;^ or Gr. 15. Then, Gr. i. = ^ of Gm. i.; or 15) 1.000 (.066 90 100 90 * For each dose. 92 PRESCRIPTION WRITING The equivalent of Gr.l, is Gm. .06. In order to determine the equivalent of fractions of a grain in grams, we divide .06 by the denominator and multiply the result by the numerator of the fraction of a grain. For example : Gr. I = I- of .06 Gm.; as .06 Gm. = Gr. i., then 3) .06 (.02 X 9 = .04. Therefore, Gr. | = .04 Gm. 6 Again : to find the equivalent of Gr.i in Gm. 8) .066 (.008 X 1 = .008 64 2 Therefore, Gr.i = .008 Gm. We stated that 3 i. = 4 Gm. It follows that ^ i. would equal 32 Gm. As a fact, 3 i- apothecaries' weight, is equiva- lent to a trifle less than Gm. 4.; and an ounce, apothecaries' weight, is usually considered equal to 30 Gm. (exactly 31.10 Gm.) for the sake of convenience. A fluid ounce in wine measure is precisely equivalent to 29.57 Cc. We have here another reason why both solid and fluid ounces should be valued at 30 Gm. or Cc. Although it is the custom to regard the minim of liquid as the equivalent of one grain, it is inexact. An apothecaries' ounce weighs 480 Gr.; a fluid ounce of wine measure weighs 457 Gr. Multiples of grams or cubic centimeters may be designated as such, instead of using the technical terms. It is perfectly proper to speak of 100 Gm. as one hundred grams, although technically equal to a hectogram. .1 Gm. may be called one-tenth gram, although technically a decigram. Similar remarks apply to Cc, yet 1,000 Cc. (approximately 1 quart) equal one liter, and this term is in common use. TABLE OF WEIGHT. — METRIC SYSTEM. ( Milligram = Fractions ■< Centigram = ( Decigram = Unit Gram = 1 i Decagram = 10 Hectogram = 100 Kilogram = 1000 001 01 1 PRESCBIPTION WRITING 93 TABLE FOR CONVERTING APOTHECARIES WEIGHTS AND MEASURES INTO GRAMS AND CUBIC CENTIMETERS.* SOLIDS. FLUIDS. Troy Weight. Metric. Apothecaries' Measure. Metric. Grains. Grams. Minims. Cc. 1 6 4 .001 1 .06 Vb .0015 2 .12 3^0 .002 3 .18 io .003 4 .24 ^ .004 5 .30 A .005 6 .36 A .006 7 .43 i .008 8 .50 i .010 9 .55 i .016 10 .60 i .02 15 .72 i .03 16 1.00 1 .065 20 1.25 2 .13 25 1.55 3 .20 30 1.90 4 .26 35 2.20 5 .32 40 2.50 6 .39 48 3.00 8 .52 50 3.12 10 .65 60 (f 3 i.) 3.75 15 1.00 72 4.50 20 Oi.) 1.30 80 5.00 24 1.50 90 5.60 26 1.62 96 6.00 30 1.95 100 6.25 40 2.60 120 7.50 50 3.20 160 10.00 60 ( 3 i.) 3.90 180 11.25 120 ( 3 ii.) 7.80 240 (f I ss.) 15.00 180 11.65 f 3v. 18.75 240 15.50 f 3vL 22.50 300 19.40 f 3vii. 26.25 360 23.30 f §i. 30 00 420 27.20 f lii. 60.00 480 31.10 f liil. 90.00 !"• 62.20 f !iv. 120.00 Siv. 124.40 f !v. 150 00 o "^i- 186.60 f ivi. 180.00 3 viii. 248.80 f 1 viii. 240.00 94 PRESCRIPTION WRITING METRIC WEIGHTS. EXACT EQUIVALENTS IN APPROXIMATE EQUIVA- GRAINS. LENTS IN GRAINS. .001 .0154 e^ .002 .0308 S .003 .0463 -h .004 .0617 h .005 .0771 1 3 .006 .0926 -h .007 .1080 X 9 .008 .1234 1 .009 .1389 1 .01 .1543 i .03 .3086 i .03 .4630 1% .04 .6173 JL 1 1 .05 .7717 i .06 .9260 A .07 1.0803 1 .08 1.2347 li .09 1.3890 H .10 1.543 i| .20 3.086 3 ..30 4.630 H .40 6.173 6 .50 7.717 n .60 9.260 9 •70 10.803 11 .80 12.347 12i .90 13.890 14 1.00 15.432 15 2.00 30.864 3SS. 3.00 46.296 3ii. 4.00 61.728 3i. 5 00 77.160 3iv. 6.00 92.592 5iss. 7.00 108.024 3vss. 8.00 123.456 3ii. 9.00 138 888 3vii. 10.00 154.320 3 iiss. *Tables from Mann's Prescription Writing. Rules for Forming the Genitive Case in Prescription Writing. The Latin names of drugs, as we iearn them, when consisting of a single word, are in the nominative case. For example : oleum, an oil. The genitive case of a Latin word means of (the word), and is equivalent to the English pos- PRESCRIPTION WRITING 95 sessive. Thus the Latin name Oleum Lini, consists of two words. The first, oleum, is the Latin nominative for oil, and the second word, lini, is the Latin genitive of tlie word meaning linseed. The name signifies, then, oleum (oil) and lini (of linseed). In writing prescriptions it is usually essential to put the Latin parne of the drug in the genitive case, follow- ing the use of the heading 1^, standing for the Latin imper- ative Becipe, meaning in English, Take. • For example : Potassii nitratis | i. Literally translated this means : Take Of potassium nitrate, ounce 1. There is only one other case which is used in writing prescriptions (the accusative), but this can be avoided by using abbreviations iu the few instances in which it should be employed. The following rules can be memorized (with their exceptions) in order to form the genitive case (singular): (1) Latin names of drugs ending in "a" form their genitive in ae. The only exceptions are three : Physostigma takes the genitive in tis, physostigmatis. Folia (leaves),- pi. genitive, foliorum. Theohroma, genitive tlieohromatis. In most instances the genitive of Latin nouns ending in a, can be made in practice by dropping the nominative ending («) and adding ae in its place, viz. : Tinctur-a (a tincture), gen- itive tincfur-ae (of a tincture). (2) All pharmacopoeial nouns ending in us, um (os and o?i), form their genitive in i. This genitive case can be formed in practice by dropping the nominative ending (us or um) and adding i in its place, viz. : bol-us, a ball ; genitive bol-i, of a ball. Extrad-um, an extract ; genitive extract-i, of an extract. The nouns ending in os and on are very few. Excep- tions : BIms, genitive rJiois. Flos, genitive floris. Frudus, quercus and spiritus do. not change in the genitive, as it is the same as the nominative case. 96 PRESCRIPTION WRITING (3) All other Latin names of drugs, of whatever ter- mination (except those ending as described under rules 1 and 2) have their genitive in s and is. The genitive case can be formed in practice, in some instances, by adding is to the nominative, as, for example, chloral, genitive chloral-is ; aether, genitive sether-is. To many nouns ending in the nominative in as or is, we not only add is to the nominative, but also change the latter letter of the nominative case. For instance, to sulphas (sulphate) not only do we add is, sulphas-is, but we change the latter letter, s, of sulphas into a t, so that the proper genitive of sulphas is sulphat-is. The same remark applies to all the other Latin names of salts, as sulphis, genitive sulphit-is ; nitras, genitive nitrat-is ; hydrochloras, genitive hydrochlorat-is ; citras, genitive citrat-is ; phosphas, genitive phosphat-is ; acetas, genitive acetat-is. Cortex is not cortex-is in the genitive, but corticis. Mas, genitive not mas-is, but maris, Adeps, genitive not adeps-is, but adipis. Mucilago, pepo and pulvis lengthen and change in the genitive to mucilagin-is, pepon-is and pulver-is. Aloe, genitive not aloeis, but aloes, adding s and not is. (4) Some Latin names of drugs do not change their ending in the genitive because indeclinable and not latinized or else they belong to the fourth declension, where the genitive case is the same as the nominative. Examples : Spiritus, quercus and fructus, already mentioned, as excep- tions to rule 2. Cannabis, digitalis, sinapis and hydrastis. The genitive of these nouns is the same as the nominative. The following are indeclinable : Amyl, buchu, catechu, coca, curare, jaborandi, kino, phenol, salol, naphtol, thymol, menthol, cusso, etc. If the Latin names for quantities and amounts thereof are written out in full (instead of using signs for quantities, and numbers for the amounts), the quantities and amounts in Latin must be put into the accusative case, as they are the objects of the verb, recipe. PRESCRIPTION WRITING 97 For example : Sodii Sulphatis, uncias duas. Translated : Take Of sodium sulphate, ounces two. The Latin noun tmcia (ounce) is in the accusative case, and the adjective duas is also in the accusative, agreeing with uncias. But to write out prescriptions in full, as above, is not customary and would be considered pedantic. Again : The Latin names of the ingredients should be written in the accusative case when no noun for weight or measure is employed. For example : Pilulas catharticas compositas duas. Translated literally : Take Pills cathartic compound, two. Or, take two compound cathartic pills. Pilulas (pills) is in the accusative, object of the verb recipe. Catharticas, compositas, and duas are adjectives, agreeing with pilulas. We can only write this prescription correctly, without using the accusative case, by abbreviating it as follows : Pil. Cath. Co. ii. Examples of Prescriptions for Different Preparations. TO WRITE A PRESCRIPTION FOR A PILL. 1. We calculate the number of pills we wish to pre- scribe and then multiply the dose of each ingredient in the pill by that number. We will suppose that we desire to prescribe 30 pills to a dog, containing reduced iron, soco- trine aloes and sulphate of strychnine. The dose of reduced 98 PRESCRIPTION WRITING iron is gr.ii.; of socotrine aloes gr.ss.; of strychnine sul- phate gr-Ysif. Multiply each dose by 30 : Reduced iron gr.ii. X 30 = gr.60 Aloes gr.i^ X 30 = gr.l5 Strychnine gr-iso X 30 = gr.J^ The Latin of aloes socotrine is aloe, genitive aloes, of aloes ; socotrina, genitive socotrin-ce, of socotrine. The Latin of strychnine sulphate is strychnina, genitive strychnin-ce of strychnine ; sulphas, genitive sulphat-is, of sulphate. The Latin of reduced iron is ferrum, genitive ferr-i, of iron : reductum, genitive reduct-i, of reduced. Hence : Ferri reducti 3 i. Aloes socotrinae gr.xv. Strychnina) sulphatis gr-/^ Misce et divide in pilulas xxx. . (Abbreviated) M. et div. in pil. xxx. Signa. Give one pill three times daily. John Smith. The Latin names of the drugs being put in the genitive, and the signs and numbers for the proper quantities and amounts added, we come to the Latin directions to the pharmacist. (Misce) mix (et) and (divide) divide (in pilulas, accusative plural) in pills xxx. This is a regulation phrase and can be employed whenever we write a prescription for pills, so that it should be memorized. It can be abbreviated correctly as follows : M. et div. in pil. xxx. Instead of writing the prescription as just described, we can calculate the dose needed of each ingredient in the pill, and then write a prescription for one pill and direct the pharmacist to make 30 pills like it. ^ Ferri reducti gr.ii. Aloes socotrinae gr.ss. Strychnina? sulphatis gr-rio Misce et fiat pilula 1.; dispense pilulas tales numero xxx. PRESCRIPTION WRITING 99 {Abbreviated) M. et f. pil. 1. Dispense pil. tales No. xxx. Signa or S. (as before.) Translated ': (Misce) mix (et) and (fiat) let there be made (pilula) pill 1 ; (dispense) dispense (pilulas) pills, (tales) such, (numero) in number, xxx. Abbreviated as above, (Signa) S. = Label. The same prescription may be written in the metric system : Gr.l = .06 gm. Fractions of a grain are converted into grams, therefore, by dividing .06 by the denominator of the fraction and multiplying the result by the numerator. The dose of aloes (gr.^) is transformed into grams then, as follows : 2) .06(.03 X 1 = .03 .06 00 Gr.j^ is converted into grams thus : 120) .0600 ( .0005 X 1 = .0005 gm. 600 9 Solids in Gm. Liquids in Cc. Ferri reducti 12 Aloes socotrinaj 03 Strychninaj sulphatis 0005 M. et f . pil. 1 ; dispense pil. tales No, xxx. Sig. (as before). This prescription may be abbreviated in this manner : 9 Ferri reducti. Aloes soc Strych. sulpii. M., etc. 12 03 0005 Prescriptions for balls are calculated and written in every respect like those for pills. "We may write the above prescription in another form, in case we prescribe a pill or ball mass to be made, or an ofl&cial mass to be divided into pills. Suppose we write a. prescription for a physic mass, suitable for horses. We conclude to write for a quantity of the mass sufficient to make eight balls. Each ball con- 100 PRESCRIPTION WRITING tains a single dose of aloes and sufficient excipient to make the mass of the proper consistency. The dose of aloes is one ounce, and we know by experience that it will take an equal amount of molasses and one drachm of powdered ginger to make a proper ball mass. Multiplying each of the ingredients, then, by 8, we find we need 8 ounces each of aloes and molasses, and 1 ounce of pulverized ginger, to make a mass which shall be divided into 8 balls.- The Latin names and genitives of socotrine aloes we have already described. Molasses is syrupus fuscus in Latin, or brown syrup. Syrupus, genitive syriqj-i, of syrup. Fuscus, genitive fusc-i, of brown. The Latin for powdered ginger is pulvis, powder, genitive pulver-is, of powder. Zingiber, ginger, genitive zingiher-is, of ginger. We will proceed to write the prescription thus : Aloes socotrinae Syrupi fusci aa 3 viii. Pulveris zingiberis § i. Misce et fiat massa, in bolos viii., dividenda. (Abbreviated) M. etf. mass., in bolos viii., dividend. Sig. Give one ball at once. John Smith. The Latin directions to the pharmacist are translated : (Misce) mix (et) and (fiat) let there be made (massa) a mass (in bolos, accusative pi.), in balls viii. (dividenda) to be divided. This is also a stock phrase and should be memorized as applying to pills or balls made from a mass. The prescription is abbreviated : 9 ■ Aloes soc. Syr. fusci aa § viii. j Pulv. zingiber § i. M. et f. mass., in bolos viii., dividend. Or : Misce et divide in bolos viii. » (Abbrev.) M. et div. in bolos viii. Translated : Mix and divide into balls 8. PRESCEIPTION WEITING 101 Or : M. et fac bolos viii. (abbrev.) M. et f . bolos viii. Translated : Mix and make balls 8. Mixtures are compounds in which fluids are mixed or solids dissolved or held in suspension by a suitable vehicle, "We must first decide upon the number of doses which we wish to prescribe, and then the quantity of the mixture to be given at each dose. Suppose we wish to give sweet spirit of nitre and quinine to a horse. We conclude to give the mixture three times daily for several days. The dose of the nitrous ether will be an ounce ; the quinine will be dissolved in it. Bottles are in use containing 12 to 16 ounces, or 1 pint. We will decide upon the pint bottle. This, then, will hold 16 ounces, or 16 doses of sweet spirit of nitre. In each dose of the nitre we want dissolved gr.20 of quinine sulphate. 16 X gr.20 = gr.320 = 3 v. 3i. Now, 5 drachms of quinine sulphate will not dissolve in 16 ounces of sweet spirit of nitre, so that we will add enough diluted sulphuric acid to dissolve the quinine. We do not know how much sulphuric acid will be required, so we write after acid sul- phuric, Q. S., for quantum sufiiciat, i.e., as much as suffices (to dissolve, understood). Again, we do not know exactly how much bulk the quinine will take up when dissolved in the nitre ; nor what amount of acid will be required. Yet, on the other hand, we want to fill our bottle. To get over these difficulties we will write after sweet spirit of nitre ad, underlined (to) ; in other words, we order the druggist to take of sweet spirit of nitre enough to (make, understood) a pint. The Latin for quinine is qicinina, genitive quinin-ce, of quinine. The Latin for sulphate is sulphas, genative sul- phat-is, of sulphate. The Latin for spirit of nitrous ether is spiritiis, genitive spiritus, of spirit ; nitrosus, genitive nitros-i, of nitrous ; cether, genitive oither-is, of ether. The Latin for sulphuric acid diluted is acidtim, genitive acid-i, of acid; suJpJmricw^, genitive sidplmric-i, of sulphuric; dilutus, genitive dilut-i, of diluted. 102 PRESCRIPTION WRITING We may now write our prescription as follows : Quinina3 sulphatis jv. 3i. Acidi sulphurici diluti Q. S. Spiritus Eetheris nitrosi ad Oi. Misce. (Furnish 3 i. bottle for measure), Signa. Small bottleful three times daily in half a pint of water. John Smith. Abbreviated : Quin. sulph 3 v. 3 i. Acid, sulphurici dil Q. S. Spts. aether, nitrosi ad Oi, M. S, (as above). We will write a prescription for a mixture containing 12 doses of chloral and potassium bromide for a dog. The quantity of the mixture given at each dose will be a tea- spoonful. Now, there are six teaspoonfuls in one ounce. We will order a 2-ounce bottle, which will, therefore, hold 12 doses of a teaspoouful each. The dose of chloral is gr.v. 5x12 = gr.60, or 3 i. The dose of potassium bromide is gr.x. 10 X 12 = gr.l20, or 3 ii. Then we will order enough water to fill the bottle. The Latin for chloral is chloral, genitive chloral-is, of chloral ; Latin for potassium bromide is potassium, genitive potassi-i, of potassium ; hromidum, genitive bromid-i, of bromide ; Latin for water is aqua, genitive aqu-ce, of water. Chloralis 3 1. Potassi bromidi 3 n. Aquae ad § ii. M, "~ Signa. Teas, in 1 tablespoonful of water every 3 hours, John Smith. A drench is a mixture which is given the horse in one dose. We will write a prescription for a horse, containing ether, chloroform and laudanum, to be administered as a drench. The Latin for ether is cether, genitive cether-is, of ether; PRESCRIPTION WRITING 103 dose, 3 i. The Latin for chloroform is cliloroformum, geni- tive chloroform-i, of chloroform ; dose, 3 ii- The Latin for laudanum is tinctura opii ; tinctura, genitive tinctur-ce, of tincture ; opium, genitive opi-i, of opium ; dose, 3 ii. The prescription reads : Athens 3 i. Chloroformi 3 ii. Tincturte opii 3 ii. Misceetfiat haustus. Translated : (Misee) mix, (et) and (fiat) let there be made (haustus) a drench. (Abbreviated) M. et f. haust. Sig. Give at ouce in one dose in pint of water. John Smith. In writing a prescription for powders, we ma,y either write for one powder and direct the druggist to dispense several more like it, or write for the whole amount of the ingredients and order them divided into the required num- ber of doses or papers. In the first case we will write for a powder containing one dose of each of the drugs. For example, we may write a prescription for calomel and santonin, with sugar of milk as an excipient, since the dose of the drug is inconveniently small. This powder is suitable for a medium-sized dog. The Latin for calomel, or the lower chloride of mercury, is hydrargyrum, genitive hydrargyr-i, of mercury ; cMori- dum, genitive cfdorid-i, of chloride ; mite, genitive niit-is, of lower ; dose, gr.ii. The Latin for santonin is santoninum, genitive santonin-i, of santonin ; dose, gr.i. The Latin for sugar of milk is saccharum, genitive sacchar-i, of sugar ; lac, genitive lac-tis, of milk ; amount, gr.x. The prescription will read : Hydrargyri chloridi mitis gr.ii. Santonini gr.i. Sacchari lactis gr.x. Misce et flat pulvis 1 ; dispense pulveres tales vi. 104 PRESCRIPTION WRITING Translated : Mix, and let there be made powder 1 ; dis- pense powders such vi. (^Abbreviated) M. et f. pulv. 1; dispense pulv. tales vi. Sig. Give one powder every two hours. John Smith. In the second case, if we write a prescription for six powders, we multiply the dose of the ingredients in each powder by 6, and then order the prescription to be dispensed in six papers. Hydrarg. chlorid. mitis gr.xii. Santonin gr.vi. Sacch. lactis 3 i. Misce et divide in chartulas numero . . vi. Translated : Mix and divide into papers in number vi. (Abbreviated) M. etdiv. in ch't. No. vi. Sig. (as before) . To write the above in the metric system. The dose of calomel is gr.ii. = .12 gm. .12 X 6 = .72, or gr.xii. The dose of santonin is gr.i. = .06 gm. .06 X 6 == .36 gm., or gr.vi. The amount of sugar of milk used as an excipient in each powder is gr.x. .06 X 10 = .6 gin., the amount prescribed in each powder. The amount necessary for six powders is .6x6 = 3.6 gm., approximately 4 gm. Solids in Gm. Liquids in Cc. Hydrarg. chlorid. mitis I 73 Santonin | 36 Sach. lactis 4 M. et div. ch't. in No vi. Sig. (as before). We will write a prescription for a horse, in the form of a powder, containing dried iron sulphate, nux vomica and sodium bicarbonate. The Latin for iron sulphate (dried) is ferrum, genitive ferr-i, of iron ; sulphas, genitive sulphat-is, of sulphate ; exsiccatus, genitive exsiccat-i, of dried ; dose, 3 i. The Latin for nux vomica is nux, genitive nuc-is, of nut ; vomica, genitive vomic-a, of vomica ; dose, 3 i' The PRESCRIPTION WRITING 105 Latin of sodium bicarbonate is sodium, genitive sodi-i, of sodium ; hicarhonas, genitive hicarbonat-is, of bicarbonate. We will order a sufficient quantity of the ingredients to make thirty powders. The dose of iron and nux vomica is 3 i. X 30 = 3 iii., 3 vi. The dose of sodium bicarbonate is 3ii. X 30 = 3 vii.ss. ]^ Ferri sulphatis exsiccati Pulveris nucis vomicce. aa § iii., 3 vi. Soclii bicarbonatis | vii.ss. Misce et divide in chartulas xxx. Translated : Mix and divide into papers xxx. (Abbreviated) M. et div. in ch't. xxx. Sig. Give one powder three times daily on the food. John Smith. In order to avoid the expense of having powders divided into papers, we may frequently direct one dose to be weighed by the druggist, and a measure to be furnished holding the quantity. Ferri sulph. exsicc. Pulv. nucis vom aa 1 iii., 3 vi. Sod. bicarb § vii.ss. Misce et fiat pulvis. Translated : Mix and let there be made a powder. (Abbreviated) M. et f . pulv. (Furnish measure holding 1 ss.) Sig. Give measureful on food three times daily. John Smith. To transform this prescription into terms of the metric system: 3!. = Gm.30.; 3 i- = Gm.4:. Hence §iii., 3 vi. = Gm.ll4; 3 vii.ss. = Gm.225. Solids in Gm. Liquids in Co. Ferri sulph. exsicc. Pulv. nucis vom aa 114 Sodii bicarb 225 M. et f. pulv., etc. S. (as before). 106 PREScmpnoN writing Electuaries are not suitable preparations in which to prescribe powerful drugs, as we cannot secure any degree of accuracy in the dosage. This happens because we do not usually know the exact amount of excipient which will be required to make the paste of the proper consistency. We will write for an electuary containing potassium chlorate, licorice and molasses. The Latin for potassium chlorate is potassium, genitive potassi-i, of potassium ; chloras, genitive chlorat-is, of chlorate ; dose, 3 ii- The Latin for powder of licorice root is (powder has been given before) glycyrrhiza, genitive glycyri-Jiiz-ce, of licorice ; radix, genitive radic-is, of root. The Latin for molasses is syruious, genitive syrup-i, of syrup ; fuscus, genitive /««.sc-t, of brown ; dose of licorice root and molasses immaterial. They are used as excipients. Potassi chloratis. Pulveris glycyrrhizse radicis . .aa. . 1i\. Syrupi fusci Q.S. Misce et fiat electuariixm. Translated : Mix and let there be made an electuary. (Abbreviated) M. et £. electuarium. (Weigh 3 vi. as sample). S, Give amount equal to sample every 2 hours smeared on teeth. John Smith. We cannot tell precisely what quantity of potassium chlorate will be administered in the 3 "^i- ordered in this prescription, but we can be assured that it will not be larger than 3 drachms, which is a small dose for the horse. Suppositories are occasionally prescribed to dogs. The excipient is cacao butter, of which about 15 grains is required. We will write a prescription containing iodoform and extract of Belladonna root, to be dispensed in suppos- itories for a medium-sized dog. The Latin for iodoform is iodoformum, genitive iodqform-i, of iodoform ; dose, gr.^. The Latin for extract of belladonna root is belladonna, genitive belladonn-ce, of belladonna ; extractum, genitive extract-i, of extract ; radix, genitive radic-is, of root ; dose, gr. J. The Latin for cacao butter is oleum theohroma ; PRESCRIPTION WRITING 107 oleum, genitive ole-i, of oil ; theobroma, genitive theobrom- atis, of theobroma. The quantity of cacao butter may be safely left to the discretion of the pharmacist. We will multiply the dose by ten, to make ten suppositories. lodoformi gr.v. Extract! belladonnse radicis gr.ii.ss. Olei theobromatis Q.S. Misce et fiant suppositoria x. Translated : Mix and let there be made suppositories x. (Abbreviated) M. et f. suppos. x. Sig. Introduce one into the bowel every 4 hours. John Smith. In writing prescriptions for ointments the degree of dilution of the medicinal substance, or substances, must be determined. In case the dilution is done in percentage, the metric system is particularly useful. A five-per-eent. oint- ment of the yellow oxide of mercury is of value in some cases of conjunctivitis. We will write for 5 Gm. The Latin for yellow oxide of mercury is hydrargyrum oxidum flavum; hydrargyrum, genitive hydrargyr-i, of mercury ; oxidum, genitive oxid-i, of oxide ; flavum, genitive flavi, of yellow. The excipient will be simple ointment. Latin for simple ointment is unguentum^ genitive unguent-i, of ointment. If we order 5 gm. of simple ointment we can determine the amount of mercury necessary to form a 5-per-cent. prepara- tion with it by simply moving the decimal line forward two places, .05, which will give a 1-per-cent. ointment of mer-. cury ; and then, by multiplying by 5, .05 X 5 = .25, we secure a 5-per-cent. ointment. Solids in Gm. Liquids in Co. Hydrargyri oxidi flavi 25 Unguenti 5 Misce et fiat unguentum. Translated : Mix and let there be made an ointment. (Abbreviated) M. et f . ung. Sig. Use externally. John Smith. 108 PRESCRIPTION WRITING There is notliing of special note to consider in regard to writing prescriptions for liniments. We will write a prescription for Carron oil as an example. Carron oil is composed of equal volumes of solution of lime and cottonseed oil. The Latin for oil of cottonseed is oleum gossipii seminis ; oleum^ genitive ole-i, of oil ; gossypium, genitive gossypi-i, of cotton ; semen, genitive semin-is, of seed. The Latin for solution of lime is liquor, calcis ; liquor, genitive liquor-is, of liquor ; ccdx, genitive cah-isy of lime. Liquoris calcis. Olei gossypii seminis aa § ill. Misce et fiat linimentmri. Translated : Mix and let there be made a liniment. (Abbreviated) M. et f . liniment. Sig. Apply externally. John Smith. CLASSIFICATION. PART I. Inorganic Agents. Section I. — Water, and Solution of Hydrogen Dioxide. Section II. — Alkaline Metals ; Potassium, Sodium, Ammonium and Lithium. Section III. — Alkaline Earth Metals; Calcium, Barium, Magnesium, Aluminum and Cerium. Section IV. — Plumbum, Argentum, Zincum, Cuprvun, and Bismuthum. Section V. — Ferrum, Manganum. Section VI. — Hydrargyrum. Section VII. — Arsenic, Antimony. Section VIII. — Phosphorus. Section IX. — Chlorine, Iodine, Bromine. Section X. — Sulphur. Section XI. — Acids. Section XII. — Carbon Compounds. Class 1. Carbon. Class 2. Alcohol, Ether, Chloroform. Class 3. Nitrites. Class 4. Chloral. Class 5. Antipyretics, Analgesics. Class 6. Antiseptics. Class 7. Miscellaneous Carbon Compounds. PART II. Vegetable Drugs. Section I. — Drugs acting on the brain. Class 1. Depressing the brain ; Opium. Class 2. Stimulating the brain ; Belladonna. Section II. — Drugs acting on the spinal cord. Class 1. Stimulating the inferior cornua ; Nux Vomica, Strychnine. Class 2. Depressing the inferior cornua ; Physostigma, Gelsemium. 109 110 CLASSIFICATION Section III. — Drugs acting on the spinal cord and motor nerves. Class 1. Depressing the inferior cornua and motor nerves; Tobacco and Conium. Section IV. — Drugs acting on the sensory nerves. Class 1. Depressing the sensory nerves ; Cocaine, Eucain, Holocain. Section V. — Drugs acting on the secretory nerves. Class 1. Stimulating the secretory nerves ; Pilocarpus. Section VI. — Drugs acting on the heart. Class 1. Increasing the force and decreasing the frequency of the heart ; Digitalis, Strophanthus, Convallaria and Squill. Class 2. Decreasing the force and frequency of the heart ; Aconite, Veratrum Viride and Album, Veratrine. Section VII. — Drugs acting on the respiration. Ipecac. Section VIII. — Vegetable Antipyretics and Antiseptics. Class 1. Cinchona and its Alkaloids. Class 2. Salicylic Acid, Salicin, Salol, Oil of Gaultheria and Methyl Salicylate. Section IX.— Volatile Oils or Drugs containing them. Class 1. Used mainly for their action on the skin : Turpentine, Oil of Turpentine, Terebene, Terpiu Hydrate, Burgundy Pitch, Canada Turpentine, Resin, Tar, Pitch, Oil of Cade, Balsam of Peru, Balsam of Tolu, Benzoin, Benzoic Acid, Black and White Mustard, Eucalyptus, Arnica, Myrrh. Class 2. Used mainly for their stomachic and carminative action upon the digestive tract : Capsicum, Ginger, Peppermint, Menthol, Spearmint, Anise, Cardamon, Coriander, Fennel, Fenugreek. Class 3. Used mainly for their antispasmodic action in stimulating the nervous system : Valerian, Ammonium, Ferric and Zinc Valerianates, Assafoetida and Ammoniacum. Class 4. Used mainly for their stimulant and diuretic action on the genito-urinary tract : Buchu and Oil of Juniper. Class 5. Used mainly for its emmenagogue action on the female generative organs ; Savin. Section X. — Vegetable Bitters. — Gentian, Quassia, Cascarilla, Calumba, Taraxacum, Hydrastus, Calamus. Section XI. — Vegetable Cathartics. Class 1. Simple Purgatives. — Aloes, Linseed Oil, Castor Oil, Rham- nus Purshiana, Frangula, Rhamnus Catharticus, Rhubarb (Chrysarobin), Senna. CLASSIFICATION 111 Class 2. Drastic Purgatives. — Croton Oil, Scammony, Jalap, Gam- boge, Elaterin, Colocynth. Class 3. Chologogue Purgatives. — Podophyllum, Podophyllin. Section XII. — Tannic Acid and Drugs containing it. Nutgall, Tannic Acid, Gallic Acid, Pyrogallol, White Oak, Catechu, Kino, Krameria, Haemotoxylon, Hamamelis. Section XIII. — Vegetable Demulcents. Olive Oil, Cottonseed Oil, Soap, Soft Soap, Glycerin, Linseed, Acacia, Tragacanth, Althaea, Sugar. Section XIV. — Vegetable Drugs killing Parasites. Class 1. Used to destroy tape worms : Aspidium, Areca Nut, Kamala, Kouso, Granatum. Class 2. Used to destroy round worms : Santonica. Class 3. Used to destroy oxyurides: Quassia. Class 4. Used to destroy lice: Stavesacre. Class 5. Used to destroy fleas: Pyrethrum. Section XV.— Vegetable Drugs stimulating unstriated muscle, pai> ticularly of the uterus. Ergot, Cotton Root Bark. Section iSVI. — Colchicum. Section XVII. — Vegetable Drugs acting mechanically. Starch, Oil of Theobroma, Purified Cotton, Pyroxylin, Collodion, Euphorbium. Section XVIII.— Medicinal Agents of Animal Origin. Cantharides, Lard, Suet, Hydrous Wool Fat, Yellow and White Wax, Spermaceti, Honey, Milk, Sugar, Pepsin, Pancreatin, Ox Gall, Papain, Cod Liver Oil, Ichthyol, Thiol. NOTE. ABBREVIATIONS USED IN REFERENCE TO THE SYNONYMS IN THE • DESCRIPTIONS OF DRUGS. B. P. . . British Pharmacopoeia. E English. P. G. . .German Pharmacopoeia. Fr French. G" German. Three doses of each medicine are usually given; one for horses and cattle; one for sheep and swine, and one for cats and dogs, unless otherwise specified. The quantities are expressed in units of the Apothe- caries' Weight or Wine Measure and also in the metric system, The 112 CLASSIFICATION solids in the latter to be dispensed in grams, the liquids in cubic centi- meters. Only those official drugs and preparations of the United States and British Pharmacopoeia's will be mentioned, which are considered to be of value to practitioners of Veterinary Medicine. In connection with doses the following abbreviations are used : H Horse. C Cattle. Sh. & Sw. .Sheep and Swine. D Dogs. The same dose may be given to either dogs or cats of equal weight. PART I. INORGANIC AGENTS. SECTION I. Water. Aqua, Water. Aqua Destillata, Distilled Water. HjO. (The latter used in filling many prescriptions.) Action external. — The reader is referred to special articles on " Cold and Heat " (p. 673 ), " Food and Feeding " (p. 648 ) and "Counter Irritants" (p. 665 ), for details concerning the action and uses of water, respectively, as a medium of heat and cold, as an article of diet in health and disease, and as a counter irritant. Cold water, externally, at first stimulates reflexly heat production, with slight rise of temperature, increased carbonic acid elimination and contraction of the vessels and muscles of the skin. If the cold water applica- tion is continued, the bodily heat falls, owing to physical abstraction of heat. " Reaction " follows the removal of cold, if properly applied, with dilatation of the superficial vessels (and sensation of warmth and exhilaration in man). Moderate warm water (105^ F.) applications stimulate cuta- neous vascularity, favor diarphoresis, and diminish urinary secretion. Hot water (110°-120° F.) applications act as counter irritants in dilating the peripheral vessels, contract- ing those in more remote parts, and relieving pain, spasm, congestion and inflammation. Action internal. — Water is quickly absorbed and thus swells the secretion of urine, and, to a less extent, that of bile, saliva and pancreatic juice. Intestinal peristalsis is facilitated by a considerable amount of water. Water also increases tissue change, and elimination of carbonic dioxide and urea ; promotes the appetite and washes out the tissues and urinary tract, thus removing waste matters from the body. 113 114 INORGANIC AGENTS The elimination of uric acid is lessened by water. Large quantities of water, if not taken at meal time — when they dilute the digestive juices and disorder digestion — favor the formation of fat. Uses internal. — Healthy animals may be given as much water as they desire, with certain restrictions in relation to work and feeding. It is unwise to allow horses much water, either immediately before or after severe work, or after feeding. If water is given before severe work it increases the bulk of intestinal contents, is apt to cause digestive disturbance, and interferes with the movements of the diaphragm. For these same reasons water should only be permitted in small amount (at a time) in " heaves " of horses. If a quantity of water is allowed horses after hard work, colic is very likely to occur. Working horses should, therefore, be watered, in reasonable amount, while at work ; and, if this is impracticable, may be allowed but a few mouthfuls of water, or a gallon of oatmeal gruel after severe work, with whole hay but no grain until after an hour's rest. When horses at rest drink much water after eating, the contents of the stomach (which is unusually small in this animal) are washed into the intestines and are not so thoroughly digested. This accomplishes two bad results : it deprives the animal of some nourishment and engenders digestive trouble and diarrhoea. The best plan is to give resting horses water before eating, or to keep it at their command at all times. Cold water is desirable, frequently and in limited quantities, in fever, although there is a popular fear of it. Hot water assists the action of diarphoretics ; cold water that of diuretics. Lukewarm water is an emetic, but hot water, in small and repeated doses, allays nausea and vomiting. Water is restricted in ordinary diarrhoeas, obesity, and to assist the absorption of exudations. The drinking of water should be encouraged by a liberal allowance of salt (which in itself aids digestion), in animals in a poor condition, to increase their appetite and flesh. Water is valuable in diluting a con- SOLUTION OF HYDROGEN DIOXIDE 115 centrated urine from which calculi are liable to be deposited. High rectal injections of water are absorbed, and conse- quently flush out the kidneys. Solution of Hydrogen Dioxide. Aqua Hydrogenii Dioxidi. Solution of Hydrogen Dioxide. Synonym. — Hydrogen Peroxide. A slightly acid aqueous solution of hydrogen dioxide (H2O2) containing, when freshly prepared, about 3 per cent., by weight, of the pure dioxide, cor- responding to about 10 volumes of available oxygen. U.S.P. Derivation. — Add barium dioxide, 300, to cold, distilled water, 500 ; agitate and keep at a temperature of 100° C. (50^ F.j. To this mixture (of barium hydrate) add a solu- tion of phosphoric acid, 96, in cold distilled water, 320, and shake them together thoroughly. Filter, and wash the precipitate (barium phosphate) with distilled water until the filtrate measures 1000. Add diluted sulphuric acid to the filtrate (until cloudiness disappears in a small filtered por- tion of it ; absence of barium), and starch 10. Agitate fre- quently. Filter and refilter till the solution becomes clear Properties. — A colorless liquid, without odor, acidulous to the taste and producing a peculiar sensation and soapy froth in the mouth ; liable to deteriorate by age, exposure to heat, or protracted agitation. Spec, gr.1,006 to 1,012. Reaction slightly acid. When exposed to the air at the ordinary temperature, or when heated in a water bath at a temperature not exceeding 60° C (140*^ F.) the solution loses chiefly water. When rapidly heated it is liable to decompose suddenly. (The value of a given sample of hydrogen dioxide may be roughly ascertained by adding a few drachms to a few crystals of potassium permanganate in a test tube. The greater the amount of efi'ervescence the better the hydrogen dioxide. — Wallian.) Dose.—R. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); D., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) Action and Uses. — Hydrogen dioxide is probably the most powerful surgical antiseptic and disinfectant in use. 116 INORGANIC AGENTS It is not poisouous to higher animals, and liberates oxygen immediately in the presence of oxidizable matter, thus destroying all bacteria and organized ferments. The microbicidal action is transient and not persistent ; only water remains. Therefore hydrogen dioxide is useless for the production of continuous antiseptic action. The drug is an antiseptic in the digestive tract, and some oxygen may be absorbed by the blood, but this is extremely doubt- ful. The official solution contains 10 volumes of oxygen ; that is, it yields up 10 times its bulk of oxygen gas. Most proprietary preparations are stronger, and contain 12 volumes of oxygen, and are more powerfully disinfectant. Hydrogen peroxide is particularly valuable as an anti- septic on suppurating and septic wounds, necrosed tissue, abscess cavities, sinus', ulcers, morbid growths and suppur- ating mucous membranes. It is commonly employed in full strength and only in glass, porcelain, or hard rubber vessels or instruments. The drug should not be used in cavities where an outlet for the free escape of gas is wanting. Peroxide of hydrogen decomposes pus with effervescence, and thus is a guide to its presence or absence ; it also destroys the pus cocci. Hydrogen dioxide is a safe and efficient agent in disin- fecting drinking water, and is of some value in gastric fermentative indigestion. SECTION II. Alkaline Metals — Potassium, Sodium, Ammonium, Lithium. Potassium. Potassium is not used in medicine in the metallic state. Its compounds may be considered in three groups : 1. Potassa. 2. The Carbonates (acetate and citrate). 3. The Mineral Salts. Potassium compounds were formerly obtained from wood ashes by lixiviation ; from sea water by evaporation, GENERAL ACTION OF POTASSIUM SALTS 117 and from argol, a substance deposited in wine casks. Now they are obtained from potassium muriate, mined in Stass- furt, Saxony, wbich is thought to result from the boiling away of sea water in past ages. GENERAL ACTION OF POTASSIUM SALTS. In lethal doses the action of all the potassium com- pounds is very similar. Stomach and Intestines. — The potassium salts, with the exception of the vegetable compounds, are irritants to the gastro-intestinal tract, if ingested in concentrated form. Heart. — Marked depression of the heart is one of the most characteristic symptoms of poisoning by the potassium salts. Potassium has a direct, paralyzing action on the heart muscle, and in lethal doses there is cardiac arrest in diastole. Much the same action is, moreover, observed on all the higher forms of tissue. The functional activity of the nerves and muscles is depressed and abolished, more especially that of the brain and cord, so that paralysis of central origin occurs. Blood. — It has been taught that the potassium salts give up their oxygen to the blood. In the case of the nitrate and chlorate we know that this is untrue, since they are eliminated unchanged. When given for any considerable period, the potassium, like the sodium salts, impoverish the system and produce a more fluid state of the blood. Large doses of the potassium salts are likely to occasion purging, while small doses are apt to cause diuresis. The carbonates and vegetable salts resemble each other in action, but that of the mineral salts is peculiar to the individual compound. PoTASSA. Potassa. KOH. (U.S. &B.P.) Synonyms. — Potash, potassium hydrate, potassium hydi- oxide, caustic potash, lapis causticuschirurgorum, E.; potasse caustique, Fr.; aetz kali, G.; kali causticum fusum, P. G. Derivation. — A solution of potassium hydrate is evapor- ated ; the residue is fused and run into moulds. 118 INORGANIC AGENTS Properties. — Dry, white, translucent pencils or fused masses, bard and brittle, showing a crystalline fracture ; odorless, or having a faint odor of lye, and of a very acid and caustic taste. Exposed to the air, it very rapidly absorbs carbon dioxide and moisture, and deliquesces. Soluble at 15° C. (59° F.) in about 0.5 part of water, and in 2 parts of alcohol ; very soluble in boiling water and in boiling alcohol ; slightly soluble in ether.* LiQUOK Potass^. Solution of Potassa. (U. S. ose.— H. & C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. «fe Sw., 3 ss. (15.) ; D., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.). Action interned. — Intestines. — Potassium bitartrate is a non-irritating purgative in large doses. It is a hydragogue cathartic and has a strong affinity for water ; abstracting it from the blood vessels in the bowels, holding the same in solution, and thus flushing out the intestines. Blood. — Potassium bitartrate is in part decomposed, converted into the carbonate, and absorbed as such into the blood. The greater part is excreted by the bowels unchanged. A portion of the latter may have been absorbed and eliminated by the intestines. Kidneys. — Potassium bitartrate is an active diuretic and renders the urine more alkaline, but for some reason it is not ordinarily employed in veterinary practice. Summary. — Diuretic in small doses. Hydragogue cathartic in large doses. It should be given in solution and is useful in dropsies, more particularly of renal origin ; also in catarrhal jaundice, and as a laxative for foals and calves. Sodium. {The Metal is not Employed in 3Iedicine.) Soda. Soda. NaOH. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Soda caustica, B. P.; soilium hydrate, caus- tic soda, sodium hydroxide, natrum causticum, S. hydricum, E.; Sonde caustique, Fr.; natron aetznatron, G. SOLUTION OF SODA 127 Derivation. — It is made from liquor sodse by evapora- tion, and run in moulds. Properties. — Dry, white, translucent pencils, or fused masses, showing a crystalline fracture ; odorless, and having an acrid and caustic taste. Exposed to the air it rapidly deliquesces, absorbs carbon dioxide, and becomes covered with a dry coating of carbonate. Soluble in 1.7 parts of water ; very soluble in alcohol. Liquor Sod^. Solution of Soda. (U. S. & B. P.) An aqueous solution of sodium hydrate, containing about 5 per cent, of hydrate. Synonym. — Solution of sodium hydrate, E.; natrum hydricum solutum, sonde caustique liquide, Fr.; liquor natri caustici, P. G.; setznatron lauge, G. Derivation. — An aqueous solution of sodium carbonate is boiled with calcium hydrate, and the supernatant liquid is siphoned off. Na,C03 + Ca(OH), = 2 NaOH + CaCO,. Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a very acrid and caustic taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction. Dose.—H.&C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. o.se.— H.,3ss.-ii. (15.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). GENERAL ACTION OF SODIUM SALTS. Sodium and its salts are not nearly so poisinous as similar potassium compounds, but death has occurred after enormous doses. The salts possess a local paralyzing action on nerve and muscular tissue. They are absorbed and eliminated more slowly than the corresponding potassium compounds. Sodium salts alkalize the blood and urine, but are only slightly diuretic. Sodium carbonate, phosphate, and sulphate diminish the solids in the bile and, therefore, increase its fluidity. Sodium Bicarbonate. Action External. — Sodium bicarbonate lessens irritability of the skin in itching and burns. Action Internal, — "When sodium bicarbonate is given after eating it neutralizes the acid products of indigestion and fermentation. The constant administration of sodium bicarbonate weakens the digestive powers and creates ansemia, general cachexia, and scorbutic symptoms. Sodium bicarbonate liberates carbonic dioxide in the stomach, and thus exerts a sedative effect. It dissolves muCus and thins the biliary secretion. It is, therefore, useful in catarrh of the gastro-intestinal tract. Blood. — -The blood is made more alkaline. Kidneys. — The urine is alkalized, but the salt is only feebly diuretic. 130 INORGANIC AGENTS Uses External. — In aqueous solution (1-50) sodium bicarbouate relieves itching in urticaria, prurigo and clironic eczema. It also allays the pain of slight burns and of acute rheumatism. For this purpose cloths should be soaked in saturated solutions and placed upon the affected parts. Added to water ( 3 i.-Oi.) in which instruments are to be boiled, it prevents rusting. Uses Internal. — Sodium is one of the most useful reme- dies in gastric or intestinal indigestion associated- with acidity, flatulence, and distress. It does not always remove the cause of indigestion, however, and, therefore, should be combined with agents which do : e.g., cathartics, antiseptics, carminatives and stomachics. For this reason sodium bicarbonate is often prescribed to dogs with bismuth sub- carbonate, salol or beta naphtol ; to horses, with gentian or nux vomica and ginger. Sodium bicarbonate is of value in alkalizing the blood in acute rheumatism, when it is thought to increase oxida- tion and tissue waste. The salt assists the action of calomel, with which it should be generally conjoined, since it stimu- lates the flow of bile and aids the alkaline intestinal juices in transforming the inactive chloride into the active oxide. Sodium bicarbouate is occasionally given in acute bronchitis, but it is distinctly inferior to the corresponding potassium salt in thinning and increasing bronchial secretions. This salt is highly recommended in the treatment of haemoglobiusemia (azoturia) in horses, when given in quanti- ties of 10-30 ounces daily. Theoretically, sodium bicarbo- nate is of benefit in this disease, by neutralizing acid products of metabolism which lead to solution of the haemo- globin. Administration. — Sodium bicarbonate may be given in solution or on the tongue or food in the pure state. SoDii Sulphas. Sodium Sulphate. Na„ SO^ lOH^O. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Glauber's salts, sulfas sodicus (natricus), SODIUM CHLORIDE 131 sal mirabile Glauberi, siilphate of soda, E.; sulfat de sonde, sel de Glauber, Fr.; Glaubersalz, G. Derivation. — Neutralize the residue left in the manufac- ture of HCl from salt, with sodium carbonate. 2 Na HSO^ + Na, CO3 = 2 Na, So, + Co, + H,0. Projjerties. — Large, colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, or granular crystals, odorless, and having a bitter, saline taste. The salt effloresces rapidly in the air, and finally loses all its water of crystallization. Soluble in 2.8 parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol ; soluble in glycerin. Dose. — C, ibi.-iss. (500.-750.) ; H. (laxative), 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); Sh., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.). Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Sodium and magne- sium sulphate rapidly abstract water from the blood vessels of the alimentary canal through the intestinal glands (succus entericus) until a 5-per-cent. solution is reached. This solution is but slowly reabsorbed so that it sweeps out the contents of the bowels. They are hydragogue cathartics. These salts also stimulate peristaltic action to some extent by their physical properties, or through their action in aug- menting the mass of intestinal contents. Glauber's salt is said to be slower in action than Epsom salts. Liver. — Glauber's salt increases the secretion of bile and prevents its absorption in the bowels by expelling it from the tract. Kidneys. — Small doses of sodium sulphate are absorbed and alkalize the blood and urine. It is a slight diuretic. Administration. — Glauber's salt is given to cattle in solution with ginger and molasses. Uses. — Magnesium sulphate is generally preferred to sodium sulphate, as the former is less disagreeable and more rapid in its action. The reader is referred to uses of magnesium sulphate (p. 153.) SoDii Chloridum. Sodium Chloride. NaCl. (U. S. &B.P.) Synonym. — Common or table salt, muriate of soda, sal 132 INORGANIC AGENTS commune or culinare, cliloruretum soclicum, E.; natrium chloratum purum, P. G.; cblorure de sodium, sel commuu, sel de cuisine, Fr.;- chlornatrium, kochsalz, G. Derivation. — Mined in native state and obtained by evaporation of brine, spring or sea water. Properties. — Colorless, transparent, cubical crystals, or a white, crystalline powder, odorless, and having a purely saline taste. Permanent in dry air. Soluble in 2.8 parts of water ; almost insoluble in alcohol ; insoluble in ether or chloroform. Reaction neutral. i>ose.— Cathartic, C, ft)ss.-i. (250.-500.); Sh., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.). Action External. — Salt is a stimulant to the skin when applied in concentrated solution. Action Internal. — Salt is an essential constituent of food,^ and necessary to the composition of blood serum, from which it is constantly eliminated in the urine. Animals deprived of salt suffer from anaemia, general weakness and oedema. Stomach and Intestmes. — Salt has caused gastro-enteritis and death in enormous doses. Large doses occasion emesis in dogs. Salt combines with lactic acid in the stomach to form sodium lactate, and in the process sets free hydro- chloric acid. Hydrochloric acid, in its turn, promotes the formation of pepsin from pepsinogen of the gastric tubules. Salt, therefore, improves gastric digestion. Salt acts in the bowels as a mild hydragogue purgative. It is unfit as a cathartic for horses or dogs, but is useful for cattle and sheep when combined with magnesium or sodium sulphate. Salt creates thirst and, therefore, promotes the ingestion of water. A large supply of water flushes the system and removes deleterious and imperfectly oxidized matters. Blood. — The red corpuscles are augmented by salt. lletabolism. — Salt increases tissue change and tends to elevate temperature. The appetite is also sharpened owing to the ingestion of water and metabolic activity. Sitnimary. — Emetic, cathartic, digestive, alterative. Uses External. — A solution consisting of one ounce each SODIUM CHLORIDE 133 of salt, nitre and sal ammoniac, in one quart of water, may- be used on bruises and sprains as a stimulant and refrig- erant lotion. Severe hsemorrliage, collapse and surgical shock are treated most successfully by injections of hot normal salt solution into a vein, under the skin, or into the rectum. The solution maintains the proper salinity of the blood, replaces the mass of blood lost, and supplies heat. The solution is made by adding one heaping teaspoonfal of salt to a quart of boiled water at a temperature of 100^ to 105° F. From 2 to 4 quarts may be given to horses, and from i to 1 pint to dogs. (See p. 701.) Salt is an efficient antidote externally and internally to silver nitrate. Uses Internal. — Salt is a serviceable emetic for dogs, when zinc sulphate is not at hand, in emergencies and pois- oning. One teaspoon ful may be stirred into a cup of luke- warm water with a tablespoonful of mustard. It is a useful addition to Epsom salts, since it increases thirst and the ingestion of water, and assists purgation in overloaded conditions of the firbt and third stomachs of ruminants. One-half pound of salt is administered to cattle with one- half to one pound of Epsom salts, one-quarter pound of ginger and a pint of molasses in two quarts of water. The habitual ingestion of salt is prejudicial to ascarides and diminishes the secretion of mucus in which they live. It is even more efficacious in destroying oxynrides inhabiting the lower bowels. Enemata containing 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls of salt to the pint of water are employed for this purpose. Salt should be constantly kept in the feed boxes of horses and cattle. Animals convalescing from acute diseases, and those with feeble digestion, need salt particularly. Horses are commonly given a braH mash once a week, with plenty of salt to enhance its laxative and hygienic action. Dogs usually procure sufficient salt in their ordinary food, but it should be added to their diet in the treatment of obesity. Repeated doses of salt aid the absorption of serous pleural effusions. 134 INORGANIC AGENTS SoDii Phospkas. Sodium Phosphate. Na^HPO^ + ISiH^O. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Phosphas sodicus (natricus), sal mirabile perlatura, phosphate of soda, E.; natrum phosphoricum, P. G.; phosphate de soude, Fr.; phosphorsaures natrum, G. Derivation. — Digest bone ash with sulphuric acid. Ca, 2P0, + 2 H, SO, = Ca H, 2 PO, (acid calcium phos- phate) + 2 Oa SO^. Filter and add sodium carbonate to filtrate. Ca H, 2 Po, + N9-a C03 = Na, H PO, + H,0 + Co, + Ca HPO4. Evaporate, and sodium phosphate crystallizes out. Properties. — Large, colorless, monoclinic prisms, odor- less, and having a cooling, saline taste. The crystals effloresce in the dry air and gradually lose 5 molecules of their water of crystallization. Soluble in 5.8 parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol ; slightly alkaline reaction. Dose. — Same as sodium sulphate ; D., 3 i--ii. (4-8.), as laxative and chologogue cathartic. The phosphate resembles the sulphate, but is a milder purgative and more efficient hepatic stimulant. It is indi- cated in jaundice, and as a laxative for foals and calves. It is occasionally prescribed in rickets as a source of phos- phorus, but the calcium phosphate is more appropriate. SoDii SuLPHis. Sodium Sulphite. Na, S03 7 H„0. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Natrum sulfuriosum, sulfis sodicus (natricus), sulphite of soda, E.; sulfite de soude, Fr.; schwefligsaures natron, G. Derivation. — Saturate a solution of sodium carbonate or hydrate with sulphurous anhydride gas. Na, CO, + So, = Na, S03 + Coj. Properties. — Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, odorless, and having a cooling, saline, sulphurous taste. In air the salt effloresces, and is slowly oxidized to sulphate. SODIUM BISULPHITE 135 Soluble in 4 parts of water ; sparingly soluble in alcohol ; Neutral or feebly alkaline. Dose.—'R. & C, 3 i. (30.); Sb. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4); D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). SoDii Bisulphite. Sodium Bisulphite. NaHSOs. (U. S. P.) Derivation. — Obtained from sodium carbonate or bicar- bonate and sulphurous anhydride gas. Properties. — Opaque, prismatic crystals, or a granular powder, exhaling an odor of sulphur dioxide and having a disagreeable, sulphurous taste. Exposed to the air the salt loses sulphur dioxide and is gradually oxidized to sulphate. Soluble ill 4: parts of water and in 72 parts of alcohol ; reac- tion acid. Dose. — Same as sodium sulphite. SoDii Hyposulphis. Sodium Hyposulphite. Na, S^Oj 5 H^O. (U. S. & B. P.) Sijnonym. — Sodium thiosulphate, hyposulphate of soda, E.; natrum subsulf urosum (hyposulfurosum), P. G.; hyposul- phis sodicus, hyposulfite de sonde, sulfite solfure de sonde, Fr.; unterschwefligsaures natron, G. Derivation. — Dissolve sulphur in a boiling aqueous solution of sodium sulphite. Properties. — Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, odorless, and having a cooling, afterwards bitter, taste. Permanent in air below 33^ C. (91.4° F.), but efflorescent in dry air above that temperature. Soluble in 0.65 part of water ; insoluble in alcohol ; slightly soluble in oil of tur- pentine ; reaction neutral. Dose. — Same as sodium sulphite. Administration. — The sulphites are given in solution, or may be added in powder to the food of horses. action of the sulphites. Action External. — The sulphites are antiseptics, deodor- izers. and parasiticides externally. 136 • IFOKGANIC AGENTS Action Internal. — The sulphites are decomposed by the acids iu the stomach, and sulphur dioxide (SOo) is evolved. The bisulphite and hyposulphite are richer in sulphur and, therefore, are more powerful. Sulphur dioxide gas is an antiseptic. Blood. — If any part of the sulphites escapes decomposi- tion in the digestive tract, it is absorbed unchanged. Summary. — Antiseptics, deodorizers and parasiticides externally. Antiseptics in the alimentary tract. Uses. — An 8-per-cent. solution of the sulj^hites is used in parasitic skin diseases. The salts are indicated in indi- gestion with fermentation, flatulence and foul-smelling faeces. They have been greatly lauded as remedies in general septic conditions, but have proved as useless as most other drugs in such cases. The other sodium salts are of no particular value in veterinary practice except sodium bromide. (See bromine, p. 226.) Ammonium. The metal is not employed in medicine. Ammonia (NH3) exists in the free state as a gas, and is used in medi- cine in solution in water or alcohol. Aqua Ammonia. Ammonia Water. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Liquor ammo'jife, B. P.; spirits of hartshorn, E.; liquor ammonii caustici, P. G.; spiritus salis ammoniaci causticus, ammonia aqua suluta, ammoniaque liquide, eau (solution, liqueur) d'ammoniaque, Fr.; salmiakgeist, setzam- moniak, ammoniakfliissigkeit, G. An aqueous solution of ammonia (NH3), containing 10 per cent., by weight, of the gas. Properties. — A colorless, transparent liquid, having a very pungent odor, an acrid, alkaline taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction. Spec, gr.0.960. Derivation.— 'EiwoXve. ammonia gas by heating ammonium chloride with calcium hydrate, and pass it into water. 2 NH, CI + Ca(OH), = 2 NH3 + 2 H,0 + CaCl,. STRONGER AMMONIA WATER 137 Dose.—K. & C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw„ 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., nix.-xx. (.6-1.3). PREPARATION. Linimentum Ammonice. Ammonia Liniment. (U.S. &B. P.) Ammonia water, 350; cottonseed oil, 600; alcohol, 50. (U. S. P.) Aqua Ammonia FoRTis. Stronger Ammonia Water. (U.S.P.) Synonym. — Liquor ammonise fortior, stronger solution of ammonia, B. P.; eau d'ammouiaque forte, Fr.; starker sal- miakgeist, G. An aqueous solution of ammonia (NH3), containing 28 per cent., by weight, of the gas. Derivation. — Same as aqua ammonise. Properties. — A colorless, transparent liquid, having an excessively pungent odor, a very acrid and alkaline taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction. Spec, gr.0.901. Dose.~R. & C, 3 ii--vi. (8.-24) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i. (4.) ; D., ni^v.-x. (.3-.6). PREPARATION. Spiritiis Ammonice. Spirit of Ammonia. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Spiritus ammoniaci caustici dyondii, ammoniated alco- hol, E. ; liquor ammoniee caustici spirituosus, P. G. ; alcoole d'ammo- niaque, liqueur d'ammoniaque vineuse, Fr. ; weingeistige ammoniak- flussigkeit, G. An alcoholic solution of ammonia (NH3), containing 10 per cent., by weight, of the gas. Properties. — A colorless liquid, having a strong odor of ammonia, and a spec. gr. of about 0.810. This preparation combines the stimulating properties of ammonia and alcohol. Dose.— H.&C, ^ ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., nix.- XX. (.6-1.3). ammonia preparations. Action External. — Ammonia is a powerful irritant in stronger solution, or gas. If it is applied for a sufficient time, hyperaemia, vesication and sloughing ensue. Action Internal. — Stomach. — If swallowed in concentrated solution death may take place instantaneously from oedema 138 INORGANIC AGENTS and spasm of the glottis. Otherwise, more or less extensive inflammation of the alimentary canal will follow, according to the amount ingested. Diluted vinegar and lemon juice, together with the white of egg, or sweet oil, should be given as antidotes. Tracheotomy may be indicated, if there is glottic obstruction. Ammonia, in passing through the mouth, throat, gullet and stomach, reflexly stimulates the heart and respiration before absorption can occur. Ammonia is an antacid in the stomach, but should not be employed in gastric irritability. Eespiratory Tract. — Inhalation of stronger ammonia through the nostrils causes reflex stimulation of the heart and respiration by irritation of the nasal branches of the fifth nerve. Care must be exercised to prevent inflammation of the air passages. Ammonia stimulates the respiratory centre when it is absorbed through any channel. Circulation. — Ammonia is a rapid but transient heart stimulant, making the ventricular contractions stronger and more frequent, by stimulation of the accelerator nerves and heart muscle. Ammonia also stimulates the vasomotor centre, probably, and, because of this fact, and the large amount of blood pumped into the vessels, vascular tension is heightened. Lethal doses paralyze the cardiac muscle. Ammonia differs from alcohol in being more evanescent as a stimulant, in not affecting the brain nor metabolism, and in not acting as a food. Blood. — The normal blood contains ammonia, which is supposed to aid in maintaining its fluidity. When a pois- onous quantity enters the circulation, ammonia has a damaging effect on the red corpuscles , not only depriving them of their oxygen, but incapacitating them from absorbing more. Ammonia is thought to prevent coagulation of blood within the vessels in conditions favorable to thrombosis. Nervous System. — An intravenous injection of a lethal dose of ammonia occasions tetanic convulsions in animals, owing to stimulation of the reflex and motor functions of the cord. Medicinal doses excite the spinal reflex and motor AMMONIUM CARBONATE 139 centres. Where ammonia is applied directly to nerve tissue it excites in dilute solution, but paralyzes functional activity in concentration. The brain is unaffected by the therapeutic administration of ammonia. Elimination. — Ammonia combines with acid in the stomach and is absorbed into the blood. Its fate is unknown. Probably it is oxidized in part and escapes as nitric acid, possibly to some extent as urea and uric acid. The acidity , of urine is increased by its elimination. Summai^y. — Heart and respiratory stimulant and antacid. Externally, rubefacient, vesicant, and escharotic. Uses. — The indications for ammonia are closely in accord with its physiological actions. Externally. — It is frequently used in stimulating lini- ments. One part each of water of ammonia and oil of tur- pentine, may be combined to advantage with 4 to 6 parts of camphor liniment. Ammonia water is one of the best remedies to relieve pain and antagonize the action of insect bites, as stings of bees and wasps. It should be applied directly to the poisoned part. Internally. — Ammonia is indicated when rapid stimula- tion of the heart and respiration is desirable. In emer- gencies it may be given intravenously (aq. ammon. fort. 1 ; water, 4 parts) ; or by inhalation. It is serviceable in the treatment of prussic acid and aconite poisoning, syncope, collapse and shock following surgical operations ; also in snake bites. The spirit of ammonia may be prescribed in fevers as a stimulant. Ammonia is inferior to ammonium carbonate or the aromatic spirit in the care of colic and tympanites. Ammonii Carbonas. Ammonium Carbonate. NH, HCO3 NH,NH,CO,. (U.S.&B.P.) Synonym. — Volatile salt, sal volatile siccum, carbonas ammonicus, E.; ammonium carbonicum, P. G.; carbonate d'ammoniaque, alkali volatil concret, sel volatil d'Angleterre, 140 INORGANIC AGENTS Fr.; fliichtige, laugensalz, reines liirchhornsalz, koblensaures ammouium, G. Derivation. — A mixture of ammonium cliloride or sulphate, and calcium carbonate, is sublimed and resub- limed. Ammonium carbonate, so-called, is a mixture of ammonium carbonate and bicarbonate. 4 NH, CI + 2 Ca C03 = NH, HCO, .NH.NH, CO, -I- 2 CaCl, + NH3 + HA Properties. — White, hard, translucent, striated masses, having a strongly ammoniacal odor without empyreuma, and a sharp saline taste. On exposure to the air the salt loses both ammonia and carbonic dioxide, becoming opaque, and is finally converted into friable, porous lumps, or a white powder. Soluble in about 5 parts of water. Alcohol only dissolves the carbonate (NH^ NH^ COJ. Dose.—Ti., 3ii. (8.); C, 3iii.-vi. (12.-24.); Sli. & Sw., gr.xv.-xl. (1.-2.6); D., gr.iii.-x. (.2-.6);D., emetic, gr.xv. (1.). PREPARATION. Spiritus Ammonice Aromaticus. Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia. (U. S. &B. P.) Synonym. — Sal volatile, alcoolat ammoniacal aromatique, Fr.; aromatischer ammoniakgeist, G. Ammonium carbonate 34 Ammonia water 90 Oil of lemon 10 Oil of lavender flowers 1 Oil of nutmeg 1 Alcohol 700 Distilled water to make 1000 Properties. — A nearly colorless liquid when freshly prepared, but gradually acquiring a somewhat darker tint. It has a pungent, ammo- niacal odor and taste. Spec, gr.0.905. Z>ose.— H. & C, li.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.), well diluted. The aromatic spirit of ammonia nearly resembles ammo- nium carbonate in action, but the alcohol and volatile oils add to the stimulant qualities of ammonia and ammonium carbonate. Action Internal. — Ammonium carbonate is decomposed • AMMONIUM CHLORIDE 141 by acid in the stomach, but its ultimate fate is unknown. It stimulates gastric secretion, vascularity and motion, and also excites intestinal peristalsis. It is, therefore, a stom- achic and carminative. It is also an antacid, and, in large doses, an emetic to dogs. The action of ammonium carbo- nate is almost identical with that of ammonia water in stimulating the heart and respiration, but it has more power in augmenting the bronchial secretions. Summary. — Cardiac and respiratory stimulant, expecto- rant, stomachic and emetic. Admmistraiion. — Ammonium carbonate is given in ball, or in solution in cold water, to avoid irritating fumes ; also, with syrup or gruel. It is often prescribed with other stimulants and antispasmodics, as alcohol, capsicum, cam- phor and asafoetida. Uses. — The indications for the administration of ammo- nium carbonate are much the same as those for ammonia preparations. It is a more useful expectorant, however, and it and the aromatic spirit are more serviceable in the treat- ment of flatulence. For the latter condition in horses with colic a ball containing ammonium carbonate 3 ii-, and cap- sicum 3 i-, with sufficient linseed meal and molasses to make the proper bulk and consistency, is often efficient. We may use ammonium carbonate alone in the case of acute or chronic bronchitis, or it may be combined with other stim- ulants, or expectorants, as ammonium chloride. Ammonii Chloridum. Ammonium Chloride. NH^ CI. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Sal ammoniac, ammonia muriatica or hydro- chloratum, chloruretum ammonicum, salammonicum, ammo- nise hydrochloras or murias, muriate of ammonia, E.; chlorure d'ammonium, sel ammonias, muriate d'ammoniaque, Fr.; salmiak, chlorammonium, G. Properties. — A white, crystalline powder without odor, having a cooling, saline taste, and permanent in the air. 142 INORGANIC AGENTS Soluble in three parts of water ; almost insoluble in alcohol. Reaction neutral. Vose.—K., 3ii. (8.); C, 3 iii.-vi. (12.-24.); Sh. & Sw., gr.xv.-xl. (1-2.6); D., gr.iii.-x. (.2-.6). Action Inte7'naL — Sal ammoniac is a feeble heart and respiratory stimulant, and is not comparable to the ammonia compounds, or ammonium carbonate, in this respect. It is eliminated in great part unchanged by the urine, but also by the other channels. In its excretion it stimulates the mucous membranes, increases their secretions generally, and is thought to improve their nutrition. Hence it has been termed an alterative. Ammonium chloride both excites the secretion of the bronchial mucous membrane and renders it less viscid in inflammatory conditions. It is mildly diarphoretic, diuretic and chologogue. Summary. — Externally refrigerant, internally expector- ant, alterative, feebly diarphoretic, diuretic, and chologogue. Uses. — Four ounces each of nitre and sal ammoniac may be dissolved in two quarts of water as a refrigerant lotion. Sal ammoniac is indicated more especially in the second stage of acute bronchitis, in chronic bronchitis, and in chronic intestinal catarrh with diarrhoea. Ammonium chloride may be given to dogs with glycerin and chloroform water as a cough mixture. If cough is excessive, codeine or morphine sulphate can be added to this prescription with advantage. Liquor Ammonii Acetatis. Solution of Ammonium Acetate. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Spirit of Mindererus, spiritus Mindereri, acetas ammonicus liquidus, E.; liquor ammonii acetici, P. G.; acetate d'ammoniaque liquide, esprit de Mindererus, Fr.; essigsaure amtnonium-flussigkeit, G. An aqueous solution of ammonium acetate (NHjCaHjO,) containing about 7 per cent, of the salt, together with small amounts of acetic acid and carbon dioxide. LITHIUM CARBONATE 143 Derivation. — Ammonium carbonate is gradually added to cold, diluted acetic acid until the latter is neutralized. Projjerties. — A clear, colorless liquid, free from empy- reuma, of a mildly saline, acidulous taste, and an acid reaction. Incompatihles.—Kcidi^ and alkalies. Dose.—R. k C, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); D., 3 ii.-Tiii. (8.-30.). Actum. — Spirit of Mindererus stimulates the secretory cells of the kidneys and sudoriparous glands. In the stomach it exerts a mild, antacid action. Summary. — Externally, refrigerant ; internally, diuretic, diarphoretic, and antacid. U&es. — Liquor ammonii acetatis is an exceedingly feeble medicine and is often employed as a vehicle with more pow- erful agents of its class, e.g., spiritus setheris nitrosi. It is useful as a febrifuge. I^ Tine, aconiti nixxiv. Sodii bromidi 3 ii. Sp'r. ajtheris nitrosi § ss. M. Liquor, ammonii acetatis ad § iv. S. Teas, every hour. The foregoing prescription is a good palliative combi- nation for dogs suffering with fever and restlessness. The solution of ammonium acetate is frequently conjoined with sweet spirit of nitre and ammonium chloride or potassium iodide, in the treatment of acute respiratory diseases of horses, e.g., influenza, bronchitis, and pneumonia. It may be added to the drinking water without rendering it unpala- table. Lithium. {The Metal is not Used in Bledicine.) LiTHii Carbonas. Lithium Carbonate. Li^ C03. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Carbonas lithicus, carbonate of lithia, E,; lithium caibonicum, P. G.; carbonate de lithine, carbonate lithique, Fr.; kohlensaures lithion, G. 144 INORGANIC AGENTS Derivation. — Made by action of lithium chloride on acid ammonium carbonate. 2Li CI + NH, HCO3 = Li,C03 + NH.Cl + HCl. Puri- fied by washing with alcohol and drying. Properties. — A light, white powder, odorless, and having an alkaline taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 80 parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol. Reaction alkaline. Dose. — D., gr.iii.-x. (.2-.6). LiTHii CiTRAS. Lithium Citrate. LijCgHsO:- (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Lithium citricum, citrate of lithia, E.; citrate de lithine, Fr.; citronsaures lithion, G. Derivation. — Made by action of citric acid on lithium carbonate. 2H3CeH,0, + 3Li,C03 = 2 Li3CeH,0; + 3 H,0 + 3 CO,. Recovered by evaporation and crystallization. Properties.- — A white powder, odorless, and having a cooling, faintly alkaline taste ; deliquescent on exposure to air ; soluble in 2 parts of water ; almost insoluble in alcohol or ether. Reaction neutral. Dose. — D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). ACTION OF LITHIUM SALTS. Lithium salts are said to form soluble compounds with uric acid in the blood, and so assist its elimination in the urine. As lithium combines more readily with acid sodium phosphate in the blood than with uric acid, it is doubtful whether it is a very efiicient uric acid* solvent in the body. The lithium salts alkalize the urine and notably increase its secretion. Summary. — Lithium salts are diuretics, and uric acid solvents in some degree. The carbonate may be given in powder or pill ; the citrate in solution. Uses. — Lithium compounds are of little valu-e in veteri- nary medicine. They are serviceable, however, in the treatment of dogs with a very acid urine of high specific * Uric acid can not exist as such in blood, which is an alkaline fluid. PREPARED CHALK 145 gravity ; with uric acid calculus, or those affected with chronic rheumatism. The salts will not dissolve calculi in the body, but prevent their formation. Water is extremely useful in such conditions. Lithium citrate may be placed in the drinking water. Thirst should be encouraged by the administration of salt on the food, and high rectal injections may be given to create absorption of water by this channel. Lithium salicylate is thought to be the better salt for rheumatism. It is probable that treat- ment with salicylic acid and lithium citrate would be more satisfactory. SECTION III AiiKALiNE Earth Metals : Calcium, Barium, Magnesium, Aluminum and Cerium. Calcium. [The dieted Calcium is not Employed in Medicine.) Creta Pr^parata. Prepared Chalk. Ca C03. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Diop chalk, E.; craie preparee, Fr.; prapa- rirte kreide, G. Derivation. — Made from chalk by levigatiou, elutriation and dessication. Properties. — A white, amorphous powder, often moulded into conical drops ; odorless and tasteless ; permanent in the air. Almost insoluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. Incompatihles. — Sulphates and acids. Dose.—R., 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); Sh. & Sw., -ii.-iv. (a-15.);D.,gr.x.-3i. (.6-4). PREPARATIONS. Piilvis Cretce. Compositus. Compound Chalk Powder. (U. S. P.) Chalk, 30; acacia, 20; sugar, 50. Dose. — D., gr.x.- 3 i. (.6-4.). 146 INORGANIC AGENTS Mistura Cretm. Chalk Mixture. (U, S. P.) Compound chalk powder, 200; cinnamon water, 400; water to make 1000. Dose.— D., 3i.-ii. (30.-60.). Trochisci Cretce. Troches of Chalk. (U. S. P.) Contain .25gm., or gr.iv., each. Dose. — D., same as prepared chalk. Calcii Carbonas PRiECiPiTATUS. Precipitated Calcium Car- bonate. CaCO,. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Calcis carbonas prsecipitata, B. P.; pre- cipitated carbonate of lime, creta prsecipitata, carbonas cal- cicus prsecipitatus, E.; calcaria carbonica prsecipitata, P. G.; carbonate de cliaux precipite, craie precipitee, Fr,; pr^e- cipitirten kohlensauren kalk, G. Derivation. — Obtained by precipitation of calcium chlo- ride with sodium carbonate. CaCl^ + Na„Co3 == CaCO, + 2 NaCl. Dry the precipi- tate. Properties. — A fine, white powder, without odor or taste, and permanent in the air. Nearly insoluble in water; insol- uble in alcohol. The solubility is increased by presence of carbon dioxide. Permanent in air. Dose.—R., 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); C, 3 ii--iv.- (60.-120.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.x.- 3 i. (.6-4.). Calcium Carbonate. Action External. — Dessicant and slightly astringent powder ; also protective. Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Calcium carbonate is the slowest acting antacid, because of its comparative insolubility, and is of value when it can exert its long- continued influence throughout the digestive tract. It resembles bismuth in mechanically coating or protecting inflamed or irritable surfaces. It is not so astringent nor antiseptic as the bismuth salts, and these are generally LIME 147 preferable to chalk for the smaller animals. It is excreted unchanged in the faeces. Adini7iistratio7i.—Ca,\Gi\iin carbonate may be given to dogs in troches, pills or powder ; to other animals in powder, balls or electuary. Chalk is commonly prescribed suspended in flour gruel, milk or mucilage to the larger animals. The oflficial preparations are suitable for dogs. Uses. — Chalk forms a dusting powder for moist eczema, slight burns, and intertrigo. Zinc oxide and starch (1 to 4) is, however, a better preparation. Chalk is the most useful antacid for diarrhoea accompanied by fermentation of the intestinal contents, while its local astringent and protecting influence assist in overcoming the trouble. It is especially good for foals and calves given in flour gruel, and often combined with catechu, ginger and opium. The following prescription is appropriate for dogs with diarrhoea : Tine, kino, tine, catechu co. and tine, opii camphor, aa 3SS.; mistura cret?e to make 3 iv. S. Teaspoonful every three hours. A serviceable ball for horses with diarrhoea contains: Creolin, chalk and ginger, aa ^ss.; powdered opium, 3 i. Calx. Lime. CaO. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Burned lime, quicklime, calcaria, calx viva, «alx usta, oxydum calcicnm, E.; calcaria usta, P. G.; chaux, chaux vive, Fr.; kalk, gebrannter kalk, G. Derivation. — Prepared by burning white marble, oyster shells, or the purest varieties of natural calcium carbonate, to expel carbon dioxide. Properties. — Hard, white, or grayish- white masses, which in contact with air gradually attract moisture and carbon dioxide and fall to a white powder ; odorless ; of a sharp, caustic taste. Reaction intensely alkaline. Soluble in about 750 parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol. PREPARATIONS. Liquor Calcis. Solution of Lime. (U. S. & B. P.) A saturated, aqueous solution of calcium hydrate. 148 INORGANIC AGENTS Synonym. — Lime water, solution of calcium hydrate, aqua calca- riae ustae, aquacalcis, calcaria soluta, oxydum calcicum, aqua solutum, E. ; aqua calcaria?, P. G. ; eau (liquor) de cliaux, Fr. ; kalkwasser, G. Derivation. — Dissolve lime in water. The percentage of calcium hydrate [Ca (OH)^] varies with the temperature, being somewhat over 0.17 percent, at 15° C. (59° F.), and diminishing as the temperature rises. Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid without odor, and having a saline and feebly caustic taste. It absorbs carbon dioxide from the air,, so that a pellicle of calcium carbonate forms on the surface of the liquid. Reaction strongly alkaline. Dose.— H. &C., siv.-vi. (120.-180.); Calves, § ii. (60.); D., 3 i--viii. (4.-30.). Syrupus Calcis. Syrup of Lime. (U. S. P.) Lime, 65; sugar, 400; water to make 1000. Dose. — Calves and dogs, 3 ss.-i. (3.-4.). Well diluted with water or milk. Linimentum Calcis. Lime Liniment. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Carron oil. Solution of lime and linseed oil, of each one volume. Dose.— Foals and calves, § ii.-iv. (60.-120.). ACTION OF LIME AND SOLUTION OF LIME. External. — Lime is caustic, but less so than potassium or sodium hydrate. It is an irritant. The dust of quicklime will cause conjunctivitis. If inhaled, it will cause inflamma- tion of the air passages ; if swallowed, irritation of the diges- tive tract. The hydrate is a caustic also, but is not so active as lime. Solution of lime is a sedative and astringent. Internal. — Neither lime nor slaked lime (calcium hydrate) are used internally, except in the official preparations. Solution of lime acts as a sedative, antacid, and astringent in the stomach. It dissolves mucous secretions. Lime water is also a mild astringent in the bowels. Uses. — Lime is employed outside of the body to destroy putrefying organic matter by combining with water and forming slaked lime, which absorbs many of the products of decomposition. Whitewash, a mixture of slaked lime and water, is not a disinfectant, although it covers sources of infection. It may be made so by combination with PKECIPITATED CALCIUM PHOSPHATE 149 sufficient crude carbolic acid to make a 2-per-cent. solution. Linimentum calcis is one of the most satisfactory appli- cations for superficial burns. Old clean cotton or linen cloths are soaked in it and spread over the burned surface of the body. This preparation has been facetiously called "carrion " instead of carron oil, because it is not germicidal. Therefore, antiseptic ointments are preferable (as aristol, 1 ; vaseline, 8) in burns giving rise to a raw surface. A mixture of slaked lime and charcoal, equal parts, makes a useful stimulant, absorbent, dessicant, and antiseptic dressing powder for wounds and ulcers in horses. Lime water is serviceable in relieving itching in skin diseases, and dries up moist surfaces through its astringent proper- ties. With carbolic acid (1 to 50) lime water is most efficient in allaying pruritus. Lime water is inimical to apthous ulcerations and may be employed to swab out the mouth in this disease. Enemata of lime water destroy pin worms. Solution of lime is one of the best remedies in the treatment of vomiting in dogs. It is a direct sedative to the stomach, and, mixed with milk, equal volumes, prevents the rapid coagulation of the casein, lessens the formation of large, tough curds in the stomach, and assists the retention and digestion of milk. Syrup of lime is twenty-four times stronger in calcium hydrate than lime water, and is more astringent. It may be given to foals and calves suffering from indigestion and diarrhoea. It should be administered in a considerable quantity of milk. . Lime water may be given as an antidote in poisoning by acids. Carron oil is a good, mild laxative and antacid for horses with "heaves." It is given on the food. Furthermore, it is an excellent purgative for foals and calves in the treat- ment of diarrhoea and indigestion. Calcii Phosphas Pe^cipitatus. Precipitated Calcium Phos- phate. Ca3(P0J,. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Calcis phosphas prsecipitata, B. P.; precipi- tated phosphate of lime, phosphas calcicus praecipitatus, E.; 150 INORGANIC AGENTS calcaria phosphorica, P. G.; phosphate de chaux hydrate, Fr.; phosphorsaure kalkerde, G. Derivation. — Obtained from bone ash (impure calcium phosphate) by solution in hydrochloric acid and purified by precipitation with ammonia water and by washing with water. Properties. — A light, white, amorphous powder; odor- less and tasteless and permanent in the air. Almost insol- uble in cold water ; insoluble in alcohol ; easily soluble in hydrochloric or nitric acids. Dose.—B.., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); C, I ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). Syrupus Calcii Lactophosphatis. Syrup of Calciu.m Lacto- phosphate. (U. S. P.) Precipitated calcium carbonate 25 Lactic acid 60 Phosphoric acid 36 Orange flower water 25 Sugar 700 Water, a sufficient quantity to make 1000 Dose. — Foals and calves, § ss.-i. (15.-30.J; D., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.). Calcium Phosphate. Action and Uses. — Ijime phosphate is a constituent of bone to the extent of 50 per cent, and of the soft tissue in less amount. It is, therefore, essential to the body as a tissue builder, and is a food rather than a medicine. Disease of bones (rickets) can be artificially produced by withholding calcium phosphate from the food. Other bone diseases (fragilitas ossium and caries) occur naturally in animals receiving an insufl&cient diet. These same diseases disappear on treatment with calcium phosphate. The value of the salt in these disorders, therefore, appears to be conclusive. Moreover, in wasting affections phosphates are eliminated in considerable amount by the urine. A reason- able deduction would lead us to use phosphates in such conditions. The diseases most appropriately treated with BARIUM 151 calcium phosphate, according to the foregoing, are rickets, osteomalacia, delayed union in fractures ; also anaemia, malnutrition, and weakness in young animals. Here the drug should be given with iron. Administration. — Precipitated calcium phosphate may be given on the food, but is more readily absorbed if it is administered in the syrup of calcium lactophosphate. Calx Chlorata. (See Chlorine, p. 222.) Barium. {Barium is not used in the metallic state.) Barii Chloridum. Barium Chloride. BaClj. (Non-official.) Derivation. — Native barium sulphate is fused with charcoal. The resulting sulphide is treated with hydro- chloric acid. BaSO, + 2C = BaS + 2 CO,. BaS + 2 HCl = BaCl, + H,S. Properties. — Occurs in colorless, glistening rhombic plates ; taste bitter and disagreable ; permanent in dry air ; soluble in 2.5 parts of cold water ; reaction neutral. Dose. — H., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); intertracheally, gr.vii.-xv. (.5-1.). Action Interned. — Barium chloride is an intense irritant if swallowed in considerable amount and in insufficient dilution. Large medicinal doses stimulate the muscular coat of the bowels and cause increased peristalsis and purging. Evacuations from the bowels follow in horses, 15 to 45 minutes after the salt is given in drench ; in one to two hours after administration to these animals in ball. Intra- venous injection is unsafe, and subcutaneous application may occasion abscess. The drug resembles physostigmine in its action on the intestines. Heart and Blood Vessels. — Barium chloride makes the ven- tricular contractions of the heart stronger and slower. The salt acts entirely on the heart muscle and does not influence the vagi. Lethal doses are followed by slower and slower ventricular contractions, succeeded by peristalsis of the 152 IN'ORGANIC AGENTS cardiac muscle, and, finally, by stoppage of the heart in systole. Barinm chloride also directly excites the muscular walls of the capillaries and, like physostigmine, increases vascular tension in small doses. 3Iuscles. — Barium chloride stimulates muscular contrac- tion when it is applied locally. The potassium salts antagonize the action of barium chloride on the circulation and muscles. Summary. — Circulatory stimulant, and purgative in large doses. Uses. — Barium chloride is a new remedy in veterinary medicine. We cannot, therefore, speak of it with absolute certainty yet. The doses required to produce catharsis in the horse are almost toxic. The quantity should be propor- tioned to the weight of the patient, and well diluted with water. The average dose for the horse, intertracheally, is 1 gm., or 15 gr., in one half ounce of water. The drug has been employed with reputed success to cause rapid purging in colic and obstinate constipation of horses. The action is usually reliable and safe, but some deaths have been attributed to the action of barium chloride. Magnesium. (The metal is not used in medicine.) Magnesii Sulphas. Magnesium Sulphate. MgSO^ + 7 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) Sytionym. — Epsom salt, sal amarum, sal Epsomense, sal anglicum, sulfas magnesicus, etc., E.; magnesia sulfurica, P. G.; sulfate de magnesie, sel d'Epsom, sel de sedlitz, sel amer, Fr.; bittersalz, schwefelsaure magnesia, G. Derivation. — It is obtained from native dolomite, a double carbonate of magnesium and calcium, or magnesite (MgCO^). MgCO, + H,SO, = MgSO, + H,0 + CO,. Properties. — Small, colorless, rhombic prisms, or acicular crystals, without odor, and having a cooling, saline and MAGNESIUM SULPHATE 153 bitter taste ; slowly efflorescent in dry air ; soluble in 1.5 parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol ; reaction neutral. Incompatibles. — Lime water, alkaline carbonates, phos- phoric acid, phosphates, silver nitrate and lead acetate. Dose.—'H.., laxative, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); C, purgative, ibi.-ii. (500.-1,000.); laxative, 3 iii.-iv. (90.-120.); Calves, 3ii.-iii. (60.-90.); Sh., 3 iv.-vi. (120.-180.); D., 3 i--iv. (4.-15.). Action Internal. — Epsom salt is the best purgative for general purposes in the treatment of cattle and sheep. Its mode of action is similar to that described under sodium sulphate. Briefly, magnesium sulphate causes purgation by increasing intestinal secretion, retarding absorption of fluid from the bowels, and probably by stimulating peristalis. The salt moves the bowels, in the case of the larger animals, usually within twelve or fifteen hours. It is indirectly a cholagogue, by sweeping bile out of the intestines. Epsom salt is absorbed to some extent, and is eliminated by the kidneys and sweat glands, increasing the secretions of these organs, especially when the dose is small. Summary. — Hydragogue and cholagogue cathartic. Feeble diuretic and diarphoretic. Uses. — Magnesium sulphate is sometimes given to horses as a laxative, and, in promoting the activity of the sweat glands and kidneys, is useful as a febrifuge in pyrexia. It is frequently combined with stimulants, bitters, and mineral acids in fevers : e.g., tine. gent, co., spr. setheris nitrosi, acid, sulphurici dil., etc. Epsom salt is serviceable in assisting the action of peristaltic agents, as aloes. Small doses are given to horses in the drinking water to accomplish this end. The salt is of advantage in the treatment of diari'hcea, dysentery, overloaded or impacted colon in horses, when it is given in frequent and repeated doses in connection with oil. An enema, consisting of Epsom salt 2 lbs., glyceriu 5 viii., and water 1 quart, may be thrown high up in the bowel to secure rapid purgation in horses suffering from colic. Magnesium sulphate is the most common purgative in 154 INORGANIC AGENTS use for nuuiiiaiits.* It is, therefore, impossible to enumerate special indications for its administration. When a speedy action is requisite, Epsom salt,should be given with a large amount of water, and thirst should be encouraged by the addition of common salt. When, on the other hand, it is essential to remove water or morbid effusions from the body, the salt should be exhibited in concentration, and the patient should be deprived of water to a considerable extent. Magnesium sulphate is an antidote to lead and barium salts, forming insoluble sulphates ; also to carbolic acid, giving rise to the harmless sulpho-carbolate in the blood. It is not used in canine practice so often as oi.1 and calomel, but is sometimes serviceable in irritable states of the bowels (piles, duodenitis, and intestinal catarrh), in teaspoonful doses, and as a laxative, on alternate days, for eczema. Magnesium and sodium sulphate are more frequently prescribed for dogs by German practitioners. They not uncommonly occasion vomiting in these animals. Magnesii Caebonas. Magnesium Carbonate. (MgCo3X. Mg(OH), + 5 H,6. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Magnesii carbonas ponderosa vellevis, B. P.. magnesia alba, magnesia hydrico-carbonica, carbonas mag- nesicus, carbonate of magnesia, E.; magnesia carbonica, P. G.; carbonate de magnesie, magn^sie blanche, Fr.; weisse magnesia, G. Derivation. — Mix concentrated, boiling, aqueous solu- tioijs of magnesium sulphate and sodium carbonate, and evaporate. 5 MgSO, + 5 Na, Co, + H,0 = (MgC03). Mg{OH), + 5 NAjSO^ + COo. Purified by digestion with water, filtration and drying. Properties. — Slight, white, friable masses (heavy mag- * Epsom salts are given to cattle and sheep with ginger and molas es, one teaspoonful of each to the ounce of salts and often with an equal weight of common salt. MAGNESIA 155 nesium), or a light, white powder (light magnesium), without odor, and having a slightly earthy taste ; permanent in the air ; almost insoluble in water, to which, however, it imparts a slightly alkaline reaction ; insoluble iu alcohol. Dose. — Foals and calves, 3 i--ii. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.v.- 3 i. (.3-4). Magnesia. Magnesia. MgO. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Magnesia levis, light magnesia, B.P.; calcined magnesia, magnesia calcinata, E.; magnesia usta, P. G.; magnesie, magnesie calcinee, Fr.; gebrannte magnesia, G. Derivation. — Heat magnesium carbonate. 4 (MgCOs). Mg(0H)3 + 5 H,0 = 5 MgO + 6 H,0 + 4 CO,. Water and carbon dioxide are driven off and magnesia (MgO) is left. Properties. — A white, very light, very fine powder, with- out odor, and having an earthy, but not a saline taste. On exposure to the air it absorbs moisture and carbon dioxide ; almost insoluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. Dose. — Foals and calves, 3 i--ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.- 3 i. (.3-4.). Magnesia Pondeeosa. Heavy Magnesia. MgO. (U. S. P.) Derivation. — Made from light magnesia by trituration with alcohol, drying and j^ulverizing. Proixrties. — A white, dense, very fine powder. Only differs in tests from light magnesia in that it does not readily unite with water to form a gelatinous hydrate. Dose. — Foals and calves, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.- 3 i. (.3-4.). action of magnesium carbonates and oxides. Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — These salts are antacid and neutralize abnormal acidity, due to fermentation, when exhibited after a meal. The carbonate also exerts a sedative action in liberating carbon dioxide in the stomach, and both the carbonate and oxide unite with the 156 INORGANIC AGENTS gastric juice to form chlorides, lactates and bicarbonates. These compounds are mild, saline purgatives. Blood and Urine. — The oxide and carbonate of magne- sium alkalize the blood and urine, and are slight diuretics. They resemble potassium and sodium bicarbonates, as antacids, but are milder because feebly absorbed. Uses. — Phillip's milk of magnesia is a good laxative and antacid preparation for puppies. One or more teaspoonfuls may be added to milk, which will be taken voluntarily. Magnesia is a useful remedy for foals and calves affected with intestinal indigestion, tympanites and acid diarrhoea. It may be given to advantage in powder : magnesia and rhubarb, 2 drachms each ; with ginger, one drachm. This dose should be administered in milk or flour gruel. Magnesia may give rise to intestinal concretions if its use is persisted in for a considerable period. Magnesium carbonate and oxide are antidotes to mineral acids, oxalic acid, salts of mercury, arsenic and copper, and alkaloids, by alkalizing the gastric contents and rendering these bodies insoluble. Arsenic antidote is kept on hand at drug stores and is made by adding solution of ferric sulphate to an aqueous mixture of magnesia (see ferri oxidum hydratum cum magnesia, p. 182). Aluminum. ' (The metal is not used as medicine.) Alumen. Alum. A1,K, (SO,), + 24 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Potassium alum, aluminum and j)otassium sulphate, sulphate of aluminium and potassium, E.; alun, sulphate d'alumine et de potasse, Fr.; alaun, kalialaun, G. Derivation. — From alum slate, clay, shale or schist, a native mixture of aluminium silicate and iron sulphide. This is roasted and exposed to the air, when the sulphur is oxidized into sulphuric acid and combines in part wjth aluminium and iron to form sulphates. The mass is DRIED ALUM 157 lixiviated with water, and aluminum and iron sulphates together with sulphuric acid are recovered in solution. The solution is concentrated and to it is added potassium chloride. The double sulphate of potassium and aluminum (alum) is formed, which crystallizes out on cooling, while potassium sulphate and ferric chloride remain as bye- products. Alum is purified by recrystallization. Properties.^-hnYge, colorless, octohedral crystals, some- times modified by cubes, or in crystalline fragments ; without odor, but having a sweetish and strongly astringent taste. On exposure to the air the crystals are liable to absorb ammonia and acquire a whitish coating. Soluble in 9 parts of water. It is also soluble in warm glycerin ; insoluble in alcohol ; reaction acid. Incompatihles. — Iron, lead and mercury salts, alkalies, lime, tartrates and tannic acid. Dose.—B.. & C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh, & Sw., gr.xx.-3i. (1.3-4); D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6); emetic, D., 3 i- (4.). Alumen Exsiccatum. Dried Alum. ALK, (SOJ^. (U.S.&B.P.) Synonym.— AXviViiQn ustum, burnt alum, E.; alum calcine (desseche brule), Er.; gebrannter alaun, G. Derivation. — Heat 100 Gm. of alum moderately until aqueous vapor ceases to be disengaged, and the product is reduced to 55 Gm. Alumini Hydras. Aluminum Hydrate. Al2(OH)6. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Aluminum hydroxide, hydrated alumina, E.; alumine, Fr,; thonerdehydrat, reine thonerde, G. Derivation. — Alum, 100 Gm.; sodium carbonate, 100 Gm.; water, a suflBcient quantity. Mix hot, boiling solutions of alum and sodium carbonate. Precipitate strained, washed, and dried. Properties. — A white, light, amorphous powder ; odorless 158 INORGANIC AGENTS and tasteless ; permanent in dry air ; insoluble in water or alcohol. Dose. — Same as alum. Alumini Sulphas. Aluminum Sulphate. Al2(SOj3 + 16H„0. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Sulphate of aluminum, E.; sulphate d'alum- ine, Fr.; schwefelsaure tlionerde, G. Derivation. — Aluminum hydroxide [Al (OHjj] is dis- solved in diluted sulphuric acid, and the solution is filtered and evaporated to dryness. Properties. — A white, crystalline powder, without odor, having a sweetish and afterwards astringent taste ; perma- nent in the air ; soluble in 1.2 parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol ; reaction acid. Dose. — Same as alum. Aluminum Salts. Action External. — Dried alum is a superficial caustic, in contact with raw surfaces, on account of its affinity for water. It is only used externally. Alum has no action on unbroken skin, but applied to .mucous membranes or denuded parts it is antiseptic and astringent ; coagulates albumin of discharges ; combines with albumin of the tissues, which it coagulates ; squeezes blood out of the vessels ; reduces inflammation and makes the part whiter, tougher and denser. Alum is an haemostatic, stopping bleeding by compression of the structures surrounding the vessels, and by causing blood to clot. Alum coagulates casein and gelatin in the presence of an alkali. Action Internal. — Stomach and Intestines. — Enormous • doses of alum produce gastro-enteritis, while large doses cause vomiting in carnivora. All the secretions are dimin- ished in the alimentary canal, and constipation ensues, unless the dose is excessive. Traces of alum are said to appear in the urine, but since the salt coagulates albumin, absorption cannot occur to any extent. Alum does not, ALUMINUM SULPHATE 159 therefore, occasion any astringent action in tlie body outside of the digestive tract, and is excreted by the bowels. Uses External. — Alum is employed mainly for local surgical purposes. In arresting slight hemorrhages it may be applied in saturated solution on absorbent cotton pledgets, or in the form of burnt alum dusted upon the bleeding surface. Epistaxis may be controlled by the injection of a strong solution into the nostrils, or by insuffla- tion of burnt alum. Alum is sometimes used on granulating surfaces of indolent ulcers, or wounds, as a slight caustic, stimulant and antiseptic. It can be employed alone, or as a dusting powder, containing : alum, 1 part ; charcoal, 4 parts; and salicylic acid, 2 parts. Alumen exsiccatum will often prevent the escape of synovia from small punctured wounds when applied to their apertures. Solutions (gr.iii.-v. to 3 i.) are occasionally instilled into the eye in conjunctivitis, but alum is not generally so satisfactory as boric acid, zinc sulphate, or silver nitrate, in this disease. Alum crystals may be applied with profit to granular lids. Alum is used more frequently in the treatment of stomatitis, or apthous sore mouth. It is also beneficial in ptyalism. A 5-per-cent. solution may be utilized to touch the inflamed oral parts by means of a swab. A spray of the same strength is serviceable for the cure of laryngitis and bronchitis in dogs. A 2-per-cent. solution is appropriate as an injection for otorrhoea, or canker of the ear, attacking dogs. A similar solution will relieve leucorrhoea, pruritus vulvae, and pro- lapsus aui. Uses Internal. — Alum is a prompt, safe and non-depress- ing emetic for dogs. It is suitable in poisoning, or when the secretions are excessive in laryngitis or bronchitis. Teaspoonful doses should be given in solution in syrup every 15 minutes in these latter diseases, until vomiting occurs. Aluminum hydrate is an antacid and astringent. It combines with acid in the stomach (antacid) and goes into a soluble form when it acts, as an astringent in the 160 INORGANIC AGENTS bowels. It is, therefore, more applicable for iuternal use in the treatment of diari-hoea and dysentery. Other astringents, such as tannic acid in some form, lead acetate, or copper sulphate, are, however, usually more valuable in diarrhceal disorders. Aluminum sulphate may be used interchange- ably with alum, externally or internally. Cerium. (Cerium, is not employed medicinally.) Cerii Oxalas. Cerium Oxalate. Ce^ (C.OJg 4- 9 H^O. (XT. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Cerous oxalate. Derivation. — Precipitate a solution of ammonium oxalate with a soluble salt of cerium. Properties. — A white, gianular powder, without odor or taste, and permanent in the air; insoluble in water, alcohol or ether. Dose. — D., gr.iii.-v. (.18-.3). Action and Uses. — The physiological details concerning the action of cerium are unknown. It is useful in relieving vomiting of a reflex or nervous character, and is often com- bined with bismuth salts. Cerium oxalate is soluble in the gastric juice. SECTION IV. Plumbum, Argentum, Zincum, Cuprum and Bismuthum. Plumbum. {Lead is not used in the metcdlic state in veterinary raedidihe, except as a last resort.) Plumbi Oxidum. Lead Oxide. PbO. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Litharge, E. ; lithargyrum, P. G. ; bleiglatte, G-. Derivation. — Made by roasting lead in the air. LEAD ACETATE 161 Properties. — A heavy, yellowish or reddish-yellow pow- der, or minute scales, without odor or taste. On exposure to the air it slowly absorbs moisture and carbon dioxide. Almost insoluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. Reaction faintly alkaline. Lead oxide is only valuable for its prepa- rations. PREPARATION. Emplastrum Plumhi. Lead Plaster. (U. S. & B. P.) (Diachylon Plaster.) Lead oxide, 32; olive oil, 60; water, a sufficient quantity. Basis oiE other preparations, Plumbi Acetas. Lead Acetate. Pb (CsHjOoJ^ + 3 HoO. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Sugar of lead, E.; sel (sucre) de saturne, Fr.; essigsaures bleioxyd, bleizucker, G. Derivation. — Heat lead oxide in acetic acid and water. PbO + 2 HC^HaO^ + 2 H,0 = Pb(C,H30,), + SHA Lead acetate crystallizes on cooling. Properties. — Colorless, shining, transparent, monoclinic prisms or plates, or heavy, white crystalline masses, or granular crystals, having a faintly acetous odor and a sweetish, astringent, afterwards metallic, taste. Efflorescent and absorbing carbon dioxide on exposure to the air. Soluble in 2.3 parts of water and in 21 parts of alcohol. Reaction slightly acid. Incompaiihles. — Hard water, alkalies, mineral acids and salts, potassium iodide, opium, vegetable astringents and albuminous liquids. Dose.—B.. & a, 3 i. (4.); Sh. & Sw., gr.xv.-xx. (1.-1.3); D., gr,i.-ii. (.06-.12). PREPARATIONS. Made from lead acetate in which lead exists as the subacetate, PbaO (C2H302)2. Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis. Solution of Lead Subacetate. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym, — Goulard's extract, acetum plumbicum, acetum Satumi, plumbum hydrico-aceticum solutum, subacetas plumbicus liquidus; E.; 162 INORGANIC AGENTS liquor plumbici subacetici, P. G.: sous-acetate de plomb liquids, extract de Goulard de vinaigre, plomb, Fr. ; bleiessig, G. Composition. — An aqueous liquid, containing in solution about 25 per cent, of lead subacetate (approximately), PbaO (C2H302)2. Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutiis. Diluted Solution of Lead Subacetate. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Lead Water. Lead Subacetate, 3; water to make 100. Ceratum Plumbi Subacetatis: Cerate of Lead Subacetate. (XT. S. P.) Solution of lead subacetate, 20; camphor cerate, 80. Plumbi Carbonas. Lead Carbonate. (PbCOg)^ Pb(0H)2. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — White lead, E.; ceruse, Fr.; bleiweiss, G. Derivation. — Expose lead to the action of acetic acid vapor and air with carbonic dioxide. 4 Pb + 2 HC,H30, + 2 O, + 2 CO, = (PbCo3), Pb (OH), + Pb(C,H3d,), Properties. — A heavy, white, opaque powder, or a pul- verulent mass, without odor or taste. Permanent in air. Insoluble in water or alcohol. Used only externally. Plumbi Nitras. Lead Nitrate. Pb (NO3),. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Salpetersaures bleioxyd, bleisalpeter, G. Derivation. — Dissolve lead in nitric acid. Properties. — Colorless, transparent, octohedral crystals, or white, nearly opaque crystals ; without odor, and having a sweetish, astringent, and afterwards metallic , taste ; permanent in the air ; reaction acid ; soluble in 2 parts of water ; almost insoluble in alcohol. Only used externally in 1 per cent, solution as an astringent and deodorant in gangrenous surfaces, etc. Plumbi Iodidum. Lead Iodide. Pb I,. (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation — Treat solution of lead nitrate with that of potassium iodide. ACTION OF LEAD SALTS 163 Pb (NO3), + 2 KI = PbL + 2 KNO3. Dry the pre- cipitate. Propei'ties, — A heavy, bright yellow powder, without odor or taste ; permanent in the air ; soluble in about 2,000 parts of water ; very slightly soluble in alcohol ; used only externally. PREPARATION. Unguentum Plumbi Todidi. Ointment of Lead Iodide. (U. S. & B. P.) Lead iodide, 10; oenzoinated lard, 90. Employed externally to absorb glandular swellings. ACTION OF LEAD SALTS. External. — Lead salts act like other astringents in con- tracting tissues and vessels, and in coagulating albumin of exudations, but unlike these agents generally, they are sedatives and not irritants locally. Internal. — Soluble salts of lead in concentrated solution — and at times insoluble salts— cause gastro-enteritis in large doses. Lead salts are absorbed in medicinal doses whether taken in a soluble or insoluble state. The chemical form of the lead compound at the time of absorption is unknown. Lead is deposited in the tissues and very slowly eliminated in the urine and intestinal mucus. Lead salts have a marked astringent action on the entire digestive canal and diminish secretions accordingly. It is doubtful whether lead salts remotely contract blood vessels after absorption. There are other agents — notably ergot — which possess much greater power for this purpose. Toxicology. — Poisoning not infrequently occurs in animals at pasture, from eating paint, sheet lead, or products of lead works. The drinking water may be contaminated with lead, especially from new pipes, or lead receptacles in which water has been standing. Hard water is not affected by lead pipes, since an insoluble crust of lead phosphate and sulph- ate is deposited upon the interior of the pipes. There is an acute and chronic form of poisoning. The first is caused by 164 INORGANIC AGENTS single large closes of soluble lead salts, and is cliaracterized by gastro-enteritis, colic, sometimes convulsions, coma, paralysis and death. The ffcces are colored black with lead sulphide ; the vomitus is white from lead chloride. Three groups of symptoms may be briefly tabulated, which occur to a greater or less degree in chronic lead poisoning : DIGESTIVE SYMPTOMS. Lead line on gvuBS. Thirst . Colic. Abdomen retracted, or "tucked Constipation. up." Anorexia. NERVOUS SYMPTOMS. Paralysis of tendons — extensors — General paralysis. of extremities. Wasting of muscles. Animals stand on knees before. Coma. Animals stand on toes behind. Delirium. Convulsions. Amaurosis. GENERAL SYMPTOMS. Dyspnoea. (Edema. Pulse accelerated. General debility. Emaciation. Interstitial nephritis. Anaemia. Animals die in chronic poisoning from paralysis of the respiratory muscles, or in convulsions. The lead line on the margin of the gums, at their junction with the teeth, is due to sulphuretted hydrogen in the mouth, acting upon the lead deposited in the gums, and forming lead sulphide. The treatment consists in removing the cause, relieving the symptoms and in hastening elimination. Potassium iodide eliminates lead in a soluble form into the bowels and kidneys. Magnesium sulphate converts lead into an insolu- ble sulphate in the intestines and then sweeps out the salt. The stomach pump or emetics should be employed in acute poisoning. Alum is the best emetic. This treatment should be followed by the administration of opium and Epsom salts. Administration. — Lead acetate is given to the larger animals in solution or ball ; to the smaller patients in pill; to young animals in solution in milk. SHAVER NITRATE 165 Uses External. — Lead acetate is useful in the treatment of skin diseases, as weeping eczema and erythema, and in excoriations, blistered surfaces, bruises, strains, and burns. An efficient lotion having an astringent and sedative action in such conditions, contains : laudanum, 1 part ; Goulard's extract, 4 parts ; and oil, glycerin or water, 16 parts. The " white lotion " of veterinary medicine is made by adding 3 drachms each of lead acetate and zinc sulphate to a pint of water. It is a favorite astringent, sedative, and antiseptic application for strains and "scratches." The stronger solution of lead subacetate should not be employed exten- sively on raw surfaces or mucous membranes undiluted. The diluted solution of lead subacetate may be used as an injection for leucorrhoea. Lead acetate should be diluted with 20 to 40 parts of vinegar or water. Lead acetate is not suitable for collyria, if there is any ulceration of the cornea, because a permanent film may be deposited and obscure the sight. Uses Internal. — Lead acetate is serviceable in the treat- ment of diarrhoea, dysentery, and heemorrhage from the stomach and bowels. It is frequently prescribed in these diseases with opium. Argentum. {Silver is not used in medicine in the metallic state.) Argenti Nitras. Silver Nitrate. AgNOj. (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation. — Dissolve silver in nitric acid with heat. 3 Ag, + 6 HNO3 = 6 AgN03 + 3 H,. Evaporate and crystallize. Properties. — Colorless, transparent, tabular, rhombic crystals, becoming gray, or grayish-black on exposure to light in the presence of organic matter ; without odor, but having a bitter, caustic and strongly metallic taste ; reaction neutral; soluble in 0.6 part of water and in 26 parts of alcohol. 166 INORGANIC AGENTS IncompatiUes. — Alkalies and their carbonates, acids (except nitric and acetic), chlorides, potassium iodide, astringent infusions and solutions of arsenic. Dose.—H.. & C, gr.v.-x. (.3-.6); Sh. & Sw., gr.i.-ii. (.06-12); D., gr.|-^ (.008-.03). Argenti Nitras Dilutus. Diluted Silver Nitrate. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Argenti et potasii nitras, B. P.; mitigated caustic, E.; argentum nitricum crystallizatum, P. G.; azotas (nitras) argenticus, azotate d'argent, nitre lunaire, Fr.; salpe- tersaures silberoxyd, silbersalpeter, G. Derivation. — Melt silver nitrate, 30, with potassium nitrate, 60, in a crucible at as low a temperature as possible. Mix and cast into suitable moulds. Properties. — A white, hard solid, generally in the form of pencils or cones of a finely granular fracture ; becoming gray or grayish-black on exposure to light in presence of organic matter ; odorless, having a caustic, metallic taste, and neutral reaction. Each of its constituents soluble in water and alcohol to the extent mentioned under Argenti Nitras and Potassii Nitras. Used only externally. Argenti Nitras Fusus. Moulded Silver Nitrate. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Lunar caustic, lapis infernalis, azotas (nitras) argejiticus fusus, E.; argentum nitricum fusum,P.G.; azotate d'argent fondu, pierre infernale, Fr.; hollenstein, geschmol- zenes salpetersaures silberoxyd, G. Derivation. — Melt silver nitrate, 100, with hydrochloric acid, 4, at as low a temperature as possible. Mix and pour into suitable moulds. Properties. — Practically same as above. Used only externally. Silver oxide, cyanide, and iodide are official, but unimportant in veterinary medicine. ACTION OP silver NITRATE. External. — Silver nitrate is more caustic in action than any of the lead, copper or zinc salts (except the chloride). ACTION OF SILVER NITRATE 167 When applied externally in the pure state to a mucous membrane, or a raw surface, it forms a white coating of coagiilated albumin. This coating limits the further action of the salt, so that lunar caustic is always superficial and localized in its effect. Silver nitrate is the caustic in most common use, since it produces a more healthy condition in a granulating wound after its application and separation of the eschar. In acting thus more favorably than other agents of its kind, it may be said to possess a local alterative effect. In dilution, silver nitrate is stimulant, astringent, antiseptic and caustic, according to its strength. Internal. — SilYer nitrate is probably precipitated to a considerable extent by the hydrochloric acid of the gastric juice, as the chloride. Some of it is absorbed, however, jDossibly in combination with albumin and peptones. Silver is deposited in the tissues in the form of the oxide, causing dark staining of the skin in man. These stains, occurring when silver nitrate comes in direct contact with the skin, can be removed by a solution containing potassium cyanide, 2^ drachms ; iodine, 15 grains ; and water, 3 ounces. Large doses of silver nitrate cause gastro-enteritis with nervous symptoms — paralysis and convulsions — and death from depression of the respiratory centres. Common salt is the antidote, both externally and internally, forming the in- soluble chloride. In addition to salt, opium and demulcents should be exhibited in acute poisoning. Silver nitrate in medicinal doses has probably a local stimulating, astrin- gent and alterative action, on the mucous membrane of the stomach ; to a less degree on the bowels. Elimination occurs in part through the agency of the liver and in- testines. A chronic form of poisoning by silver nitrate (argyrism), is seen in man, following its continued use, and is accompanied by pigmentation of the skin, maras- mus, chronic indigestion, with wasting of the testes and mammary glands. A similar condition has been produced in animals, associated with anorexia, weakness, anaemia and emaciation. 168 INORGANIC AGENTS Uses External. — An aqueous solution (gr.iii. to ^ i.) is most valuable in the treatment of catarrhal conjunctivitis, vrhile a stronger preparation (gr.x. to 3 i.) is employed for purulent conjunctivitis, as a stimulant, astringent and antiseptic collyiinui. A solution of common salt can be used to relieve the irritation caused by the latter solution. Lunar caustic is applied in pencil form to ulcerated surfaces. When these surfaces are touched lightly the caustic stimulates sluggish granulations ; when more heavily, it destroys exuberant granulations. In 2 to 4 per cent, solution, silver nitrate is caustic to mucous membranes ; in | per cent, solution it is stimulant and astringent to mucous membranes. Boils may be aborted by painting them with a saturated solution of silver nitrate. Pruritus ani, or vulvae, is relieved by painting the parts several times daily with a 1-per-cent. solution. A solution (gr.iii. to 3 i.) may be used in the form of spray in the treatment of pharyngitis and laryngitis in the dog. Fissures in the skin occurring in sore teats of cows are cured by the application of fused silver nitrate. Uses Internal. — The crystals should only be employed internally, to insure purity. Silver nitrate is not of much value for internal use except in the digestive tract. Pills containing the silver salt are sometimes given to dogs with diarrhoea and ulcer of the stomach. Dysentery may be treated by enemata containing 12 grains of silver nitrate to the ounce of water. If this treatment is followed by much irritation, injections of salt and water should be used afterwards. Protargol. (Non-ofl&cial.) Protargol was first introduced into medicine by Prof. Neisser, in 1897, as a local remedy for gonorrhoea in man. It is a fine, yellowish-brown, soluble powder, a combination of a protein substance with silver ; odorless, and possessing a strong metallic taste. ACTION OF PROTAEGOL 169 Protargol has recently superseded silver nitrate (which contains 63.5 per cent, of silver) to a considerable extent in medicine because, containing less silver (8.3 per cent.), protargol is decidedly less irritating, is not precipitated by albumin or solutions of sodium chloride, does not discolor the skin and more than equals silver nitrate in certainty and efficiency of action. Protargol is particularly applicable in veterinary medi- cine as a bland but powerfully penetrating antiseptic and mild astringent in the treatment of inflammatory conditions of the conjunctival membranes. The drug does not cause the pain, redness, swelling and lachrymation which follow the use of silver nitrate ; nor does it lead to the formation of fibrinous coagula and the production of false membranes and opacities of the cornea seen after the application of silver nitrate. A 10-per-cent. solution of protargol induces less flushing of the eye and discomfort than a l-per-cent. solution of silver nitrate, and the irritation of a 2 or 4 per cent, solution is not, as a rule, more than would be produced by a one-half grain to the ounce solution of zinc sulphate (Cheney). Protargol is indicated in acute catarrhal and purulent conjunctivitis in from one-half to 10 per cent, aqueous solu- tions ; usually in one-half per cent, solution in the catarrhal form, two or three times daily, applied with a camel's hair brush or by instillation ; and in the purulent variety, in 2 or 4 per cent, solution with a pledget of absorbent cotton on a probe, or with a camel's hair brush, in conjunction with frequent boric acid irrigations. This new silver combina- tion has also been used with reported success (and the use might apply to canine practice) in human medicine as a non-irritating astringent and antiseptic agent internally in .5 gm. doses, twice or thrice daily, in pills, for the relief of haemorrhages and ulcerations of the alimentary canal, in diarrhoea and in purulent inflammation of the genito-urinary tract. 170 INORGANIC AGENTS Zincum. (Zinc is not used in Medicine in the metallic state.) ZiNCi Chlobidum. Ziuc Chloride. ZnCl^. (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation. — Dissolve ziuc in liydrocbloric acid by boil- ing. The solution contains the zinc chloride with chlorides of iron and lead as impurities. These are precipitated by adding first nitric acid then zinc carbonate. Filter and finally evaporate. Zn, + 4 HCl = 2 Zn CI, + 2 H,. Properties. — A white, granular powder, or porcelain- like masses, irregular or moulded into pencils ; odorless; of such intensely caustic properties as to make tasting danger- ous unless the salt be dissolved in much water, when it has an astringent, metallic taste ; very deliquescent ; reaction acid ; soluble in about 0.3 part of water ; very soluble in alcohol. Liquor Zinci Chloridi. Solution of Zinc Chloride. (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation. — Made as above with the addition of water. It contains about 50 per cent., by weight, of zinc chloride. Projjerties. — A clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a very astringent, sweetish taste and an acid reaction. Spec, gr. about 1,535 at 15° C. (59° P.). Toxicology. — Zinc chloride is a powerful irritant if swal- lowed in any degree of concentration, and will, therefore, produce gastro-enteritis. Emetics or the stomach pump should be used, followed by demulcents and sodium bicar- bonate. Uses. — Zinc chloride is employed in a paste made inta small pieces with flour ; or on lint soaked in a saturated solution, dried, and introduced under the skin about the base of tumors to cause their destruction by sloughing. It is employed in the form of pencils on unhealthy, granulating surfaces, as in "foot rot," and injected in strong solution ZINC SULPHATE 171 into fistulous tracts to destroy their walls. It is not used internally. ZiNCi Sulphas. Zinc Sulphate. ZnSo^ + 7 H„0. (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation. — Prepared by dissolving zinc in sulphuric acid. Zd, + 2 H,SO, = 2 ZnSO. + 2 H,. Iron and tin exist as impurities, and are removed by. chlorine solution and zinc carbonate. Properties. — Colorless, transparent, rhombic crystals, without odor, and having an astringent, metallic taste. Efflorescent in dry air; reaction acid ; soluble in 0.6 part of water, in 3 parts of glycerin ; insoluble in alcohol. Incompatihles. — Lead acetate, silver nitrate, lime water, alkalies and carbonates, vegetable decoctions or infusions, and milk. Dose.— a. & C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh. & Sw., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3); D., gr.ii.-iii. (.12-.2); Emetic, D., gr.x.-xv. (.6-1.). ZiNCi Caebonas Pe^cipitatus. Precipitated Zinc Carbonate. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Zinci carbonas, B. P.; precipitated zinc car- bonate, kohlensaures zinkoxyd, G. Derivation. — Solutions of nearly equal weight of sodium carbonate and zinc sulphate are boiled together ; dry pre- cipitate. S ZnSO, + 8 Na,C03 + 2 H,0 = 2 (Za C03)3 Zn (0H)3 ? (hydrated basic zinc carbonate) + 8 Na^SO, + 2 COo. This salt is in reality a mixture of zinc carbonate and oxide, in varying proportions, with water of crystallization. Properties. — A.n impalpable white powder, of somewhat variable chemical composition, without odor or taste ; insol- uble in water or alcohol. ZiNCi OxiDUM. Zinc Oxide. Zn O. (U. S. ., ITLv.-xxx. (.3-2.). Ferri Chloridum. Ferric Chloride. Fe^Cle + 12 H,0. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Ferrum sesquichloratum, P. G. ; ferrum muriatum oxydatum, chloridum sen chloruretum ferricum, ferri perchloridum, sesquichloride (perchloride) of iron, E.; perchlorure de fer, chlorure ferrique, Fr.; eisenchlorid, G. Derivation. — Iron, 15 gra.; hydrochloric acid, nitric acid and water, of each a sufficient quantity. Made by solution with heat. Projxrties. — Orange yellow, crystalline pieces, odorless, or having a faint odor of hydrochloric acid, and a strong styptic taste ; deliquescent ; soluble in water and alcohol ; reaction acid ; not used internally. Liquor Ferri Chloridi, Solution of Ferric Chloride. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Liq. ferri perchloridi, B. P. An aqueous solution of ferric chloride (Fe, Clg) containing about 37.8 per cent, of the anhydrous salt ; 62.9 per cent, of the crys- tallized salt, or about 13 per cent, of metallic iron. Derivation. — Dissolve iron wire, 150, in hydrochloric acid, 870 ; nitric acid and water to make 1 000. U. S. P. First reaction.— Fe, + 4 HCl = 2 Fe CI, -f 2 H,. Second reaction.— 6 FeCl, + 6 HCl + 2 HNO3 = 3 Fe, Cle + 2 NO + 4 H,0. Properties. — A reddish-brown liquid, haviug a faint odor of hydrochloric acid ; an acid, strongly styptic taste and an acid reaction. 182 INORGANIC AGENTS Dose.-B.. & C, 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 1TLx.-xx. (6.-1.3); D.,1Uii.-x. (.12-.6). PREPARATIONS. Tinctura Ferri Chloridi. Tincture of Ferric Chloride. (U. S. P. ) . Solution of ferric chloride, 250; alcohol to make 1,000. Dose.—B.. &C., si.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. &Sw., lUxx.-xxx. (1.3-2.); D., TTiv.-3i. (.3-4.) Contains 13.6 jjer cent, of the anhydrous salt, or 4.69 per cent, of metallic iron. Tinctura Ferri Perchloridi. Tincture of Iron Perchloride. (B. P.) Dose.— Same as Tinctura Ferri Chloridi, U. S. P. Liquor Ferri Subsulphatis. Solution of Ferric Subsul- pbate. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Solution of basic ferric sulpliate, FeO (SOJs, Monsel's solution, solution of persulphate of iron, E.; liquor hemostatique de Monsel, Fr.; basisclischewefelsaures eisen- oxydlosung, Monsel's eisenlosung, G. Contains about 13.6 per cent, of metallic iron. Derivation. — Ferrous sulphate, 675 ; sulphuric acid, 65 ; nitric acid and distilled water, of each a sufficient quantity to make 1,000. Properties. — A dark, reddish-brown liquid, odorless, or nearly so ; of an acid, strongly styptic taste and an acid reaction ; miscible with water and alcohol. Dose.—B.. & C, 3SS. (15.); Sh. & Sw., Tl\x.-xx. (.6-1.3); D.,1TLii.-s. (.12-. 6). It has no value for internal use. Ferri Oxidum Htdratum Cum Magnesia. Ferric Hydrate with Magnesia. (U. S. P.) (Arsenic Antidote.) Solution of ferric sulphate, 50 Cc. ; water, 100 Cc. Magnesia, 10 gm.; water, 750 Cc. Keep solutions separate till ready for use ; then mix. IRON AND POTASSIUM TARTRATE 183 Uses. — This preparation is used as a chemical antidote to arsenic, whereby the arsenic mass is mechanically en- wrapped and converted into the insoluble arsenite. The administration of the arsenic antidote should be followed by emetics, or the stomach pump. Dose. — Large quantities should be repeated frequently od libitum. Ferri et Potassii Tartras. Iron and Potassium Tartrate. (U. S. P.) {Potassio- Ferric Tartrate.) Synonym. — Ferrum tartaratum, B. P.; tartarus ferratus, P. G.; ferri potassio-tartras, ferrum tartarizatum, tartras ferrico-kalicus, etc., E.; tartrate de fer et de potasse, tartre martial, Fr.; weinsaures eisenoxyd-kali, eisenweinstein, G. Derivation. — Solution of ferric sulphate, 100 Cc; tartaric acid, 29gm.; distilled water, 200 Cc; ammonia water and water, of each a sufficient quantity. Made by solution and precipitation. Properties. — Thin, transparent scales, varying in color from garnet-red to reddish-brown ; without odor, and having a sweetish, slightly ferruginous taste ; slightly deliquescent in the air ; very soluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. Dose. — D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). Ferri et Ammonii Citras. Iron and Ammonium Citrate. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Ferrum citricum ammoniatum, P. G.; ferri ammouio-citras, ferro-ammonium citricum, ammonio-citrate of iron, E.; citrate de fer et d'ammoniaque (de fer ammo- niacal), citrate ferrique ammoniacal, Fr.; citronensaures eisenoxyd-ammonium (ammoniak), G. Derivation. — Solution of ferric citrate, 100 Cc; ammonia water, 40 Cc. Evaporate. U. S. P. Properties. — Thin, transparent, garnet-red scales, with- out odor, and having a saline, mildly ferruginous taste ; 184 INORGANIC AGENTS deliquescent in moist air ; soluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. Dose. — D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). Ferri et Q dining Citratis. Iron and Quinine Citrate. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Chininum ferro-citricum, P. G.; citras ferrico- quinicus, citrate de fer et de quinine, Fr.; citronensaures eisen cbinin, G. Source. — Ferric citrate, 85 gm.; quinine, 12 gm.; citric acid, 3 gm.; water, a sufficient quantity to make 100 gm. u. s. p. Properties. — Thin, transparent scales, of a reddish- brown color, without odor, and having a bitter, mildly ferruginous taste ; slowly deliquescent in damp air ; slowly but completely soluble in cold water and but partially soluble in alcohol. Ferri et Quinine Citras Solubilis. Soluble Iron and Quinine Citrate. (U. S. P.) Occurs in thin, greenish-yellow, transparent scales. Very rapidly and completely soluble in cold water. Dose. — D., gr.v.-x. (.3-. 6). general action of iron and its salts. External. — Soluble salts of iron, especially the chloride, sulphate, subsulphate and nitrate, are strongly astringent. They contract tissue when applied to raw surfaces or mucous membranes, by coagulating albumin, and through this means, by compressing the blood vessels from without and plugging them from within with clotted blood, arrest haemorrhage. Iron — in the form of liquor ferri chloridi or liquor ferri subsulphatis — is the best haemostatic medicinal agent we possess. GENERAL ACTION OF IRON AND ITS SALTS 185 Internal. -Alimentarij Canal. — Iron is a food rather than a medicine. It exists as a natural constituent of vegetable foods and of the body, and is found particularly in the haemoglobin of the blood — to the extent of about half an ounce in that of the horse. There is a sufficient quantity in the food to support healthy animals. If iron is given to a normal animal, it has little effect unless continued for a long time in considerable quantity, when it may produce indiges- tion and constipation. The iron salts and iron itself have practically the same physiological action, but some preparations are more irritating and astringent in the digestive tract than others. Ferric chloride and ferrous sulphate are particularly consti- pating; while reduced iron, the oxide, carbonate, and salts of the vegetable acids, are slightly so. Iron may blacken the tongue from formation of the sulphide. In the stomach all forms of iron are converted into ferric, and, to a slight extent, ferrous chloride, by the gastric juice. Strongly acid salts are decomposed and the combined acid in the salt is set free, owing to the formation of the chloride. This acid may prove irritating to the mucous membrane of the stomach. Acid salts, as the sulphate, are, therefore, more suitable for the horse than for the dog, as the latter is more susceptible to the irritating action. Ferric salts being astringent, so all the iron salts possess some astringency when they are converted into ferric chloride in the stomach. But those preparations most astringent outside of the body, are also most astringent in the digestive canal, from the fact that as only part of the dose is normally changed into the chloride in the stomach, the balance of the dose (if already astringent), increases the astringency of the chloride formed in the stomach. The iron salts, on entering the bowels, come into con- tact with an alkaline medium. None of the iron is absorbed, but escapes in the faeces (as the sulphide), coloring the dis- charges black. If none of the iron given as medicine is absorbed, how is the body benefited thereby? Bunge's 186 INORGANIC AGENTS theory, now generally accepted, liolds that the iron absorbed into the blood is only that contained as a constituent of the nucleoalbumins occurring naturally in animal or vegetable foods. A larger part of this natural source of iron is ordi- narily transformed — as is all that given as medicine — into the insoluble sulphide in the intestines. When iron is deficient in the blood, as in ausemia, iron is only of value therapeutically by uniting with sulphur compounds of the food or those formed as products of indigestion, thus enabling the iron in the food to become absorbed by protecting it from decomposition and transformation into the insoluble sulphide. The action of iron is thus indirect. The older hypothesis taught that iron is absorbed as an albuminate of iron and sodium, or is converted into that combination in the blood. No theory, however, can invalidate the fact that iron and its salts are beneficial in anaemic states by improving the quality oi the bloody nutrition and general health. Blood. — In anaemia, iron indirectly increases the amount of haemoglobin in the blood, and also the number of red corpuscles. The latter effect is not so marked as with arsenic. In regard to iron increasing the number of corpus- cles, we may say that the blood- forming organs are stimu- lated, or supplied with blood-making material by iron. Iron increases the power of the red corpuscles to hold and carry oxygen from the lungs to the tissues, and to transform it into ozone. Iron is then indirectly an oxidizing agent, stimulating tissue change and vital activity. On account of the astringent properties of iron, when applied externally to the tissues, it is thought that its tonic action internally depends, in part, upon its stimulating the con- tractilit}^ of the muscles and vessels, and, therefore, improv- iiig tone. Elimination. — Although, as we have seen, the iron given as medicine to animals is excreted unabsorbed, yet iron i» eliminated to a slight extent by the urine, bile, saliva, sweat and tears. GENERAL ACTION OF IRON AND IfS SALTS 187 Summary. — Iron is essentially a blood tonic and restor- ative, increasing tlie number of red blood corpuscles, the amount of haemoglobin, and aiding nutrition. Externall}'' it is an astringent, styptic, and stimulant. Uses External. — Liquor ferri chloridi and liquor ferri subsulphatis are the medicinal preparations most frequently used to stop bleeding from wounds or natural cavities of the body. They may be injected, applied by swab, or on absorbent material, which is packed into the wound or cavity. As a local application in pharyngitis, we use 1 part of the solution of ferric chloride with 4 parts of glycerin. In the same strength, diluted with water, the chloride may be injected into the uterus to stop haemorrhage. Again, a solution, in the strength of 2 drachms to the pint of water, is employed as an enema to destroy ascarides. The objec- tion to these solutions of iron is that they form heavy, nasty, tenacious clots, when employed to arrest haemorrhage, and the clots are apt to decompose and favor sepsis. Therefore they should not be used if other means, as ligature, pres- sure, heat or cold, can be utilized. Internal. — ^Reduced iron is one of the best preparations for dogs. It is commonly administered in pill, and often with other tonics, as strychnine, quinine, and arsenic. Reduced iron is non-irritating, non-astringeut, and non- constipating. It may be placed on the tongue in the form of powder. Ferrous sulphate is one of the two most valuable forms of iron which can be prescribed to the larger animals. The other form is the tincture of ferric chloride. The sulphate is more astringent and irritating than some of the other iron salts, but does not usually cause constipation in the horse. Indeed, when constipation is due to loss of tone in the lower bowel, small doses, by their local stimulant action, may actually assist peristalsis. The dried ferrous su'phate is prescribed to horses with anaemia, and is the most common constituent of tonic powders. It is frequently combined with powdered gentian, nux vomica, arsenic, and bicarbonate 188 INORGANIC AGENTS of sodium. Sodium bicarbonate is useful in indigestion and lessens the astringent action of sulphate of iron. A common and useful prescription for the horse is as follows : Sodii bicarbonatis. Pulv. nucis vomicae aa 3 ii. Ferri siilphatis exsicc 3 i. M. et f. pulv. 1. Dispense pulv. tales no. xxx. S. Give one powder on the feed three times daily. Ferrous sulphate is given in anaemia secondary to chronic indigestion, intestinal parasites, leucorrhcea, ozoena, albumi- nuria, p.nd in convalescence from acute diseases. In conva- lescence, iron may well be preceded by alcohol and bitters. Large doses of iron sulphate are indicated in haemorrhage from the bowels, if unassociated with acute inflammation, as in purpura. In the latter disease, sulphuric acid is a syner- gistic remedy. The saccharated ferrous carbonate may be given horses if they will not voluntarily take the sulphate of iron on their food. It is a useful, mild, non-astringent preparation for dogs, and may be given in powder, or the mass may be dispensed in pills. The iodide of iron is thought to be of benefit in man in scrofulus conditions, but as these states do not commonly occur in horses and dogs, the drug is of no value except in rickets. When the action of iodine and iron are desirable, it is often better to prescribe them separately. The tincture of ferric chloride is a very powerful preparation. Ifc contains free hydrochloric acid. Alcohol constitutes three-quarters of its bulk, and there are also some traces of ether. It was formerly thought to be hydro- chloric ether, arising from the action of the contained muriatic acid on the alcohol of the preparation ; but Weir Mitchell has shown it to be nitrous ether. Ferric chloride is of itself diuretic, apart from any action of nitrous ether in the tincture. The free acid aids digestion in the stomach. The tincture of ferric chloride is locally stimulant and MANGANUM 189 astriugeut, and generally aids digestion; is diaretic, and in large doses, owing to the alcohol which it contains, is somewhat stimulating. The tincture is, accordingly, partic- ularly valuable in anaemia, dependent upon chronic indiges- tion in horses and cattle, and in that occurring in convales- cence from acute diseases. In such conditions, the preparation stimulates appetite, digestion and renal activity. When given by the mouth, the tincture of the chloride of iron is of local benefit in pharyngitis, combined with chlorate of potash, glycerin and water. It is also prescribed in intestinal haemorrhage, but there is no remote astringent or styptic effect exerted upon the vessels or tissues. Small doses of the tincture of ferric chloride may be safely dropped, undiluted, upon the tongue of horses or cattle from a small bottle used as a measure. It is frequently conjoined with alcohol and mineral acids. Iron and ammonium citrate and iron and potassium tartrate are mild, non-astringent preparations, suitable for dogs and given in pill. Iron and quinine citrate is a useful combination for dogs, dispensed in pill. It is often employed in canine distemper and chorea. Manganum. (Manganum is not used in Medicine in the metallic state.) POTASSII Permanganas. Potassium Permanganate. KMnO,. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Kali hypermanganicum crystallisatum, P. G.; hypermanganas potassicus S. kalicus, permanganate of potash, E.; permanganate de potasse, Fr.; uebermangan- saures kali, G. Derivation. — Caustic potash, chlorate of potassium and black oxide of manganese are fused together. 6 KHO + KCIO3 + 3 MnO, = 3 K3IN0, -f KCl + 3 H,0. The manganate of potassium is boiled with water till the color 190 INORGANIC AGENTS chauges to purple and the permanganate is formed. 3 K., MuO, + 2 H,0 = 2 KMnO, + 4 KHO + MnO,. The liquid is neutralized with carbonic dioxide gas and evaporated. Pruperties. — Slender, monocliuic prisms, of a dark purple color, odorless, and having a taste at first sweet, but after- wards disagreeable and astringent ; permanent in dry air ; soluble in 16 parts of water ; undergoes decomposition with alcohol ; reaction neutral. Incompatibles. — It is very readily deoxidized in the pres- ence of organic matter. Dose. — H., gr.xv.-xx. (1.-1.3) in one pint of water; D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12), in pill, or tablet, with kaolin. ACTION OF POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE. External. — Potassium permanganate, like hydrogen dioxide, is a powerful oxidizing agent. It quickly parts with its oxygen in contact with organic matter, largely in the form of ozone, and is broken up into black oxide of manga- nese and potassa. Solutions, which are of a purple hue, change into a dark brown color when this transformation occurs, and are no longer of any medicinal value. This action is exceedingly rapid and transient, and its effects correspondingly so on the tissues. For this reason, and because bacteria are so combined with organic matter in the tissues, its action is largely exerted on the latter, and potassium permanganate is, therefore, a better antiseptic than disinfectant. Outside of the body, permanganate of potash is a disinfectant, but it is too expensive for general purposes. In powder it is slightly caustic, owing to the potassa set free in its decomposition ; and in solution is stimulant to the tissues. A solution of permanganate of potash is a deodorizer when in contact with putrid and decomposing matter, but is not of the slightest value as a deodorizer and disinfectant to premises when simply stand- ing in vessels, as frequently advised. There is no danger irom absorption of potassium permanganate when applied to the body. USES OF POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE 191 Uses Internal. — Potassium permanganate is occasionally used in human medicine in dyspepsia and flatulence, for its antiseptic action, and in obesity. It is supposed to resem- ble iron in its effects, and lias been used in ammenorrhoea associated with anaemia. Moor, of New York, has shown that potassium permanganate is the best chemical antidote for morphine or opium, chemically destroying them by oxi- dation ; 10 to 15 grains may be given to dogs in 8 ounces of water immediately after poisoning. Horses may be given 2 drachms of permanganate of potash in 5 pints of water. In case morphine has been swallowed, solutions of potassium permanganate should be accidulated with vinegar, or diluted sulphuric acid, in order to form soluble compounds in the digestive tract. After morphine or opium have been ab- sorbed into the blood, it is said that potassium permanganate is also antidotal wheniujected subcntaneously. It is difficult to see, theoretically, how this can be the case, and practically has been proven not to be so. Uses External. — Potassium permanganate is a valuable antiseptic and deodorizer in solutions, varying in strength from one-tenth of 1 per cent, to 4 per cent., and is used in the treatment of sores, wounds, ulcers, abscess, caries, gangrene, fetid ozoeua, otorrhoea, and leucorrhoea. In the stronger solution it is stimulant, as well as antiseptic. It is a useful agent in stomatitis and sore throat, when applied locally by means of a swab. The powder is employed as a caustic upon ulcers. Potassium permanganate is one of the best agents with which to sterilize the hands before operat- ing. A 1 to 2 per cent, solution is to be recommended for this purpose, and the stains may be removed from the hands by washing them in a saturated solution of oxalic acid, or in a dilute solution of hydrochloric acid. Potassium permanganate is a test for impure water in changing color in the presence of organic matter. Two ounces of a 1 per cent, solution will clarify and deodorize 100 gallons of stale and putrescent rain water. 192 INORGANIC AGENTS SECTION VI. Hydrargyrum. Mercury. Quicksilver. Synonym. — Mercurius vivas, argentum vivum, E."; mer- cure, vif-argent, Fr.; quecksilber, G. Derivafion. — Cinnabar, tlie native sulphate, is roasted or distilled with lime, and condensed. Properties. — A shining, silver-white metal, without odor or taste ; liquid at ordinary temperatures, and divisible into spherical globules ; insoluble in the ordinary solvents ; boils at 675° r., and is completely volatilized; spec, gr., 13.5584 When cooled to 38.88° F,, it forms a ductile, malleable mass. PREPARATIONS CONTAINING METALLIC MERCURY. 1. — Hydrargymm cum Greta. Mercury with Chalk. (U. fe. & B. P.) Mercury, 38 gm. ; honey, 10 gm, ; prepared chalk, 57 gni. ; water, suflScient quantity to make 100 gm. (U. S. P.) Mercuricoxide becomes developed by keeping, making the powder more active. Properties. — A light gray, rather damp powder, free from gritti- ness, without odor, and having a slightly sweetish taste. Contains mercury in fine division by shaking the ingredients together. Dose. — Foals and calves, gr.x.-xv. (.6-1.); D., gr.i. x. (.06-. 6). II. — Massa Hydrargyri. Mass of Mercury . (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Pilula hydrargyri, B. P.; blue mass, blue pill, pilulae coeruleae, E. ; pilule de mercure, Fr.; mercurial pillen, G. Mercury, 33 gm.; glycyrrhiza, 5 gm.; althaea, 25 gm.; glycerin, 3 gm. ; honey of roses, 34 gm. Contains 33 per cent, of mercury in a state of fine division, (U. S. P.) Dose.— D., gr.i.-x. (.06-.6). III. — Unguentum Hydrargyri. Mercurial Ointment. (U. S. & B. P.) (Blue Ointment.) Synonym. — Pommade mercurielle, pommade Napolitaine, Fr. ; graue quecksilbersalbe, G. Mercury, 500 gm.; lard, 250 gm.; suet, 230 gm. ; oleate of mercury, 20 gm. Contains 50 per cent, of mercury. (U. S. P.) RED MERCURIC OXIDE 193 Hydrargyri Oxidum Rubrum. Eed Mercuric Oxide. HgO. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Hydrargyrum oxydatum rubrum, P. G.; hydrargyri-iiitrico-oxydum, mercurius corrosivus (prsecipi- tatus) ruber, oxydum hydrargyri cum, peroxide of mercury, red precipitate, mercuric oxide, E.; deuto-oxyde (peroxyde) de mercure, oxyde mercurique, precipite rouge, poudre de Jean de Vigo, Fr.; rothes quecksilberoxyde, rotlier pracipi- tat (quecksilber-pracipitat), G. Derivation. — Dissolve mercury in diluted nitric acid. 3 Hg, H- 16 HNO3 = 6 Hg (NO3),. (Mercuric nitrate) + 4 NO + 8 H,0. Rub mercuric nitrate with metallic mercury and heat. 2 Hg (NO3), + Hg, = 4 HgO + 2 N,0,. Properties.- — Heavy, orange-red, crystalline scales, or a crystalline powder ; odorless, and having a somewhat metallic taste ; permanent in the air ; almost insoluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. PREPARATION. Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Rubri. Ointment of Red Mercuric Oxide. (U. S. &B. P.) Synonym. — Red precipitate ointment, red mercuric oxide, 10; cas- tor oil, 5; ointment, 85. (U. S. P.) Hydrargyri Oxidum Flavum. Yellow Mercuric Oxide. HgO. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Hydrargyrum oxydatum via humida para- tum, P. G.; hydrargyrum oxydatum prsecipitatum (vel flavum), precipitated oxide of mercury, E.; oxyde de mercure jaune (precipite), Fr.; pracipitirtes (Gelbes) quecksilber- oxyde, G. Derivation. — Precipitate an aqueous solution of mercuric chloride, 100, with caustic soda, 40 : HgCl, + 2 NaOH = HgO + 2 NaCl + H,0. 194 INORGANIC AGENTS Pr'operties. — A light orange-yellow, amorphous, heavy, impalpable powder ; odorless, and having a somewhat met- allic taste ; permanent in the air, but turning darker on exposure to the light ; almost insoluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. PREPARATIONS. Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Flavi. Ointment of Yellow Mercuric Oxide. (U. S. P.) Yellow mercuric oxide, 10; ointment, 90. Oltatum Hydrargyri. Oleate of Mercury. (U. S. & B. P.) Yellow mercuric oxide, 200; oleic acid, 800. (U. S. P.) Hrdrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum. Corrosive Mercuric Chloride. Hg CI,. (U. S. P.) [Corrosive Chloride of Mercury, Corrosive Sublimate.) Synonym. — Hydrargyri perchloridum, B. P.; hydrargy- rum birchloratum corrosivum, P. G.; hydrargyrum muriati- cum corrosivum, hydrargyri bichloridum, sublimatus cor- rosivus, sublimatum corrosivum, mercurius sublimatus corrosivus, chloruretum (chloretum) hydrargyri en m, per- chloride of mercury, bichloride of mercury, E.; Deuto- chlorure de mercure, sublime corrosif, chlorure mercurique, Fr.; fetzendes quecksilberchlorid, setzender quecksilbersub- limat, G. Derivation. — Heat a mixture of mercuric sulphate, 20 ; sodium chloride, 16 ; manganese dioxide, 1. Hg SO^ + 2 NaCl + MnO, = HgCl, + Na, SO, + MnO,. The bichloride sublimes and is condensed. Proper-ties. — Heavy, colorless, rhombic crystals, or crys- talline masses ; odorless, and having an acrid and persistent metallic taste ; permanent in the air ; soluble in 16 parts of water and in 3 parts of alcohol. Incompatihles. — It is incompatible with most substances. Dose.—B.. & C, gr.v.-vii. (.3-.5); Sh. & Sw., gr.ii. (.12); r>-,gr.3V-i(-002-.008). MILD MERCUROUS CHLORIDE 195 Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite. Mild Mercurous Chloride. Hg,C], (U. S. P.) {Calomel, Mild Chloride of Mercury.) Synonym. — Hydrargyri subcliloridura, B. P.; hydrargy- rum chloratum mite, P. G.; hydrargyri chloridum, hydrar- gyrum chloratum (muriaticum) dulce, mercurius dulcis, calomelas chloruretum (chloretum) hydrargyrosum, sub- chloride (protochloride) of mercury, E.; protochlorure (sous- muriate) de mercure, calomele, Fr.; quecksilberchloriir, calomel, G. Derivation. — Heat mercurous sulphate and sodium chloride. Calomel sublimes. Hg^ SO^ + 2 Na CI = Hg2 CI, + Na^ SO,. Properties. — A white, impalpable powder ; odorless and tasteless ; permanent in the air ; insoluble in water or alcohol. When strongly heated it is wholly volatilized without melting. Dose.— H.,.3ss.-i. (2.-4); C, 3 v.-vi. (20.-24); D., gr.ss. (.03), in divided doses; D., gr.iii.-v. (.2-.3) in single doses. PREPARATION. Pilulace Catharticce Compositce. Compound Cathartic Pills. (U. S. P.) Compound extract of colocynth, 80; calomel, 60; extract of jalap, 30; gamboge, 15; water to make 1,000. Dose.— D., pill 1 to 3. Hydrargyri Iodidum Kubrum. Red Mercuric Iodide. Hgl,. (U. S. & B. P.) (Binodide of Mercury, Bed Iodide of 3Iercury.) Synonym. — Hydrargyrum biiodatum rubrum, P. G.; deutoioduretum (biniodidum) hydrargyri, mercurius iodatus ruber, iduretum hydrargyricum, E.; deut-iodure (bi-iodure) de mercure, iodure mercnrique, Fr.; rothes jodquecksilber, quecksilberjodid, G. Derivation. — Mix aqueous solutions of corrosive mercuric chloride, 40gm., and potassium iodide, 50gm. The red 196 INOKGANIC AGENTS iodide is precipitated. Filter, wash and dry. HgClo + 2 KT = Hgl, + 2 K CI. Properties. — A scarlet-red, amorphous powder ; odorless and tasteless ; permanent in the air.; almost insoluble in water ; soluble in 130 parts of alcohol. Unguentum Hydrargyri Nitratis. Ointment of Mercuric Nitrate. (Citrine Ointment). Mercury, 70 gm.; nitric acid, 175 gm.; lard oil, 760 gm. Projjerties. — A lemon-yellow ointment. Hydrargyrum Ammoniatum. Ammoniated Mercury. NH, HgCl. (U.S.&B.P.) {White Precipitate, 3Iercuric Ainmonium Chloride.) Synonym. — Hydrargyrum prfiecipitatum album, P. G.; hydrargyrum amidato-bichloratum (ammoniato-muriaticum), hydrargyri ammonio-chloridum, mercurius pisecipitatus albus, E.; oxychlorure ammoniacal de mercure, mercure pre- cipite blanc, Fr.; weisse quecksilber-pracipat, quecksilber- chloridamidid, G. Derivation. — Mix an aqueous solution (1-20) of corrosive mercuric chloride, 200, with ammonia water, 15. HgCl + 2 NH.OH = NH, Hg CI -f NH.Cl + 2H,0. Filter, wash with diluted ammonia water (1-20), and dry the precipitated ammoniated mercury. Proj)erties. — White, pulverent pieces, or a white, amor- phous powder, without odor, and having an earthy, after- wards styptic and metallic, taste ; permanent in the air ;, almost insoluble in water or in alcohol. PREPARATION. Unguentum Hydrargyri Avimoniati. Ointment of Ammoniated Mer- cury. (U. S. & B. P ) Syuony )a.— White precipitate ointment. Ammoniated niercury> 10; benzoinated lard, 90. (U. S. P.) GENEEAL ACTION OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS 197 GENERAL ACTION OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS. External. — The salts of mercury are germicidal, irritant, and, in some cases, caustic, when applied externally. Corrosive sublimate is the most powerful antiseptic in general use. It unites with albuminous fluids in, or on, the tissues, to form insoluble albuminates of mercury, and its antiseptic properties are then lost. This action is prevented by adding 5 parts of tartaric acid to 1 part of corrosive sublimate, and such combination is provided in the tablets manufactured for surgical purposes. Hydrochloric acid, or salt, may be employed to obtain the same result. Corrosive sublimate is a more powerful germicide than carbolic acid, yet it cannot be used to disin- fect metallic instruments, as the bichloride is decomposed and mercury deposited upon them. The salts of mercury kill the lower forms of animal as well as vegetable life, and are valuable in the treatment of parasitic skin diseases. As a rule, antiseptics relieve itching, and the mercury salts are often used to combat this condition. Mercury and its salts are absorbed when rubbed into the unbroken skin, particu- larly when in combination with oil or grease. Metallic mercury and its salts (notably the iodide), when rubbed well into the skin with fat, are thought to aid the absorption of inflammatory exudates in underlying parts. Internal. — The irritant salts of mercury, as the bichloride, iodide, nitrate, and some of the oxides, in large doses, produce gastro-enteritis, vomiting, colic, bloody diarrhoea, collapse and death. The white of egg is an antidote to corrosive sublimate, forming an insoluble albuminate. Emetics, or the stomach pump, should be used in case vomiting is not spontaneous. The use of mercury, or any of its compounds, if con- tinued for any considerable time, either internally or exter- nally, in such a way as to lead to absorption, may cause a chronic form of poisoning or mercurialism. This condition is characterized by fetor of the breath and soreness of the 198 INORGANIC AGENTS gums, making mastication painful. The gums are swollen unci bleed easily ; the tongue swells and salivation ensues. The teeth become loosened, the salivary and parotid glands enlarge, the temperature is elevated, and if the condition continues, there are : ulceration of the mouth (mercurial stomatitis), necrosis of the jaw, general weakness, a watery condition of the blood, oedema, anaemia and cachexia, pros- tration and death. Local poisoning, as exhibited by paralysis of the hand and forearm, has occurred in a man who applied the ointment of red iodide of mercury to cattle. There is a tendency for mercury to accumulate in the system, when given in large doses, or in smaller doses when continued for a considerable period. The prevailing fashion of administering calomel in small and repeated doses, may lead to mercurialism if purgation does not occur. Stomach and Intestines. — Mercury and the mercurous salts, especially calomel, are mildly irritant and act as pur- gatives. The upper part of the intestinal tract, notably the duodenum, is influenced, and peristalsis and secretion are stimulated so that the bile is hurried along together with the other ingesta, and expelled. Calomel and mercury are called cholagogue cathartics, yet they do not increase the amount of bile secreted, but diminish it by retarding its absorption in the bowels. Corrosive sublimate, on the other hand, is an hepatic stimulant and augments the amount of bile secreted. The purgative action of calomel and mercury in the small intestines is assisted by salines, which increase the amount of fluid in the bowels, and aid in the expulsion and prevent the absorption of mercury. The saline should be given four hours after the administration of calomel to cattle. Blood. — Mercury is generally thought to circulate in the blood as an albuminate. It is stated that metallic mercury is absorbed unchanged and circulates in this condition iii the blood : while it is also held that corrosive sublimate finds USES OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS 199 its way into the blood as an albuminate of the oxide of mercury, in combination with sodium chloride. It will be perceived that there is no exact knowledge concerning this matter. It is supposed that mercury diminishes the fibrin in the blood, and the production of exudations, especially in connection with inflammation of serous membranes, and even hastens the absorption of inflammatory deposits. Mercury is, therefore, said to be antipholgistic in combating the effects of inflammation. A part of this result may be attributed to the antiseptic action of the salts of mercury in the intestines by preventing fermentation and absorption of toxic material. For want of a better term to explain the beneficial actions of mercury on the tissues, that vague term "alterative" is frequently applied. Mercury (and calomel in particular) is somewhat diuretic, stimulating the secreting cells, or nerves of the kidneys, and increasing the amount of urine. Elimination. — Mercury is eliminated slowly by the kidneys, liver, salivary glands, and, in fact, by every con- ceivable channel. lu thus stimulating the eliminative activities of the various glands, mercury has been termed a deobstruent. It has been surmised that its alterative effect depends, in part, upon this action in stimulating — to use the old term — the emunctories. SUMMARY OP ACTIONS OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS. External. — Antiseptic, germicide, irritant, caustic, para- siticide, antipruritic and sorbefacient. Internal. — Antiseptic, purgative, chologogue, antiphlo- gistic, and alterative diuretic (calomel). TOXICOLOGY. (See action internal.) USES OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS. Hydrargyrum cum creta is similar to calomel in its effects but very much milder, unless it contains the black oxide of mercury, when its action is much intensified. The 200 INOEGANIC AGENTS same ma}'^ be said of massa liydrargjri. Either i>repaiation may be given dogs as a laxative in indigestion with vomiting and diarrhoea ; or to foals and calves with intestinal indiges- tion and diarrhoea, particularly if accompanied with jaundice. The oleatum or unguentum hydrargyri are rubbed into the skin to cause resolution of chronic inflammatory swellings, and also to kill animal and vegetable parasites. As the former action is due to absorption, large quantities will lead to poisoning when applied over an extensive surface. We can use other and safer remedies, as creolin, tar or sulphur ointment, for parasiticides. It is to be remembered in this connection that grease alone will kill lice and other parasites on the skin. On account of their sorbefacient properties, the oleate and blue ointment of mercury are applied over chronically enlarged glands, swollen joints, and thickened tendons. In view of their parasitic action, these preparations are employed to kill the fungus of favus and ringworm, and to destroy lice and the acari of mange, when inhabiting circumscribed areas. Itching in skin diseases, as chronic eczema and psoriasis, is relieved by either blue ointment or the oleate of mercury. HYDRAKGYRI OXIDUM RUBRUM, OR FLAVUM. The official ointments of the red and yellow mercuric oxides are prescribed, as stimulant and antiseptic prepara- tions, in chronic conjunctivitis, granular lids and scaly skin diseases. They are also employed on indolent ulcers, swollen glands and old granulating surfaces. When used on mucons membranes, or raw surfaces, the official ointments should be diluted with equal parts of lard. HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM. External. — Corrosive sublimate is of value mainly as an antiseptic on the unbroken skin. It is germicide in solutions containing 1 part to 500, or 1,000, of water. Applied to mucous membranes, or raw surfaces, it is antiseptic in solu- tions varying in strength from 1-10,000 to 1-1,000. HYDRARGYKI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM 201 111 the larger cavities of tlie body, as the vagina, sohi- tions should not be used in strength greater than 1-5000 or 1-3000. Mercuric bichloride, even in the weaker solution, is too damagujg to the serous membrane of the peritoneal cavity, and there is too much danger of absorption to warrant us in using it in intra-abdominal operations. As a caustic, saturated solutions are injected into fistulous tracts: e.g., fistulae of the withers, "quittor" and "poll evil," to destroy their so-called pyogenic membranes, and hasten repair. There is not much danger of absorption when used in this way. Corrosive sublimate is very useful as a parasiticide, in destroying lice, ringworm and the fungus of favus, in solu-. tion (1-500) on the unbroken skin. It also relieves itching in pruritus, prurigo and urticaria, but is generally inferior to carbolic acid in this respect. Bichloride solutions may be used in the septic uterus (after removing placental or membranous remains, with the hands, forceps or curette), in the strength of 1-3000 or 1-5000. Apart from the body, corrosive sublimate in solution (1-500 or 1-1000) is one of the cheapest and most effective disinfectants for premises infected with the contagion of glanders, anthrax, etc. The walls and floors of stables (after thorough cleansing and washing with soft soap and boiling water), clothing and all paraphernalia, not metallic, can be disinfected by washing or soaking in solutions of bichloride. Before operations, the operative field should be sterilized by scrubbing with green soap and then with corrosive sublimate solution, after the hair has been shaved from the part. The opera- tor's hands can be also sterilized to advantage with a solution (1-1000) of corrosive sublimate. During an operation irrigation with corrosive (1-3000) solution, or boiled normal salt solution is commonly practised. In epizootic abortion, in addition to quarantining the diseased animals, their discharges and the premises should be disinfected, and both the well and sick female animals should be washed twice daily about the genital regions with a solution of corrosive sublimate. Yellow wash, made bj 202 INORGANIC AGENTS the addition of 30 gr. of mercuric bichloride to 1 pint of lime water, is sometimes employed as a stimulant applica- tion in chronic eczema, and to relieve itching. It contains the yellow oxide of mercury. In purulent conjunctivitis, frequent irrigation with a 1-1000 solution of corrosive subli- mate is of the greatest service. Internal. — Corrosive sublimate is of value in minute doses as a blood tonic, and is recommended :as an antiphlo- gistic agent in diminishing fibrinous exudation in inflamma- tory diseases of serous membranes, as pleuritis, meningitis, and arthritis. It is probably inferior to calomel for this purpose. We at least know that calomel is an efficient cathartic in inflammatory diseases. Mercuric bichloride is employed as an intestinal anti- septic and hepatic stimulant, in the treatment of dysentery and diarrhoea with mucous or vile smelling discharges. In these conditions, irrigation of the rectam with a 1-5000 solution is of advantage. This solution should be drained off through the rectal tube and followed by an injection of plain boiled water. Administration. — Corrosive sublimate is given in the form of a pill or ball. If exhibited in solution to the large animals, it must be diluted with 2 quarts of water. HYDRAEGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE. External. — Calomel is of use in chronic eczema when applied over small patches in its pure state, or as " black wash." The latter consists of one drachm of calomel in one pint of lime water, forming the black oxide of mercury, and is a very efficient preparation to relieve itching and promote recovery in chronic eczema, by mild stimulation. Calomel is of benefit when blown into the eye once or twice a week, stimulating and hastening absorption of opacities of the cornea following keratitis. It is the best agent to arrest thrush when worked up into the commisure of the hoof, between the frog and the bars, and retained in place by oakum packing. HYDRABGYEI CHLORIDUM MITE 203 Internal. — Calomel is a purgative, intestinal antiseptic, chologogue, diuretic and alterative. It is also used for its remote antiphlogistic effects. It is particularly adapted to dogs, and is given in a single dose, or often, to better advan- tage, in half-grain doses, repeated every two hours till purgation occurs. For diarrhoea or vomiting in dogs, calomel is useful in removing the source of irritation, in being antiseptic and easily borne by an irritable stomach. Calomel is partially transformed, by the alkaline secretions of the bowels, into the mercurous oxide, and it is to this salt that its purgative action is due. Combination with sodium bicarbonate assists in this transformation, and is commonly practised. The administration of calomel should be followed by oil, salines or other cathartics, if purgation does not occur within twenty-four hours after its ingestion, otherwise mercurialism may occur. In heptogenous jaundice, with light-colored faeces, owing to hepatic congestion, gastro-duodenitis or constipation, calomel is a valuable remedy for dogs, followed by the use of nitro-muriatic acid. In the jaundice occurring as a form of influenza in horses, nitro-muriatic acid is more effective. Calomel is one of the best remedies for the treatment of dysentery, unless there is great weakness. It should be continued in repeated small doses till the character of the discharge changes. Eoals and calves, with indigestion and diarrhoea, may be given calomel to advantage to remove the source of irritation in the digestive tract. Calomel must be combined with a small dose of aloes, or with linseed oil, to form an effective cathartic for the horse. As aloes acts on the large, and calomel on the small, intestines, the above combination secures a general purgative influence. Cattle are given calomel, followed by the administration of salines, to produce free catharsis. As a remedy for round worms, J to ^ grain each of santonin and calomel, with 5 grains of sugar of milk, are administered to dogs four times, at half hour intervals, and followed by castor oil. Lumbri- coid worms in the horse, may be treated by conjoining 2 204 INORGANIC AGENTS drachms of santonin with 1 drachm of calomel, given in the form of a ball to the fasting animal, and repeated once on the following day if necessary. Calomel was formerly very frequently used, and is occasionally prescribed to this day in the treatment of pleuritis, meningitis, peritonitis, pericar- ditis, and iritis, for its antiphlogistic and alterative action in diminishing inflammatory exudations. At the present time these actions are very much ques- tioned, and any beneficial effects accruing from the use of calomel in inflammatory diseases are now ascribed to its action as a purgative and intestinal antiseptic in destroying and eliminating toxins from the bowels. Calomel is of value in inflammatory diseases when given at the onset of the attack. In dropsy (ascites of dogs), calomel sometimes acts as a useful diuretic, when combined with digitalis and squill in pill form. Administration. — Calomel is given to cattle on the tongue or in gruel ; to horses in ball, on the food, or on the tongue ; to dogs in pill, tablet or on the tongue. The compound cathartic pill is a good purgative preparation for occasional use. Two to three pills for large dogs ; one to two pills for smaller animals. HYDRARGYRI lODIDUM RUBRUM. The red mercuric iodide is a favorite remedy in veterinary practice. It causes absorption of morbid exuda- tions through its counter-irritant, local absorbent and alter- ative effect, in combining the action of iodine and mercury. It is employed with 8 to 10 or 12 parts of lard or vaseline, and is of value in the treatment of periostitis with osseous deposits, especially for splints. Spavin and ringbone are treated with red iodide of mercury alone, but are generally cured more effectively by rest, firing, and blistering. The red iodide of mercury ointment is also of use for enlarged glands, chronic swelling about tendons, joints or bursas; and applied about the throat in chronic laryngitis and "roaring." The ointment is rubbed on splints every third AKSENUM '205 day, or until vesication is produced, and the hair begins to drop out, when its use is stopped for a time. Like other mercury preparations, the red iodide must not be employed in large quantities over an extensive surface. It is much more initant locally than blue ointment. UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS. Citrine ointment is similar to unguentum hydrargyri ammoniati (white precipitate ointment), but more power- ful, and should be diluted with equal parts of lard. These preparations are used for their stimulant action in granular lids, chronic eczema, psoriasis, pityriasis, and for their anti-parasitic effect in ringworm. SECTION VII. Arsenum. (Arsenic is not used in the metallic state in medicine.) AciDUM Arsenosum. Arsenous Acid. As^Og. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Acidum arseniosum, B. P.; acidum arsenic- osum, P. G. ; arsenic trioxide, white arsenic, arsenicum album, arsenic, arseuious anhydrid, E.; acid arsenieux, arsenic blanc, fleurs d'arsenic, Fr.; arsenicsaure, weisser arsenic, G. Derivation. — Arsenical ores are roasted and purified by sublimation. Properties. — A heavy solid, occurring either as an opaque, white powder, or in irregular masses of two varieties; the one amorphous, transparent and colorless, like glass ; the other crystalline, opaque, or white, resembling porcelain. Both are odorless and tasteless. The glassy variety dissolves slowly in 30 parts of water ; the porcelain-like in 80 parts of water. Arsenous acid is sparingly soluble in alcohol, but soluble in glycerin, hydrochloric acid and solutions of the 206 INORGANIC AGENTS alkali hydrates and carbonates. When heated to 424^ F., arsenons acid is completely volatilized without melting. Incompatihles.— lAme, water, salts of iron and magnesia. Dose.—B.., gr.i.-v. (.06-.3j ; Sh. & Sw., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12) ; D., gr.^-iV (•002-.006.) Usual dose for H., gr.ii.-iii. (.12-.2). Liquor Potash Arsenitis. Solution of Potassium Arsenite. (U. S. P.) {Fowler s Solution.) Synonym. — Liquor arsenicalis, B. P.; liquor kali arseni- cosi, P.G.; solutio arsenicalis Powleri, kali arsenicosum solutum, arsenical solution, E.; liqueur arsenicale de Fowler, Fr.; Fowlers'che tropfen, G. Arsenous acid, 10 gm.; potas- sium bicarbonate, 20 gm.; compound tincture of lavender, 30 Cc; distilled water to make 1000 Cc. Strength, 1 part of arsenous acid in 100. Bose.—K. & C, 3ii.-3i- (8.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., 11tii.-x. (.12-.6). Usual dose for H., 3 ss. (15.). Liquor Acidi Arsenosi. Solution of Arsenous Acid. (U. s. p.) Synonym. — Liquor arsenici hydrochloricus, B.P.; hydro- chloric solution of arsenic, E.; liqueur arsenicale hydrochlo- rique, Fr.; chlorarsenik-losung, G. Arsenous acid, 10 gm.; diluted hydrochloric acid, 50 Cc; distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make 1000 Cc. Strength, 1 part of arsenous acid in 100. Dose. — Same as Fowler's solution. ACTION OF arsenical COMPOUNDS. External. — Arsenous acid acts as a caustic on raw sur- faces and mucous membranes. It produces considerable pain, and may lead to poisoning. In frogs poisoned by ACTION OF ARSENICAL COMPOUNDS 207 arsenic the epidermis peels off very readily, owing to degeneration of its lower layers. Internal. — Bigestive Tract. — Arsenic, when given in minute doses, improves the appetite, and increases both the motion and secretions of the stomach and duodenum. In larger amounts, ar.senic is an irritant, causing loss of appetite, nausea and digestive disturbance. In toxic doses arsenic produces gastro-enteritis. Blood. — Arsenic is absorbed into the blood, and in some forms of aufemia increases notably the number of red corpuscles, and to some extent the haemoglobin. Circulation. — It is said that arsenic stimulates the pulse rate when given ' in minute doses. In large doses it has a local depressing action on the heart — and probably a local action on the vessels — lowering the force and frequency of the heart and reducing blood pressure. The nerve endings, ganglia, and muscle of the heart are alike paralyzed, and this action takes place when the heart is removed from the body. Respircdion. — In small doses arsenic stimulates the respiratory centre, and probably the peripheral vagi ; whereas in lethal amounts it is said to paralyze ouly the latter. Nervous System. — The nervous apparatus is powerfully influenced by arsenic. Toxic doses cause paralysis of the spinal tracts, in frogs, with loss of sensation, motion, and reflex action. There is conflicting testimony relating to which centres succumb first. The nerve trunks are affected in the higher animals. There is peripheral neuritis and trophic changes occur. Medicinal doses of arsenic are stimulant to the nervous system generally. Metabolism. — Therapeutic doses probably diminish tissue change and the elimination of urea and carbonic dioxide. Large doses, on the other hand, increase metabolic processes and the escape of nitrogenous waste. Elimination. — Arsenic is eliminated slowly by most channels. It is found in the urine, faeces, milk, sweat, tears and saliva. It exists in, and can be recovered from, the 208 INORGANIC AGENTS bodies of animals years after their death from toxic amounts of arsenic. Summary. — Arsenic is unfortunately one of the drugs whose physiological action — so far as we kuow it — does not throw any light, in many instances, upon its therapeutic effects. In altering the condition of the patient for the better, in some diseases, it is described by that vague and otherwise indefinable term, " alterative." Toxicology. — The lower animals, as the horse and cow, are proportionately not nearly so susceptible to the poisonous effects of arsenic as the human subject. Two grains is the smallest fatal dose reported in man. Amounts larger than a drachm appear to be required to cause death in the horse, although much smaller quantities have produced death when repeated a number of times. Mild toxic action is seen following therapeutic doses of arsenic when the physiological limit is reached. This condition is characterized by loss of appetite (nausea and vomiting in dogs), watery discharge from the nose and eyes, pnffiness of the eyelids, indigestion with mild colic, and diarrhoea. The pulse may be accelerated and harder than normal. Acute Poisoning begins with bilious, mucous, or bloody purging and colic. There is vomiting in dogs. Thirst is excessive ; the urine is high-colored and albuminous ; the pulse is feeble, small and frequent ; the respiration is rapid and difficult from abdominal pain ; the extremities are cold, and there is great weakness of the limbs. Collapse, with convulsions and coma, often close the scene in from five to twenty hours to three days. A sub-acute form of poisoning occasionally occurs after a remission from the acute attack, only to be followed by death in from two to five days. In the interim, cutaneous eruptions may appear. Rarely, death takes place within an hour or two, in coma, collapse or convulsions. Chronic Poisoning, such as is seen in the human subject living in apartments furnished with arsenical wall paper or fabrics, or in those working in arsenic, is rarely observed ACTION OF AESENICAL COMPOUNDS 209 in animals and would not be likely to occur save in those living in the immediate vicinity qf chemical works. In this condition there are symptoms similar to those noted above as occurring in the milder form of arsenic poisoning, together with gradual loss of strength and flesh, local paralysis or paraplegia, and anpesthesia. Fatty degeneration of the liver, kidneys, heart, stomach and muscles, in cases of chronic arsenical poisoning, is found after death. The^ms^ mortem changes observed after acute poisoning, are as follows : The gastric mucous membrane, especially the villous portion in horses, is swollen, softened and covered with patches of a deep crimson or dark brown color. There is rarely ulceration. The upper portion of the small intestines, and in horses sometimes the whole of the intes- tinal tract, is similarly affected with that of the stomach. There is generally a wide-spread fatty degeneration of the internal organs and muscles. The treatment of acute poisoning depends mainly upon the use of the official freshly prepared arsenic antidote (ferri oxidum hydratum cum magnesia) in large quantities. If this can not be obtained, an antidote can be prepared by precipitating Monsel's Solution, or the tincture of the chloride of iron, with sodium bicarbonate or ammonia. Dialyzed iron may be precipitated with an alkali. In either case the precipitate should be washed in a filter of muslin and given in large amounts. If vomiting has not occurred, zinc sulphate should be given, or the stomach pump or siphon resorted to, and the stomach well washed out. The after-treatment is carried out with castor oil, demulcents, opium and external heat. Sweet spirit of nitre is to be prescribed, with considerable water, to flush out the kidneys. Uses External. — A paste containing 1 part each of arsenous acid and gam arabic, with 5 parts of water, is used to destroy warts and morbid growths. Arsenous acid, diluted with 5 parts of lard, may be employed to slough out fistulous tracts. In any case, there is danger of poisoning through absorption, if a sufficient amount of arsenic is used ; 210 INOKGANIC AGENTS but, on the other hand, the danger is slight if a large enough quantity is applied to cause rapid sloughing. Arsenic is the principal constituent of so-called " sheep-dips " employed to kill ticks and other parasites in the wool. Finlay Dun recommends 2^ lbs. of arsenous acid with an equal amount of pearl ash, soft soap, and sulphur, dissolved in 10 gallons of boiling water and added to 90 gallons of cold water. This quantity will suffice for dipping 100 sheep. The sheep are submerged, except their heads, for a few seconds, and placed on a grating to drain into a tub, from which the water flows back into the first receptacle. The excess of water in their fleeces is squeezed out with the hands and a scraper. Sheep have been poisoned after dipping, by eating grass and fodder on which they have drained ; therefore the sheep should always be kept on clean floors or yards in the open air and sunlight until they have become thoroughly dry. Sulpho-naphtol (1-100) or creolin are preferable for this purpose, since they are as effective and safer. Uses Internal. — Arsenic is of the greatest service in the treatment of indigestion in horses associated with malnutri- tion and staring coat. In this condition, arsenous acid is often combined with sodium bicarbonate and nux vomica, and may be given in powder on the food. It is also of value in atonic diarrhoea, and is used in both the serous and dysenteric varieties. In diminishing tissue change, and in acting as a blood tonic, arsenic is believed to improve the condition, endurance, and wind in horses, and is popularly prescribed by dealers and othert^. The classical case of the arsenic-eating peasants of Styria seems to corroborate this view. These people appear to be very robust and healthy. Five grains of arsenic was given experimentally to one of them without producing any untoward effect. Arsenic seems to influence favorably diseased mucous membranes of the respiratory tract, to improve their nutrition, and hasten absorption and repair in diseases of the air passages. Coryza, ozoena, chronic USES OF AHSENICAL COMPOUNDS 211 cough, asthma, emphysema and " broken wind " are greatly benefitted by a course of arsenic, and in chronic conditions the treatment should be sustained for months in small doses. " Thick wind " and convalescence from acute bronchitis, pneumonia or influenza are favorably influenced by arsenic. Arsenic is one of the best agents we can prescribe in general debility and anaemia and may be conjoined with bitters or iron. In dry, scaly skin diseases, arsenic is the most successful internal remedy, but should not be prescribed in moist con- ditions associated with a proliferation of new cells, or exudate of serum or other liquid. It is particularly useful in psoriasis ; also in chronic squamous, or papular eczema, lichen, acne and chronic urticaria, when given for a con- siderable length of time in small doses. In the human subject, arsenic is almost a specific in chorea, but does not seem to yield such good results in that disease in dogs, usually associated with distemper. Fowler's Solution should be given to dogs with chorea, in doses of two or three drops three times daily, and gradually increased till the physiological limit is reached. Large single doses of arsenous acid ( 3 ss.) are sometimes given with calomel ( 3 i.) and aloes ( 3 iv.), in a ball to horses to kill round worms. Administration. — Arsenic is given to horses as Fowler's Solution, or arsenous acid, on the food. If continued for a long time, arsenic must be prescribed in small doses once daily, or in larger doses once in two or three days. Arsenic is exhibited to dogs in tablet or pill, and as Fowler's Solution. The administration of Fowler's Solution secures more rapid and accurate results than that of white arsenic. 212 INORGANIC AGENTS Autimoniuiu. (The metal antimony is not used in medicine.) Antimonii Sulphidum. Antimony Sulphide. SKSj. (U. S. P.) Sy7iony in.— Antimonj trisulphide, E.; stibium oxydatum, oxydum antimonicum vel stibicum; oxyde d'antimoine, Fr.; • antimonoxyd, G. Derivation. — Native antimony sulphide, purified by fusion, and as free from arsenic as possible. Properties. — Steel-gray masses of a metallic lustre and a striated, crystalline fracture, forming a black, or grayish- black, lustreless powder ; without odor or taste, and per- manent in the air. Insoluble in alcohol or water. Antimonii Sulphidum Purificatum. Purified Antimony Sulphide. Sb,S3. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Autimonium nigrum purificatum, B.P.; puri- fied antimony trisulphide, E. Derivation. — Antimony sulphide, 100 ; purified by macer- ation in ammonia water, 50 ; washing and drying. U. S. P. Properties. — A heavy, grayish-black, lustreless powder ; without odor or taste, and permanent in the air. Insoluble in water or alcohol. Dose. — The antimony sulphides should not be used in medicine. Dose would be twice or thrice that of tartar emetic. Antimonium Sulphuratum. Sulphurated Antimony. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Kermes Mineral. Chiefly antimony trisul- phide (SbjSg), with a very small amount of antimony trioxide. Derivation. — Boil purified antimony sulphide, 100, with solution of soda, 1200. (U. S. P.) Sb,S3 + 4 Na O H = Na ANTIMONY OXIDE 2l3 SbOo + NajSbSj 4- 2 H^O. Strain and add sulphuric acid to the hot liquor as long as precipitation occurs. NaSbOo + Na3SbS3 + 2 H,SO, = Sb,S3 + 2 Na.SO, + 2 H,0. Properties. — An amorphous, reddish-brown powder, becoming lighter in color on exposure to the light, and having neither odor or taste. Insoluble in water or alcohol. Golden Sulphur. (Non-official.) A yellow, insoluble powder, is another compound of antimony, consisting of a mixture of antimony trisulphide and trioxitle. Dose. — Neither kermes mineral nor golden sulphur are suitable for internal use. The dose would be twice or thrice that of tartar emetic. Antimonii Oxidum. Antimony Oxide. Sb.Os. (U. S. P.) [Antimony Trioxide.) Derivation. — Pour a solution of chloride of antimony into water. The oxychloride of antimony is precipitated. Sb CI3 + H,0 = Sb O CI + 2 H CI. The precipitate is treated with carbonate of sodium, and the result is washed and dried. 2 Sb O CI + Na., C O3 = Sb, O3 + 2 Na CI + C O,. Properties. — A heavy, grayish-white powder, without odor or taste, and permanent in the air. Almost insoluble in water and insoluble in alcohol. Dose. — Would be twice that of tartar emetic, but the oxide is inappropriate for internal use. Antimonii et Potassii Tartkas. Antimony and Potassium Tartrate. 2 K (Sbo) C,H,0« + H,0. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Antimonium tartaratum, B.P.; tartar emetic, tartarated antimony, tartarus emeticus, stibio-kali tartaricum, E.; antimonii potassio-tartras, antimonium tartarizatum, tartarus stibiatus, P.G.; tartrate de potasse et d'antimoine emetique, tartre stibie, Fr.; brechweinstein, G. 214 INORGANIC AGENTS Derivation, — Make a paste with cream of tartar, auti- ujony trioxide, and water. Set aside 24 hours, boil in water 15 minutes and crystallize. 2 K HC,H,Oe + Sb„03 = 2 K (SbO) C,H,0, + HA Properties. — Colorless, transparent crystals of the rhom- bic system, becoming opaque and white on exposure to the air ; or a white, granular powder, without odor, and having a sweet, afterwards disagreeable, metallic taste. Soluble in 17 parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol. Dose. — H. & C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); emetic, pigs, gr.iv.-x. (.24-.6) ; D., gr.yV-i^- (.006-.03) ; emetic, D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). PREPARATIONS. Vinum Antimonii. Wine of Antimony. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Vinuni antimoniale, B.P. Antimony and potassium tartrate, 4 gm.; boiling distilled water, 65 Cc; alcohol, 150 Co.; white wine to make 1000 Cc. (U. S. P.) Dose for Dogs. — tti,v.- 3 i. (.3-4.) . Sympus Scillce Compositus. Compound Syrup of Squill. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Hive syrup. Fluid extract of squill, 80 Cc. ; fluid extract of senega, 80 Cc. ; antimony and jjotassium tartrate, 2 gm. ; precipitated calcium phosphate, 10 gm. ; sugar, 750 gm. ; water to make 1000 Cc. Dose for Dog. — tt^v.-xxx. (.3^2.) ACTION OF ANTIMONII ET POTASSII TARTRAS. Tartar emetic is the only antimony compound suitable for internal use. The sulphide and oxide of antimony are insoluble, save in the hydrochloric acid of the gastric juice, and are not so certain or reliable in their action as tartar emetic. Kermes mineral and golden sulphur, containing variable amounts of antimony trisulphide and trioxide, are even more uncertain and unreliable than antimony sulphide or oxide. External. — Tartar emetic is irritant, and when rubbed into the skin produces a pustular eruption and often slough- ing and destruction of tissue. Internal. — Stomach and Bowels. — Tartar emetic is' a gastro-intestinal irritant, causing salivation and nausea in ACTION OF ANTIMONY AND POTASSIUM TARTRATE 215 small doses, vomiting and diarrhoea in large quantities ; while toxic amounts are followed by vomiting (in carnivora), serous or bloody purging, great depression of the cir- culation and respiration, muscular weakness, collapse and death. Uneasiness, nausea, colic and death have been reported in horses only after enormous doses of tartar emetic by the mouth. The horse, and ruminants are comparatively insus- ceptible to the action of tartar emetic. The writer has observed a cow, however, in which nausea and actual vomi- tiou occurred, following a therapeutic dose of kermes mineral in electuary. Tartar emetic is a powerful but slowly acting emetic (attended with a good deal of nausea) in dogs. Tartar emetic has been recovered in the first vomitus following its intravenous injection. It also expels the contents of a bladder artificially replacing the normal stomach. These results go to show that tartar emetic acts both as a specific emetic upon the vomiting centre, and locally as an emetic upon the mucous membrane of the stomach. Tartar emetic is eliminated in great part by the mucous membrane of the alimentary canal. Circulation. — The principal action of antimony is exerted upon the heart and vessels. The heart muscle is weakened and vascular tension markedly lowered by large doses of tartar emetic. This action depends upon the influence of antimony on the cardiac muscle itself, and possibly upon the vagus nerve-endings in the heart. Whether the action upon vascular tension is due to a centric or peripheral vasomotor depression, or is owing to relaxation of the vessel walls themselves, remains undecided. The pulse is reduced in force and frequency by large doses of tartar emetic. Follow- ing lethal amounts, the heart becomes flabby and relaxed, and death occurs in diastolic arrest. The preceding remarks apply only to the action of tartar emetic upon carnivora. Antimony was formerly a very popular drug when general depressant and depletant treatment was in vogue, 216 INORGANIC AGENTS because of its powerfully depressing action upon the circu- lation. Respiratory Organs. — Small doses of antimony increase secretion of bronchial mucus. Toxic amounts weaken the respiratory movement by lowering the functional activity of the respiratory and vagus centres, and cause a copious outpouring of serous and mucous secretion into the bronchial tubes, which has the effect of drowning an animal in his own secretions. This action is only seen in horses after intravenous injection of toxic quantities of tartar emetic. Nervous System. — Large doses of antimony depress the functional activity of the brain and sensory tract of the spinal cord. Larger doses produce loss of reflex action and ansesthesia, owing to the influence of antimony upon the sensory side of the cord ; while in toxic amounts, antimony is a general paralyzant to all the spinal centres and to the motor nerves. This action applies to man and carnivora, and not to horses or ruminants. Muscles. — In carnivora and man, antimony lessens muscular strength and relaxes spasm through its depressing action upon the motor nerves and muscular tissue. Elimination. — Antimony is mainly eliminated by the bowels, but also by the kidneys, bronchial mucous membrane, and other channels. Toxicology. — The symptoms are those described under " Action on the Stomach and Bowels." The pulse is first slow and then rapid and weak. The faecal discharges in man are copious and of the rice water appearance character- istic of Asiatic cholera. If vomiting is not free, zinc sulphate should be given, or the stomach washed out. Tannic acid should be administered as a chemical antidote, together with the use of external heat, alcohol, strychnine and mor- phine subcutaneously, and demulcents by the mouth. Uses External. — Tartar emetic is used in ointment, in the strength of 1-4, over chronically enlarged and rheumatic joints of cattle. It is also employed over the sides of the ACTION OF ANTIMONY AND POTASSIUM TARTRATE 217 chest in cattle, to produce counter-irritation and pustulation in the strength of 1 part to 12 of lard. Internal. — The therapeutic value of tartar emetic is limited mainly to canine practice. Antimony is still pre- scribed largely by the Germans as a general and circulatory depressant and expectorant for horses. General depressant, or anti-stimulant treatment is not ordinarily indicated in inflammatory affections, and even if it were, antimony does not exert such an action in any considerable degree upon horses or ruminants. Aconite is a much more valuable and efficient circulatory depressant than antimony for the horse. There are three indications for antimony in canine practice : 1st, as an emetic ; 2nd, as a general depressant in inflammatory diseases and in strong patients ; 3rd, as an expectorant in acute bronchitis. The first indication is generally attained more promptly and safely by zinc sulphate. The second and third indications may be combined by prescribing antimony in the first, or dry stage of acute bronchitis in dogs, in the form of hive syrup. For example : Syr. Scillfe Co. Sp't's ^ther. Nitrosi aa ^ ss. M. Liq. Aramon. Acetatis .ad 3 iv. S. Teaspoonful every 2 hours. Antimony may be employed as an emetic in bronchitis to clear the stomach and upper part of the respiratory tract of secretions, and to reduce the force and frequency of the heart. Ipecac is, however, a better and safer agent for this purpose, and antimony is generally counter-indicated in the second, or exudative stage of bronchitis. The Germans prescribe tartar emetic very commonly to horses as a parasiticide against round worms and tape worms. Four or five drachms are given in aqueous solution to the fasting animal, and followed by the administration of a dose of oil. 218 INORGANIC AGENTS SECTION VIII. Phosphorus. Phosphorus. Phosphorus. P. (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation. —Digest bones in sulphuric acid, or treat bone ash with sulphuric acid ; filter and evaporate. Ca, (PO,), (bone ash) + 2 H,S O, = Ca H. (P0,)„ (acid calcium phosphate) + 2 Ca So,. Heat acid calcium phosphate, charcoal, and sand to- gether, and distil over phosphorus into water. Heat breaks up Ca H.lPOj^ into Ca (PO3), (calcium metaphosphate) + 2 H^O. Then : 2 Ca (PO3), + 2 SiO, + 10 C = P, + 2 Ca Si O3 + 10 c o. Properties. — A translucent, nearly colorless solid, of a waxy lustre, having at ordinary temperature about the con- sistency of bees' wax. By long keeping, the surface becomes red and occasionally black. It has a distinctive but dis- agreeable odor and taste. It should not be tasted except in a state of great dilution. When exposed to the air it emits white fumes which are luminous in the dark, and have an odor somewhat resembling garlic. On long exposure to the air, it takes fire spontaneously. Insoluble in water, or nearly so ; soluble in 350 parts of alcohol, in 80 parts of ether, in about 50 parts of any fatty oil, and very soluble in chloro- form and carbon disulphide. Besides the official form there are several other allotropic forms of phosphorus, -including the red, or amorphous, the black, and the crystallized metallic phosphorus. Eed phosphorus is non-poisonous, and although it has ' been commonly taught that it is inert, some recent experi- ments have tended to show that its therapeutic value is equal to that of the yellow phosphorus. Dose.—B.., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12) ; C, gr.ii.-iii. (.12-.18) ; Sh. & Sw., gr.-rU-^V (-OOOG-.OOS); D., gr.^-^ (.0006-.003). PHOSPHORUS PREPARATIONS 219 PREPARATIONS. Oleum Phosphor atum. Phosphorated Oil. (U. S. & B. P.) Phosphorus, 1 gni. ; expressed oil of almond and ether, of each a sufficient quantity to make 100 gm. (U. S. P.) Properties. — A clear, yellowish liquid, having the odor of phosphorus and ether. The ether in this preparation evaporates in time and the strength is proportionately, and perhaps dangerously, increased. Dose.— H., 3ii.-iii. (8.-12.); D., mi.-v. (.06-.3). Spiritus Phosphori. Spirit of Phosphorus. (U. S. P.) Phosphorus, 1.2 gm. ; absolute alcohol, a sufficient quantity to make 1000 Cc. Teaspoonful = ^^ of a grain. Dose. — D., TUvii.-xxx. (.42-2.). A saturated solution of phosphorus in alcohol may be made by dis- solving .312 parts of phosphorus in 100 parts of absolute alcohol. Dose.— H., §ss.-i. (15.-30.). ACTION OF PHOSPHORUS. Internal. — All that is certainly known of phosphorus concerns its effect upon the growth of bone. It has been proven experimentally that phosphorus stimulates the formation of bone, making the spongy tissue in the long and short bones thicker, and the compact tissue denser. If lime is abstracted from the food, the new growth of bone is of a gelatinous consistency. Phosphate of lime increases more markedly the earthy constituents of bone. Phosphorus exists to a considerable extent as a component part of nerve tissue, as well as bone, and is to a less degree a constituent of other tissues. It is thought that phosphorus acts as a stimulant to the nutrition of those tissues of which it is a constituent part. In man, large therapeutic doses of phosphorus frequently occasion sexual excitement, increased force and rapidity of the pulse, mental exhilaration and capacity for work. There is abundant clinical evidence to indicate that phosphorus is a nerve stimulant and tonic, but whether it is a general diffusible stimulant is not so certain. The therapeutic action of phosphorus differs decidedly from its toxic effect. Phosphorus enters the blood in part as phosphorus, in the 220 INORGANIC AGENTS form of vapor, and iu solution with fatty matters obtained in the digestive tract. It has everywhere a tendency to unite with oxygen, both within and without the body. It is probably converted in part in the intestines and blood vessels into phosphoretted hydrogen, and becomes further oxidized into phosphoric acid, so that after the ingestion of phosphorus, phosphoretted hydrogen, phosphoric acid and phosphorus may be found in the blood. Neither phosphoric acid, the phosphates nor hypophosphites represent in any sense the action of phosphorus. Phosphoric acid is said to stimulate gastric digestion and resembles in action the phosphates, to which, however, it is therapeutically inferior. The hypophosphites are probably converted in the digestive tract into phosphates. The phosphates generally differ from phosphorus in not being so stimulant to the nervous system, but serve as restoratives iu supplying the constitu- ents essential for the well-being of the various tissues. Phosphate of iron is a constituent of the blood corpuscles, sodium phosphate of blood plasma, potassium phosphate of nerve tissue, magnesium phosphate of muscular tissue, and calcium phosphate of bone. They tend to promote growth and nutrition of these tissues. Toxicology. — The symptoms of poisoning do not ordin- arily appear until some hours after ingestion of toxic doses. Then abdominal pain, nausea and vomiting (in those animals in which it is possible) and purging occur. The breath, vomitus and fsecal discharges may be luminous, and have the odor of phosphorus. There is fever, anorexia and thirst. This condition is followed by an intermission in which the patient appears to be recovering, only to be succeeded by jaundice, nervous symptoms, as delirium, coma and con- vulsions, and death. The urine rarely becomes albuminous in animals, but contains leucin and tyrosin. Phosphorus is largely eliminated in the urine as hypo- phosphoric acid. There is general fatty degeneration of the viscera and muscles. The blood is disorganized, and there are widespread ecchymoses. Jaundice follows closure of ACTION OF PHOSPHOEUS 221 the common, or hepatic duct, or smaller biliary tubules, and disorganization of the blood. There is rapid atrophy of the liver, and phosphorus poisoning in man is often indis- tinguishable during life from acute yellow atrophy of the liver. Chronic poisoning, attended with necrosis of the jaw and other symptoms, and occurring among workers in phos- phorus, is unlikely to occur in the lower animals. Acute poisoning is treated by emptying the stomach with a stomach tube or copper sulphate ; the latter forming an insoluble phosphide of copper. Cathartics should also be administered. Permanganate of potash or hydrogen dioxide should be em- ployed as antidotes, for their oxidizing action. Old turpen- tine is usually recommended as the antidote, but only the French variety is of any value, and that is generally unob- tainable. Demulcents ai)d opium are in order after evacuant and antidotal treatment has been carried out, but oil should never be given in phosphorus poisoning, as it assists the solution and absorption of the poison. fZses.— Phosphorus is indicated as a stimulant to the growth of bone in rhacitis and osteomalacia, as a nerve stimulant and tonic in conditions of nervous exhaustion and impaired vitality, due to excessive activity of the sexual organs or otherwise. It is used empirically in treatment of boils, acne, and psoriasis, and has been prescribed with alleged advantage as a general stimulant in pneu- monia. Administration. — Phosphorus may be given in pill or ball, with cacao butter, or in the official preparations to dogs, and in the saturated alcoholic solutions to horses. Phosphide of zinc represents the action of jdiosphorus, and yields phosphoretted hydrogen in its decomposition in the body. It may be given to dogs (gr.-jijj) in the form of pills. 222 INORGANIC AGENTS SECTION IX. Chlorine. Chlorum. Chlorine. CI. The gas is not official. Aqua Chlori. Chlorine water. (U. S. P.) Sijnonym. — Liquor chlori, B.P.; chlorum solutum, aqua oxymuriatica, solution of chlorine, E.; aqua chlorata, P.G.; eau chloree, chlore liquide, Fr.; chlor-wasser, G. An aqueous solution of chlorine (CI), containing at least 0.4 per cent, of the gas. Derivation. — Generate chlorine gas with hydrochloric acid, 35; water, 25; and manganese dioxide, 10. Heat in flask and pass gas into water. 4 H CI + Mn O, = CL + 2 H,0 + MnCL. Properties. — A clear, greenish-yellow liquid, having the suffocating odor and disagreeable taste of chlorine, and leaving no residue on evaporation. Incompatible with salts of silver and lead. The preparation deteriorates on keeping. Dose. — Not used internally. The B. P. preparation contains 0.6 per cent, of chlorine. Calx Chlorata. Chlorinated Lime. Ca CLO,, Ca CL. (U. s. p.) Synonym. — Calx chlorinata, B. P.; calcaria chlorata, P. G.; chloris calcicus, chloruretum calcis, calcii hypochloris, chloride of lime, hypochloride of calcium, bleaching powder, E.; chlorure de chaux, poudre de Tennant, ou de Knox, Fr.; chlorkalk, bleichkalk, G. A preparation often improperly called " chloride of lime." It should contain not less than 35 per cent, of avail- able chlorine. Derivation. — Pass chlorine gas over calcium hydrate, SOLUTION OP CHLORINATED SODA 223 when chlorinated lime, a mixture of calcium chloride and hypochlorite, results. 2 Ca 0,H, + 2 CL = Ca C10„ Ca CI2 + 2 H3O. It may also be regarded as a mixture of lime and chlorine. 2 Ca O^H, + 2 CL = 2 Ca O, 2 CL -f 2 H,0. Projjerties. — A white, or grayish-white granular powder, exhaling the odor of hypochlorous acid, having a repulsive saline taste, and becoming moist and gradually decompos- ing on exposure to air. In water or in alcohol it is only par- tially soluble. It evolves chlorine on exposure to the air or on addition of an acid. Chlorinated lime possesses an alkaline reaction and bleaching properties. , Dose. — Only of value externally. PREPARATIOX. Liquor Calcis Chlormatce. Solution of Chlorinated Lime. (B. P.) Contains 1 lb. to the gallon of water, or 13 grains of chlorine gas to the ounce. Liquor SoDiE Chloratje. Solution of Chlorinated Soda. . (U. s. p.) Synonym. — Liquor sodse chlorinatse, B. P.; Labarraque's solution, E. An aqueous solution of several chlorine com- pounds of sodium, containing at least 2.6 per cent., by weight, of available chlorine. Derivation. — A solution of sodium carbonate, 150 ; chlo- rinated lime, 75 ; in water to make 1,000. Properties. — A clear, pale, greenish liquid, having a faint odor of chlorine and a disagreeably alkaline taste. Dose. — Only of value externally. action and uses of chlorine. Chlorine gas, in the presence of organic matter and moisture, unites with the hydrogen of water and sets free nascent oxygen. When chlorine comes in contact with sul- phuretted hydrogen, it removes and destroys the compound. Chlorine is thus a powerful oxidizing disinfectant agent and deodorizer. One-quarter of 1 per cent, of chlorine in solution is an effective germicide. When chlorine gas is 224: INORGANIC AGENTS inhaled undiluted, it is an irritant to the respiratory tract, producing sometimes spasm of the glottis, or severe bron- chitis, and at other times a condition of narcotism, with death from paralysis of the respiratory center. In dilute form it is stimulant, antiseptic, and deodorant in relation to the body. Chlorine gas may be generated from salt and black oxide of manganese, 1 part each ; with commercial sulphuric acid and water, 2 parts each. Bacteria are killed after three hours' exposure to a moist atmosphere containing 1 per cent, of chlorine gas. Chlorine maybe used to advantage in this manner as a sub- stitute for sulphur fumigation. Chlorine water is employed, well diluted, for the same purposes and with the same results as the solution of chlorinated soda. Chlorinated lime varies much in strength. To be of any value it should be so irritating to the eyes that it cannot be held near the face. It owes its medicinal value to the hypochlorite of lime which it contains. If the compound is very moist, it is because calcium chloride preponderates. Chlorinated lime is often employed as a deodorizer, standing about premises in vessels, but is of no practical value unless it comes directly in contact with bacteria or sulphuretted compounds which it is desirable to destroy. Ifc is the best and cheapest germ destroyer we possess for disinfecting premises and other appurtenances, apart from the body, as walls and floors of buildings, fsecal and other discharges, sewers, privies and cesspools. A 10 per cent, solution is to be em- ployed on the floors, walls and other parts of buildings. The pure compound may be mixed with manure and dis- charges. Even a 1 per cent, solution is germicidal, and may be employed to wash blankets, harness and other parapher- nalia. It is said not to harm woolen or cotton fabrics, in the latter solution. One or two pounds of chlorinated lime is a useful disinfectant when put in privy vaults once a week. One or two ounces of chlorinated lime will render drinkable 65 gallons of putrid, bad smelling water, after a BROMINE 225 few hours have elapsed for precipitation following the use of the compound. Upon the body, a 2 or 3 per cent, solution of chlorinated lime is employed as a stimulant, deodorant, and antiseptic, for decubitus, foul-smelling and gangrenous sores, severe burns and indolent ulcers. It is used in 10 per cent, solution as a parasiticide in ringworm and scabies. A 1 per cent, solution forms a valuable wash in ulcerative stomatitis. Chlorinated lime may be prescribed, with an equal amouut of lard, upon ulcers when a stimulat- ing action is desired. Its internal administration is undesir- able. The solution of chlorinated soda is a slight caustic, deodorizer and antiseptic preparation oii indolent, sloughing, foul-smelling surfaces. It may be prescribed in sore throat, or ozoena, as a spray, or injected into the uterus, vagina or rectum. It is commonly diluted with 8 to 10 parts of water. Bromine. Bromum. Bromine. Br. Derivation. — From seaweed and mineral springs. Properties. — Heavy, dark, brownish-red liquid, volatiliz- ing with the production of an irritating vapor. Soluble in 30 parts of water, and readily soluble in alcohol and ether. Of no value in veterinary medicine. PoTASSii Bromidum. Potassium Bromide. K Br. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Kalium bromatum, P.G.; bromkalium, G. Derivation. — Obtained from liquor potassae, bromine, and charcoal by the same process described in making potassium iodide (p. 232). Properties. — Colorless, or white, cubical crystals, or granules ; odorless, and having a pungent, saline taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in about 1.6 parts of. water and in 200 parts of alcohol. 226 INORGANIC AGENTS Dosc—B.. & C, Si.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.);D.,gr.v.-3i. (.3-4). SoDii Bromidum. Sodium Bromide. Na Br. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Bromure de sodium, Fr.; bromnatrium, G. Derivation. — Similar to potassium bromide. Liquor sodse is used instead of liquor potassa). Properties. — Colorless, or white, cubical crystals, or a white, granular powder ; odorless, and having a saline, slightly bitter taste. From air the salt attracts moisture without deliquescing. Soluble in 1.2 parts of water, and in 13 parts of alcohol. Dose. — Same as potassium bromide. action of the bromides. External. — None. Internal. — In a large, single dose, the bromides cause in horses muscular weakness, dulness and staggering gait. The pulse is weakened and the respiration slowed. The urine is increased in quantity and sexual desire diminished. Bromism may be produced in man, or the lower animals, by the continuous administration of the bromides. This condi- tion is characterized by general weakness and unsteady gait, mental dulness, indigestion, cutaneous anaesthesia, loss of sexual power, and occasionally an acneform eruption. Death has never been caused in man by the bromides. Nervous System. — The bromides are essentially depres- sant to nerve tissue. Therapeutically, this depressing action is seen particularly in relation to the motor centres of the cerebral cortex, and in lessening reflex action. The whole nervous system is depressed, but the motor tract in the brain and the sensory nerves are the first to succumb to the influence of the bromides. Intellection is clouded, and dul- ness and mental apathy are observed in man after large ACTION OF THE BROMIDES 227 amounts. Reflex action is diminished owing to the depres- sing effect of the bromides upon the afferent nerves and reflex centres. Finally, with the continuous administration of large doses the motor area of the spinal cord, the motor nerves, and muscles fall under the depressing action of these agents. Circulation. — Potassium bromide is a powerful depres- sant to the heart in toxic doses. In the smaller animals, therapeutic amounts exert no appreciable effect upon the circulation. The depressing action of potassium bromide upon the heart is due partly to potassium and partly to bromine. The other bromides are less depressant, and it is safer to administer sodium bromide when large doses of these salts are desirable. The old idea that the beneficial action of the bromides, in relieving nervous excitability and in causing sleep, was due to the production of vasomotor spasm and cerebral anaemia, is now exploded. Temperature. — The temperature falls, following the action of toxic amounts of the bromides, owing to vasomotor paralysis, vascular dilatation, and consequent loss of heat. Kidneys.— ^oih. the amount of urine and the quantity of urea are increased by large doses of bromides. Sexual Organs. — The bromides diminish sexual desire and power. In so doing they either act upon the spinal centres or lessen peripheral sensibility of the genito-urinary tract. Bletabolism. — Carbonic dioxide elimination is notably decreased by the "action of large doses of potassium bromide, while nitrogenous elimination from the kidneys is increased. It is therefore doubtful whether tissue change is increased or diminished. Elimination. — The bromides are eliminated by all chan- . nels and are found in the sweat, urine, milk, saliva, intestinal secretions, etc. Uses Internal. — The bromides, being particularly useful in the treatment of functional nervous diseases, do not pos- sess nearly the value in veterinary medicine that they have 228 INORGANIC AGENTS in human practice. Moreover, their use is limited mainly to canine disorders, as bromides have little influence upon diseases of horses. Bromides are especially indicated in irritation of the motor area of the cerebral cortex (convulsions), in general nervous excitability, and in conditions due to exalted reflex action in dogs. The bromides are indeed the best agents we can use to cure fits or convulsions in dogs. They should be combined with chloral and given, if necessary, per rectum. The bromides are useful in canine chorea, in connection with Fowler's Solution. With chloral the bromides are antidotes to strychnine poisoning. Sexual excitement in dogs may be allayed by the bromides. The bromides are occasionally of value in reflex cough, palpitation of the heart, and asthma, but are inferior to other agents in these disorders. Potassium bromide is recommended in the treatment of tetanus of the horse, but opium, belladona and cannabis indica are generally more effectual. If the bromides are used they should be given with chloral. Iodine. loDUM. Iodine. I. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — lodinum, U. S. P. 1870; iodum, P. G.; iode, Fr.; jod., G. Derivation. — Iodine is a non-metallic elemeut, existing in combination in the animal, vegetable and mineral king- doms. It occurs in seaweed, from which it is obtained by distillation. It is also mined in the form of iodates and iodides. Properties. — Iodine occurs in heavy, bluish-black, dry and friable rhombic plates, having a metallic lustre, a distinctive odor, and sharp, acid taste. It is soluble in 5,000 parts of water, and in 10 parts of alcohol ; very soluble in ether and in solutions of potassium iodide. Iodine volatilizes on heating, with the formation of a. IODINE 229 a purple vapor. Witli starcli, iodine forms an insoluble blue compound. Dose.—li. & C, 3ss.-i. (2.-4); Sh. & Sw., gr.x.-xx- (.6-1.3). Not often used in solid state. PRKPARATIONS. Liquor lodi Compositus. Compound Solution of Iodine. (Lugol's Solution.) (U. S. P.) Iodine, 5; potassium iodide, 10; water to make 100. (1-20). i)ose.— H. & C, 3ii-iv. (8.-15.) D., mii-x. (.12-.6). Should be given in one quart of water to the larger animals. Tinctura lodi. (U.S. P.) Iodine, 70; alcohol to make 1,000. Dose.— H. & C, 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D. mi.-v. (.06-.3). Tinctura lodi. (B. P.) Dose. — Same as U. S. P. tincture. TJnguentuvi lodi. 1-25. (U. S. P.) Too weak for most veterinary purposes. Action External. — Iodine is an irritant upon the skin and mucous membranes. The yellow stain produced by iodine may be removed by ammonia water, alkalies and sodium hyposulphite. It is exceedingly doubtful whether iodine is absorbed through the unbroken skin, but it is thought to have a special resolvent and alterative action over and above that of other counter irritants. Whether this be true or not, its easy mode of application makes it a very convenient irritant for local uses. Action Internal. — Iodine produces gastro-intestinal irri- tation and inflammation in large doses; and in toxic quanti- ties induces colic, vomiting — in animals capable of the act, — purging and salivation. The pulse becomes rapid and weak; there is often suppression of urine, and occasionally nephritis. Widespread fatty degeneration has been found after fatal poisoning in the lower animals. If there is much starchy material in the bowels, the faecal discharges may 230 INORGANIC AGENTS be of a bluish color. Aphrodisiac action has been noted in man, following small doses of iodine. The treatment of acute poisoning is embraced in the use of starch by the mouth, or raw eggs, external heat; strychnine, alcohol, and atropine subcutaneously. Chronic poisoning by iodine, or iodisni, in man, commonly causes symptoms analogous to a severe cold in the head, with pain over the frontal sinus, sore thoat, running at the eyes and nose, gastric indigestion, together with an acneform, and occasionally purpuric, or furuncular eruption. These more frequent symptoms of iodism occur as well after the administration of potassium iodide as after that of iodine, but other rarer effects, such as wasting of the testes and mammary glands, and nervous disorders, e. g., neuralgic pains and convulsions, are hardly ever observed following the use of potassium iodide. It is evident that the physio- logical effects of iodine and potassium iodide are somewhat different ; and clinical experience shows that the therapeutic value of the metalloid differs in some respects from that of the salt. It is not definitely known in what form iodine exists in the body, after its ingestion, although it is usually taught that it is converted into an iodide. Both iodine and potassium iodide are readily absorbed from mucous mem- branes, and are fouud in all the tissues and fluids of the body. Iodine 'is eliminated, to a great extent as an iodide, probably of sodium, by the usual channels, as well as by the mucous membranes. The kidneys eliminate the greater amount, but iodine is found in the saliva and gastric juice after it has ceased to be present in the urine. Experiments concerning the action of iodine upon the kidneys and circu- lation, yield conflicting results, although the nitrogenous elements in the urine usually appear to be increased by its administration. Uses External. — Iodine is of most value applied exter- nally, or locally, while potassium iodide is administered internally because it is not irritating to the digestive organs. Although potassium iodide does not exactly represent the IODINE 231 action of iodine, yet it is usually preferable for the reason just stated. Potassium iodide renders iodine soluble and l^revents its precipitation in fluids within and without the body; it is therefore combined with iodine, when concen- trated solutions are desirable. Six parts of potassium iodide and twelve parts of iodine are added to one hundred parts of water, or ointment, to make a suitable counter-irritant preparation for the horse. A useful tincture for veterinary purposes contains 15 parts of iodine and 18 parts of potas- sium iodide in 100 parts of alcohol. Iodine is employed in aqueous and alcoholic solution, or in ointment, as above, either painted upon or rubbed into the skin over enlarged glands, rheumatic swellings about the joints, or upon the chest in chronic pleuritis. It is also of value in strains, bruises, periostal inflammation and muscular rheumatism. In the horse, seA'ere sprains and inflammation of joints, bones, and periosteum are treated more satisfactorily by blistering agents. Iodine is a valuable disinfectant and parasiticide, particularly in ringworm and favus in dogs, when the tincture is applied locally. Iodine is applied externally, in the form of the tincture, on patches of chronic mange, eczema, and psoriasis. Iodine is often recommended for erysipelas, but is infe- rior to ichthyol for this purpose. Iodine is injected into joints, synovial sacs, abscesses, and cavities of the body to promote healing through its antiseptic and irritant action ; to cause adhesive inflammation, and in this manner to close cavities and to prevent the accumulation of fluids in them. The ofiicial tincture is commonly used for injections. The tincture of iodine may be injected undiluted directly into the substance of enlarged glands, in amounts varying from 15 to 30 drops, to assist their absorption. If the tinc- ture is injected into the subcutaneous tissue, abscess may ensue. Ozoena may be treated to advantage by irrigation with a solution containing one drachm of the tincture of iodine to the pint of normal salt solution. In inflammation of the upper air passages, iodine is sometimes beneficial as 232 INORGANIC AGENTS a stimulant aiul antiseptic inhalatiou, whicli is produced by adding one-half a drachm of iodine to the ])int of boiling water. Uses Internal. — Iodine is thought to act more satisfac- torily than potassium iodide in the treatment of diabetes- insipidus or polyuria of the horse, in which it often appears to be a specific. Administration. — Iodine may be combined with gentian and iron in the form of a ball, as recommended by Finlay Dun, or better, as Lugol's Solution, which is less irritating and more active. PoTASSii loDiDUM. Potassium lodide. KI. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Jodkalium, G. Derivation. — Iodine is dissolved in hot liquor potassse. 6I + 6KOH =5KI + KIO3 + 3 H,0. The evapo- rated residue is heated with charcoal to remove O from K I O3 (Potassium lodate). KIO3 + 3 C = KI + 3 C O. The result is purified by crystallization. Properties.— Potassium iodide occurs in colorless, trans- parent or translucent, cubical crystals ; or as a white, gra- nular powder, having a slight odor of iodine, and a bitter, saline taste. Permanent in dry air, but slightly delique- scent in moist air. It is soluble in 0.75 part of water; in 18 parts of alcohol, and 2.5 parts of glycerin. Dose.—R., 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); C, 3 vi. (24.); Sh. k Sw., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); D., gr.ii.-x. (.12-.6). PREPARATION. Unguentum Potassii lodide (12 per cent.) (U. S. P.) Unimportant in veterinary practice. SoDii loDiDUM. Sodium lodide. Na I. (U. S. & B. P.; Synonym. — lodure de sodium, Fr.; jodnatrum, G. Derivation. — Made from sodium hydrate in the same manner as potassium iodide. SYRUP OF HYDRIODIC ACID 233 Properties. — Occurs in colorless, cubical crystals, or as a white, crystalline powder, without odor, and having a bitter, saline taste. Soluble in .6 part of water and in 3 parts of alcohol. Dose. — Same as potassium iodide. Syeupus Acidi Hydriodici. Syrup of Hydriodic Acid. (U. s. p.) Contains 1.3 per cent, of H I. Derivation. — Potassium iodide, 13 ; potassium hypophos- phite, 1 ; tartaric acid, 12 ; water, 15 ; diluted alcohol and syrup, of each a sufficient quantity to make 1,000. Projjerties. — A colorless, odorless, syrupy liquid, of a sweet, acid taste. Dose.— D., ULxv.- 3 i. (1.-4.) Action External. — Potassium iodide is not absorbed un- less rubbed into the skin with fat, and is not a local irritant, and therefore posseses very little value as an external appli- cation. Action Internal. — Potassium iodide and iodine are both described by that unsatisfactory term, alterative. In certain diseases, as in rheumatism, iodine and the iodides alter nutrition and cause absorption of exudates in some unknown manner ; hence the term alterative. In addition to this action, jDotassium iodide forms soluble compounds with the lead and mercui-y salts, and hastens elimination in poison- ing by these metals. It is often taught that potassium iodide liberates iodine in the tissues, and that the latter forms soluble compounds with albumin, which are then readily eliminated ; thus explaining the effect of potassium iodide in aiding resolution of morbid exudation and inflam- matory thickenings. This action has yet to be definitely determined, and we do not know certainly how either iodine or potassium iodide exert their influence upon nutrition. Potassium iodide is absorbed and eliminated within a few minutes. 234 INORGANIC AGENTS Unes Internal. — Potassium iodide is useful in causing ab- sorption of enlarged, lymphatic glands, and its action should be assisted by the application of iodine or red mercuric iodide externally. Potassium iodide, in small doses, dimin- ishes congestion and increases the fluidity and amount of secretion in acute laryngitis, acute and subacute bronchitis, and appears to possess an alterative action in improving the condition and nutrition of the bronchial mucous membranes. It resembles ammonium chloride in the latter respect. It is also of value in chronic bronchitis, unassociated with copious secretion. Chronic pleuritis, pericarditis, and ascites are treated vv^ith potassium iodide, which assists absorption, and occasionally exerts a diuretic effect. Tardy resolution of pneumonic consolidation is hastened by potassium iodide. Endocarditis with cardiac hypertrophy is said to be bene- fited by potassium iodide and digitalis. Champignon, or scirrhus cord of horses, is sometimes cured by the sorbefacient powers of potassium iodide in full doses. " Roaring, or thick wind," due to a thickened con- dition of the laryngeal mucous membrane, or, more com- monly, to pressure of enlarged lymphatic glands upon the recurrent laryngeal nerve, — when of recent origin, ^may be cured by the administration of potassium iodide. Potassium iodide is the best remedy known for actinomycosis. It should be given to the larger animals in doses of 3 drachms daily, or in the same dose as Lugol's Solution. Potassium iodide is one of the many remedies prescribed in chronic rheumatism. Summary. — Iodine and potassium iodide resemble one another in many respects. Iodine is a local irritant, potas- sium iodide is not. The known physiological action of potassium iodide and iodine does not explain their medi- cinal uses. In combating certain diseases, in an inexpli- cable manner, they are known as alteratives. In man, iodine is superior to potassium iodide in the treatment of scrofula. In the horse, iodine is considered of more value in the treatment of diabetes insipidus ; while in both man and IODOFORM 235 the lower animals, potassium iodide is regarded as more valuable in clironic rheumatism. The action of iodine in benefiting local disorders, when applied externally, is due to its counter irritant effect, rather than to absorption. Administration. — Potassium iodide is given in solution. Sodium iodide and syrup of hydriodic acid are simply sub- stitutes for potassium iodide. loDOPORMUM. Iodoform. C H I3. (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation. — Alcohol, potassium carbonate, iodine, and water are heated together. C„HeO + 2 KHCO3 + 81 = 2 CHI3 4- 2 KI + 2 CO, + 3 H,b. Iodoform contains over 90 per cent, of iodine. Properties. — Small, lemon-yellow, lustreless crystals of the hexagonal system ; having a peculiar and very penetrat- ing persistent odor, somewhat resembling that of saffron and iodine, and an unpleasant and slightly sweetish and iodine-like taste. Very slightly soluble in water ; soluble in 52 parts of alcohol, and in 5.2 parts of ether. Very soluble in chloroform, benzine, fixed and volatile oils. PREPARATION. Unguentum lodofornii. Ointment of Iodoform (1-10). (U. S. &B. P.) Action External. — Iodoform is an antiseptic, local anaes- thetic, stimulant, protective, and dessicant agent. While many forms of bacteria will grow in iodoform, it is never- theless a very valuable antiseptic. The antiseptic properties seem to be brought out by its decomposition when iodine is set free, and this decomposition goes on more readily in the presence of bacterial growth — in animal tissues and fluids — attended by the formation of toxins. Iodoform is particu- larly useful in septic and suppurating wounds. When applied over extensive surfaces absorption and poisoning may occur. The symptoms of iodoform poisoning are most diverse. The writer has had the fortune, or misfortune, 236 INORGANIC AGENTS to observe a case of fatal poisoning following abdominal section and packing of the pelvic cavity with iodoform gauze. Symptoms of gastro-intestinal irritation are seen in poisoning in dogs, as vomiting and diarrhcea, together with nervous symptoms, as convulsions, stupor and sleep. The pulse may be very rapid or infrequent; the temperature high or normal. Iodine is eliminated in the urine in iodo- form poisoning and can easily be discovered by the starch test. General fatty degeneration of the internal organs is found after death. The local dessicant effect of iodoform on raw surfaces assists the antiseptic action, and the local anaesthetic properties combine to make iodoform the best antiseptic powder we possess, barring the odor. Action Internal. — The internal action of iodoform pos- sesses no therapeutic value. Care must be observed to prevent animals licking off iodoform from the surface of the body. One drachm will poisou a dog weighing ten pounds. Elimination. — Iodoform is eliminated in the form of iodine, iodates, and iodides, by all the secretions. Uses External. — Iodoform is chiefly of value applied over suppurating and septic surfaces, sores, and ulcers, where it hinders the growth of bacteria, stimulates un- healthy granulations, relieves pain, possibly neiitralizes toxins, and certainly produces a vile odor. For this reason ■one of its substitutes should be employed when an antisep- tic powder is desirable for use upon dogs living in or about dwellings. Iodoform is commonly employed in its purity. It may be mixed in any proportion with boric acid, or with tannic acid (1-8), for its astringent effect. Combined with collodion (1-15), it forms a useful dressing for sealing small wounds or abrasions upon the hands. The augesthetic action of iodoform is taken advantage of to relieve pain in fissure of the rectum, and haemorrhoids. Zuill recommends the following combination by insufflation in the early stages of inflammation of the frontal sinuses : Iodoform, Magnesia, Silver Nitrate — eqiial parts. lODOL 237 Three grains may be used in suppositories for the smaller animals. Iodoform may cause healing in abscess — injected into the cavity with glycerin — (1-10), using 2-4 drachms of the mixture for smaller animals, or 1 ounce for the larger animals. Iodoform is very efficacious in the treatment of local tubercular lesions. Iodoform combined with lard or oil (1-10), is an excellent agent for burns which are not so extensive as to endanger the patient through absorption and iodoform poisoning. loDOLUM. lodol. CJ^ NH. (Non-official.) Synonym. — Tetraiodopyrrol. Derivation. — Action of iodine on pyrrol in solution in alcohol. Contains 88.9 per cent, of iodine. Properties. — Crystalline, shining, yellow-brown powder. Tasteless and odorless. Practically insoluble in water; sol- uble in 3 parts of alcohol, and in ether and fatty oils. The surgical use of iodol has led to poisoning through absorp- tion, but the latter is so slow that the danger is exceedingly slight. Iodol is suitable for all purposes in which iodoform is indicated. ^ It is too expensive, for general use, but is preferable for application to dogs, on account of its lack of odor. Aristolum. Aristol. C„„ H.,, Oj I^. (Non-official.) Synonym. — Dithymol diiodide. Derivation. — Made by the action of thymol in a solution of sodium hydroxiile, on iodine, dissolved in a solution of potassium iodide. Contains 45.8 per cent, of iodine. Properties. — Light reddish, or tawny-brown crystalline powder. Possesses peculiar iodine-like odor, and is insol- uble in water, soluble in ether, fats, and slightly soluble in alcohol. Aristol is inferior as an antiseptic to either 238 INORGANIC AGENTS iodoform or iodol. It is used with some benefit in dry skin diseases, as psoriasis, in powder or ointment. Other antiseptic dusting powders include acetanilid, bismuth sub- nitrate, salol, and boric acid. Acetanilid has been shown by Langdon Frothingham to be a good anti-bacterial agent. It is cheap and may be applied pure, and it is an efficient substitute for iodoform. A few cases of poisoning have been reported following its extensive surgical use. Bismuth subnitrate and salol may induce poisoning when used over large surfaces. They are dessicants and feeble antiseptics. Boric acid is harmless and mildly antiseptic. SECTION X. Sulphur. Official "Varieties. Sulphur Sublimatum. Sublimed Sulphur. S. (U.S.&B.P.) Synomjm. — Flowers of sulphur, flores sulphuris, E.; fleurs (creme) de soufre, Fr.; schwefelblumeu, schwefel- bliithe, G. Derivation. — Obtained from native sulphur by sublim- ation. Properties. — A fine, yellow powder, having a slightly characteristic odor and a faintly acid taste. Insoluble in water ; slightly soluble in absolute alcohol ; more readily soluble in benzine, benzol, oil of turpentine and many other oils ; also in ether, chloroform, and in boiling, aqueous solutions of alkaline hydrates. PREPARATIONS. Sulphur Lotum. Washed Sulphur. S. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym.— Sulphur depuratum, flores sulphuris loti, P. G.; soufre lave, Fr. ; gereinigte schv^efelblumen, G. SULPHUR 239 Derivation. — Obtained from sublimed sulphur which is treated with diluted ammonia water to wash out sulphurous and sulphuric and other impurities. Properties. — A fine, yellow powder, without odor or taste. Solu- bility, same as sublimed sulphur. Pulvis Olycyrrhizce Compositus, Compound Powder of Glycyrrhiza. (U. S. P.) Senna, 180; glycyrrhiza, 236; washed sulphur, 80; oil of fennel, 4; sugar, 500. Dose. — Dogs (laxative), 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). Unguentuvi Sulphuris. Sulphur Ointment. (U. S. P.) Washed suljihur, 300; benzoinated lard, 700. Unguentuvi Sulphuris. (B. P.) (Half strength of U. S. P.) Sulphur Prcecipitatum. Precipitated Sulphur. S. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Lao (magisterium) sulphuris, milk of sulphur, E.; soufre precipite, lait de soufre, Fr.; Schwefelmilch, G. Derivation. — Obtained from a solution of sublimed sulphur, 100; in boiling calcium hydrate, 50; by i^recipation with hydrochloric acid. Calcium sulphide and hyposulphite are formed. 12 S + 8 Ca O2H2 = 2 Ca S5 + Ca S^ O3 + 3 H^O. Then: 2 CaSs + Ca S^ O3 + 6 H CI = 8 Ca CU + 12 S + 3 HoO. Dose (of sublimed, washed or precipitated sulphur). — H. & C, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); D., 3 ss.-iv. (2.-15.). Larger doses laxative; smaller for constitutional action. Precipitated sulphur is the best preparation for inter- nal use, as it occurs in a finer state of division and is more readily acted upon by the digestive juices. It may contain traces of sulphides or sulphuretted hydrogen, owing to the method of preparation. Action External. — Sulphur has no action upon the skin when applied in the pure state. The ointment is the most effective agent in destoying acari which produce mange, grease, and scab. Sulphur does not kill acari as readily as a sulphide which is formed by the addition of an alkali. 240 INORGANIC AGENTS "When sulphur ointment is rubbed into the skin it causes considerable irritation and an artificial eczema. Sulphur is converted into sulphuretted hydrogen and sulphurous acid by living tissue, and this transformation may occur to some extent when sulphur is rubbed into the skin with fat. Action Internal. — Digestive Organs. — Sulphur is not acted upon by the stomach, but is somewhat dissolved by the alkaline intestinal juices, and converted in part into sulphides and sulphuretted hydrogen. The sulphides, together with sulphuretted hydrogen, are absorbed into the blood. Minute traces of sulphuretted hydrogen are eli- minated by the lungs and skin, while oxidation of sulphur also occurs in the body, as there is an increased secretion of urinary sulphuric acid and sulphates. The sulphides and sulphuretted hydrogen act as laxatives, and in all probability sulphur itself exerts a mild, mechanical irritation upon the bowels. Peristaltic motion and intestinal secre- tions are both slightly increased. The fsecal discharges are soft and pasty, and offensive flatus containing sulphuretted hydrogen escapes from the intestines after the administra- tion of sulphur. Constitutional Action. — Sulphur acts remotely during its elimination in stimulating the functions of the skin and respiratory mucous membranes, — so-called alterative action. Sulphur causes disorganization of the blood, and depresses and paralyzes nervous and muscular tissue after the continuous administration of colossal doses. Ordinary therapeutic quantities of sulphur have no effect of this kind. Uses External. — Sulphur is mainly of service externally as a local stimulant and parasiticide in skin diseases. The female acarus, which produces mange (acariasis), bores under the epidermis and lays her eggs in the burrows, while the male insect remains upon the surface. It is essential, there- fore, to remove the epidermis in order to expose the ova and female to the action of sulphur. The hair should be SULPHUR 241 first shaved and the parts soaked and scrubbed with green soap and wat^r. All cloths or brushes used in this opera- tion should be burned or disinfected by boiling. Sulphur acts most efficiently in ointment, as fat fills up the burrows and deprives the insects of air. The official ointment is used in mange, but a combination with an alkali is more serviceable, unless there is active irritation of the skin, or eczema. The following ointment is recommended : Sulphur 2 parts. Potassium carbonate 1 part. Lard 8 parts. In obstinate cases of ringworm or mange, the prepara- tion mentioned by Brunton is of value. This consists of one part each of sulphur and oil of cade, with two parts each of green soap and lard. True mange in the dog, if extensive and of long duration, is practically incurable by any drug. Sulphur ointment is of benefit in chronic eczema and acne, for its local stimulant and alterative action. Uses Internal. — Sulphur is commonly used for its laxa- tive action in the treatment of young animals and dogs suffering with constipation and haemorrhoids. It may be of service in chronic bronchitis with copious secretion. Sul- phur is frequently prescribed internally for its action in chronic diseases of the skin, and is thought to exert a bene- ficial alterative action. Sulphur is also recommended in chronic rheumatism. Disw/edant Action. — When sulphur undergoes combus- tion, sulphurous anhydride (S0)„ is evolved, and the latter combining with water forms sulphurous acid. SO,, + H,,0 = H,S03. Sulphurous acid, and, in a less degree, sulphurous anhydride, are germicidal, and are in common use as disin- fectants. Bacteriological experiments, however, show that sulphur fumigation, as ordinarily employed for disinfection, is of little worth for destroying disease germs. Disinfection. by formaldehyde or chlorine gas is to be preferred. Sole 242 INOKGANIC AGENTS reliance should never be placed upon sulphur fumigation, but premises should be treated as recommended in the section on antiseptics and disinfectants (p. 693.) In employing sulphur as a disinfectant, animals must be removed from the premises and communication with the outer air should be excluded as far as possible. Three pounds of roll or flowers of sulphur, mixed with 2 ounces of alcohol, should be employed for every 1,000 cubic feet of air space to be disinfected. The premises which are being disinfected should be closed for six hours. Alcohol is employed to ignite the sulphur and also to form steam by its combustion. The latter unites with sulphurous anhydride to make the more potent sulphurous acid. If steam can be introduced into the apartment, together with sulphur fumes, the effect is vastly more efficient. The sulphur and alcohol may be placed in an iron or earthen- ware vessel, floating in a tub of water to avoid danger of fire. The sulphur not infrequently fails to burn freely, and combustion is secured more certainly by placing flowers of sulphur with alcohol in an iron vessel which should rest upon a stand in a large iron pot. A lighted alcohol lamp is then put under the smaller iron vessel, containing the sul- phur, and the lamp is ignited. The lamp insures complete combustion of the sulphur and the outer iron pot prevents the surrounding premises from catching fire. Sulphurous anhydride has been employed for its local antiseptic and stimulant action, in inflammatory diseases of the upper air passages in horses. For this purpose it is burned in such quantities that the vapor is capable of being inspired because largely diluted with air. With such dilu- tion the antiseptic action is lost, and there is danger of producing considerable irritation, and the procedure is of doubtful value. The same treatment has been pursued in verminous bronchitis of lambs and calves, caused by the Strongylus filaria and S. micrurus. Local treatment, with tracheal injection, is more efficient. SULPHUEOUS ACID 243 AciDUM SuLPHUROSUM. Sulpliurous Acid. HoSOj. (U. S. & B. p.) Synonym. — Acide sulfureux, Fr.; scliwefelige saure, G. Derivation. — Cliarcoal, 20, and sulphuric acid, 80, are heated together and the sulphurous anhydride evolved is passed into water. 4 H, SO, + 2 C = 4 SO, + 2 CO, -^ 4 H,0. 4 SO, + 4 H,0 = 4 H,S03. Properties. — A colorless liquid of the characteristic odor of burning sulphur, and of a very acid, sulphurous taste. It «hould contain not less than 6.4 per cent., by weight, of sul- phurous anhydride, and not more than 93.6 per cent, of water. Dose.—B.. & a, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii- (4.-8.); D., 3ss.-ii. (2.-8.). Actions and Uses. — Sulphurous acid decomposes organic matter, abstracts oxygen, and is transformed into sulphuric acid. The amount of sulphuric acid formed from the medi- cinal solution is not sufficient to interfere with its action in or upon the body. Sulphurous acid is a deodorant, deoxi- dizer, parasiticide and disinfectant externally. Solutions (1-4) are used as local stimulant and antiseptic applications to wounds, ulcers, or sores with foul discharges, and to kill the fungus growths producing ringworm. Sulphurous acid is employed as an antiseptic in indi- gestion, associated with flatulence, and has the same effect and value as the sulphites and hyposulphites which are ■used for the same purposes. PoTASSA SuLPHURATA. Sulphurated Potassa. (U.S. & B.P.) Synonym. — Potassii sulphuretum, potassii sulphidum liver of sulphur., E.; foie de soufre, Fr.; kalischwefel- leber, G. Derivation. — Powdered and dried potassium carbonate, 200, is mixed with sublimed sulphur, and heated in a cru- cible. Potassa sulphurata is a mixture of potassium hypo- sulphite and sulphide. 3 K,C O^ -f 8 S = K„S.03 + 2 K.,S, + 3 CO,. ' " ' , 244 INORGANIC AGENTS Properties. — Irregular pieces of a liver-brown color, which by exposure to the air gradually absorb moisture, oxj'gen, and carbouic dioxide, and change to greenish-yellow and finally to a gray mass containing potassium carbonate, hyposulphite and sulphate. The compound has a faint odor of hydrogen sulphide, and a bitter alkaline taste. Soluble in 2 parts of water, with the exception of a small residue. Dose.—K. & C, 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.ii.-x. (.12-.6). Action Internal. — Sulphurated potassa has practically the same action as sulphur, internally and externally, although more stimulating locally. Large doses have caused gastro-intestinal inflammation, and the remote effects ob- served after repeated enormous doses of sulphur: i. e., dis- organization of the blood and paralysis of nerves and muscles. It has been administered internally as a substi- tute for sulphur, but is only of value externally. Action and Uses External. — Sulphurated potassa is one of the most serviceable agents we possess in the treatment of chronic forms of skin diseases, as psoriasis, lichen, but particularly eczema of the horse and dog. It is locally stimulant, alterative (?), and parasiticide. There is only one drawback to its general use, which is its exceedingly dis- agreeable odor. Peruvian balsam is frequently substituted for this reason in the treatment of skin diseases in dogs. A solution, " yellow lotion," is used in different strengths (1-8 to 1-15), according to the amount of stimulation which the skin will endure. The "yellow lotion," is a good agent for killing lice upon the skin. The following prescription will be found of benefit in canine practice. PotassEe Sulphuratfe 3 n-ss. Chloralis 3 ss. 01. Anisi ... mii. Aquae ad 3 iv. M. S. External use. The chloral relieves itching and the anise disguises to some extent the odor of hydrogen sulphide. HYDROCHLORIC ACID 245 SECTION XI. Acids. AciDUM Hydrochloricum. Hydrochloric Acid. H CI. (U. S. & B. P.) (Muriatic Acid.) Synonym. — Acidum liydrochloratum, S. chlorhydricum, E.; acide clilorhydrique S. miiviatique, Fr.; salzsaiire, G. A liquid composed of 31.9 per cent., by weight, of abso- lute hydrochloric acid, and 68.1 per cent, of water. (U. S. P.) Derivation. — Distil together sulphuric acid, salt, and water. The resulting hydrochloric acid gas is passed into distilled water, while acid sodium sulphate remains in the retort and is further acted upon by salt. 2 Na CI + HoS O^ = H CI + Na CI + Na HSO,; then : Na HSO, + Na CI = H CI + Na,SO,. Properties. — A colorless, fuming liquid, of a pungent odor and an intensely acid taste. Spec, gr., about 1.163 at 15° C. (59° F.) Miscible, in all proportions, with water and alcohol. Incompatibles. — Alkaline and other carbonates, and lead and silver salts. preparations. Acidum Hydrochloricum Dilutum, Acidum Nitrohydroohloricum, Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum Dilutum. Acidum Hydrochloricitvi Dilutum, Diluted Hydrochloric Acid. (U. S. & B. P.) {Diluted Muriatic Acid.) Derivation. — Hydrochloric acid, 100; distilled water. 219. Diluted hydrochloric acid contains 10 per cent, of absolute hydrochloric acid. (U. S. P.) Properties. — It does not fume in the air and is without odor. Spec, gr., 1.050. Otherwise corresponds to hydrochloric acid. (U. S. P.) Dose.— H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., 3 ss.-i. (3.-4.); Sw. &D., mx.-xxx.-(.6-2.). 246 INORGANIC AGENTS AciDUM SuLPHURicuM. Sulphuric Acid. HjSO,. (U. S. & B. p.) A liquid composed of uot less than 92.5 per cent, by weight of absolute sulphuric acid, and not more than 7.5 per cent, water. Derivation. — Sulphurous anhydride (U. B. P.), generated by roasting iron pyrites, or sulphui-, is passed into leaden chambers. Nitric acid is introduced with steam, and the sulphurous anhydride undergoes oxidation and hydration. . 2 HNO3 + 2 SO, + H,0 = 2 H,SO, + N,03. The nitrous acid combines with oxygen and water in the air, and is re-transformed into nitric acid, acting con- tinually as a carrier of oxygen to sulphurous anhydride. Properties. — A colorless liquid, of oily consistence, ino- dorous, and very caustic and corrosive. Spec. gr. not below 1.835. Miscible, in all proportions, with water and alcohol, with evolution of so much heat that the mixing requires great caution. (U. S. P.) Iyicom2Jatihles. — Alkalies and carbonates, calcium and lead salts. PREPARATIONS. ACIDUM SULPHURICUM DiLUTUM, ACIDUM SULPHURICUM AROMATICUM. Acidum Sulphuricurn Dilutum, Diluted Sulphuric Acid. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Oil of vitriol, E.; acide sulpliurique, huile de vitriol, Fr. ; schwefelsaure, vitriolol, G. Derivation.— Sulphuric acid, 100 gni.; distilled water, 825 gm. Properties. — Diluted sulphuric acid contains 10 per cent., by weigfit, of absolute sulphuric acid. Spec. gr. about 1.070. (U. S. P.) Dose.—n., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); Sw. & D., mx.-xxx. (.6-2.). Acidum Sulphuricurn Aromaticum. Aromatic Sulphuric Acid. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Tinctura aromatica acida, P. G.; elixir vitrioli Myn- sichti, elixir of vitriol, E.; elixir vitriolique, teinture (alcool) aromatique sulphurique, Fr.; saure aromatische tinctur, Mynsicht's elixir, G. AEOMATIC SULPHURIC ACID 247 Derivation. — Sulphuric acid, 100 Co. ; tincture of ginger, 50 Cc. ; oil of cinnamon, 1 Cc. ; alcohol to make 1,000 Cc. (U. S. P.) Properties. — Aromatic suliDhuric acid contains about 20 per cent., by weight, of official sulphuric acid, partly in form of ethyl -sulphuric acid. Spec. gr. about 0.939. (U. S. P.) Dose.— H., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.); C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh., nxv.-xxx. (1.-2.); Sw. & D., TTlV.-XV. (.3-1.). AciDUM NiTRicuM. Nitric Acid. HNO3. (U. S. ALCOHOL 273 the blood) than is generally desirable, since the respiratory centre and heart may be depressed, and digestion retarded. In certain conditions, however, as septicaemia, alcohol exerts a decided antipyretic action. Alcohol furthermore favors antipyresis through its diarphoretic and diuretic properties, in causing increased radiation of heat and elimination of toxic products. The most essential action of alcohol in acute diseases consists in stimulating the heart and respira- tion, in equalizing the circulation by overcoming internal congestions through the action on the heart, combined with that causing vascular dilatation. Alcohol naturally increases the force and frequency of the normal heart, and may act likewise in fevers. This effect is undesirable, and for this reason alcohol is contra-indicated in the first stage of sthenic diseases, but in fevers associated with weakness of the heart,, alcohol often decreases its rapidity, although increasing the cardiac force. This action may be due to invigoration of the weakened organ. Since alcohol does not always act uni- formly upon the heart in febrile conditions, we must be guided by its effect in each case. The pulse, respiration, skin and nervous system are our guides, and the object is to bring the functions into a more normal condition. Alcohol should therefore reduce the frequency of the pulse and respiration, when they are too rapid, and should make the skin moister and. the animal quieter. If these results are obtained, the use of the drug should be persisted in ; if otherwise, administration should be stopped. Small and repeated doses are more appropriate in fever. Alcohol is one of the most valuable agents at our com- mand in the treatment of surgical shock, collapse, exhaustion, severe hemorrhage, and following exposure to cold. In these conditions it should be given hot and only slightly diluted. In poisoning by drugs which depress the circula- tion, or by toxines resulting from bacterial infection, alcohol is an invaluable remedy. Alcohol is a chemical antidote in carbolic acid poisoning, and besides overcomes the shock produced by the latter ; whiskey or brandy may be used. 274 INOllGANIC AGENTS Administration. — Veterinary practitioners are fortunately exempt from any moral considerations in relation to their medicinal use of alcohol. Rnm, gin and whiskey are more commonly employed than the other alcoholic prepara- tions, although diluted alcohol is practically as valuable. Gin is indicated when a diuretic action is important. Brandy, being more astringent, is given to dogs with diar- rhoea, and, combined with cracked ice in small quantities, relieves vomiting. Sherry may also be administered to dogs with advantage. The dose of the various alcoholic liquids depends upon the quantity of alcohol contained in them. Animals will usually take alcoholic preparations volun- tarily if largely diluted with water, milk or gruel. Whiskey should be diluted with about 4 parts of water when given in drench, unless the reflex action is desired, when it is admin- istered in considerable doses with an equal amount of hot water. Diluted alcohol, undiluted whiskey or brandy are injected subcutaneously when a rapid action is imperative. tEther. Ether. (0, Hj.O. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — ^ther purus, B. P. ; aether fortior, pure ether, E.; ether hydrique pur, Fr.; reiner aether, G. A liquid composed of about 96 per cent., by weight, of absolute ether or ethyl oxide [(CoH5)20], and about 4 per cent, of alcohol containing a little water. Derivation. — Obtained by distillation of alcohol with sulphuric acid. There are two steps in the production of ether; sulphovinic acid and water are formed in the first step. H,S O, + C, H,0 H = C, H„ H S O, + H, O. Sul- phovinic acid is then further acted upon by alcohol. C,H„ H S O, -f- C JI„ O H = (C,H,), O + H,S O,. The distillate is freed from water by agitation with calcium oxide and chloride, and subjected to redistillation. Properties. — A transparent, colorless, mobile liquid, having a characteristic odor and a burning and sweetish ETHER 275 taste. Spec. gr. .725 to .728 at 59° F. Soluble in about 10 times its volume of water at 59° F. Miscible in all propor- tions with alcohol, chloroform, benzine, benzol, fixed and volatile oils. Ether boils at about 37° C. (98.6° F.), and it should therefore boil w^hen a test tube, containiug some broken glass and half filled with it, is held for some time in the hand. Ether is highly Tolatile and inflammable; its vapor, when mixed with air and iguited, explodes violently. The color of light blue litmus paper moistened with water should not be changed when the paper is immersed in ether for 10 minutes. Upon evaporation ether should leave no residue. Ether is a solvent for fats, oils, alkaloids, resins, gutta percha and gun cotton. Ether vapor is heavier than air, and, consequently, etherization should never be done above a light or fire. I)ose.—TI. & C, 5 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. &, Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D.,lTlx.-3i. (.6-4.). PREPARATIONS . Spiritus j^theris. Spirit of Ether. (U. S. & B. P.) Ether, 325; Alcohol, 675. (U. S. P.) Dose. — Same as for ether, Spiritus ^theris Covipositus. Compound Spirit of Ether. (U. S. & B. P.) ^2/non^w.— Hoffman's anodyne. Ether, 325; alcohol, 650; etherial oil, 25. (U. S. P.) Dose. — Same as for ether. Action External. — Ether evaporates rapidly from the skin, and abstracts so much heat in the process that the superficial parts are 'cooled, benumbed, and even frozen. This action is taken advantage of in spraying ether from an atomizer upon the skin (with or without cocaine iujection) to cause local anaesthesia in minor surgical operations, as opening abscesses. The spray should not be applied more than a few minutes, or freezing, damage to the tissues, and retardation of the healing process will ensue. If ether is applied with fiiction, or if evaporation from the skin is prevented by bandaging, it will act as a rubefacient. 276 INORGANIC AGENTS Action Internal — Digestive Organs. — Ether is an irritant to the mucous membrane of the digestive tract, and should be given only when considerably diluted with water. Ether stimulates secretion, motion, and increases local blood supply of the stomach. Ether, in concentration, resembles alcohol and ammonia in stimulating the heart reflexly, by its irritant action upon the alimentary canal, before it has time to be absorbed. It relieves pain and spasm in the dif^estive tract by coordinating or restoring nervous control over the stomach and bowels. Circulation. — Ether stimulates the motor ganglia of the heart, and. increases its force and frequency. It also excites the vasomotor centres and increases vascular tension. In poisonous doses, or after prolonged inhalation, the circula- tion becomes depressed and weak. Nervous System. — Ether exerts a primary, transient, stimulating action upon the brain and lower nervous centres, but rapidly succeeding this, ether depresses and abolishes the functions of all the great nerve centres in the following order, and with the following results : 1. The cerebrum (with loss of consciousness). 2. Sensory spinal tract (loss of sensation). 3. Motor spinal area (loss of motion and partial loss- of reflex action). 3. Sensory medullary centres. 5. Motor medullary centres (failure of respiration). Ether does not affect the nerves or muscles when inhaled or ingested. Ether depresses the action of the nerves, however, when applied locally. Respiration. — The respiratory centre is stimulated by inhalation or ingestion of therapeutic quantities of ether. Paralysis of the respiratory centre occurs in the last stage of ether poisoning. Ether vapor is irritant to the respira- tory mucous membrane, and causes coughing and chokiug during inhalation. It is not an appropriate anaesthetic, therefore, in inflammatory conditions of the respiratory tract. Ether vapor excites the peripheral ends of the trifa- ETHER 277 cial nerve in the face, and the vagus nerve in the lungs, so that temporary arrest of respiration often occurs when a fresh supply of ether is added daring inhalation. Temperature. — The temperature of the body may be raised during the stage of excitement and struggling, but prolonged etherization leads to loss of heat, owing to evapo- ration of ether from the lungs, and general depression of the nervous system. Elimination. — Ether is eliminated principally from the lungs, and to some extent by the kidneys, upon which it exerts an irritant action.* Uses. — Apart from' its value as an anaesthetic, ether is mainly of service for two pnrposes. First : in col- lapse, syncope, or " sinking spells," due to poisoning, or natural causes. Ether may be given by the mouth, or sub- cutaneously into the muscular tissue, to avoid abscess. It is to be compared with, and is an efficient substitute for, nitroglycerin, or amyl nitrite, as a rapid, circulatory stimu- lant. Ether should not be given as a stimulant, however, when such an agent is required during or following anaes- thesia. Second : In spasmodic, or mikl, j&atulant colic, ether relieves pain, spasm and flatulence. The following prescrip- tion will be found useful for the horse : ^theris § i. Chloroformi 3 ii. Tine, opii | ii. M. et f. haustus. S. Give at once in a pint of cold water. Ether is a good antispasmodic remedy for hiccough or "thumps," in the horse, and has a narcotic action upon tape and lumbricoid worms. When used for the latter pur- pose, ether should be followed by a purge. Ether may be employed in enema to narcotize and remove the oxyuris curvula of the horse. * Recent experiments indicate that ether causes contraction of the renal arteries, with diminution in the size of the kidneys, suppression of urine and albuminuria. 278 INORGANIC AGENTS Administration. — Ether should be given in gelatine cap- sules; mixed with two parts of cracked ice and water; or with eqiial parts of brandy or whiskey, to avoid undue irritation of ether and its vapor upon the mucous membranes during deglutition. Chloroformum. Chloroform. C H CI3. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym.. — Chloroformum purificatum, purified chloro- form, E. ; chloroformium, P. G. ; formylum trichloratum, chloroforme pur, Fr.; reines chloroformum, G. A liquid consisting of 99 to 99.4 per cent., by weight, of absolute chloroform, and 1 to 0.6 per cent, of alcohol. Derivation. — Alcohol and water are heated in a still to 37.7° C. (100° P.), when chlorinated lime is added and chloroform is evolved. The chemical action is very compli- cated. Chloroform, free from chlorinated compounds, is also made from acetone and chlorinated lime by distillation. Calcium acetate, hydrate and chloride result as bye products. 2 (C3H,0) + 6 (Ca O CIJ = 2 (C H CIJ + Ca {C.nS),\ + 2 Ca 0,H, + 3 Ca CI. For tests and purification, vid. U. S. P. Properties. — A heavy, clear, colorless, mobile and diffus- ible liquid, of a characteristic, ethereal odor, and a burning, sweet taste. Spec. gr. not below 1.490 at 15° C. (59° P.). Soluble in about 200 times its volume of cold water, and in all proportions in alcohol, ether, benzol, benzine and the fixed and volatile oils. Chloroform is volatile even at a low temperature, and boils at 60° to 61° C. (140° to 141.8° P.). It is not inflammable, but its vapor in the presence of a naked flame undergoes decomposition with the formation of noxious gases, chiefly chlorine. This has caused death during chloroform inhalations. Chloroform is a solvent for fats, resins, oils, balsams, gutta percha, wax and many alka- loids. Dose. — H. & C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh. and Sw., ITL^x.-xxx. (1.3-2.); D., 1TLii.-xx. (.12-1.3). CHLOROFORM 279 PKEPARATIONS. Aqua Chloroformi. (U. S. & B. P.) (Saturated Solution.) Used as vehicle in cough and diarrhoea mixtures for dogs. Linimentum Chloroformi. (U. S. & B. P.) Chloroform, 300; soap liniment, 700, (U. S. P.) Spiritus Chloroformi. (V. S. & B. P.) Chloroform, 60; alcohol, 940. (TJ. S. P.) Dose.—B.. & C, 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.). Action External. — Chloroform acts as a rubefacient if rubbed into the skin, or prevented from evaporation by bandaging. In evaporating from the surface it produces mild refrigeration. Chloroform penetrates the skin more easily than many other agents, and is employed for this reason to aid the absorption of belladonna and other drugs used in liniments. Chloroform possesses some local anaes- thetic action upon mucous membranes, raw surfaces, or when rubbed into the skin. Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Chloroform is an irri- tant in concentration, but, properly diluted, stimulates the flow of saliva and increases the secretions, motion, and blood supply of the stomach. Chloroform has a local anaesthetic and antiseptic action in the alimentary canal, and by its stimulant effect in restoring the normal state of nervous and muscular tissue, relieves spasm, pain and flatulence in the stomach and small intestines. Circulation. — Chloroform, unlike ether, does not stimu- late the heart and vasomotor centres, except for a very brief period. On the contrary, ignoring the primary and transi- tory stimulant action just noted, chloroform exerts an ever increasing depressing influence upon the heart muscle, its ganglia, and the vasomotor centres. Vasomotor depression leads to dilatation of the arte- rioles and leaking of blood into the veins, with consequent venous engorgement (particularly of the abdomen), and 280 INORGANIC AGENTS arterial anseniia. Failure of respiration in cliloroformization is secondary to cerebral aufemia, and chloroform kills, primarily by vasomotor depression. (Leonard Hill and Hare.) The ventricles dilate and all cardiac muscular contrac- tility is lost in fatal poisoning. Death, however, occurs almost invariably in healthy animals during chloroform inhalation from respiratory failure associated with circula- tory depression. The heart usually continues to beat after cessation of breathing. Death from syncope occurs occa- sionally, and circulatory depression is greater and occurs more suddenly than with ether. As chloroform anaesthesia proceeds, the pulse becomes rapid from the depressing effect of chloroform upon the vagus centre. Besjyhxdion. — Chloroform does not markedly affect the respiration, when inhaled for an ordinary period, or when ingested in small doses, but after long continued inhalation, or when large quantities have been swallowed, depression and paralj'Sis of the respiratory center ensues. Since asphyxia leads to iuhibition and heart failure — besides being dangerous in itself — the respiration should always be watched as carefully during chloroform as in ether inhala- tion. Nervotis System. — Chloroform influences the nervous system as described under ether ; that is, the cerebrum, sensory and motor spinal tract, and sensory and motor centres of the medulla. Chloroform, although generally following the order noted, affects the nervous system more rapidly, irregularly and persistently than ethfer, and therefore is more dangerous. It occasionally happens that some of the reflexes are abolished by chloroform before sensation has been annulled, and irritation of a sensory nerve produced during operation may reflexly stimulate the inhibitory centres (instead of increasing vascular tension as in health), and so cause heart failure. Operations should never be performed, therefore, under chloroform until com- plete anaesthesia is secured. The nerves are not influenced ANESTHESIA 281 bj the constitutional action of chloroform, although the latter is a local irritant and anaesthetic to them. Temperature. — The temperature is reduced by the con- tinual inhalation of chloroform through its depressing action on the heat producing centres, and because heat loss is increasecf by evaporation of chloroform from the lungs. Antiseptic Action. — Chloroform prevents the growth of micro-organisms, but does not influence that of the unorgan- ized digestive ferments. Chloroform's antiseptic properties may be utilized in preserving solutions for subcutaneous injection. Saturated aqueous solutions are used for this purpose. Elimination. — Chloroform is elimiuated by the lungs and kidneys, but is also decomposed in part in the body. Uses External. — Chloroform is employed in liniment to relieve pain aud produce counter-irritation in muscular rheumatism and strains. Uses Internal. — Chloroform is of service internally in the treatment of four conditions : 1. Intestinal colic. 2. Flatu- lence. 3. Diarrhoea. 4. Cough. Chloroform alleviates pain in colic by restoring the functions of the nervous and muscular mechanism of the bowels, by relieving spasm, aud also by its local anaesthetic action. It stimulates motion and secretion ; it is an antiseptic in the digestive tract, and, in these ways, overcomes flatulence. Chloroform should be combined with opium in diar- rhoea and colic. It is administered in spirit or water to assuage cough. Administration. — Chloroform may be administered in 3 parts of glycerin ; in emulsion with white of egg or accacia ; or as the spirit, diluted with water. ANESTHESIA. Anaesthesia is commonly divided into three stages : the stimulant, anaesthetic and paralytic. The so-called ** law of dissolution" is illustrated by anaesthetics, as the more highly organized (cerebral) centres are the first to succumb, while 282 INORGANIC AGENTS the lower centres (medulla) are the last to be affected. The ausesthetics resemble other narcotics in producing a primary- condition of stimulation of the nervous system, which is follojved by depression. In the first stage of anaesthesia there is often struggling and excitement. This is partly due to the physiological action of the drug and partly to fright. In this stage the functions of the brain are stimulated and then depressed. The higher functions are the first to be excited, and the effect produced is very similar to that of beginning alcoholic intoxication. The lower motor functions are next stimulated, inducing struggling and motor excite- ment. Ill the first stage of etherization, the local irritant action of the vapor causes choking and coughing, and also induces struggling. The respiratory and cardiac centres are temporarily stimulated, the pulse and respiratory move- ments are increased in force and frequency, and blood tension is raised. The smaller animals may vomit during the first stage of anaesthesia. A sub-division of the first stage, sometimes described as the anodyne stage, occurs when sensation is lost, before consciousness and voluntary motion. Short operations, as extraction of teeth, have been done by men upon themselves in the anodyne stage of anaes- thesia, without pain. The anaesthetic stage is that condition characterized by absence of consciousness, sensation, motion, and partial loss of reflex action, and is that state suitable for operations. The stimulating action of the anaesthetic has ceased and there is now depression of the cerebral functions, the motor and sensory tract of the cord, and, to a partial extent, the reflex centres. The muscles are com- pletely relaxed, and the patient lies absolutely motionless. The conjunctivae fail to respond to irritation, i.e., winking is not produced when the conjunctival membrane is lightly touched with the finger. Occasionally the muscles are seen to be rigid and twitching during this stage of etherization, although sensation and consciousness are absent. The respiration and pulse should not be particularly altered during the anaesthetic stage, unless danger threatens. In COMPARISON OF ETHER WITH CHLOllOFOllM 283 the last stage, narcosis, or poisoning, is beginning, and tliere ib depression of the three great medullary centres, controlling the heart, respiration and vascular tension, and also the lowest reflex centres of the cord, so that the urine and faeces are passed involuntarily. Micturition frequently occurs in the first stages of angesthesia and should not of itself be con- sidered a danger signal. The pulse becomes rapid, feeble and irregular ; the breathing is at first stertorous, and then the respiratory movements become shallow and weak, with considerable intervals intervening between them. The pupils are often dilated. The pupil is said to be a guide during anaesthesia, especially with chloroform, since it is contracted during the anaesthetic stage and dilates quickly when danger approaches. Death, however, occurs in animals with either dilated or contracted pupils. With the former, probably from asphyxia ; with the latter, from syncope ; and the pupil should not be regarded as an unfailing sign. The foregoing stages are conventional, and are not in any case so clearly defined in practice as they are described theoreti- cally upon paper. The first stage may be either absent or prolonged, and the last stage should not be reached at all. COMPARISON OF ETHER WITH CHLOROFORM. More diffusible. Inflammable. Irritating ; may induce bronchitis and nephritis. Administered slightly diluted with air. Stimulant to heart, except in enor- mous quantities. Stimulant to vasomotor centres, except as above. Respiratory centres not so easily depressed as by chloroform. Lai'ger quantity required. Less rapid : stage of struggling and excitement longer. More expensive. Fatal from respiratory failure. CHLOROFORM. Vapor heavier. Less irritating. Not inflammable. More danger from shock during imperfect anaesthesia. Depresses powerfully, heart, res- piratory and vasomoter centres in large doses. Acls more quickly, profoundly, and persistently. Smaller quantity required. Cheaper. Proportion of deaths to inhala- tions, 4 to 5 times greater than with ether. Death occurs from respiratory fail- ure combined with circulatory, depression. Occasionally fatality results from syncope. 284 INORGANIC AGENTS It will be seen that all the advantages are in lavor of chloroform, except that of safety. " Ether is more expen- sive than chloroform, but cheaper than a funeral." (Edes.) ACCIDENTS AND DANGERS ATTENDING ANESTHESIA. Asphyxia may occur from mechanical obstruction in the air passages. The tongue may fall back upon the epiglottis and prevent the free entrance of air. The latter accident is obviated by pulling the tongue forward with the hand, or, in the case of the smaller animals, by means of forceps, or suture passed through the tongue. Mucus, blood or vomitus may obstruct the mouth, pharynx, larynx, or trachea, and should be removed if possible by swabbing with absorbent cotton.* The head should be extended and the lower jaw of the patient held forward during anaesthesia, and no impediment to the free movement of the chest is allowable. Struggling is to be avoided, as far as possible, since it leads to irregular respiration and asphyxia, and causes the auaesthetizer to push the inhalation, strains the heart, and favors cai'diac dilatation, with chloroform. Struggliug may be prevented to some extent by giving the anaesthetic well diluted with air at the outset. Asphyxia results also from tetanic fixation, or relaxation of the res- piratory muscles. The signs of asphyxia include cyanotic mucous membranes, muscular twitchings, shallow, feeble, slow and irregular breathing, with long intervals between the respiratory movements, and dilation of the pupils. If death occurs, the heart continues to beat after the breath- ing stops. The condition of the diaphragm during etheriza- tion is an important guide. At first the contractions of the diaphragm are so vigorous that the viscera are forced backward, and the abdominal wall bulges outward during inspiration. As the inhalation is prolonged the diaphragm becomes flaccid and powerless, the respiratory movements are shallow, and the breathing thoracic. The abdominal * To prevent excessive secretion of mucus in the air passages, it is wise to give atropine subcutaneous! y fifteen minutes before etherization. ACCIDliNTS AND DANGEES ATTENDING ANAESTHESIA 285 conteuts may then be drawn forward during iDspiration into the thoracic cavity, so that the abdomen is retracted (Hare). "When the latter condition is seen, etherization should be stopped instantly. Heart failure occurs more frequently with chloroform, but does occasionally result from the action of ether upon animals with a fatty or otherwise weak heart. Cardiac depression is shown by a weak, irregular and rapid pulse, and pallor of the mucous membranes. The respiratory movements are sustained after the heart ceases to beat in fatal cases. Operations should never be done under chloiofoim before the patient is fully under the influence of the aii?e-ithetic, as irritation of a sensory nerve caused by even a slight surgical procedure may cause death by reflexly stimulating the vagus and inhibiting the heart. Such an accident is not likely to occur with ether, and minor operations are often done with safety during the first stage of anaesthesia (primary ansesthesia) when con- sciousness and sensation are lost and the muscles begin to relax. Shock from hemorrhage, or prolonged and severe sur- gical operations, may lead to fatalities during ansesthesia, and it sometimes occurs when an operation is begun before the patient is fully under the influence of an anaesthetic — particularly chloroform — as described above. In practice, these causes of danger, i.e., respiratory failure, circulatory depression and shock, are usually combined. We have already seen that asphyxia leads to circulatory disorder, and both may be associated with surgical shock. The following embraces the proper treatment of all these conditions, and should be followed in every case where danger threatens during anaesthesia : lo Remove the anaesthetic and allow plenty of fresh air. 2. See that there is no mechanical obstruction to the movements of the chest, or to the free entrance of air. Pull forward the tongue and lower jaw and extend the head. 286 INORGANIC AGENTS 3. Invert small animals, particularly with chloroform, to allow blood to flow to the brain. 4. Use forced, artificial respiration with bellows and rubber tube introduced into larynx. Practice ordinary artificial respiration in small animals by carrying the fore- legs outward and forward till they meet in front of the head, and then bring them back till they touch, and com- press the sides of the chest. These movements should be re- peated twenty times a minute. Artificial respiration may be done in the hoise by two persons compressing intermittently one side of the chest with the knees and hands. Rhythm- ical traction of the tongue, at intervals of five seconds, has proved successful in restoring respiration. Dash hot or cold water or ether upon the chest and epigastrium ; or use the faradic battery to stimulate respiration by moving the electrodes over the chest and abdomen. 5. Give subcutaneous injections of strychnine and digi- talis. Administer nitroglycerin on the tongue, or inhalation of amyl nitrite. In chloroformization, give strychnine and atropine hypodermatically ; and, in shock, saline infusion as below. Do not use alcohol or ether as stimulants, for their action resembles that of the anaesthetics. 6. Use hot (115° F.), high, rectal injections of salt solution (one teaspoonful to the quart) in case of surgical shock with feeble pulse and subnormal temperature result- ing from hemorrhage or other cause. Two to four quarts for large animals, and one pint to one quart for smaller animals. Saline infusion is still more efficient. (See " Saline Infusion," p. 700.) CHOICE OF AN ANESTHETIC. Ether and chloroform are the only anaesthetics of any importance in veterinary medicine. The A. C. E. mixture, containing alcohol (one part), chloroform (two parts), and ether (three parts), possesses no particular value, and is not so safe as ether. While chloroform is inferior to ether in the matter of safety, it may be given to horses by an PRACTICAL anj:sthesia 287 experienced and careful person without mucli danger. It is commonly the most suitable anaesthetic for the horse, for the following reasons : It is less expensive ; whereas several pouuds of costly ether are required to produce anaesthesia, a few ounces of chloroform will accomplish the same result. Chloroform inhalation is much easier of administration, more rapid, and causes less struggling. It may be used without any special inhaler, and may be given to animals in the upright position. Chloroform may be employed for all animals during parturition, as it is less dangerous in this condition and because only enough is needed to produce relaxation of parts to relieve pain, to assist dilatation of the os and manual operations done to rectify faulty position of the foetus. Chloroform is indicated in all cases where the actual cautery is used in the neighborhood of the mouth. Ether is the most suitable anaesthetic for cats and dogs, unless the animal is suffering from bronchitis, emi^hysema or asthma, when chloroform is more appropriate. Chloroform, beiug more rapid aud less irritating, may in any case be employed to begin anaesthesia, which should then be maintained by ether. practical anaesthesia. The horse should be starved for twelve hours, and should receive a cathartic twenty-four hours before anaes- thetization, in order to afford more room for the respiratory movements and prevent accidents in casting. A specially constructed inhaler, or nose bag, strapped about the head, may be employed for convenience. Harger recommends placing a sponge wrapped loosely in flannel, in the upper nostril, as the animal lies upon his side upon the ground, and after a few minutes a similar sponge is introduced into the lower nostril. Chloroform is then administered frequently in drop doses from a bottle having a cork nicked upon the side 288 INORGANIC AGENTS sufficiently to allow the awsesthetic to flow out in this small quantity. The nostrils should be previously smeared with vaseline to afford protection from the irritation of the chloroform. If the operation is prolonged, ausesthesia may be carried on with ether. It is not essential to cast a horse before chloroformization, but the animal should be con- trolled with side lines, and a twitch should be placed upon the nose, unless an inhaler is used. Since there is com- mouly more or less struggling, it is, however, more satisfac- tory to cast an animal before aiisesthesia is begun. The writer has given chloroform in several instances to horses in the standing position until they fell or were pushed over upon a straw bed, with the aid of only one assistant. In thus producing augesthesia, a sponge covered with a towel was used, aiul this was saturated with about half an ounce of chloroform, and held at first three inches from the animal's nose, in order that the vapor should be thoroughly diluted with air. From half a drachm to a drachm of chloroform should be added from time to time, always allowing plenty of air, and inhalation may be continued for an hour with comparative safety. The ansesthetizsr should give his whole attention to the work, and watch carefully the respiration, pulse and pupil, for any sign of danger. If any arise, the anaesthetic should be removed and treatment pursued as recommended in the previous section. Dogs should be fasted for twelve hours before etheriza- tion, in order to avoid vomiting during auaesthesia. It is necessary to muzzle dogs before anaesthesia is beguii. This may be done by tying a strong tape about the nose, bringing both ends up between the ears, over the top of the head, and then tying them together in a knot, and finally carrying the ends down, one on either side of the neck, and fastening them underneath. A wire muzzle may be used to control the dog more conveniently, and the ether is then poured upon a sponge within the muzzle and the muzzle is covered with cloth to keep out the air. If the extemporaneous tape USES OF ANAESTHESIA 289 muzzle is employed, ether is administered by means of a cone made out of stiff cardboard, or newspaper covered with a towel, or a straw cuff may be utilized. The cone should be tight, and the ether is then poured upon a sponge, or absorbent cotton, and introduced within the cone. If the muzzle obstructs the breathing, it can be loosened after ausesthesia is secured. While it is essential to obtaiu a free supply of air in chloroform inhalation, it is as desirable that air should be somewhat excluded by means of the cone during etherization. One-half ounce, or more, of ether is added from time to time as required. If larger quantities are employed, it is wasteful, but not dangerous, as with chloroform. Dogs may also be ansesljietized by placing them in a covered pail, tight box or barrel, or by driving them into their kennels, and dropping in cloths, sponges, or absorbent material saturated with chloroform, while excluding the outer air. The smaller animals can be destroyed in a humane -and satisfactory manner by this method. USES OF ANiESTHESIA. Anaesthetics are not employed as frequently as is desirable in veterinary medicine. Ausesthesia entails skilled assistance, increased expense, and danger ; but, on the other hand, facilitates rapidity and asepsis during opera- tions by lessening struggling, and should be employed to relieve suffering where a local anaesthetic is impracticable. The owner of an animal should be made to understand the extra risk and expense attending operations under anaesthe- sia, and his consent should be secured before using ether or chloroform. The general indications for anaesthetics embrace all severe, prolonged, and delicate operations. The more special indications are as follows : In abdominal opera- tions, as ovariotomy, herniotomy and reduction of hernia. In operations for retained testicle, scirrhus cord, castration, and in dystocia to cause dilatation of a rigid and otherwise 290 INORGANIC AGENTS undilatable os, to assist the operator in remedying faulty positions of the fcetns by relaxation of the parts, and to facilitate instrumental delivery in bitches. Anaesthesia is also indicated in removal of tumors, in arytenectomy, excision of the eyeball or parts of the hoof, extraction of teeth, reduction of dislocations, setting of fractures, and to relieve severe pain in colic, and to overcome spasm in chorea, or convulsions due to poison or natural causes. Chloroform is used to destroy sick, injured or aged horses, but is not so rapid, convenient, or effective as the 44 calibre revolver, or rifle. The bullet should be directed toward a point upon 'he forehead at the intersection of two imaginary lines drawn from either eye up to the root of the opposite ear. Class 3. — Nitrites. Spiritus iBTHERis NiTROsi. Spirit of Nitrous Ether. (U.S.&B.P.) Synonym. — Sweet spirit of nitre, spiritus nitri dulcis, spiritus nitrico - sethereus, E. ; ether azoteux alcoolise, liqueur anodine nitreuse, Fr.; versiisster sallpetergeist, G. An alcoholic solution of ethyl nitrite (C.H.NO.,), yield- ing, when freshly prepared, not less than 11 times its own volume of nitrogen dioxide (NO). Derivation. — Dissolve sodium nitrate, 770, in water ; add deodorized alcohol, 550; introduce sulphuric acid, 520, previously diluted with water ; distil in flask and condense. Wash distillate with ice water to remove alcohol, with cold solution of sodium carbonate to remove traces of acid ; agitate with potassium carbonate to remove traces of water ; filter, and add sufficient deodorized alcohol to make the mixture weigh 22 times the weight of the nitrous ether to which it was added. Projjei'lies. — A clear, mobile, volatile, inflammable liquid, of a pale-yellowish or faintly greenish-yellow tint. AMYL NITRITE 291 having a fragrant ethereal and pungent odor, free from acidity, and a sharp, burning taste. Spec. gr. 0.820. Mixes freely with water and alcohol. Z>05e.— H. and C, 3 i.-iv. (30.-120.); Sh. and Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., n\x.- 3 i. (.6-4). Smaller doses every two hours, diarphoretic. Larger doses, repeated three times daily, diuretic. Amyl Nitris. Amyl Nitrite. C.HnNO,. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Amylum nitrosura, amylsether nitrosus, amylo-nitrous ether, E.; azotite d'amyl, Fr.; amylnitrit, G. A liquid containing about 80 per cent, of amyl (prin- cipally iso-amyl) nitrite, together with variable quantities of undetermined compounds. Derivation. — Obtained through distillation of nitric acid and amylic alcohol. Distillate purified by sodium carbonate. HNO3 + C,H„ OH = C^H^NO, + 2 H,0. Properties. — A clear, yellow or pale-yellow liquid, of a peculiar ethereal, fruity (banana) odor, and a pungent, aromatic taste. Spec. gr. 0.870 to 880. Dose (by inhalation).— H., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4); D., 1TLii.-v. (.12-.3). When given internally the smaller doses should be used dissolved in alcohol. Spiritus Glonoini. Spirit of Glonoin. C3H5 (N 03)3. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Propenyltrinitrate, glonoin trinitrate, spirit of nitroglycerin, trinitrat'i of glyceryl, trinitin, E. Au alcoholic solution containing one per cent., by weight, of nitroglycerin. It is probably decomposed in the blood with the formation of potassium and sodium nitrite. Derivation. — Nitioglycerin is obtained b}'' dropping pure glycerin upon a mixture of sulphuric and nitric acids, kept cool by ice, and purified by washing with water. The 292 INORGANIC AGENTS official one per cent, solution is not explosive unless it becomes concentrated by evaporation to an extent exceeding 10 per cent. Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid, possessing the odor and taste of alcohol. Caution should be exercised in tasting it, since even a small quantity is liable to produce a violent headache. Spec. gr. .826 to .832. Dose.—R., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.); D., llli.-ii. (.06-.12). ACTION OF THE NITRITES. External. — Spirit of nitrous ether, like ether, produces a cooling and local anaesthetic action, owing to its evapora- tion upon the skin. Amyl nitrite has a slight depressing action upon the peripheral ends of the sensory nerves. Internal. — The actions of spirit of nitrous ether, amyl nitrite, and nitroglycerin are essentially the same. Spirit of nitrous ether should contain 4 per cent, of ethyl nitrite. Analyses of 68 samples taken at random from drug stores, resulted in showing that a teaspoonful of the best specimen contained as much ethyl nitrite as a pint of the worst, with all manner of variations between these extremes. To be of value as a nitrite, sweet spirit of nitre should be freshly prepared by a reliable chemist. Circulation. — The important action of the nitrites centres upon the heart and blood vessels. The arterioles all over the body become relaxed and blood tension is lowered by the nitrites. This action is no doubt peripheral, but whether due to the impression upon the vasomotor ganglia or mus- cular fibres in the walls of the vessels is uncertain. The heart beats more rapidly in consequence of the lessened vascular resistance, and because a diminished blood pres- sure depresses the vagus centre and often stimulates the accelerator. The arterioles being dilated in the heart, as elsewhere, there follows an increased cardiac blood supply, nutrition and force. The nitrites also stimulate the cardiac ganglia, and increase the force as well as the rapidity of the heart. This is shown by the fact that in small doses blood' ACTION OF THE NITEITES 293 pressure is raised by the nitrites, despite the yascular dila- tation. There is no more quickly acting heart stimulant than nitroglycerin. Nervous System. — The nitrites depress, especially, the spinal motor centres, and, in a less degree, the activity of the motor nerves. Reflex excitability is thus lessened. Muscles. — Amyl nitrite paralyses muscular tissue when applied locally ; and the nitrites, when administered inter- nally, relieve spasm of muscular tissue by their depressing action upon the motor nerves and muscles. Kidneys. — The nitrites augment the amount of urine by dilating the afferent branches of the renal arteries which supply the glomeruli, and so increase the tension within them. The other functions of the body are not affected in any degree by medicinal doses. Blood. — In poisoning by the nitrites, the oxidizing power of the blood is lost. Both the venous and arterial blood become of a chocolate hue from the conversion of the normal oxy-hsemoglobin into meth-hsemoglobin. The latter yields up oxygen very sparingly. Respiration. — The respiratory movements may be increased both in force and frequency by medicinal doses of nitrites, but paralysis of the respiratory centre and asphyxia occurs in fatal poisoning. Summary. — The nitrites dilate arterioles, stimulate the heart, depress the spinal motor area, and lessen reflex action. They relieve spasm and increase the secretion of urine. • Poisoning. — Fatal poisoning is extremely rare as an accidental occurence. Recovery from a quantity 120 times greater than the normal dose of nitroglycerin, has been reported in human practice. The physiological effects of the nitrites are more noticeable in man, owing to his bare skin. Immediately following the inhalation of amyl nitrite, the face becomes extremely flushed, and throbbing of the vessels of the head, with a feeling of tremendous pressure and headache, ensue. These symptoms are due to vascular dilatation. There is dizziness, the heart is rapid and violent, 294 INORGANIC AGENTS and the pulse full, frequeut and easily compressible. The respiratory movements are increased. These symptoms occnr after a full medicinal dose. In poisoning there is pallor, vomiting in man, trembling, w^eakness, cyanosis and failure of respiration and heart. The treatment is included in the administration of ammo- niacal and alcoholic stimulants, together with the subcuta- neous injection of ergotin, strychnine and atropine, to restore the vascular tone. The nitrites differ sufficiently to call for a word con- cerning their individual characteristics. It is important to emphasize the fact that their action, as a whole, is transient. Amyl nitrite diminishes vascular tension, as shown by the sphygmograph, within a minute of its inhalation, and this condition lasts for 2 to 4 minutes, with variations of from 10 to 30 minutes. The same action of nitroglycerin occurs within 6 minutes and lasts from half to, rarely, an hour and a half. Good spirit of nitrous ether lowers tension from 45 to 60 minutes. In addition to this difference in degree, spirit of nitrous ether differs somewhat in kind of action. It is more stimulant to the heart, and more diuretic, owing to the ether it contains. For the same reason sweet spirit of nitre increases the secretions and motion of the upper part of the digestive tract, relieves spasm and is of some-value in indigestion and mild colic. In stimulating the activity of the sweat glands, following its action in dilating peripheral vessels, sweet spirit of nitre is a useful diarphoretic and mild febrifuge. It has been pointed out that spiritus setheris nitrosi is far from being a reliable preparation as a nitrite, and there- fore nitroglycerin or amyl nitrite are preferable where rapid and certain vascular dilatation is essential. USES OF THE NITRITES. Internal. — Respiratory Diseases. — No drug is more effi- cient than spirit of nitrons ether, in the treatment of acute USES OF THE NITRITES 295 diseases of the respiratory tract, as corjza, pharyngitis, laiyijgitis and bronchitis. Its vahie lies in its power of dilating peripheral vessels, equalizing the circulation and preventing local congestions. In assisting diarphoresis and diuresis, sweet spirit of nitre hastens elimination of toxines and cools the body; and in both ways is useful in abating fever. The following prescription may be of service in canine practice in febrile conditions : Tine, aconiti TTi,xxiv. Spiritus ajtheris nitrosi 3 vi. Potassii bromidi . . . 3 ss. Liq. Amnionii acetatis ad § iv, M. Sig. Teaspoonful in water every 2 hours. In asthenic and febrile diseases, as influenza, sweet spirit of nitre is of worth, combined with tonic doses of quinine and alcoholic stimulants. The nitrites are the most successful remedies in reliev- ing dyspnoea, when due to spasm of the bronchial tubes, or congestion of the lungs. They relax the bronchioles and avert congestion by vascular dilatation and equalization of the circulation. Thus the dyspnoea occurring in pneumonia, acute pulmonary oedema, asthma and chronic bronchitis, are advantageously treated by half-hourly or hourly doses of nitroglycerin. Cardiac Diseases. — These are comparatively rare in the lower animals; but, in general, it may be said that no remedy is more useful for its transient action in the severe dyspnoea of cardiac diseases than nitroglycerin. The pas- sing engorgement of the right heart and lungs is relieved by nitroglycerin, which tends to distribute the blood about the body in its proper channels, and thus takes the load off the heart temporarily. General Stimulating Action. — In shock, heart failure, with or without unconsciousness, in poisoning, as by an ansesthetic, opium, cocaine, etc., and, in fact, whenever a 296 INORGANIC AGENTS rapid, stiuiuljitiug action is indicated, there is no better agent to use than nitroglycerin. Absorption is so rapid that hypodermic injection is needless. Nervous Diseases. — Nitrite of amyl is invaluable in ward- ing off epileptic seizures in man, when warning of their approach is given the patient. As this warning cannot be detected in the lower animals, the nitrites are of less value, but may be combined with the bromides as prophylactic agents. The nitrites exert their favorable effect in this condition by preventing cerebral vasomotor spasm, which is thought to occur in epilepsy. Diseases of Urinary Organs. — Spirit of nitrous ether is useful as a diuretic in carnivora, when the urine is concen- trated and irritating to the bladder. It is also a valuable remedy, for the same reason, in acute cystitis of all animals, when it may be combined to advantage with potassium citrate, or acetate and tincture of aconite. Summary. — We may summarize the therapeutical indi- cations for the nitrites as follows : 1. To dilate peripheral arterioles and equalize the circulation in internal congestions. 2. To stimulate the heart. 3. To relieve spasm of vascular, nervous, or muscular origin. 4. To increase the secretion of urine. Administration. — Sweet spirit of nitre is given by the mouth, diluted with water, and often combined with alco- holic stimulants ( whiskey ), diarphoretics ( liq. ammon. acetatis), diuretics (potassium nitrate), and bitters (quinine). Amyl nitrite is administered usually by inhalation to the larger animals, from a sponge ; or two or three drops are given by inhalation from a bit of linen or cotton to the smaller animals. It may be given internally on sugar to the smaller animals, or in spirit to the larger patients. The spiritus glonoini is the only preparation of nitroglycerin in use. It may be dropped undiluted upon the tongue of the conscious or unconscious animal. The tongue of the CHLORAL 297 smaller animals may be frequently moistened with a small stick dipped in the soluiion, or it may be given in pill or tablet. Class 4. — Chloral. Chloral. Chloral. C,H CI3O + H,0. Synonym. — Chloral hydras, B. P.; hydrate of chloral, E.; chloratum hydratum crystallisatum, P. G.; hydrate de chlo- ral, Fr.; chloralhydrat, G. A crystalline solid, composed of trichloraldehyde, or chloral with one molecule of water. Derivation. — Dry chlorine gas is passed into absolute alcohol until the latter is saturated. Aldehyde and hydro- chloric acid first result, C,H,0 H + 2 CI = C,H,0 + 2 H CI. The chlorine gas then acts upon the aldehyde, abstracting 3 atoms of hydrogen and replacing 3 atoms of chlorine, and so forms chloral. C,H,0 + 6 CI = C,H CI3O + 3 H CI. Chloral is purified first by distillation with sulphuric acid, and then with lime, and when mixed with water forms chloral hydrate (C,H CI3O + H,0). Properties. — Separate, rhomboidal, colorless, and trans- parent crystals, having an aromatic, penetrating and slightly acrid odor, and a bitterish, caustic taste. Slowly volatilized when exposed to the air. Freely soluble in water, alcohol or ether ; also in chloroform, benzol, benzin, carbon disul- phide, fixed and volatile oils; It liquifies when triturated with about an equal quantity of camphor, menthol, thymol or carbolic acid. Chloral is decomposed by caustic alkalies, alkaline earths and ammonia, chloroform being formed, and a formate of the base produced. Dose.—R. & C, 3 i-ii- (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). Action Externcd. — Chloral is a strong irritant applied locally in concentration to the skin and mucous membranes, and if injected under the skin may cause abscess and 298 INORGANIC AGENTS sloughing. It is a powerful antiseptic, and relieves itching,, especially in combination with camphor. Action Iniernal. — Alimentary Caned. — Chloral produces severe irritation of the mucous membrane in concentrated solution (20 per cent, or over), and large doses may cause vomiting in dogs. The writer has seen intense glossitis and stomatitis follow the breaking of a gelatine capsule, contain- ing chloral, in the mouth of a horse. Blood. — Chloral is absorbed into the blood unchanged. It was formerly thought that the action of chloral was due to chloroform produced by the decomposition of the former in the alkaline blood. C,H CI3O + KH0 = CHCl3 + K C H O, (formic acid). It is now known that the blood is not sufficiently alka- line to decompose chloral, and that chloroform is not found in the blood, tissues or excretions, except in the case of the urine, when it is strongly alkaline. Moreover, chloral acts as usual upon a frog when the blood of the batrachian is replaced by a neutral saline solution. Heart and Blood Vessels. — Chloral in large doses depres- ses the action of the heart muscle, its contained ganglia, and the vasomotor centres. It also produces local paralysis of the vascular walls. Blood pressure is therefore lowered. In small medicinal doses the circulation is not influenced materially, but in poisoning the pulse becomes slow, weak and irregular, and the heart is arrested in diastole. Nervous System — The salient action of chloral is exerted upon the brain and cord. Like other narcotics, the depress- ing effect may be preceded by a transient and unimportant excitation of the brain and cord ; but this commonly passes unnoticed, and the prominent action of chloral consists, in ordinary doses, in depressing the higher functions of the brain, and in larger doses, the motor tract of the cord. Moderate therapeutic doses cause, therefore, duluess and sleepiness (with contracted pupils) in the lower animals, while doses approaching the toxic limit produce insensibi- lity, coma, paralysis of the inferior cornua, with loss of reflex CHLORAL 299 action, paraplegia, dilated pupils and anaesthesia. These symptoms may occur and be followed by recovery. The anaesthesia is of spinal origin. Neither the sensory nerves, motor nerves, nor muscles are affected except in the later stages of poisoning. Insensibility to pain is said, by Brunton, to follow the action of chloral upon the gray matter of the cord, by pre- venting the transmission of painful sensations through this tract. It is uncertain whether chloral acts as an hypnotic by its direct depressing influence upon the brain tissue, or by inducing cerebral anaemia in causing the blood to be with- drawn from the cerebrum into the dilated peripheral arte- rioles. Bespiration. — The respiration is not interfered with by moderate medicinal doses ot chloral, but toxic quantities depress and paralyze the respiratory centre. The respira- tory movements become deep, regular and full, with large therapeutic doses, but with toxic doses, slow, irregular and shallow. Death occurs more commonly from arrest of res- piration, yet primary heart failure, or both combined, may lead to a fatal result. Temperature. — The temperature falls, owing to dimin- ished heat production and increased loss, through heart failure and vascular dilatation. BUmination. — Chloral is eliminated by the urine, in part unchanged and in part in an altered condition. Summary. — Chloral is a local stimulant and antiseptic, and relieves itching. It is a powerful depressant to the cerebrum, vasomotor and respiratory centres, inferior cor- nua, heart muscle and its ganglia. Acute Poisoning. — Large doses produce insensibility, coma, and complete loss of muscular power, so that the animal falls. There is general anaesthesia, and the pupils dilate. The pulse is weak, at first frequent, later infrequent and irregular. The respiration may be primarily quickened, but subseqently becomes slow, shallow and irregular. The animal sweats, the sphincters are relaxed, and involuntary 300 INORGANIC AGENTS defsecation occurs, but recovery commonly follows. With doses greater than. 4 ounces, horses die in a generally anaes- thetic and paralyzed state. In man, death has followed the ingestion of 10 grains of chloral, and several fatalities have occurred after doses of 20 or 25 grains, although these are exceptional cases. The fatal dose for dogs is said to be from 2 to 6 drachms. Treatment. — Emetics and the stomach tube, shouting at and beating the animal, external heat. Five times the ordi- nary dose of strychnine and atropine subcutaneously. Strong, hot coffee and alcohol by the rectum. Amyl nitrite inhalations. Administration. — Chloral has been given intravenously, subcutaneously, and intratracheally, as well as by the mouth and rectum. The best way to administer it is in solution per orem, or rectum. It may cause abscess if injected under the skin, or thrombi, when thrown into a vein. If given in ball, the chloral may prove too irritating in the digestive tract. It should be diluted at least 10 times, and is given b}^ the mouth with glycerin and water, or weak syrup, or with boiled starch solution by the rectum. Uses External. — Chloral may be employed as a stimu- lant, antiseptic, and slight local anaesthetic, in solution (1 to 4), upon ulcers and wounds. It may be used with an equal part of camphor diluted with 8 parts of ointment, to relieve itching. A 4 to 8 per cent, aqueous solution forms an excellent antiseptic preservative for anatomical specimens, and chloral may be added to urine for this purpose. Uses Internal. — Chloral is used for three purposes in veterinary practice : 1. First and foremost, to relieve spasm. 2. To assuage pain. 3. To procure sleep. In human medicine chloral is mainly employed as au hypnotic, but a purely soporific action is rarely required for the lower animals. The spasmodic conditions benefited by chloral include colic, convulsions, chorea, epilepsy, asthma. ACETANILID 301 canine distemper, spasmodic cough, rigidity of the uterine OS in the first stage of labor, hysteria, tetanus, and strych- nine poisoning. In spasmodic colic, chloral is inferior to opium as an anodyne, but has the advantage of not inducing constipation. It may be employed in colic, by the rectum, combined with morphine given under the skin, as recom- mended for procuring anaesthesia. It is the best remedy we possess for the treatment of convulsions in dogs, apart from anaesthetics. Ether may be administered during the con- vulsion, and chloral given simultaneously, or between the attacks, in gr.v.-xx., per rectum, and repeated if necessary. Chloral is only indicated in chorea when the movements are so severe that the animal cannot secure sleep or rest. In distemper in dogs, chloral is used for the same purpose, when there is excessive congh and restlessness. Chloral is given per rectum in tetanus, so as to keep the animal conti- nually narcotized, and may be employed in conjunction with tetanus antitoxine. Spasm of the os uteri is relieved by chloral when given per rectum in frequently repeated doses, until the safe physiological limit is reached. Chloral is inferior to ether or chloroform as an anaesthetic, because it is not so safe, nor is the anaesthesia so complete, but it relieves pain effectually, and is more easily administered. It is combined, in order to produce anaesthesia, with small doses of morphine, which decidedly enhance the anodyne action of chloral. To prepare a horse for surgical operation, 3 grains of morphine sulphate and 1 grain of atropine sulphate may be injected under the skin, and followed in 10 minutes by an enema containing 1 ounce of chloral. Class 5. — Antipyretics and Analgesics. ACETANILIDUM. AcetaniHd. CeH^N H C.H,©. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Phenylacetamide, antifebrin. An acetyl derivative of aniline. 302 INORGANIC AGENTS Derivation. — Glacial acetic acitl and auiline are distilled together, and the residue is purified by repeated crystalliza- tion. H C,H30, + CeH,N H, = C,H,N H. C,H30 + H,0. Properties. — White, shining micaceous crystalline lami- nfe, or a crystalline powder, odorless, having a faintly burning taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble in 194: parts of water, and in 5 parts of alcohol ; also soluble in 18 parts of ether, and easily soluble in chloroform. Dose.-B.., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); D., gr.iii.-vii. (.2-.5). Phenacetinum. Phenacetin. C,„H,3NO, (178.63). (B.P.) (Non-official, U. S. P.) Synonym. — PMra-acetphenetidin, CgHiO C^HgN H C2H3O -f- H:0 (178.63). Derivation. — Obtained by the action of glacial acetic acid upon paraphenetitin, a phenol derivative. H 0,H30, + CeH,0 C,H,N H = CJi.O GJi,^ HC,H30 + H,0. Properties. — Glistening, colorless, tasteless, odorless, scaly crystals. Practically insoluble in water ( 1-1700 ), soluble in 30 parts of alcohol, and in glycerin, chloroform and acetic acid. Dose.—B.. & C, 3ii.-iii. (8.-12.); D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). Antipyrinum. Antipyrin. CgHs (C Hj), C3H NjO. (Non-official, U. S. P.) Synonym. — Phenazonum, B. P.; phenyl-dimetliyl-pyra- zolone. Derivation. — Phenyl- hydrazine is acted upon by aceto- acetic ether, when phenyl -monomethyl- pyrazolone, ethyl alcohol and water result. H.N N H CeH, + C H3C O C H„ C O O C„H, = CJI, (C H3) CH^N^O + C,H, O H + H,6. Then CJI, (C H3) C3H„N„0 + C H3 1 (methyl iodide) = C«H, (C H3), C3H N,0 + H I. ACTION OF ACETANILID, ANTIPYRIN AND PHENACETIN 303 Properties. — Colorless, odorless, scaly crystals, of a bit- terish taste and alkaline reaction. Soluble in about its own weight of water, alcohol and chloroform. Incompatihies. — Spirit of nitrous ether, iron sulphate, chloride and iodide ; salicylates, tannin, chloral, calomel, and a large number of drugs. Dose.-n. & a, 3iii--iv. (12.-15.); Sli. & Sw., 3 i. (4.); D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). ACTION OF ACETANILID, ANTIPYRIN AND PHENACETIN. External. — Acetanilid and antipyrin are antiseptics. Solutions of the latter contract vessels and exert a haemo- static action. Internal. — These substances exert no action upon the digestive tract, but acetanilid possesses a decided antiseptic influence upon bacteria within the alimentary canal. Blood. — These agents have no influence upon the blood, in moderate medicinal doses, but in large doses they dimin- ish the ozonizing power of the blood, reduce the haemoglobin of the red corpuscles, change it to methsemoglobin, and alter the color of the blood to a brownish-red hue. In large toxic quantities, administered continuously, they cause disintegration of the red corpuscles and elimination of the blood coloring matter in the urine. Heart and Blood Vessels. — In ordinary therapeutic doses these drugs do not alter the normal condition of the heart or blood vessels, but in large medicinal doses they depress the force of the heart by action (probably) upon the heart muscle. Phenacetin is the least, and acetanilid the most depressant. Antipyrin is said to stimulate the heart and increase blood pressure in minute quantities. These three antipyretics decidedly diminish blood tension in large medi- cinal doses, owing to depression of the vasomotor apparatus. Nervous System. — Usual therapeutic doses of these sub- stances exert a sedative action upon the sensory nerves and sensory tract of the spinal cord. They are therefore anal- gesics, although not comparable in this respect to opium. 304 INORGANIC AGENTS Poisonous quantities of these drugs diminish miiscular power, lessen reflex action and cause paralysis. Experi- ments apparently show that acetanilid paralyzes the motor nerves, antipyrin the motor nerve endings, while motor depression seems to be of spinal origin in the case of phenacetin. The brain is undoubtedly influenced by these agents, as evidenced by coma and convulsions in poison- ing, but exact knowledge is wanting in relation to the action upon the brain. The functions of the cerebral cortex are thought to be depressed by anti|)yrin, and the special senses to be first stimulated and then paralyzed by this drug. Temperature. — Acetanilid, antipyrin and phenacetin are essentially antipyretics. While they do not invariably lower temperature, even in large doses in normal animals, they do so very materiallj^ in animals suffering from fever. They apparently depress the activity of the calorefacient centres (probably in the corpora striata), and therefore diminish heat production. Testimony is at variance in regard to their action upon heat loss. They frequently induce diar- phoresis, but it is generally accepted that heat dissipation is increased to a greater extent than would be accounted for by sweating, and that it occurs even when diarphoresis does not take place. Wood teaches that these ngents act solely by lessening heat production, and this is no doubt their main action. Respiration. — The respiratory functions are unaffected by therapeutic doses of these medicines. In lethal doses respiration is quickened, owing to the greater work thrown upon the respiratory centre by the altered condition of the blood, and this vital centre is ultimately paralyzed. Kidneys. — The drugs under consideration produce slight diuresis in moderate medicinal doses. In poisoning, the urine may become dark-colored by the hsematin escaping from the disintegrated red blood corpuscles. Antipyrin lessens the nitrogenous products of tissue waste in the urine, and also diminishes the amount of that secretion. Acetanilid, on the other hand, increases the excretion of urea. ACTION OF ACETAMILID, ANTIPYEIN AND PHENACETIN 305 Elimination. — Antipjriu is rapidly eliminated unchauged in the urine. Acetauilid escapes in part unchanged, and in part in the same manner as aniline, /. e., para-amido-phenol- sulphate, while phenacetin is chiefly eliminated as such. Poisoning. — Toxic doses of these drugs cause, in the lower animals, nervous excitement and convulsions, and sometimes coma, loss of consciousness, staggering gait, muscular failui-e, sweating, rapid, feeble respiration, weak pulse, cyanosis, occasional vomiting in dogs, fall of tempe- rature and general paralysis. Treatment. — External heat, alcoholic stimulants by the mouth, rectum, or under the skin ; strychnine, and atropine subcutaneously. Administration. — Antipyrin is given in solution by the mouth, rectum, or under the skin. Acetanilid and phen- acetin can be administered in powder, tablet, pill or ball; or in solution in alcoholic liquor. Acetanilid is to be preferred for horses on account of its much greater cheapness. The average dose of acetanilid is one drachm for a horse, and three to five grains for a dog ; and the dose of phenacetin is twice, and of antipyrin three times greater than that of acetanilid. Uses External. — Acetanilid is employed as an antiseptic dusting powder undiluted. A ten per cent, solution of anti- pyrin may be applied as a haemostatic upon bleeding surfaces. Uses Internal. — There are three indications for the use of these agents : 1. To lower temperature in fever. 2. To relieve pain. 3. To lessen motor excitement and spasm. They are not so valuable in veterinary practice as in human medicine, since the lower animals rarely suffer from neuralgic pain, which is the special variety of suffering alleviated by these drugs. Phenacetin is the most serviceable for dogs, as it is less toxic, more sedative, and more permanent in its antipyretic action than antipyrin or acetanilid. Dogs suffering from distemper are greatly relieved by small and repeated doses of phenacetin, which lessen fever, cough and restlessness. 306 INORGANIC AGENTS In acute diseases, as pueumonia, these antipyretics may be occasionally employed to advantage when the temperature rises above 104° Far., and remains there any length of time. They are generall}' inadvisable in asthenic, febrile diseases, since they are too depressant in their action upon the heart and have no effect in removing the cause of the disease. The hyperpyrexia of insolation may be treated with these agents, in combination with cold, externally and per rectum. For the relief of pain their scope is limited in veterinary practice to that of a rheumatic character. Motor distur- bances, including convulsions, chorea and spasm, may be abated by the antipyretics, but they are usually inferior to chloral, opium, or other antispasmodics. Phenacetin, combined with codeine or heroin, in powder or tablet, is a useful remedy for cough in dogs. Class 6. — Antiseptics. AciDUM Carbolicum Crudum. Crude Carbolic Acid. Synonym. — Acide phenique cru, Fr.; rohe carbolsaure, G. Derivation. — A liquid consisting of various constituents of coal tar, chiefly cresol and phenol, obtained by fractional distillation at a temperature between 302° F. and 392° F., and twice rectified at a temperature between 338° F. and 374° F. Properties. — A nearly colorless, or reddish-brown liquid of a strongly empyreumatic and creasote-like odor, having a benumbing, blanching and caustic effect upon the skin or mucous membrane, and gradually turning darker on ex- posure to the air and light. Soluble in 15 parts of water. The aqueous solution has a slight acid reaction. AciDUM Carbolicum. Carbolic Acid. CsHgO H. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Phenic acid, phenol, phenyl alcohol, pheny- licum crystallisatum, E.; acide phenique, acide carboJique, CARBOLIC ACID 307 liydrafce de phenyle, Fr.; carbolsiiure, phenylsaure, phenyl alkoho], G. Derivation. — Obtained from crude carbolic acid by agitation with caustic soda, heating to 338° F., and adding hydrochloric acid. Then by agitation with sodium chloride, digestion with calcium chloride, and distillation at a tempe- rature between 336° F. and 374° F., and finally by crystalli- zation. Properties. — Colorless, interlaced, or separate, needle- shaped crystals, or a white crystalline mass, sometimes acquiring a reddish tint ; having a characteristic, somewhat aromatic odor, and when copiously diluted with water, a sweetish taste with a slightly burning after-taste. Delique- scent on exposure to damp air. Soluble in about 15 parts of water, and very soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, glycerin, fixed and volatile oils. Faintly acid reaction. Phenol crystals melt when heated, but solidify again on cooling. A 95 per cent, solution of carbolic acid crystals, in alcohol, remains fluid at the ordinary temperature. The crystals are also liquified by the addition of about 8 per cent, of water. Dose. — H. & C, gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.) ; Sh. & Sw., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6); D., gr.ss.-i. (.03-.06). PREPARATIONS. 1. — Unguentum Acidi Carbolici. Ointment of Carbolic Acid. (U. S. & B. P.) Carbolic acid, 5; ointment, 95. (U. S. P.) 2. — Glyeeritum Acidi Carbolici. Glycerite of Carbolic Acid. (U. S. & B. P.) Carbolic acid, 20; glycerin, 80. (IT. S.'P.) 3. — Aciduvi Carholicum Lique factum . Liquified Carbolic Acid. (B. P.) Carbolic acid liquified by addition of 10 per cent, of water. Dose. — Same as acidum carbolicum. Action External. — -Carbolic acid causes burning pain when applied to the skin or mucous membranes, and this 308 INORGANIC AGENTS action is followed by local ausestliesia aud the production of a dry white spot. If used in sufficient quantity, it leads to sloughing, but the escharotic effect is superficial, since the acid coagulates albumin, which forms a protective coating to the undeilying parts. Carbolic acid is an antiseptic and disinfectant, and, in proper solution, acts as a sedative upon the peripheral sensory nerves, and is one of the most efficient agents in relieving itching. It checks the growth of both organized (bacteria) and unorganized (digestive) ferments. Strong solutions (1-2 per cent.) kill most bacteria, but a considerable time is required to destroy the organisms of certain diseases and those relating to putrefaction. Some hours are required to kill anthrax spores, by even a 5 per cent, solution. Two per cent, solutions destroy the digestive ferments. Carbolic acid is inferior in power to corrosive sublimate and many other agents, as a germicide. The lower forms of vegetable parasites, growing upon the skin, perish by the application of carbolic acid. Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Carbolic acid exerts a local, anaesthetic action upon the sensory nerve endings in the stomach, aud may act to a certain extent in the diges- . tive tract as an antiseptic, hindering abnormal fermentation, but is, in this respect, inferior to creolin, napthol and uap- thalin. It is probably converted into a sulpho-carbolate in the stomach. In concentration, carbolic acid is a powerful gastro-intestinal irritant. Blood. — Carbolic acid is absorbed into the blood and probably circuhites in part as an alkaline carbolate of sodium and potassium. Heart and Blood Vessels. — Phenol, in poisonous doses, paralyzes the vasomotor centre and later depresses the heart. The effect upon the vessels is the more important aud promi- nent, but neither action is observed after medicinal doses. Respiration. — Therapeutic doses do not influence the respiratory functions, but toxic quantities make the respira- tory movements rapid aud shallow at first, owing to stimula- tion of the respiratory centre and peripheral vagi, while CARBOLIC ACID 309 death occurs after lethal amounts from paralysis of the respiratory centre. Nervous System. — ^he brain is depressed by toxic doses of carbolic acid, and stupor and coma occur. The convul- sions appearing in' carbolic acid poisoning are due to pii- mary stimulation of the spinal motor area, which is finally depressed and paralyzed. When locally applied, carbolic acid depresses and paralyzes the peripheral sensory nerves. Temperature. — Carbolic acid, in medicinal doses, slightly lowers temperature both in health and fever, but is not suffi- ciently antipyretic to be suitable for such a purpose in prac- tice. It depresses heat production and increases heat loss. EUminution. — Carbolic acid is eliminated by all ordinary channels, but mainly by the kidneys. The urine becomes dark colored — a very characteristic sign — even after large medicinal doses. The sole cause of this urinary coloration has not yet been fully determined. Phenol normally occurs in small quantities in the urine of man and animals. Three grains have been recovered from the urine passed in 24 hours by a horse, and is thought to be a product of intes- tinal fermentation. In large toxic doses some carbolic acid is eliminated in the urine unchanged. In smaller quantities, part of the acid is decomposed, and part eliminated as sul- phocarbolates of potassium and sodium, and a substance called glycuronic acid, while a portion is oxidized in the system into two bodies, hydroquinone and pyrocatechin. The latter accounts, in part, for the dark coloration of the urine, for pyrocatechin can only exist in an alkaline urine. The normal sulphates are absent in the urine following carbolic acid poisoning. Toxicology. — Carbolic acid ranks as one of the most powerful poisons — together with prussic acid and nitro- benzole — in existence. Several cases of death in man have occurred after the ingestion of one-half an ounce of carbolic acid ; and the smallest fatal human dose on record appears to be about one drachm. One or two drachms are fatal to dogs, and a dose as small as 15 grains is said to have caused 310 INORGANIC AGENTS tlie death of a dof;, while the letlial amount for the horse is jibout one ounce. Many cases of accidental poisoning have occurred from absorption of carbolic acid when applied externally for surgical purposes in dressings or solutions upon raw surfaces. The symptoius are the same as when absorption occurs from the digestive tract. Dogs and cats are particularly susceptible to the action of phenol. The- milder symptoms of poisoning include dulness, loss of appetite, muscular weakness and trembling, and dark-colored urine having the odor of carbolic acid. After lethal doses death may be instantaneous through respiratory arrest, the heart continuing to beat for a time. The more ordinary symptoms in severe poisoning in all animals are: trembling, rarely vomiting and purging, restlessness, salivation, loss of muscular power (animal reels and falls), diminution of sensibility, anaesthesia, dj'spnoea ; the breathing is rapid, shallow and stertorous ; the pulse is weak, irregular, and usually frequent; the temperature is'lowered, and there are the usual symptoms of collapse, with insensibility, coma, loss of reflex action, general paralysis, occasional convul- sions and death. Sometimes h?ematuria, albuminuria and haemoglobin uria have been observed. The condition resem- bles apoplexy, but the mucous membrane of the mouth is stained white in patches after ingestion of pure acid, dark with crude acid, and the odor of the poison lingering about the animal, together with the dark, green-colored urine, are characteristic of phenol poisoning. The urine may be clear when first voided, but becomes dark on standing. The absence of carbolic acid in the urine affords certain evidence that the case is not one of poisoning by this drug. Post mortem examination reveals hard, whitish or brownish or black patches and sloughs upon the mucous membrane of the mouth, gullet, stomach, and even the small intestines. The blood is dark from asphyxia, and imperfectly coagu- lated. There is occasionally fatty degeneration of the liver and kidneys. The odor of the acid remains not longer than twenty-four hours. CARBOLIC ACID 311 Treatment. — Emetics are usually valueless on account of the ausesthetic condition of the mucous membrane of tbe stomach. We use, therefore, the stomach pump or tube, and, as antidotes, Epsom or Glauber's salts, forming in- soluble and harmless sulphocarbolates in the digestive tract and blood ; and these are indicated in every stage of the poisoning. For collapse, heart and respiratory failure, digitalis, strychnine, atropine, ether, brandy* subcutane- ously, are to be employed, together with heat externally. Mucilaginous drinks are also useful. Administratio7i.—G&.v\io\\G acid is commonly given in- ternally, diluted several hundred times with water. Uses External. — A solution of carbolic acid (1-20) is frequently used in surgery to disinfect the unbroken skin, while a weaker solution (1-40) is more suitable as an antiseptic upon raw surfaces and mucous membranes. Cor- rosive sublimate is a cheaper and more powerful disinfectant and antiseptic, and is therefore more often employed to render the operative field aseptic and to sterilize the hands of the operator. Pure carbolic acid is occasionally used as a caustic to destroy small growths, as warts, and the lining membrane of fistulse of jlie poll, withers, or lateral car- tilages; to swab out a septic uterus, and as a local anaesthetic upon the skin. A drop of pure acid, or a line drawn with a brush along a proposed path of incision, may render a hypodermic puncture or superficial incision pain- less. Injection of ten to thirty drops of a two per cent, solution into the substance of boils, glandular swellings, erysipelatous inflammatory patches, poisoned wounds, joints affected with chronic synovitis, and inflamed bursse, will often assist recovery and may abort the lesion. In acute inflammation, the injections are made twice daily; in chronic conditions, once every other day; and if there is a large extent of surface involved, sevei al injections are done at one time. * Strong alcoholic liquors given by the mouth possess considerable value as chemical and physiological antidotes to carbolic acid. 312 INORGANIC AGENTS Bacelli's treatment of tetanus with carbolic acid has met with considerable success of late. One drachm of the pure acid in solution (5 to 10 per cent) should be injected in the region of the neck and shoulders of the horse every two hours during the first 32 hours, and less frequently after- ward. As much as 36 drachms may be given to the horse in 24 hours, for there appears to be a special tolerance for carbolic acid acquired in tetanus. Instruments are frequently placed in carbolic acid solution (1-40) during surgical operations, although it is sufficient to boil them in water for ten minutes and keep them in the boiled water, or place them in a pure atmos- phere upon boiled towels. Carbolized gauze is prepared from unbleached cotton gauze medicated with half its weight of a mixture consisting of carbolic acid, 1 ; resin, 3 ; and paraffin, 4 parts. Plain gauze, sterilized by baking at a temperature of 140° C. for- two hours, is preferable, and avoids the danger of absorption and poisoning. The gly- cerite of carbolic acid is employed as a local application in stomatitis, iipon the ulcerations of actinomycosis with iodine, and also upon the skin to destroy ringworm. It is inferior, however, to tincture of iodine for the latter pur- pose. Two per cent, solutions are recommended to kill lice and the acari of scab and mange. Carbolic acid is the most serviceable remedy we possess to relieve itching. Two per cent, solutions may be employed upon the un- broken skin, but the strength should not be greater than half this amount upon excoriated surfaces. In sub-acute moist eczema of dogs, carbolic acid with zinc ointment (gr.5- 5 i-)) o^' tli6 following prescription, will be found of value in relieving itching and promoting recovery: Calaminae ^ ss. Zinci oxidi 3 ii. Acid. Carbol gr.xx. Liq. Calcis ad § iv, M. Sig. External use. (Shake.) CARBOLIC ACID 318 Care should always be taken not to apply carbolic preparations over any considerable extent of raw surface, and to muzzle dogs in the event of an opportunity being afforded tliem to lick off any undue amount of the acid. A solution (1-50) in boiling water forms an efficient anti- septic and sedative inhalation for horses suffering from catarrh of the upper air passages. One of the most excellent remedies for burns consists of a two per cent, solution of carbolic acid in carrou oil. It relieves pain and lessens suppuration, although carbolic acid in oil possesses little antiseptic property. Good results have been reported with intratracheal injections in verminous bronchitis of foals and calves, consisting of the following : Acldi carbolici tt^xx. 01. terebinthinae 3 ii. Chloroformi 3 ss. M, Sig. Give at one injection intratracheally. Crude carbolic acid may be used to disinfect infected buildings and their contents, and, in two per cent, solution with whitewash, can be applied to v/alls after cleaning. Boiling water and corrosive sublimate are cheaper and more effective disinfectants than carbolic acid. Uses Internal. — Carbolic acid is of no worth in the treat- ment of general septic diseases, as a sufficient quantity to kill bacteria cannot be absorbed into the blood without being prejudicial to the patient. Locally, carbolic acid may exert an antiseptic and anaesthetic action in the stomach. Carbolic acid is sometimes of service in relieving vomiting and gastric pain caused by flatulence in dogs, and in counteracting intestinal fermentation and diarrhoea in all animals. In diarrhoea of dogs, grain doses are combined to advantage with bismuth subnitrate in powder, capsules, or pill. 314 INORGANIC AGENTS Crkosotum. Creosote. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Kreosotum, P.G.; kr^osote, Fr.; kreosot, G. Derivation. — A mixtuie of phenols, chiefly guaiacol and cresol, obtained during the distillation of wood tar, prefer- ably of that derived from the beech, Fagus sylvatica Linne. (Nat. ord. cupuliferse.) Properties. — An almost colorless, yellowish or pinkish^ highly refractive, oily liquid, having a penetrating, smoky odor, and a burning, caustic taste. Usually becoming darker in tint on exposure to the light. Spec. gr. not below 1.070 at 59^ F. Soluble in about 150 parts of water, but without forming a perfectly clear solution. Freely soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, acetic acid, fixed and volatile oils. Dose.— H., 1T[xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); C, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4); Sh. and Sw., Hlv.-xv. (.3-1.); D., 1TLss.-ii. (.03-.12). Action and Uses. — The action of creosote upon animals. is practically the same as that of carbolic acid, both in therapeutic and toxic doses. The antidotes (soluble sul- phates) and treatment of poisoning are also similar. Externally, creosote is as effective a germicide as carbolie acid, but the latter is usually preferred, being much cheaper. Creosote may be applied in the same strength for its local antiseptic, parasiticide, and local anaesthetic action. Inter- nally, creosote is administered, as is carbolic acid, to check vomiting and to act as an intestinal antiseptic. Outside of of the body, creosote is employed in inhalation in inflam- matory diseases of the upper portion of the respiratory tract, and to kill parasites in the air passages. Intra- tracheal injection may be substituted for inhalation in the latter condition. Creolinum. Creolin. (Non-official). Derivation. — Obtained from soft coal by dry distillation. Composition very complex. Is said to contain cresol and higher homologues of phenol. CEEOLIN 316 Properties. — Dark-brown, syrupy, alkaline liqnitl, of a tarry taste and odor. Nearly soluble in alcohol ; soluble in chloroform and ether. When added to water, creolin forms a white emulsion containing in suspension as much as 12 per cent, of the drug. Dose. — H. and C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.), in single dose. For continuous use— H. and C, 3 i.-ii- (4.-8.); D., 1Tli.-v. (.06-.3). Action External. — Creolin is a powerful and useful dis- infectant, antiseptic, and parasiticide. It forms a slippery coating upon the skin. Strong solutions are not caustic, but may cause a dermatitis when continuously applied. Creolin generally represents carbolic acid, but is much more efficient as a germicide, less irritating, and does not endanger animal life from absorption. Aqueous solutions (emulsions), containing from ^ to 1 per cent., are employed for antiseptic purposes. Action Internal. — Creolin is eliminated by all channels, giving the secretions a tarry odor, and coloring the urine brown. One or two drachms of creolin (a lethal dose of carbolic acid), when given daily to dogs for weeks at a time, produce no bad effects. It is a good intestinal antiseptic, and better than carbolic acid. Uses. — Creolin is employed mainly outside of the body, and is a useful general antiseptic for surgical purposes in 1 per cent, solution. Antiseptic poultices, so valuable upon septic sloughing parts, are best made by soaking clean gauze in a I per cent, aqueous solution of creolin, and applying the same, covered by a waterproof protective. Creolin solutions are not to be recommended for instru- ments during operations, as the fluid is so turbid that they cannot be seen by the operator. A 2 per cent, solution is useful for a vaginal or uterine injection ; a 1 per cent, solution for irrigation of the bladder in cystitis, or eye in keratitis and conjunctivitis ; and a \ per cent, solution for intestinal irrigation in dysentery. As a parasiticide, 2 per cent, solutions, or 10 per cent, ointments or soaps, maj' be used to kill lice and acari of scab and mange. 316 INORGANIC AGENTS Sheep are clipped to advantage iu 2 per cent, solutions, to destroy ticks, instead of the more dangerous arsenical liquids. Creolin (of Merck) may be used internally, as an intestinal antiseptic and anthelmintic. One ounce given on an empty stomach, in a quart of water, is one of the most effective vermifuges for the horse. Lysolum. Lysol. (Non-official.) Derivation, — From that part of tar oil which boils between 190° and '200° C, by dissolving in fat and saponi- fying in alcohol. Properties. — A clear, brown, oily liquid, of a feeble, creasote-like odor. Soluble in water, forming a clear, frothy, soapy fluid, and in alcohol, chloroform, and glycerin. Lysol contains 50 per cent, of cresol. Lysol is used as a substitute for creolin, in I to 2 per cent, aqueous solution. It is a poweiful antiseptic, and is stated to be more efficient and half as poisonous as creolin, and only g as toxic as carbolic acid. Lysol solutions do not obscure instruments, nor damage the hands of the operator. The drug is undoubtedly a very useful one. Naphtol. Naphtol. C,oH,0 H. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Beta naphtol. A phenol occurring in wood tar, but usually prepared artificially from naphthalin. Derivation. — Naphthalin is treated with strong sulphuric acid. B- naphthalin sulphonic acid is formed (CjoH. H SOg). The latter acid is dissolved in water with milk of lime, and the resulting calcium salt is recovered by crystallization. The crystals are then dissolved in water and treated with sodium carbonate, when sodium naphthalin-sulphonate (Cjo HiSOgNa) results. The latter is mixed with fused sodium hydroxide, when sodium naphtol (Cjo H, O Na) and sodium sulphite are obtained. Hydrochloric acid is added to the NAPHTALIN 317 former, and naphtol results, which is further purified by sublimation and recrystallization. Proper-ties. — Colorless, or pale buff-colored, shining, crystalline laminse, or a white, or yellowish-white, crystalline powder ; having a faint phenol-like odor, and a sharp and pungent but not persistent taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in about 1,000 parts of water, and in 0.75 parts of alcohol; also very soluble in ether, chloroform, or solutions of caustic alkalies. Dose.— H., 3ii--iii. (8.-12.); D., gr.i.-x. (.06-.6). Actions and Uses. — Naphtol is a powerful disinfectant, antiseptic and parasiticide. It is a useful application exter- nally in 10 per cent, ointment, for mange and ringworm. Internally it is employed to kill round and tape worms, and as an antiseptic in intestinal fermentation. It should be given in keratin coated pill (to avoid irritating the stomach), or capsules, to dogs, and iu ball to horses. Naphtalinum. Naphtalin. €,„ Hg. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Naphtalene. Derivation. — A hydrocarbon obtained from coal tar by distillation between 356° F. and 482° F. The impure naph- talin resulting is treated with sulphuric acid and sodium hydroxide, and is further purified by distillation with steam, and then by mixture with strong sulphuric acid, and finally by redistillation. Properties. — Colorless, shining, transparent lamin?e, having a strong characteristic odor resembling that of coal tar, and a burning aromatic taste ; slowly volatilized on exposure to the air. Insoluble in water; soluble in 15 parts of alcohol ; very soluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disul- phide, and fixed and volatile oils. Dose.—B.., 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.i.-xx. (.06-1.3). Actions and Uses. — Naphtalin, like other coal tar pro- ducts, is an antiseptic and parasiticide. It may be used as an antiseptic dressing powder upon wounds, or in 10 per 318 INORGANIC AGENTS cent, ointment for parasitic skin diseases. NjipliJ-alin is almost insoluble in tlie digestive tract, and acts as an anti- septic, therefore, tlirougliout this canal. It is of service in intestinal fermentation, diarrhoea, dysentery, and, as a ver- micide, in combination with castor oil. Naphtalin is administered to dogs in starch wafers or gelatine capsules; and to horses in ball or electuary. Eesorcinum. Eesorcin. C6H,(0 H)^. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Resorciuol. Metadioxybenzol. Derivation. — A diatomic phenol formed by the action of fuming sulphuric acid upon benzine, whereby benzine meta- disulphonic acid [CgH^ (H S O^^ results. The latter is neutralized by milk of lime ; calcium sulphate is expressed, and sodium carbonate is added. The process is continued by filtration, and the filtrate evaporated to dryness. The residue is heated with sodium hydrate, with the formation of sodium resorcin [CeH^ (O Na),]. Sulphurous acid is driven off from sodium resorcin by boiling, and the result is extracted with ether ; impure resorcin is recovered by distillation, and is purified by sub- limation or by recrystallization from water. Properties. — Colorless, or faintly reddish, needle-shaped crystals, or rhombic plates ; having a faint, peculiar odor, and a disagreeable, sweetish, and afterward pungent taste. Resorcin acquires a reddish or brownish tint on exposure to light and air. Soluble in 0.6 part of water, and in 0.5 part of alcohol ; readily soluble in ether or glycerin, and very slightly soluble in chloroform. i)ose.— H., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Foals and Calves, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); D., gr.ii.-v. (.12-.3). Action and Uses. — Resorcin was originally employed as an antipyretic, but is not now used for this action, being too depressing to the heart. It is an efficient antiseptic, exter- nally and internally ; possesses a slight local anaesthetic effect, and is not nearly so irritating topically as phenol. FORMALDEHYDE 319 Externally it is of value in scaly skin diseases, as psoriasis, in solution (1-4), in glycerin. Internally, resorcin is of worth in fermentation and indigestion, given in a large amount of water an hour or two after eating Formaldehyde. C H O H. (Non-official.) Synonym. — Formic aldehyde. Derivation. — Obtained by partial combustion of wood alcohol, without ignition, by evaporation of the spirit in contact with a hot, platinized, asbestos plate. 2 C H3 O H + 0, = 2CHOHm2 ha Properties. — Formaldehyde is a pungent gas, having a spec. gr. of 1.6; soluble in water, forming a clear, colorless, stable solution when kept in glass-stoppered bottles, but volatilizing on exposure to the air. Formalin is the com- mercial name for an aqueous solution containing 40 per cent, of formaldehyde gas. Action and Uses. — Formaldehyde and formalin are powerful microbicides. A 1 per cent, solution of formalin will kill Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus in about an hour; B. typhosus in 40 to 50 minutes ; B. coli communis in 30 to 40 minutes ; B. anthracis and S. choler?e in less than 15 minutes. Clothes soaked in cultures of B. typhosus, S. cho- lerse and Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus, and then for 24 hours in a 1 per cent, solution of formalin, were found to be completely sterile (Slater). Trillat and Robinson have apparently shown that formaldehyde gas has wonderful disinfectant and penetrating properties, destroying all pathogenic bacteria in ordinary rooms containing the micro- organisms buried under mattresses, between blankets, in in clothing and other articles, in the air, dust, and morbid secretions. Harrington has proved, however, that the pene- trating power of formaldehyde is nil in the case of moist substances, and that sterilization is not always complete when micro-organisms are imbedded in, or covered by, dry, 320 INOKGANIO AGENTS pervious material. Still, formaldehyde is the best practical disinfectant now known for the sterilization of infected pre- mises. It is as yet comparatively expensive. The gas is most effective between 60° and 70° F., but will act at other temperatures. It is not so operative in damp air, and the premises should be closed tight from the outer air, in order that the disinfection may be thorough. One-half a liter (about one pint) of pure wood alcohol will yield a 2^ per cent, formaldehyde atmosphere in 1,000 cubic feet of air space, and this is the proper proportion of alcohol necessary for disinfection. The premises containing the gas should be sealed from 4 to 24 hours. Formaldehyde vapor is extremely pungent and irritating to the mucous membranes, causing running of the nose and eyes in those exposed to its influence ; but some experimenters have subjected ani- mals to formaldehyde vapor (of disinfectant strength) for hours without causing their death. In Harrington's experi- ments two rabbits were killed by formaldehyde in the disin- fection of a room, and exhibited the following post mortem appearances : Congestion and hemorrhage of the buccal mucous membrane ; intense bronchitis with hypersemia, and consolidation of the lung with a purulent and slightly fibri- nous exudate. There was also congestion of the abdominal organs, including the liver, kidneys and spleen. As death may occur, it is certainly unwise to attempt the disinfection of premises with formaldehyde, when inhabited by men or animals. The smaller insect pests and animal parasites are sometimes killed by formaldehyde disinfection, but not in- variably so. Formic aldehyde vapor is not injurious to plants, cloth- ing, metals, or other like articles, as are sulphurous anhy- dride or chlorine gas, and it bids fair to supersede all other agents for the gaseous disinfection of premises infected with pathogenic bacteria. Formalin may be diluted with | of its bulk of water and evaporated by heat to generate formalde- hyde gas, without any special apparatus. Harrington states that the evaporation of 110 Cc. of FORMALDEHYDE 321 formalin is sufficient to kill all pathogenic micro-organisms within 2^ hours, in 1,000 cubic feet of air space. Sheets saturated with formaliu ( 3 v. to 1,000 cubic feet air space) will efficiently disinfect premises when reasonably air-tight, by simple evaporatioD. It is necessary to employ a generator or special ap- pliance to convert wood alcohol into formic aldehyde, but these are not expensive. Formalin, in ^ to 2 per cent, solution, is perhaps the most powerful antiseptic we possess for surgical purposes. It is somewhat painful and irritating on raw surfaces, but is a valuable agent for the disinfection of the skin or septic parts. PREPARATIONS. Urotropiii (Hexamethylentetramen). Ce Hi 2 N4. Urotropin occurs in colorless, transparent crystals, soluble in 1.2 parts of water and in 14 parts of alcohol; odorless, of a sweet, afterward bitter taste, and slight alkaline reaction. It is made by combining solu- tions of ammonia and formaldehyde, and was first introduced into medicine by Nicolaier in 1895. Urotropin appears to be decomposed in the kidneys with the libei-ation of formaldehyde, and thus disinfects the urinary tract. It is, in fact, considered the best urinary antiseptic in human medicine and has been used with the greatest success in the treatment of all infectious diseases of the urinary passages, especially acute and chronic i^yelitis and cystitis. It renders normal a putrid urine containing pus or mucus, is a solvent for uric acid and is slightly diuretic. These actions should be of value in similar diseases of animals, especially of dogs. The drug may be given in from 3 to 5 grain doses thrice daily in solution, in canine practice. Olutol (Formalin Gelatin). Glutei is a coarse, white powder, without odor or irritating pro- perties, and is prepared by dissolving gelatin in water and drying the solution in formalin vajDor. It is a most valuable antiseptic powder in liberating formaldehyde gas in contact with living cells. Glutol forms a scab when dusted over fresh wounds, preventing infection, and is serviceable in the treatment of infected wounds, abscesses, boils (after paracentesis), sinuses and other surgical conditions. It was first brought into use by Dr. C. L. Schleich, in 1896. 322 INORGANIC AGENTS Class 7. — Miscellaneous Carbon Compounds. AcEDUM Hydrocyanicum Dilutum. Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. H C N. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Prussic acid, acidum liydrocyanatum, s. borussicum, E.;* acide cyanLydrique, s. hydrocyanique, Fr.; cyauwasserstoflfsaiire, blausiiure, G. Derivation. — A liquid composed of 2 per cent., by weight, of absolute hydrocyanic acid, and 98 per cent, of water. Obtained by distillation of potassium ferrocyanide, 20; sulphuric acid, 8; and water, 65; into distilled water. The following reaction first occurs : K^ Fe Cg N^ + 2 Ho S O^ = 2 K. S O^ + H^ Fe Cg N,; then on the application of heat, the hydroferrocyanic acid resulting in the first reaction reacts with the remaining potassium ferrocyanide and sul- phuric acid, as follows : H, Fe C, N^ + K, Fe Ce N^ + H, S O, = 6 H C N + K, S O, + K, Fe (Fe C, K). Diluted hydrocyanic acid can also be made by mixing hydrochloric acid, 5 ; with distilled water, 55 ; silver cyanide, 6. Shake together in a glass-stoppered bottle. Ag C N +• H CI = H C N + Ag CI. When the precipitate of silver chloride falls, pour off the clear, supernatant fluid. Properties. — A clear, colorlef^s li^juid, of a characteristic taste and odor, resembling those of bitter almond. It is very unstable and is apt to be inert as obtained from ordi- nary drug stores. It should be kept in inverted glass-stop- pered dark bottles. Incompatihles. — Salts of iron, copper and silver ; sulphides and red mercuric oxide. i>o*e.— H. & C, 1TLxx.'xl (1.3-2.6) ; Sh., 111x.-xv. (.6-1.) ; Sw., 1TLii.-v. (.12-.3); D , l^i.-iii. (.06-.2). Action External. — Prussic acid is absorbed to some extent through the unbroken skin ; paralyzes the peripheral sensory nerves, and acts as a local anaesthetic. If the finger * Scheele's prussic acid contains 4 to 5 per cent, of the pure hydro- cyanic acid. DILUTED HYDROCYANIC ACID 323 is held over a bottle contaiuiug the acid, it sooii becomes ausesthetized. Upon mucous membranes, or raw surfaces, prussic acid is rapidly absorbed and exhibits its usual con- stitutional action. Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Hydrocyanic acid exerts a sedative effect upon the mucous membrane of the fcitomach and upper portion of the digestive tract. It is absorbed into the blood, but we are ignorant of its fate or moile of elimination. Blood. — In poisoning, the blood becomes first of a bright arterial hue, and later assumes a dark, venous color. The first condition is due to the fact that the blood does not give up its oxygen for some reason. Brunton suggests that it is because the blood is hurried so rapidly through the dilated peripheral vessels that it does not have time to yield up its oxygen. The dark color of the blood is probably owing to asphyxia' and accumulation of carbonic * dioxide, following the paralytic action of prussic acid upon the respiratory centre. A substance called cyanoLsemoglobin is formed outside the body by hydrocyanic acid when shaken with blood. The acid appears to deoxydize the normal oxyhsemoglobin, and blood thus treated has no ozon- izing property. Cyanohaemoglobin was thoupjht to account for the action of prussic acid, but it does not exist within the body in the blood of poisoned animals. The red blood corpuscles are altered in shape by the action of prussic acid upon blood withdrawn from the vessels. They generally become rounder, then granular, and finally disintegrate and liquefy. But these changes do not occur in the blood during life. The general action of prussic acid is altogether inde- pendent of any influence upon the blood, since the same toxic effect is produced lapou the bloodless, or " salt frog " (vessels containing normal salt solution), as upon the normal batrachian. Nervous System and Muscles. — Prussic acid has an essen- tially depressing action upon the nervous system as a whole. The brain, cord and nerves become paralyzed by large doses. 324 INORGANIC AGENTS The convulsions occurring in poisoning are shown by ex[)e- riments to be clue probably to altered cerebral circulation, although they have been attributed to the direct influence upon the brain substance, and to asphyxia. They are, how- ever, present during that period of poisoning when the blood is of a bright arterial hue. The spinal cord is paralyzed at a period after coma and convulsions have appeared. The peripheral nerves and muscles are paralyzed directly by toxic doses, and not through the mediation of the central nervous apparatus. This is proved by shutting off the blood supply containing the drug, fioai a frog's leg, and leaving the nervous connections intact, when no effect of prussic acid is observed upon the limb. Heart and Blood Vessels. — Death sometimes occurs instantaneously from large lethal doses of prussic. acid, owing to diastolic arrest of the heart. This action is due probably to paralysis of the heart and its contained ganglia, and also to irritation of the vagus centre. Moderate non- toxic doses stimulate the vagus centre of the medulla, and slow the pulse without diminishing the force of the heart. When the vagi are previously divided, this action does not occur, but after large doses slowing of the heart is observed whether the vagi are cut or not; thus showing that the heart muscle, or its ganglia, are directly influenced. Mode- rate doses of prussic acid first stimulate, and then depress the vasomotor centre. Arterial pressure is therefore prima- rily raised considerably, but this is followed by a fall to,, or below, the normal. Toxic doses stimulate the vasomotor centre ver}'^ briefly, and this action is succeeded by profound depression and paralysis of the centre, accompanied by a great diminution of blood tension. Respiration. — Inhalation of the pure acid will cause death in a confined atmosphere, and even inhalation of the medicinal solution will induce the physiological symptoms of the drug. The respiratory centre is usually depressed from the beginning, by prussic acid, and the respiratory DILUTED HYDKOCYANiC ACID 325 movements are therefore lessened in frequency throughout the period of its action. Rarely, thern is a primary transient stimulation of the centre, so that the breathing is increased in frequency. lu the latter stage of poisoning, the breathing is feeble and shallow, and only occurs at long intervals. If death does not supervene immediately from diastolic arrest of the heart, it comes on more slowly by asphyxia. The respiratory movements become less frequent and forcible, the animal giving an occasional gasp, until finally the breathing ceases altogether, while the heart continues to beat for a time. Sumviary. — Prussic acid in any considerable dose exerts a general paralyzant action upon the system, including the brain, spinal cord, nerves, muscles, and the three great medullary centres controlling the heart, respiration and ves- sels. Topically applied, hydrocyanic acid also paralyzes nerves and muscles, and acts therapeutically as a local sedative and anaesthetic. Toxicology.- — Prussic acid is one of the most powerful poisons in existence. Death may be instantaneous, or life may be prolonged for over an hour after a lethal dose. More commonly the animal survives for a few minutes, and we observe the following symptoms in dogs : The animal falls, froths at the mouth, the respiration is of a gasping character and occurs at infrequent intervals. There is un- consciousness, the pupils become dilated, there are muscular tremblings, and clonic or tonic spasms. Defsecation and micturition occur, and erections often ensue in the male. Respiration ceases before the cardiac pulsations. Three stages may be distinguished in fatal poisoning. First : a very short period elapses before the symptoms appear. There are giddiness, difficult breathing, and slow pulse in this stage. Second : the pupils dilate, vomiting may occur, and the animal utters loud cries. Spasmodic defsecation, micturition and erections may be present, with convulsions and unconsciousness. Third: the last stage is characterized by collapse, spasms, general paralysis and 326 INORGANIC AGENTS death. Tlie subacute form of poisoning may ensue and prove fatal, or, owing to the volatile character of the drug, complete recovery may take place within one-half or three- quarters of an hour. Occasionally dogs continue to be paralyzed for several days and get well. The minimum fatal dose recorded in man is -j^ of a grain of pure acid, or about 50 drops of the medicinal solution. Four to five drachms of the diluted acid frequently, but not invariably, cause subacute poisoning and death, in horses, within an hour. One to two drachms of the pharmacopoeial prepara- tion usually kills dogs within ten minutes. Prussic acid is commonly used to destroy the domestic animals. Two to four drachms of the medicinal acid are to be given to dogs and cats of the ordinary size, and certain, painless, and rapid death will occur if a fresh preparation of the drug can be obtained. The unopened, half-ounce vial, kept by druggists, is recommended. Big dogs, horses, and the other larger animals are not killed rapidly, nor sometimes at all, by great quantities of the diluted acid. Hence, shooting is a more humane and preferable mode of death for them. In the experience of the writer, one to two drachms of prussic acid saturated with potassium cyanide, failed to kill a horse, when injected directly into the jugular vein. The odor of the acid lingers about the animal for a few hours after death ; the eyes are fixed and staring ; the pupils dilated; the teeth are clinched tight and covered with froth, while the blood is of a very dark color. The treatment embraces emptying the stomach by large doses of promptly acting emetics, or by the stomach tube, or )>ump ; atropine, ether, and brandy subcutaneously, and inhalations of ammonia, together with artificial respiration, and hot and cold douches upon the chest. Uses. — Prussic acid is indicated for three therapeutic purposes : 1. To relieve gastric pain and vomiting, by its paralyz- ing action upon the peripheral sensory nerves of the stomach. POTASSIUM CYANIDE 327 2. To stop coughing. 3. To allay itcliiug by means of its local, sedative action upon the cutaneous sensory nerve-endings. It is mainly useful in veterinary practice as a cough remedy, when the symptom is of reflex origin, or is caused by chronic bronchitis; and the acid is often conjoined with chloroform, or opium, in some form. Prussic acid is a dan- gerous remedy to apply to the skin, as absorption may occur, or the acid may be lapped off by the patient. Solutions containing, of the diluted acid, 3 ss.-i. to 3 i. of water, are, however, sometimes employed to relieve pruritus. PoTASSii Cyanidum. Potassium Cyanide. K C N. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Cyanure de potassium, Fr.; cyankalium, G. Derivation. — Made by heating together potassium ferro- cyanide and carbonate. Properties. — White, opaque, amorphous pieces ; or a white, granular powder, odorless when perfectly dry, but in moist air exhaling the odor of hydrocyanic acid. Taste sharp and alkaline, and in moist air the salt deliquesces. Reaction very strongly alkaline. Solutions stain and destroy clothing. Soluble in about 2 parts of water ; sparingly soluble in alcohol. I)ose.—Ji., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr.Jg- (.006). Action and Uses. — Potassium cyanide is transformed, in the stomach and blood, into prussic acid, and resembles the latter in its action, but is much slower. Death has been caused in man by 5 grains of the salt. Aegentum Cyanidum. Silver Cyanide. Ag C N. A white, insoluble, tasteless, odorless powder, used for making prussic acid. 328 INORGANIC AGENTS Prunus Yirginiana. Wild Cherry. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Ecorce de cerisier de Virgiuie, Fr.; wild- kirschenriiide, G. The bark of the wild cherry, indigenous in the United States, contains a ferment (emulsin) which, in the presence of water, acts on a glucoside (amygdalin, C^o H„- N 0,i) con- tained in the bark, with the formation of hydrocyanic acid, glucose and a volatile oil. A fluid extract, infusion and syrup of prunus virginiana are official. The latter prepara- tion is sometimes employed in cough mixtures for dogs, on account of its sedative action. The entire value of the drug depends iipon the minute amount of prussic acid formed in it. The official hydrocyanic acid is more reliable, but syrupus pruni virginian^e (U. S. P.) may be used as a .vehicle for more efficient remedies. Petrolatum. (U. S. P.) (Three varieties.) 1. — Petrolatum Liquidum. Liquid Petrolatum. (U. S. P.) Derivation. — A mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the marsh- gas series, obtained by distilling off the lighter and more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifying the residue when it has the desired consistence. Properties.— A colorless, or more or less yellowish, oily, transparent liquid, without odor or taste ; or giving off, when heated, a faint odor of petroleum. Spec, gr, about 0.875 — 0.945. Insoluble in water; scarcely soluble in cold or hot alcohol, or cold absolute alcohol ; but soluble in boiling absolute alcohol, and readily soluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, oil of turpentine, benzin, benzol, and fixed and volatile oils. 2. — Petrolatum Molle. Soft Petrolatum. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Vaseline, cosmoline. Derivation. — A mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the HARD PETROLATUM 329 marsh-gas series, obtained by distilling off the lighter and more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifying the residue when .it has reached the desired melting point. When petrolatum is prescribed or ordered without further specification, soft petrolatum is dispensed. Properties. — A fat-like mass of about the consistence of an ointment, varying from white to. yellowish or yellow; more or less fluorescent when yellow, especially after being melted; transparent in thin layers, completel}' amorphous, and without odor or taste ; or giving off, when heated, a faint odor of petroleum. The melting point of soft petrolatum ranges about 40° and.45° C. (104° and 113° F.). In other respects soft petro- latum has the characteristics of liquid petrolatum. 3. — Petrolatum Spissum. Hard Petrolatum. (U. S. P.) Derivation. — A mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the marsh-gas series, obtained by distilling off the lighter and more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifying the residue when it has reached the desired melting point. Properties. — A fat-like mass of about the consistence of an ointment, varying from white to yellowish or yellow ; more or less fluorescent when yellow, especially after bt^ing melted; transparent in thin layers, completely amorphous, and without odor or taste; or giving off, when heat-d, a faint odor of petroleum. The melting point of hard ]ietro- latum ranges about 45° and 51° C. (113° and 125° R). In other respects hard petrolatum has the characteristics of liciuid petrolatum. Action and Uses. — Petrolatum is a valuable emollient. It soothes, protects and softens parts to which it is applied, and is superior to animal and vegetable fats and oils in not becoming rancid, and therefore irritant and malodorous. Petrolatum may be used alone, or as an excipient in the preparation of ointments, but does not aid the absorption of drugs (as do alcohol, glycerin, chloroform, and animal oils 330 INORGANIC AGENTS and fats), for it is not itself absorbed even when adminis- tered internally. Petrolatum exerts a demulcent action upon the mucovis membrane of the alimentary tract, and may be prescribed in electuary or capsule in inflamma- tion thereof. Petrolatum is sold universally under the proprietary names of vaseline and cosmoline, and is often combined with antiseptics for medicinal and surgical pur- poses in skin diseases and upon inflamed mucous mem- branes, blistered and abraded surfaces and sores. It is one of the most useful agents in lubricating instruments, pro- tecting metal from rust, preserving leather, and is sometimes employed as a vehicle for electuaries. Rhigolene. (Non-official.) Rhigolene is a petroleum product prepared by repeated distillation until the liquid boils at 64.4° F. It evaporates at a lower temperature than any other substance, except cymogene, and is employed as a spray to induce numbness and local anaesthesia of a part in minor surgical operations, such as paracentesis of an abscess or the use of the actual cautery. PART II. VEGETABLE DRUGS. SECTION L— DRUGS ACTING UPON THE BRAIN. Class 1. — Depressing the Brain. Opium. Opiiim. (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation. — The concrete, milky exudation obtained by- incising the unripe capsules of Papaver somniferum Linne (Nat. ord. Papaveraceae), and yielding in its normal, moist condition, not less than 9 per cent, of crystallized morphine, when assayed by the official process (U. S. P.) Opium is procured from Turkey, Asia Minor, Persia, India and Egypt. The Smyrna, or Turkey opium is the more common variety used in the United States. It occurs in irregular, globular masses, covered with poppy leaves and capsules of a species of dock, weighing from ^ to 1 pound. Properties. — Irregular, or sub-globular cakes, with the remnants of poppy leaves and fruits of a species of mmex adhering to the surface; plastic, or of a harder consistency; chestnut-brown or darker, and somewhat shining ; internally showing some tears and fragments of vegetable tissue. It has a sharp, narcotic odor, and a peculiar, bitter taste. It yields its medicinal properties to water, alcohol, and diluted acids, forming dark brown solutions. Ether extracts its principles in part. Constituents. — There are nineteen or more alkaloids ; the three first are used in human medicine, but narceine is of no value in veterinary medicine. Morphine. 2,5 — 23.8 per cent. Thebaine. .15 — 1. per cent. Codeine. .2— .7 " " Narcotine. 1.3 —10. " " Narceine. .1 — .7 " " Papaverine. 1. << < 331 332 VEGETABLE DRUGS In addition to these, the following exist in minute quan- tity, but some are merely "pharmaceutical curiosities": — Protopine. Organic Acids. Cryptopine. Meconic Acid. ,-. i- Lactic Acid. Oxynarcotine. p ]^. Hydronarcotine. r^ cr^ * ^ •' . . Gum. 50. percent. Laudanosine. „ . , . Resin. Lauuame. ^, ^, ,. • Glucose. Phoeadme. _,. , ^., ^ , . Fixed Oils. Codamine. „ ,. A Volatile Oil. Meconodine. _, ,-, ,. ^ . Odorous Bodies. Gnoscopine. ^ , , , . Caoutchouc. Lanthopine. . • o ix „^ ^ ., gr.^-ii. (.015-.12). Hekoin. (Diacetylmorphine.) This remedy, derived from morphine, was i&rst intro- duced by Dreser, in 1898, and is now used extensively in human medicine as a substitute for morphine and codeine. Heroin occurs as a white, odorless, crystalline powder, possessing a slightly bitter taste and alkaline reaction. Practically insoluble in water, but readily soluble in weak acidulous solutions. Heroin hydrochloride is a white, crystalline, odorless powder, soluble in 2 parts of water. Heroin surp.asses both morphine and codeine therapeutically in many ways. It increases markedly the inspiratory and expiratory force, while lessening the number of the respiratory movements, and exerts a special sedative influence on the respiratory mucous inembranes. The drug acts also as a general motor depressant and analgesic, but is not comparable to morphine in these respects. The fatal dose is ten times that of code- ine, and the after-effects (nausea, constipation, etc.) are slight. Heroin is particularly valuable iu the treatment of all varieties of cough affecting the human subject, and should prove useful in canine practice. Heroin may be administered in powder, pill or tablet the hydrochloride in solution, every few hours. The dose of either is, tor the dog, gr.^L..!, (.0025-. 01). 338 vegetable drugs Opium and Morphine. The action of morphine and opium is practically the same, with some exceptions to be noted. Aclion External. — Opium may be absorbed to a slight extent from the unbroken skin, and cause a mild, anodyne action. Absorption readily occurs from mucous membranes and raw surfaces, with resulting characteristic effects. Action Internal. — Digestive Trad. — Opium diminishes the two principal activities of the digestive organs, namely, secretion and motion. Secretions all over the body are decreased, except that of sweat. The action upon the ali- mentary tract in lessening secretion, is partly a local one and partly constitutional, following the absorption of the drug. The month is made dry, thirst is increased and appe- tite impaired. Opium is absorbed rather slowly from the stomach and bowels, and stimulates the splanchnic nerve centre of the sympathetic system, which inhibits the move- ments of the stomach and intestines, and thus lessens peri- staltic action of these organs. Opium is directly opposed to belladonna in this respect, as the latter drug paralyzes the intestinal inhibitory apparatus (splanchnic endings), and so increases peristalsis. In diminishing both secretion and motion, opium causes constipation in health, but is most useful in relieving "vomiting and diarrhoea. In toxic doses, opium may induce diarrhoea from paralysis of the splanchnic inhibitory centre. Blood and Elimination. — Morphine circulates in the blood as such. The greater part of opium is decomposed in the body, a portion being destroyed by the liver, while some is probably burned up in the blood. The smaller part is eliminated, chiefly by the kidneys, but also in the other secretions. It is found in the gastric jnice after hypo- dermic injection, and therefore washing out the stomach assists elimination and recovery in opium poisoning. Nervous Sys/oii. — The most important action of opium is exerted upon the u'mvous system. It is necessary to OPIUM AND MORPHINE 339 study the drug from the comparative standpoint iu order to obtain a full understanding of its effects. The brain of man, being more highly developed and sensitive, in comparison with other parts of the nervous system, than the brain of the lower animals, it follows that this organ is more power- fully influenced in man, while the spinal cord is often mainly impressed in the lower animals. We may take the action of opium on the frog, at one end of the scale, as exhibiting the most active spinal symp- toms; while in man, at the other end of the scale, cerebral phenomena predominate. The other animals occupy an intermediate position; the action upon the horse and rumi- nants is something between that exerted upon the frog and man, and the influence upon dogs approaches more nearly that seen in human beings, only that a relatively greater dose is required to produce the same result, as the brain is not so highly organized or sensitive to the action of medi- cines. The brain of the horse is only one-twelfth as large, in proportion to their respective body-weights, as that of man, and it follows that the spinal cord of the horse is more readily affected by opium, in accordance with the general law that the more highly developed a part is, the more easily is it influenced by therapeutic agents. Opium exerts first a stimulating, and then a depressing action upon the brain and spinal cord, and in studying the action comparatively it will be noted that the influence upon the cord in the frog, horse, ruminant, and to some extent in the dog, preponderates frequently over the effect of the drug upon the brain, for the reasons stated above. Action Upon the Frog. — In minute non-poisonous doses, sleep is produced, followed by a period of reflex excitement. Toxic doses of one or two grains of morjDhine, injected under the skin, cause at first a condition where convulsions occur, if the animal is artificially irritated ; later they come on spontaneously. This state is followed by general paralysis, respiratory failure and death. The convulsions are shown to be due mainly to irritation of the spinal reflex centres, 340 VEGETABLE DRUGS partly to action upon the motor tract of the brain, and finally proceed from direct local stimulation of the motor nerve endings and muscles. Action Upon Horses. — Three grains of morphine, injected subcutaueously, occasion sometimes drowsiness, and at other times produce no visible effect. Four to six grains, given in the same way, cause restlessness, a rapid pulse, aud moisture of the skin. The animal paws the ground and walks in a rythmical manner about the stall. The pupils are dilated. Large doses (12 grains) are followed by in- creased excitement, sweating, muscular rigidity and trem- bling; while still larger doses (four drachms of the extract of opium) cause violent trembliog, convulsions, insensibility to pain and external irritation, without coma ; or (morphine, gr. 36 under the skin) stupor for several hours (3 hours), dilated pupils and blindness, followed by delirium aud rest- lessness, continuing for a longer time (7 hours) and ending in recovery. Horses have recovered from an ounce of opium, but 2^ ounces of the drug, and 100 grains of mor- phine have proved fatal. The action of opium upon the horse differs from that upon man and dogs in the more frequent occurrence of restlessness and motor excitement due to stimulation of the cerebral and spinal motor centres; and in dilatation instead of contraction of the pupil. The rationale of the latter phenomenon has not been discovered. Action Upon Ruminants. — These animals are comjtara- tively insusceptible to opium. Ounce doses of the drug cause, in cattle, restlessness, excitement, hoarse bell-owing, dry mouth, nausea, indigestion and tympanites. Sheep are affected in much the same manner. One to two drachms of morphine have led to fatality in cattle. Fifteen to thirty grains of the alkaloid comprise a lethal dose for sheep. Swine are variously influenced; sometimes excited, some- times dull and drowsy. Action Upon Birds. — Birds, as represented by chickens, ducks and pigeons, are exceedingly insusceptible to opium. OPIUM AND MORPHINE 341 Pigeons cannot be given enough opium l-y the mouth to cause death, but 8 to 10 grs. of morphine per orem, or 2 or 3 grs. hypodermatically, will prove fatal. The toxic symp- toms in birds are exhibited by unsteadiness, difficult breathing and failure of lespiration, convulsions and death. The pupils are unaffected, and sleep does not ensue. Action Upon Dogs. — When 8 or 10 grains of morphine are given to a moderate sized dog, coma comes on, from which the animal may recover. One half a grain injected under the skin of a dog weighing 25 lbs., causes nausea, vomiting and perhaps purging, sleep deepening into coma, contracted pupils, and shallow breathing ; the condition lasting for several hours and followed by recovery. Opium rarely exerts an hypnotic action upon cats, but rather motor excitement. Lethal doses (average, 4 grains of morphine sulphate subcutaneously to the pound, live weight, for dogs; 2 to 3 grains sometimes kill small dogs), increase the frequency of the pulse, cause vomiting, unsteadiness, con- tracted pupils, motor excitement, as twitching of the limbs and convulsions, followed by coma, respiratory failure and death. Recovery from full doses of opium is accompanied in dogs by general physical and mental depression and lassitude, as in man. There are muscular weakness, loss of natural spirit, timidity, and nausea, lasting for several hours. The action of opium upon dogs differs from that upon man only in degree. The dose required is proportionately larger. There is often more preliminary excitement and symptoms of reflex irritation, as muscular twitching. These animals do not sweat, and the pupils are not so continuously con- tracted in poisoning. Failure of the drug to produce sleep, • nd the presence of nausea, retching, dreams, delirium, hallucinations, occasionally observed in dogs, are common to man. Convulsions rarely occur in either men or dogs. Action Upon 3Ian. — In man, a small dose of morphine {jr gr.) causes usually a sense of well-being, together with itching of the nose, and later, of the skin generally, dryness of the mouth (occasionally there may be nausea, vomiting" 342 VEGETABLE DRUGS and faintness), fbllowed by sleep, or a pleasant, dreamy state. After-eflfects may be absent, or consist of nauseji, headache, coated tongne and constipation. If the dose is larger, sleep comes on quickly, the pupils are contracted, the respiratory movements and pnlse become slow, and the skin is moist. With lethal doses, sleep deepens into coma, from which the patient can at first be aroused ; the coma becomes pro- found, the pulse feeble and rapicl, the respiration stertorous, slow and imperfect. The mucous membranes are cyanotic, the face livid, the pupils dilate, and the surface is covered with clammy sweat. Death occuis from respiratory failure, occasionally preceded "by convulsions. One-eighth of one grain of morphine is the smallest fatal human dose recorded. The action of opium upon man, as compared with that upon the horse and ruminants, is characterized b}^ its predominant depressing effect upon the higher mental functions. The motor centres of the brain and cord are only slightly influenced. General Action of Opium Upon the Nervous System. — The action of opium upon the nervous system may be summar- ized in primary central stimulation, followed by depression and paralysis. In man and the dog, the cerebral depression is more prominent; in the horse, the stimulant action upon the motor centres of the brain and spinal cord is more marked; while considerable depression only appears in the later stage of poisoning. Opium illustrates the law of dissolution in the order of its action, i. e., in the more highly organized functions being the first to succumb; while the lower centres are the last to be influenced. Stimulation of the cerebrum is exhibited by exalted intellectual power in man; by motor excitement in animals. This stage, comparatively short in man and dogs, is succeeded by depression of the intellectual functions and, to a less extent, of the cerebral motor centres. Depression is exhibited by sleep and insensibility to sound, light, exter- nal irritation and pain. Relief of suffering often occurs without sleep, and is due to the depressing action of the OPIUM AND MOKPHINE 3i3 drug upon the brain, and not to any direct inflaeuce upon the sensory nerves, which are unaffected except in the later stage of poisoning. The imique and inestimable value of opium depends upon its anodyne action. Depression of the brain in relation to the cortical centres, is not sufficient to cause paralysis in man, except in poisoning. Muscular weakness is present in man and dogs, but even this evidence of depression may be absent in horses and ruminants, yet pain be effectually relieved. Contraction of the pupil, in man and dogs, is due to stimulation of the oculomotor nerve, probably through excitation of the pupillary centre. Dilatation, which occurs in poisoning, is due to para- lysis of this centre. Initial stimulation of the vomiting centre may cause emesis; but, as depression of the centre rapidly ensues, the act becomes later improbable. The motor tract of the spinal cord is first stimulated and reflex excitability increased. This action, brief and slight in men and dogs, is more prolonged and prominent in horses and ruminants. Depression of the spinal motor cells succeeds excitation, and reflex action is abolished. The excitability of the motor and sensory nerves is slightly increased, but otherwise the nerves are not affected except in poisoning, when the sensory, and later the motor nerves are paralyzed. The muscles remain uninfluenced. Depression of the medulla closes the scene, with paralysis of the respiratory centre. Respiration. — Opium does not influence the respiratory functions in small therapeutic doses, but laige doses make the respiratory movements slower and feebler, and death occurs from the direct depressing and paralyzing action of the drug upon the respiratory centres in the medulla. Circulation. — Small doses commonly produce little effect upon the heart. Large doses first increase the force and frequency of the heart's action, while toxic quantities depress the organ. This result is due to a two- fold action upon the circulation, including the heart muscle (or its ganglia) and the inhibitory apparatus. The cardiac muscle is primarily 344 VEGETABLE DRUGS stimulated, with acceleration of the pulse, but depression soon follows more or less synchronously with stimulation of the vagns centre and endings, so that the pulse becomes infreqiient. Finally, before death, depression of the inhibi- tory apparatus occurs, and this, coexisting with depression of the heart itself, produces a feeble, rapid pulse, character- istic of the last stage of opium poisoning. Death occurs with diastolic arrest of the heart owing to failure of the cardiac muscle, although fatality is mainly due to the more powerful effect of the drug upon the respiratory centre. The action of opium upon the vasomotor system is unimportant. Immediately after the administration of large doses there is a slight primary stimulation, followed in the toxic stage by some depression of the vasomotor centres in the spinal cord and medulla. Pupil. — The pupil of the horse is widely dilated by large doses of opium. The pupil in the dog occasionally remains unchanged, and often dilated before undergoing contraction. Contraction of the pupil is a charactistic physiological effect of large doses of opium in man and the dog. In birds the pupil is unaffected. These various con- tradictory phenomena are at present inexplicable. In man, contraction of the pupil is brought about by stimulation of the pupillary centre in the floor of the aqueduct of Sylvius, and through it, the oculomotor nerves. Dilatation, preceding death, occurs from depression of the centre. Kidneys and Metabolism. — The excretion of urea appears to be increased by opium in man, but varies greatly in animals. Temporary retention of urine may follow the administration of a considerable dose of opium, owing to diminished sensibility of the bladder. The amount of urine voided may be greater or less than normal; more commonly the latter. Opium lessens the secretion of bile. The elimination of carbonic dioxide is diminished by the hypnotic action of opiiinij but is increased if there is OPIUM AND MORPHINE 345 general excitement and muscular activity following the use of the drug. Shin. — Opium induces mild diarphoresis in man; occa- sionally sweating occurs in horses, but not at all in dogs. Temperature. — The bodily temperature may be slightly increased by large medicinal doses of opium, but is dimin- ished by toxic quantities. Toxicology. — The symptoms of poisoning have already been sufl&ciently described in previous sections. The treat- ment embraces irrigation of the stomach, or the use of emetics, as apomorphine hydrochlorate under the skin, and the subcutaneous injection of strychnine and atropine sul- phate in the first stages, and enemata of hot, strong, black coffee; leading the animal about, slapping him, or using the faradic current. Dr. Moor, of New York, has apparently found in potassium permanganate the most efficient antidote for opium and morphine. Ten to fifteen grains, dissolved in eight ounces of water, should be given by the mouth, to large dogs. One to two drachms of potassium perman- ganate may be administered to horses in two or three pints of water. Permanganate solution oxidizes and destroys morphine, and should be acidulated with a little vinegar or diluted sulphuric acid, after the ingestion of morphine salts. The antidote has been recommended to be' given subcutan- eously after absorption, or hypodermic injection of morphine, but this is not of the slightest use. Morphine Contrasted tvith Opium. — Opium is more con- stipating, more sudorific, and more apt to disturb the digestion than morphine. Morphine is more anodyne and soporific ; more readily absorbed and more suitable for use under the skin. Synergists. — Belladonna aids the action of opium and yet is antagonistic to it. It assists opium in its anodyne action and lessens nausea, indigestion, and constipation following the action of the latter drug. Belladonna and atropine are antagonistic to opium in stimulating the brain and respiration, and increasing peristalsis. Small doses of 346 VEGETABLE DRUGS belladonna combined with opium do not interfere with the soporific action of the latter, notwithstanding the exciting influence of the former upon the brain. The bromides also promote the sedative and hypnotic action of opium, and lessen the depression and nausea following its administra- tion. Opium often acts profoundly when combined with chloral, and this combiuatioii is occasionally used to induce anaesthesia (p. 301). Chloroform and ether are frequently prescribed with opium to secure an additional antispasmodic and anodyne action in colic. The astringents and mineral acids enhance the effect of opium in diarrhoeal disorders. Codeine. — Codeine in large doses causes motor excite- ment and convulsions in dogs and cats, but physiological experiments conducted by various observers have otherwise yielded diverse results. This is explicable, since so-called codeine is frequently in part morphine. Codeine is inferior to morphine as an anodyne and hypnotic, but is a useful sedative in relieving bronchial irritation and cough, and in the doses commonly employed does not induce indigestion, nausea or constipation. The writer would particularly recommend it for dogs suffering with bronchitis, combined with phenacetin in powder or tablet. The other alkaloids- of opium are not of sufficient therapeutic value to warrant their consideration in this woik- Administration. — Morphine sulphate is employed under the skin where an immediate effect is required. The prepa- rations more frequently used in veterinary practice include laudanum and the deodorized tincture, powdei-ed opium, extract of opium, and the salts of morphine. One-quarter grain of the latter is equivalent to one grain of opium. Paregoric is useful in canine practice for cough mixtures. Dover's powder combines the expectorant and diarphoretic action of ipecac with the sedative, antiphlogistic and sudo- rific influence of opium, but the fcn-raer drug has little effect upon the horse. The preparation may be serviceable, how- ever, in the first stage of catarrhal affections of the respira- tory tract in dogs. INDICATIONS FOR THE INTERNAL USE OF OPIUM 347 Fluid preparations are generally desirable in securing more rapid absorption, but opium produces the best result in diarrhoea, wben given in pill or ball. Enemata composed of thin, boiled starch solution and laudanum at the body- temperature are to be recommended in diarrhoea of the young, dysentery and pain arising from strangury or disease of the genito-urinary organs. Opium suppositories are of value in canine practice for the same purposes, and will relieve irritation and pain caused by piles. Uses External. — Opium is applied externally in various ways. In the form of laudanum it is sprinkled on poultices and prescribed in liniment (laudanum and soap liniment, equal parts) for its anodyne action, but has probably little medicinal virtue upon the unbroken skin. On raw surfaces, sores and ulcers, opium does relieve pain, and for this pur- pose laudanum may be conjoined advantageously with lead water (1-25). INDICATIONS FOR THE INTERNAL USE OF OPIUM. 1. To relieve pain and spasm. 2. To lessen secretions. 3. To allay motor excitement, diminish muscular action, and prevent hemorrhage. 4. To abort infl;i,mmation. 5. To act as a stimulating and supporting agent. The sudorific action of the drug upon the lower animals is slight and comparatively unimportant. Among the pre- ceding indications the first three naturally follow from the physiological action of opium, while the latter two are deduced solely from clinical experience. 1. Although the anodyne and sedative action of opium is not so marked in its influence upon veterinary patients as in human subjects, yet it is by far the most valuable agent we possess for relieving pain of any description, parti- cularly when combined with atropine. In spasmodic colic of horses, opium arrests pain by preventing irregular and violent peristaltic action. It may be given as morphine 348 VEGETABLE DRUGS (with atropine), subcutaneously; or as laudanum, with ether and chloroform in a drench, simultaneously with an aloes ball. In this affection opium actually assists the action of the purgative by overcoming spasm. Pain directly antagonizes the effect of opium, and repetition of the dose is both justifiable and necessary until relief is obtained. Hypodermic medication is therefore safer when the dose has to be repeated, in enabling the practitioner to decide that failure to relieve pain is due to insufficient dosage rather than to delayed absorption from the digestive canal. Opium is indicated in all forms of pain, unless it be caused by congestion or inflammation of the brain substance (cerebritis). The pains and spasmodic contiactious result- ing from acute or traumatic meningitis are benefited by opium ; also neuralgic and rheumatic pains. The after- pains of parturition are relieved by opium in causing relaxation of the unsti'iped uterine muscle. The spasms of tetanus are eased when opium is combined with chloral in enema, or when morphine is injected under the skin. Clonic spasm of the diaphragm in horses ("Thumps") is also treated successfully with opium. 2 and 3. Opium is invaluable in lessening secretion, motion and pain in various digestive disorders. Gastric digestion is inhibited by the action upon secretion and motion, and opium should not be administered immediately after the ingestion of food, unless the demand for it at that time is imperative. Excessive vomiting in dogs may be combated with opium and bismuth, or with morphine hypodermatically. Opium quiets peristalsis and secures rest of the canal in gastritis and gastro-enteritis. In superpurgation and in all forms of diarrhoea and dysentery, opium is the remedy par excellence. (Laudanum in dose of 5-10 drops for large birds is an efficient remedy for diarrhoea in poultry). Its administra- tion in these disorders should be accompanied, or preceded, by an oleaginous (horse), saline (herbivora), or mercurial (horse and dog) purgative ; and its notion ma}' be assisted INDICATIONS FOR THE INTERNAL USE OF OPIUM 349 by astringents, alkalies, mineral acids, and intestinal antisep- tics in vavions combinations snitecl to the particulai* case. Peritonitis, enteritis, and acute obstruction of the bowels are treated most successfully with opium, which quiets the boAvels, relieves pain and facilitates the vis medatrix naturaa, besides acting as an anti[>hlogistic in the first-mentioned diseases. By preventing muscular activity and allaying general excitability, opium is the most effective haemostatic in all internal hemorrhages. Cough, as a symptom of irritation within the res- piratory tract, is more commonly treated by some form of opium than by any other drug. When cough is irrita- tive or excessive, and is not remedial in removing secre- tion, then it is very properly controlled by opium. If, on the other hand, respiratory movements are weak, or cyanosis threatens from retained secretions, opium is dis- tinctly contraiudicated, since it depresses the respiratory cent)es and lessens the irritation produced by the secre- tions in the bronchial tubes, which would otherwise cause coughing and expulsion of the exudate. Opium, especially when combined with belladonna, notably diminishes secretions, so that this combination is peculiarly appropriate in the treatment of cough and exuda- tion, and it is only when increasing moist rales are found to exist during this medication that it should be stopped. Pleuritic cough causes intense ])aiu and accomplishes nothing, so that opium here affords great relief without inducing bad results. 4. Opium possesses antiphlogistic action in aborting and combatting inflammation. Reflex excitability is less- ened by opium, and therefore irritation of nerve centres, which would otherwise cause vascular dilatation, stasis, and inflammation, is prevented "by the drug. This is at least the theory. Opium and quinine are the two remedies having the most popular clinical reputation for aborting colds and inflammation, and the latter agent also diminishes reflex excitability. Inflammation of serous membranes is thought 350 VEGETABLE DRUGS to 1)0 that form most favorably influenced by opium, as peri- tonitis, enteritis und meningitis, for which purpose the drug is frequently combined with calomel. But opium is also an extremely useful antiphlogistic remedy in coryza, bronchitis, pneumonia and pleurisy, and in inflammations of the mucous coat of the digestive canal, as gastritis and dysentery. A single full dose should be given at the earliest possible stage of these disorders, and the patient should be kept as quiet as possible to secure the best result. 5. Opium stimulates and supports tlie system in a manner not explicable on physiological grounds. It often conserves life in a remarkable way in patients weakened by long continued disease, and in those suffering from loss of blood following surgical operation, parturition, or other natural causes. Contra- indications. — In respiratory diseases associated with cyanosis or excessive exudation, in cerebritis, in very high fever and obstinate constipation. The drug must be used with caution in the treatment of the aged and very young. ApoMOEPHiNiE Hydrochloras. Apomorphine Hydrochlorate. C,,H„N 0,H CI. (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation. — The hydrochlorate of an artificial alkaloid, obtained by heating morphine (or codeine) in hermetically closed tubes, with an excess of pure hydrochloric acid. The morphine thus loa.es one molecule of water ; C^HigN O3 = C,Hi,N O, + H,0. Properties. — Minute, grayish - white, shining, ' acicular crystals, without odor, having a faintly bitter taste, and acquiring a greenish tint upon exposure to light and air. Soluble in about 45 parts of water, and about 45 parts of alcohol; very little soluble in ether or chloroform. It should be kept in small, dark, amber-colored vials. (IT. S. P.) Dose. — Emetic. — D., gr- 3V-1V (002-. 006), subcutaueously ; D.,by the mouth, rr.^-.i (.00S-.012j; D., expectorant, gr.^-^ (.0015-.0024), by the mouth. APOMORPHINE 351 PREPARATION . InjecHo Apoviorphince Hypodermica, (B. P.) (2 grains in 100 minims camphor water.) Dose.— D., TUii.-v. (.12-.3). Action Internal. — Small doses (gr- e^o ' s^ ) cause vomiting in dogs, while larger doses produce salivation and trembling in addition to vomition. Very large quantities (gr.4-5) occa- sion first great excitement; tlie dog howls, runs and jumps about, the pupils are dilated and the slightest noise excites great alarm. Then the animal weakens in the hind legs, becomes paraplegic, falls and goes into convulsions. The breathing, at the beginning rapid, becomes weak and slow. Death ensues from respiratory failure. Nervous System. — The drug primarily stimulates the brain and induces delirium and excitement, but secondarily causes cerebral paralysis. The origin of the convulsions is not ascertained. Apomorphiue is a direct local paralyzant to the muscles, acting upon their substance or upon the motor nerve endings. Circulation. — Medicinal doses do not alter the force, but may increase the rate and tension of the pulse by stimula- tion of the cardiac accelerator nerves and vasomotor centres. Toxic doses paralyze the heart muscle and lower blood pressure. Respiration. — The respiratory movements are at first markedly increased by large doses of apomorphine. The reason for this is uncertain. Lethal doses depress and paralyze the respiratory centre. The breathing then be- comes feeble and infrequent. The agent causes a copious outpouring of a watery fluid from the blood vessels of the respiratory mucous membrane, and is, therefore, an expec- torant. Vomiting Centre. — This is stimulated by therapeutic doses of apomorphine, but paralyzed by toxic doses, so that vomiting may not occur in poisoning. Apomorphine does not act locally upon the stomach. 352 VEGETABLE DllUGS Uses. — Apomorpliine ia a reliable, proutpt and powerful emetic. The alkaloid is generally given under the skin and can be administered along with zinc sulphate or other emetic in poisoning. In narcotic poisoning, as with chloral or opium, apomorpliine — like other emetics — may fail to act efficiently. In the first stage of acute bronchitis, apomor- phine is useful in canine practice, and again in the later stage, when the animal becomes choked with exudation. The drug, in a mild emetic dose, will aid recovery by causing violent expiratory efforts during vomition, and these tend to expel secretions, which is furthermore assisted by the action of the alkaloid in rendering the secretions less viscid. Chronic dry bronchitis of dogs is likewise benefited by ajDomorphine. The alkaloid decomposes in crystal, and rapidly in solu- tion, becoming toxic and of a green hue. Solutions should be freshly prepared and are said to be preserved by the addition of a few drops of hydrochloric acid. Class 2. — Stimulating' the Brain. Belladonnje Folia. Belladonna Leaves. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Deadly nightshade, E.; folia S. herba bella- donnas, feuilles de belladonue, Fr.; toUkraut, tollkirscheu blatter, wolfkirschen-blatter, G. Derivation. — The leaves of Atropa Belladonna Linne (Nat. ord. solanacese). Leaves from 10 to 15 cm. long, from 5 to 10 cm. broad; broadly ovate, equilaterally narrowed into a petiole, tapering at the apex, entire on the margin, smooth, thin ; the upper surface brownish-green, the lower surface greyish-green; both surfaces whitish punctate; odor slight ; taste bitterish, disagreeable. Const ihients. — Two alkaloids ; 1, atropine, the chief one, representing the action of belladonna; and, 2, hyoscyamine. Atropine is now considered to be an artificial product of hyoscyamine, and therefore th^i latter to be the natur 1 BELLADONNA BOOT 353 alkaloid. Belladonna leaves contain about 0.46 per cent, atropine. Dose.—K. & a, 3ss.-i. (15.-30.J; D., gr.i.-v. (.06-.3). PREPARATIONS. Extractiivi Belladonnce Foliorum Alcoholieiivi. Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna Leaves. (U. S. & B. P.) Made by percolation and evaporation to pilular consistence. Used in preparing the unguentum belladonnge. Dose.—U. & C, gr.x.-xx. (.6-1,3); Sh. & Sw., gr.ii.-iv. (.12-24.); D., gr.i-i(.008-.03). Tinctura Belladonnce Foliorum. Tincture of Belladonna Leaves. (U. S. & B. P.) Belladonna leaves, l.'iO; diluted alcohol to make 1,000. Made by maceration and percolation. (U. S. P.) Dose.—T>., TTiv.-xxx. (.3-2.). Unguentum Belladonnce. Belladonna Ointment. (U. S. & B. P. ) Alcoholic extract, 10 ; diluted alcohol, 5 ; benzoinated lard, 85. (U. S. P.) Belladonna Kadix. Belladonna Root. Syrtonym. — Racine de Belladoune, Fr.; wolfskirschen- wurzel, toUkirschen-wurzel, G. Derivation. — The root of atropa belladonna Linne (nat. ord. solanacese). In cylindrical, somewhat tapering, longi- tudinally wrinkled pieces, 10 to 25 mm. or more in thickness; externally brownish-gray, internally whitish ; fracture nearly smooth and mealy, not radiating or showing medullary rays in the thicker roots, only in the layer near the bark; nearly inodorous, taste sweetish, afterwards bitterish and strongly acrid. Constituents. — Same as leaves. Contains 0.2 to 0.6 per cent, atropine. PREPARATIONS. Extractum Belladonnce Radicis Fluiduvi. Fluid Extract of Belladonna Root. (U. S. P.) Made by percolation with alcohol and water, and evaporation. One Cc. of the extract = one Gm. of belladonna root. The most reliable preparation. 354 VEGETABLE DRUGS Dose.—U., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iii. (8.-12.); Sh. & Sw., mx.-xv. (.6-1.); D., mi.-iii. (.06-.2). Linivieiitum Belladonnce. Belladonna Liniment. (U. S. & B. P.) Camphor, 50; fluid extract of belladonna to make 1,000. (U. S. P.) Atropina. Atropine. Ci,H„3 N O3. (U. S. & B. P.) An alkaloid obtained from belladonna. As it occurs in commerce, it is always accompanied by a small proportion of liyoscyamine extracted along with it, from whicli it cannot readily be separated. Derivation. — Atropine is obtained from a strong tincture of the root. Slaked lime is added, which splits up atropine malate and precipitates lime malate. The excess of lime is precipitated by sulphuric acid, and coloring matters by potassium carbonate, which also sets free atropine. The atropine is dissolved in chloroform, recovered on evapora- tion, and purified by digestion with warm alcohol and char- coal. Projxrties. — White, acicular crystals, or a more or less amorphous white powder; without odor, having a bitter, acrid taste, and gradually assuming a yellowish tint on exposure to air. Soluble in 130 parts of water, 3 parts of alcohol, 16 parts of ether, 4 parts of chloroform, and about 50 parts of glycerin. At about 108° C. (226.4° F.) it melts, forming a colorless liquid. At about 140° C. (284° F.) it begins to give off white, acrid fumes, and when ignited, it is consumed without leaving a residue. It- has a markedly alkaline reaction; its saturated aqueous solu- tion acquires a pink color upon the addition of a drop of phenolphtalein. IncompatiUes. — Decomposed by sodium or potassium hydrate. Dose. — H., gr.ss.-iss. (.03-.09) ; average dose, gr.i. (.06) ; C, gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12) ; Sh. & Sw., gr.^-iV (.003-.005) ; D., gr-Tio-^V (-OOOo-.OOl). ATROPINE SULPHATE 355 ATROPiNiE Sulphas. Atropine Sulphate. (Ci.HjjNOj)^ H^SO^. (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation. — Atropine is dissolved in sulphuric acid and treated with ether, when the insoluble sulphate settles out. Properties. — A white, indistinctly crystalline powder, without odor; having a very bitter, nauseatiug taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble in 0.4 parts of water, 6,2 parts of alcohol, 2,270 parts of ether, or 694 parts of chloro- form! At 187° C, (309° R) the salt melts, forming a brown- ish-yellow liquid. When ignited, it chars, emits acrid vapor, and is completely consumed. The salt is neutral to litmus paper. Dose.—B.., gr.i,-iss. (.06-.09) ; C, gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12) ; Sh, & Sw., gr.^V-iV (.004-.005) ; D., gr.^-gV (.0005-.002), average dose, gr.^io- (-0006). ACTION OF BELLADONNA AND ATROPINE. External. — Belladonna is ordinarily not absorbed from the unbroken skin, but when applied to raw surfaces and mucous membranes, or, to a less extent, when rubbed into the skin with camphor (linimentum belladonnse), chloroform, alcohol, etc., it depresses the sensory nerve endings and produces a local anodyne action. Thus applied it also depresses the peripheral motor nerve fibres, and is some- times injected into spasmodically contracted muscles for relief of spasm. The vessels are said to be first contracted and then dilated by the local action of the drug, and the secretions of the skin are diminished. Internal. — Digestive Tract. — The action of belladonna, if any, on the secretory functions of the stomach and bowels is unknown. Small doses of the drug depress the peripheral terminations of the intestinal inhibitory nerve (splanchnic), so that peristalsis is increased by the normal stimuli. It is stated that both minute and large doses apparently lessen intestinal peristalsis; the former by primary stimulation of 356 VEGETABLE DRUGS the splanchnic nerve endings, the latter by direct depressant action upon the unstriated muscle of the intestinal wall. Circulation. — Belladonna is readily absorbed into the blood, but has no particular action upon this fluid within the body. Dilute solutions of atropine paralyze and stop corpuscular movement in tin; blood withdrawn from the vessels. The characteristic action of belladonna upon the circulation consists in depression of the peripheral pneumo- gastric fibres in the heart, so that the frequency of its pulsations is increased. There is also, probably, a slight stimulation of the cardiac muscle, or its contained ganglia. Belladonna is therefore a heart stimulant, by increasing the number of its beats without diminishing their force. Large doses sometimes give rise to primary slowing of the pulse, owing to stimulation of the inhibitory apparatus. Blood pressure is exalted synchronously with the increased frequency of the heart, and is due to cardiac stimulation and also to stimulation of the spinal and medullary vaso- motor centres, with constriction of blood vessels. In poisoning, vascular tension is considerably lowered because of paralysis of the vasomotor centres, smooth muscles (or ganglia) of the vessel walls (with vascular dilation), and the heart muscle itself. Nervous System. — Cerebrum — Belladonna is classed as a delirifacient by some authorities, —notably Wood. It stim- ulates the brain incoordinately, and large doses produce restlessness, nervous excitement and delirium in man, and occasionally delirium in the lower animals. Stimulation is succeeded by exhaustion and some depression, with stupor rather than coma. Spinal Cord — Belladonna appears to exert a double action (stimulant and depressant) upon the spinal cord. The spinal vasomotor and respiratory centres are stim- ulated. Large doses cause complete loss of motion and reflex action in the frog, lasting for several days, and followed by reflex excitability and convulsions. Poisoning in mammals is exhibited by less paralyzant action accom- ACTION OF BELLADONNA AND ATROPINE 357 panied by more convulsive movements. Various explana- tions have been offered to reconcile these phenomena. The prevalent theory is that, following complete paralysis of the spinal cord, the motor and sensory tracts recover before the inhibitory centres, so that normal stimuli pass through the latter unrestrained and result in convulsions. Nerves — The action of belladonna upon the nerve end- ings is extremely important, and represents, to a consider- able degree, the therapeutic value of the drug. The peripheral motor nerve terminations, and, to a less extent, their trunks, are deyjressed and paralyzed. This is never so complete, however, but that there is some voluntary power left in an animal fatally poisoned. Depression and loss of function of the afferent nerves come on more slowly, and exist to a less degree. Belladonna, then, when applied locally or given internally, is an anodyne, but is far inferior in this respect to opium; and, whereas opium acts centrally, belladonna acts peripherally. The terminations of all secre- tory nerves are also depressed and paralyzed by belladonna, and secretions are therefore diminished. Secretions. — Dryness of the mouth is one of the first physiological symptoms following the administration of belladonna. This is due to paralysis of the peripheral terminations of the secretory nerve (chorda tympani) of the submaxillary gland, and of the secretory nerve endings of the other salivary and mucous glands in connection with the mouth. Another characteristic effect of belladonna consists in the production of dryness of the skin, which follows the action of the drug in paralyzing the periphernl nervous filaments supplying the secretory cells of the sudoriparous glands. In the same manner the ti-acheal and bronchial secretions are diminished, and also the secretion of milk (anti-galactagogue action), by depression of the terminations of the secretory nerves. The drug does not exert any decided influence upon the secretions of the digestive tract, as before stated. The amount of urine is sometimes increased after the ingestion of small doses of 358 VEGETABLE DRUGS belladonna, but is considerably lessened, or suppressed, in poisoning by the drug. Experiments upon man show that the urinary solids are increased: urea and uric acid to a slight extent ; sulphates and phosphates to a considerable degree. 3Iusdes and their Nerves. — The involuntary muscles are not aflfected by moderate doses of belladonna. Their motor nerve terminations are depressed by full medicinal doses, and the muscles themselves are depressed and paralyzed by poisonous doses. The motor nerve endings, in voluntary muscles, are partly paralyzed by toxic doses of belladonna. In accordance with the foregoing, intestinal peristalsis is increased by moderate doses of the drug, by depression of the inhibitory nerve terminations in the smooth muscle of the intestinal walls; but is diminished by the action of large doses, by paralyzing the involuntary muscle. Again: the pneumogastric terminations are depressed in the heart by moderate doses, while the heart muscle is paralyzed by large quantities of belladonna. A like depressing influence is believed to be exerted upon the efferent nerve endings of the ud striped muscles of the bladder, urethra, uterus and vagina, as well as upon the muscles of these organs. Belladonna acts medicinally as an antispasmodic in relation- to the muscles. Bespiration. — Small doses of atropine do not affect the respiration. Large therapeutic doses make the respiratory movements quicker and deeper, by stimulation of the medullary and spinal respiratory centres. Fatal doses produce respiratory failure and asphyxia, owing to paralysis of the respiratory centre and the peripheral vagus filaments concerned with the respiratory movements. Belladonna also paralyzes the peripheral fibres of the pneumogastric nerve in the bronchial tubes and acts therapeutically as follows : 1. As a respiratory stimulant ; the drug is gene- rally inferior to strychnine in this respect, but acts effi- ciently in certain conditions, as in poisoning by opium, aconite, physostigma, etc. 2. As an antispasmodic, by ACTION OF BELLADONNA AND ATROPINE 359 depressing the efferent vagus endings in the bronchial tubes and relaxing spasm of the smooth muscle of their walls. 3. As a sedative, by depressing the afferent vagus fibres and diminishing the irritation produced by secre- tion, SO that cough is allayed. 4. As an agent lessening secretion. Tem.'perature. — Moderate doses of belladonna cause a rise of temperature, while fatal doses lessen bodily heat. The first phenomenon is jDroduced by stimulation of the spinal thermogenic centres, while the latter effect follows the vasomotor paralysis which occurs after lethal doses. An elevation of 2-5.4° F. has been noted in dogs after full doses of atropine, while a greater fall of temperature has been observed in the same animal in fatal poisoning. Elevation of temperatvire is accompanied by increased heat loss, caused by radiation from the dilated cutaneous vessels. This latter condition is evidenced by a scarlatina-like erup- tion in man. Eye. — The action of belladonna upon the eye affords another illustration of the depressing action of the drug upon the nerve terminations. The oculomotor nerve end- ings are paralyzed by belladonna, and therefore dilation of the pupil ensues. The mydriatic action is exhibited, whether the drug be given by the mouth or dropped directly into the eye. In the former case, the drug does not act through the nervous system, but locally upon the peripheral filaments of the third nerve through the medium of the blood. The muscular fibres of the iris are unaffected by belladonna. The terminations of the sympathetic and and the trigeminus may be stimulated, which would also produce dilation of the pupil. These latter actions are not definitely determineil, while it is known that the dominant effect consists in depression of the oculomotor nerve end- ings, as before stated. Paralysis of accommodation follows paralysis of the terminations of the third nerve in the ciliary muscle, and therefore vision is disturbed. Intra- ocular tension is increased by large and continuous dosage 360 * VEGETABLE DRUGS of bellatlonua, and au artificial glaucoma may be thus produced. Elimination. — Belladonna is probably eliminated en- tirely by the kidneys. Suinmary. — It will be observed that belladonna, gener- ally speaking, first stimulates and then depresses the nerve centres, while it chieflj^ paralyzes the motor nerve termina- tions, including the inhibitory (vagus and splanchnic), the secretory (chorda tympani, etc.), and, to a less extent, the sensory nerves. Secondary depression of the cerebrum is not so profound as that of the great medullary centres, especially the respiratory centre, and there is sometimes a slight and brief stimulation of the motor nerves of the smooth muscles, viz., vagus, splanchnic, and possibly vaso- motor nerves. Full medicinal doses depress the peripheral filaments of the inhibitory and secretory nerves, and those of the unstriped muscles, lessen the functional activity of the voluntary motor system, and, to a less degree, that of the afferent nerves. The pulse becomes quickened because of paralysis of the periplieral vagus endings and stimulation of the heart or its ganglia; the blood tension is augmented because of the increased cardiac action and stimulation of the vasomotor centres; and the respiration is accelerated because of excitation of the respiratory centres. The temperature is elevated owing to the circulatory exaltation and stimulation of the heat-producing centres. Slight delirium may be present from the exciting action of the drug upon the cerebral motor centres. The spinal cord is unaffected by therapeutic doses. Locally applied, belladonna is a direct paralyzant to nerves, muscles, vessels and cells. PHYSIOLOGICAL RELATIONS OF BELLADONNA TO OTHER DRUGS. A medicinal dose of atropine stimulates, while morphine depresses, the brain, respiratory functions, and intestinal peristalsis. This antagonism ceases when poisonous doses PHYSIOLOGICAL RELATIONS OF BELLADONNA 361 of the two dings are combined, and therefore atropine should hd given with caution in the treatment of opium narcosis, so as not to aggravate the already existing central nervous, depression, particularly of the respiration. Mor- phine relieves pain, causes sweating, and contracts the pupil centrally. Atropine dilates the pupil, produces dry- ness of the skin, and depresses the functions of sensory nerves through its peripheral action. Atropine antagonizes physostigma in so far as the latter stimulates the peripheral oculomotor nerve fibres, the vagi, diminishes blood ]^res- sure, depresses the respiratoiy centres, and stimulates the unstriated muscle of the intestines, and the secretions of the stomach, bowels and bronchial tubes. Atropine is antagonistic — in part — to pilocarpine,. which stimulates secretory nerve terminations in the sweat and salivary glands, the peripheral oculomotor filaments, and the nerve endings in the involuntary muscle of the heart, stomach, intestines and uterus. Atropine counteracts the influence of aconite and muscarin (the poison of fungi) upon the heart, and the action of the latter principle in producing spasm of the pulmonary vessels. Toxicology. — Toxic doses of belladonna cause in animals dryness of the mouth, increased frequency of the pulse and respiration, elevation of temperature, dilation of the pu[ul and partial blindness, restlessness, nervousness, delirium, twitching of the muscles (occasionally erythema), and fre- quent micturition. These symptoms are succeeded, in fatal poisoning, by fall of temperature, retention of urine, muscular weakness, staggering gait, partial anaesthesia, convulsions and paralysis (one preponderating over the other), weak, slow, irregular respiration, feeble, rapid pulse, paralysis of the sphincters, stupor and death. Death occurs mainly from asphyxia, but is due in part to cardiac failure. The physiological test consists in placing a drop of the mine (secreted by the poisoned animal) into the eye of a healthy animal, when mydriasis should follow if the case be one of belladonna poisoning. Three-quarters of a grain of 362 VEGETABLE DRUGS atropine under the skin lias proved fatal to dogs. Two grains of atropine produce mild toxic symptoms in the horse. Small dogs are slightly poisoned by gr.-Jy of atro- pine ; medium sized dogs by gr-^Vj given hypodermatically. Cattle are as susceptible as horses, although herbivora are not so easily influenced as carnivora. The pulse in dogs is greatly accelerated, sometimes as high as 400, v/hile the pulse rate of the horse is 'not generally more than doubled. Rodents, as guinea pigs and rabbits, and pigeons, are parti- cularly insusceptible to belladonna, in regard to its effect upon the pupil, circulation, etc. The treatment of poisoning includes the use of the stomach pump, emetics, cardiac stimulants, and pilocarpine under the skin. Also external heat, general faradism and artificial respiration. Post 3fortem Appearances. — These are not generally characteristic, except of asphyxia. The blood is dark and poorly coaguable. There is congestion of the lungs, general passive hypersemia, and sometimes ecchymoses in the brain, cord, and their membranes. Congestion of the retina is said, however, to be pathognomonic of belladonna poisoning. Administration.— The fluid extract of belladonna root is the official preparation more commonly used for horses. The alcoholic extract of the leaves is given in pill or suppo- sitory to dogs, and in electuary to horses. Atropine sul- phate is employed under the skin when a rapid effect is desired. Uses External. — Local application of belladonna is more effective when combined with internal medication, of the same drug. Belladonna is the best remedy for mammitis, applied by massage in the form of liniment, and given by the mouth. It relaxes spasm, contracts the blood vessels, and lessens inflammation and congestion ; paralyzes the secretory nerves and so diminishes the amount of milk, vascular tension, pain and glandular activity. In fissure of the rectum, and in haemorrhoids, belladonna (with opium) in ointment or suppository, allays spasm and pain. Lini- USES OF BELLADONNA 363 ment of belladouna is usefnl in rheumatic or neuralgic pain, and rubbed upon the throat, in cases of pharyngitis and laryngitis, affords a serviceable application, when combined with the internal administration of the drug. Uses in Connection With the Eye. — In examination of the fundus of the eye, the media, or lens, for cataract, the pupil may be dilated to advantage with a weak solution (gr.gL- 3 i.) of atropine sulphate. A drop will suffice, and no trace of its effect will remain after the second day. A strong solution (gr.iv.- 3 i.) is essential to completely paralyze the iris and ciliary muscle. lu the normal animal, accommodation is paralyzed and vision disturbed for 8 or 12 days after the use of this solution. Atropine is particularly useful in keratitis and iritis. In the former disease, photophobia and blepharospasm are diminished by the paralyzing action of atropine upon the trigeminus, and pain, congestion and inflammation are diminished by contraction of the peri- pheral blood vessels. In central perforating ulcer of the cornea, with protrusion of the iris, atropine, by dilating the pupil, draws the iris away and prevents its permanent adhesion (anterior synechia) to the cornea, while the per- foration is becoming filled with lymph and the anterior chamber is being restored. Strong solutions of atropine instilled at frequent intervals, are useful in iritis by (1) paralyzing and securing rest of the iris and ciliary muscles; (2) in lessening local blood supply, congestion and inflam- mation, and in preventing adhesions of the posterior sur- faces of the iris to the anterior capsule of the lens (posterior synechias), which both limits the normal variation in the pupillary diameter and interferes with the nutrition of the lens, and so predispose to cataract. Atropine is contra- indicated in glaucoma. Uses Internal. — The general indications follow directly from our knowledge of the physiological action of the drug. They are as follows: — 1. To stimulate the respiration and circulation. 2. To diminish secretion. 3. To relieve spasm and pain. 364 VEGETABLE DRUGS 1. Acute diseases, as pneumonia, bronchitis, influenza, cerebro-spinal meningitis, etc., are frequently treated at the outset with belladonna, with the intent of cutting short the inflammatory process by producing general vascular con- traction. There does not seem to be sufl&cient physiological or clinical evidence to warrant this practice (except in pha- ryngitis and laryngitis), and there are other drugs (ergot) which accomplish the purpose, were it desirable, more effi- ciently. In the second stage of acute diseases, as pneu- monia, belladonna is a valuable agent in combination with strychnine, to stimulate respiration, prevent effusion and vasomotor and cardiac depression. Belladonna is of great service also as a respiratory, cardiac and vasomotor stimu- lant in poisoning by various drugs, including opium, chloro- form, ether, aconite, prussic acid, physostignia and pilocar- pine. In surgical shock, with low temperature, owing to vasomotor paralysis and vascular dilatation, atropine is a most potent remedy, combined with digitalis. 2. Belladonna is employed therapeutically to diminish excessive sweating and salivation, mercurial or otherwise. It is recommended in serous, or watery diarrhoea. Qj^dema of the lungs is combated most successfully with atropine (combined with strychnine) subcutaneously. In the second stage of acute respiratory diseases, as bronchitis, influenza, canine distemper, and pneumonia, belladonna diminishes secretion, irritability and cough, and stimulates the heart and respiration. It may be associated with opium to in- crease the sedative effect. 3. Belladonna does not have much influence over spasm of the voluntary muscles, unless injected (atropine) into their substance. Rheumatic lameness, and cramps and spasm due to injury of nerves, may be treated in this manner. Spasm of involuntary muscle is, however, more easily over- come, and this action is of exceeding therapeutic importance. Intestinal spasmodic colic of horses succumbs most readily when atropine is given with morphine under the skin. lu peritonitis and enteritis, full and repeated doses of atropine. USES OF BELLADONNA 365 with morphine, assist in paralyzing the smooth muscular fibres of the intestines, and in quieting peristaltic move- ment. Cough, stridulus breathing, and spasm, associated with acute pharyngitis and laryngitis, are influenced favorably by belladonna, in the first stage. The drug acts locally to paralyze the ends of the motor nerves in the throat, relieves spasm, and also contracts the peripheral vessels and over- comes congestion and inflammation. It may be given to horses in electuary, and also applied in liniment or oint- ment externally. The following prescription is suitable for horses suffering from pharyngitis or laryngitis. Extract, belladonnge rad. fl § i. Pulv, potassii chloratis 3 ii- Pulv. GlycyrrhizEe ^v, Syrupi Fi;sci Q. S. M. et f. electuarium. Sig. Give i ounce every two hours. (Furnish i ounce for sample dose.) In bronchitis and asthma, belladonna also allays spasm and lessens secretion, irritation and cough. Other spasmo- dic conditions benefited by belladonna are, "thumps," lead colic, spasm of the rectum owing to fissure or other causes, and incontinence of urine due to spasm of the neck of the bladder. Palpitation of the heart is relieved by the sedative action of the mydriatic upon the unstriated cardiac muscle. Tetanus is favorably influenced by extract of belladonna given in electuary. In this section may be included the effect of small doses of belladonna in paralyzing the inhi- bitory (splanchnic) nerve terminations in the bowels, and thus assisting the action of peristaltic stimulants, as aloes and strychnine. Pills containing aloin (gr.|), extractum belladonnge alcoholicum foliorum (gr.g), and extractum cas- •carsB sagradse (gr.|), form a useful laxative combination in chronic constipation of dogs. 366 VEGETABLE DRUGS Hygscyamus. Hyoscyamus. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Hyoscyami folia, B. P.; henbane, lierba hyoscyaini, E. ; feuilles de jusquiame noire, Fr. ; bilsen- krant, G. The leaves and flowering tops of Hyoscyamus niger Linne (nat. ord. solanacese), collected from plants of the second year's growth. Habitat. — Indigenous to England, the Continent, and Asia, and naturalized in the northern part of the United States. Description. — Leaves ovate, or ovate-oblong, up to 25 cm. long and 10 cm. broad; sinuate-toothed; the teeth large, oblong or triangular, grayish-green, and, particularly on the lower surface, glandular-hairy ; midrib prominent; flowers nearly sessile, with an urn-shaped, five- toothed calyx, and a light yellow, purple-veined corolla; odor heavy, narcotic; taste bitter and somewhat acrid. Constituents. — Two alkaloids : hyoscyamiue C1-H23N O3, and hyoscine. The first resembles atropine in composition and action. Impure, amorphous, commercial hyoscyamine is a dark-brown fluid and contains as its active principle mainly hyoscine. Incompatihility. — Incompatible with caustic alkalies and vegetable acids, lead acetate and silver nitrate. Hyoscyamus may be given in pill with the two latter mineral salts. Dose.—B.. & C, 3ss.-i. (15.-30.); T>., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.). PREPARATIONS. Extractuvi Hyoscyami. Extract of Hyoscyamus. (U. S. & B. P.) Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and evaporation to pilular consistency. Dose.— H. & C, gr.xx.- 3 i. (1.3-4.); D., gr.ss.-ii. (.03-. 12). Extractuvi Hyoscyami Fliddum. Fluid Extract of Hyoscyamus. (U. S. P.) Made by maceration, percolation with alcohol and water, and evaporation, so that 1 Co. = 1 Gm. of hyoscyamus. Dose.— H. ScC, |ss. i. (15.-30 ); D., ttlv.-xv. (.3-1.). HYUSUYAMINE SULPHATE 367 Tinctura Hyoscyami. Tincture of Hyoscyamus. (U. S. & B. P. ) Hyoscyamus, 150 ; diluted alcohol to make 1,000. Made by mace- ration and percolation. (U. S. P.) Dose.— D., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.). The preparations of hyoscyamus are of rather uncertain strengtii. The dose is generally two to four times that of similar belladonna pre- parations. Suceus Hyoscycuiii. Juice of Hyoscyamus. (B. P.) Dose. — Same as tincture. Hyoscyamin^ Sulphas. Hyoscy amine Sulphate. (Ci,H,3 N O3), H,S O, The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from hyo- scyamus. Derivation. — Hyoscyamine is derived from hyoscyamus seed. The latter are treated with ether to extract fat, and then distilled with alcohol and sulphuric acid. The liquid residue is neutralized with caustic soda and precipitated with tannic acid. The ]5recipitate is mixed with lime and extracted with alcohol. The resulting alcoholic solution is first treated with sulphuric acid, then with caustic soda, and finally with ether, which dissolves the alkaloid. The latter is recovered by distillation. Properties. — White, indistinct crystals, or a white pow- der, without odor, and having a bitter, acrid taste. Deli- quescent in damp air. Soluble in 0.5 part of water, and in 2.5 parts of alcohol ; very slightly soluble in ether or chloroform. Dose.—B.., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D.,gr.^- 3V (.001-.002). Hyoscyamine Hydrobromas. Hyoscyamine Hydrobromate. C„H.3N O3H Br. (U. S. P.) The hydrobromate of an alkaloid obtained from hyo- scyamus. Properties. — A yellowish-white, amorphous, resin-like mass, or prismatic crystals, having, particularly when damp, 368 VEGETABLE DRUGS a tobacco-like otlor, and an acrid, nauseous and bitter taste. Deliquescent on exposure to the air. Soluble in about 0.3 part of water, 2 parts of alcohol, 3,000 parts of ether, or 250 parts of chloroform. I)o8e.--R., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr.^-gV (.001-.002). Hyoscin^ HYDROBRoaiAS. Hyosciue Hydrobromate. C„H,,N 0,H Br. (U. S. P. & B. P.) The hydrobromate of an alkaloid obtained from hyo- scyamus. Properties. — Colorless, transparent, rhombic crystals; odorless and having aii acrid, slightly bitter taste. Perma- nent in the air. Soluble in 1.9 parts of water, and in 13 parts of alcohol ; very slightly soluble in ether or chloro- form. 2>ose.-H.,gr.i-i (.001-.015); J).,gv.^-^i^ (.0004-.0006). Action Internal. — The action of hyoscyamus is a resul- tant of that of its two alkaloids, hyoscine and hyoscyamine. The latter is practically atropine, except that its mydriatic action is shorter. Hyoscine, in poisonous doses, is a power- ful depressant to the cerebrum, respiratory centre, spinal reflex centres, and motor tract. It differs from atropine in being a cerebral sedative, and in its greater paralyzant action upon the spinal cord. The tetanic stage succeeding spinal paralysis, observed in atropine poisoning, does not ensue with hyoscine. The latter alkaloid' slightly depresses and slows the heart, and does not paralyze the vagus termi- nations, nor depress the motor and sensory nerves or muscles. The circulation is bat slightly influenced, and vasomotor depression only occurs in the latter stage of lethal poisoning. Death occurs from paralysis of the respi- ratory centres. Poisoning in animals is exhibited by loss of muscular power, slowing and failure of respiration, dryness of the mouth, stupor and asphyxia. The pulse may be infrequent, the pupils are dilated and the skin is moist, rather than dry. Delirium and convulsions sometimes INDIAN CANNABIS 369 occur in man. The effect of the combined action of hyoscy- amiue and hjoscine in hyoscyamus is shown when we com- pare the drn^ with belladonna. Hyoscyamus is more of a cerebral sedative and hypnotic, and less of a heart and respiratory stimulant. It is said to possess more power in overcoming spasm, and griping of cathartics, and in aidiuf intestinal movement. Hyoscyamus is also thought to exert a more pronounced antispasmodic action than belladonna, upon the smooth muscles of the bladder and urethra. Uses. — Hyoscyamus is generally applicable in the same disorders for which belladonna is indicated. In relieving some sorts of spasm, hyoscyamus is more efficient than belladonna, as in spasmodic colic, spasm of the bladder, and griping caused by cathartics. Tetanus, chorea, and epilep- tic convulsions in dogs, are benefited by henbane, but the drug does not possess a curative action. Hyoscy amine may be combined to advantage with strychnine, subcutaneously, in impaction of the bowels in horses. The former drug depresses the inhibitory nerve endings (splanchnic), and assists the stimulant action of strychnine upon the intestinal muscle. Repeated small doses of oil will facilitate peristal- sis in this condition. Hyoscine hydrobromate is indicated in spasmodic affections and in nervous and sexual excite- ment. It is a powerful drug and should be employed at the outset in small doses. To avoid contamination with hyo- scyamine is difficult, and the preparation of Merck is to be recompended. Hyoscine has not been employed to any extent in veterinary practice. It is used in human medicine as a hypnotic and sedative in mania and delirium of the insane. It causes no unpleasant after-effects. Cannabis Indica. Indian Cannabis. (U. S. & B. P.) The flowering tops of the female plant of the Cannabis sativa Liuue (nat. ord. urticaceae), grown in the East Indies. Synonyin. — Indian hemp, E.; chanvre indien, Fr.; indi- scher hanf, G.; herba cannabis indicse, P. G, 370 VEGETABLE DRUGS Haschiscli is a confection of the drug. Arabian habi- tues of this preparation are frequently impelled by its influence to deeds of violence. They are called "hascha- schins"; hence the English, assassins. Gunjab, or ganga, is the dried plant used in India for smoking. Churrus is the resin and epidermis scraped off the leaves. Bhang consists of the young leaves, flowering and fruiting tops and resin resulting from the first season's growth. Habitat. — The ojfficial cannabis is indigenous to Asia, but the common hemp plant (Cannabis sativa) grows in America and many other parts of the world. Description. — Branching, compressed, brittle, about 5 cm. or more long, with a few digitate leaves, having linear- lanceolate leaflets, and numerous, sheathing, pointed bracts, each containing two small pistillate flowers, sometimes with the nearly ripe fruit ; the whole more or less agglutinated with a resinous exudation. It has a brownish-green color, a, peculiar narcotic odor, and a slightly acrid taste. Incompatibility. — Water precipitates the active resinous principles. Lemon juice and other vegetable acids are the most efficient antidotes. Constituents. — Besins, including : (1) cannabin and (2) cannabinon ; the first is stated to be very active ; (3) teta- uocannabine (in which is contained a substance, choline, CgHijN O2), and, with alkalies, forms (4) cannabine. None of these substances is a practical substitute for the crude drug. PREPARATIONS. Extractum Cannabis Indicce, Extract of Indian Cannabis. (U.S. &B. P.) Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and by evapora- tion to a pilular consistence. Dose.— H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D.,gr.i^-i. (.015-.06). Extracttim Cannabis Indicce Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Indian Cannabis. (U. S. P.) Made by maceration and percolation. The alcohol is distUled off from the last part of the percolate, and the residue is dissolved in the INDIAN CANNABIS 371 first part (700 Co.), and enough alcohol is added to make 1 Cc. of the fluid extract equal 1 gm. of the crude drug. Dose.—B.., 3iv.-vi. (16.-24.); D., iriii.-x. (.12-.6). Adviiiiist ration. — The extract is given in ball, pill, electuary or suppository ; or the fluid preparations may be used. Tinctura Cannabis Indicce. Tincture of Indian Cannabis. (U.S. &B. P.) Indian cannabis, 150; alcohol to make 1,000 Cc. Made by macera- tion and pei'colation. (U. S. P.) Dose.—D., TTixx.-xxx. (1.3-2.). Action External. — Cannabis indica exerts a considerable irritant action when applied to mucous membranes. This Is followed by local anaesthesia. Action Internal. — Indian hemp is a distinct depressant to the functions of the brain and cord in poisonous doses, although therapeutically stimulating these organs in small quantities, and producing in man a kind of intoxication and mild delirium. The reflex activity of the spinal cord is primarily increased, but this is succeeded by diminution of reflex movement, and, after large doses, by ansesthesia and loss of voluntary motion. The sensory tract (centres and nerves) is depressed by considerable therapeutic doses. Our knowledge of the detailed physiological action of the drug is imperfect. The action of cannabis comes on slowly and continues for a long time. A horse receiving, under the direction of the writer, at the Harvard Veterinary Hospital, I ounce of the solid extract, became drowsy. Sleep after a few hours deepened into stupor, and stupor into coma. The respiration became slow, the pulse slightly accelerated, and the animal so anaesthetic that amputation of the penis was done on the following day without producing the slight- est pain or struggling. The animal had to be supported in slings, and only recovered after three days. Frequently neither constipation, anorexia, or other deleterious after- effects follow the action of this drug. In the human being, cannabis induces very peculiar mental phenomena, including hallucinations, a sense of 372 VEGETABLE DRUGS double consciousness, and great prolongation of time, so that minutes are drawn out into hours, and hours into days. Sometimes sexual excitement, exaltation, and hilariousuess are exhibited; at other times a dreadful premonition of im- pending death seizes the human subject. The drug is not fatal, except in colossal doses, but the effects may appear alarming. Intrajugular injection into a small dog, of five drachms of the fluid extract (10 minims of which proved active in man) only caused death after several hours (Hare). Preparations of Indian hemp vary greatly in strength, many being entirely inert, and this fact constitutes one of the principal objections to its use. The practitioner is recommended to experiment until he secures a reliable preparation, and use no other thereafter. Uses. — Cannabis is indicated for the relief of : 1, pain ; 2, spasm; 3, nervous irritability. It is not comparable to morphine as an analgesic, on account of the uncertainty and slowness of its action, and because anaesthesia is only pro- duced by an unwarrantably large dose. It is only superior to opium in not causing constipation, anorexia and indiges- tion, and is therefore sometimes given in colic to horses, for the relief of pain and spasm. The permanency of the action of Indian hemp suggests its use in conditions of long continued pain or spasm. In thirty-five cases of tetanus in the human being, treated with cannabis, twenty-one recovered and fourteen died. The results reported in veter- inary practice have been almost as favorable ; over half the cases have recovered when subjected to this medication. Cannabis ludica is occasionally employed as a sedative for irritable cough, and to relieve the spasms of chorea. Caffeina. Caffeine. C^HioN.O, + H.O. (U. S. & B. p.) Synonym. — Theine, guaranine, E.; coffein, G.; cafeine, Fr. A feebly basic, proximate principle, obtained from the dried leaves of Tliea sinensis Linne (nat. ord. ternstroemia- CATFEINE 373 ceae), or from the dried seeds of Coffea arabica Liune (nat. ord. rubiacese), and found also in other plants. Habitat. — Indigenous to Africa, and cultivated in other tropical countries. Derivation. — Crushed coffee is treated with successive portions of boiling water, and the resultiug solution is precipitated with lead acetate and filtered. Hydrogen sul- phide decomposes the excess oi lead acetate remaining in the filtrate. The latter is then concentrated by evaporation and neutralized with ammonia water. Caffeine crystallizes on cooling. The alkaloid is purified by charcoal and recrys- tallization. Properties. — Fleecy masses of long, flexible, white crys- tals, possessing a silky lustre, without odor, having a bitter taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble in 80 parts of water, 33 parts of alcohol, 555 parts of -ether, or 7 parts of chloroform. Also soluble in about 2 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol. Caffeine is neutral to litmus paper. Caffeine exists, curiously enough, as the active principle of the national non-alcoholic beverages in use all over the world. Coffee contains ,6-2.2 per cent, of caffeine, together with* glucose, fat. vegetable casein, tannic acid, and an empyreumatic oil developed by roasting, i. e., caffeoue. Tea contains 1.36-3. per cent, of caffeine, or theine, and also a volatile oil and tannic acid. Guarana (the seeds of PauUinia cupana) contains 4 to 5 per cent, of caffeine; mate, or Paraguay tea (the leaves of Ilex paraguayensis), contains .45-1.2 per cent. Caffeine is found in kola nut (the fruit of Sterculia acuminata), used as a beverage in Africa, and now as a nervous stimulant in human medicine, and is allied to theobromine, occuring in chocolate beans, and to cocaine, existing in coca leaves. Incompatihility. — Caffeine is incompatible with mercury salts, potassium iodide and tannic acid. Dose. — H., gr.vii.-xv. (.5-1.); D., gr.ss.-iii. (.03-.2), accord- ing to size. 374 VEGETABLE DRUGS Caffeina Citrata. Citrated Caffeine. (U. S. P.) Derivation. — Dissolve citric acid (50) in hot, distilled water; add caffeine (50) and evaporate the resulting solu- tion, on a water bath, to dryness, constantly stirring towards the end of the operation. Reduce the product to a fine powder and transfer it to well-closed bottles. Properties. — A white powder, odorless, having a purely acid taste and acid reaction. One part of citrated caffeine forms a clear, syrupy solution, with about 3 parts of water. Upon dilution with water this yields a white precipitate (caffeine), which redissolves when about 25 parts of water have been added. It is also soluble in a mixture of two volumes of chloroform and 1 volume of ether. Dose.—R., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); D., gr.i.-vi. (.06-.36). Action Internal. — Caffeine has no particular action upon the digestive tract, except in large quantities, when it may cause gastro-intestiual irritation. The effect of caffeine and raw coffee is identical, but when the latter is roasted, aroma- tic oils, or an empyreumatic oil, are developed (caffeone). It is impossible to separate completely the action of caffeine from caffeone in boiled coffee. Recent investigations appear to show that the oil (caffeone), of which there is from one to one-half drachm in a cup of the beverage, has no physiolo- gical action except to disturb digestion and cause bilious- ness. This result is not in accord with the general belief, and it is probable that caffeone possesses a transient action in stimulating intestinal peristalsis, the cerebral functions, and in lessening vascular tension. Circulation. — Caffeine increases blood pressure by mak- ing the heart beat more forcibly and rapidly. The systolic contractions are longer and stronger. Experimental evi- dence concerning the physiological details of its action upon the heart is contradictory. The vasomotor centres are not influenced by the drug except in poisoning, when both the heart muscle and vasomotor system are depressed, and the heart stops in diastole after cessation of respiration. CAFFEINE 375 Nervous System. — Caffeine is a certain and direct stimu- lant to the cerebral cortex. It produces wakefulness and restlessness, and stimulates the reasoning and imaginative faculties in man. In the lower animals caffeine often causes the most intense cerebral excitement and mania in large doses. The alkaloid also stimulates the spinal motor area, and toxic quantities produce restlessness, increased reflex excitability and convulsions in the lower animals. It is undetermined whether the convulsions are of cerebral or spinal origin. The motor and sensory nerves are unaffected by medicinal doses. Alcohol and opium stimulate the brain, but do so incoordinately. This is net the case with caffeine. Kidneys. — The kidneys primarily contract for two or three minutes with corresponding diminution iu tho flow of urine, after the subcutaneous injection of small doses of caffeine. This effect is independent of the general vascular condition, and is followed by an increase iu the volume of the kidneys, Avith accompanying augmentation of the urinary secretion, as shown by experiments with Hoy's oncometer. The renal cells are directly stimulated. The drug is there- fore a local diuretic and one of the most efficient and powerful. Respiration. — The respiration is not affected to any considerable extent by caffeine, save by toxic doses, when it is depressed. Bletabolism. — The action of caffeine (and coffee) upon tissue change is inconstant. Sometimes it restrains nitro- genous consumption with corresponding diminution of urea elimination. Caffeine is entirely decomposed in the body, unless ingested in large quantities, when it is eliminated in part in the urine. Toxicology. — Caffeine is a spinal and muscle poison to the frog. Tetanic convulsions occur in the batrachian similar to those produced by strychnine, but there is also muscular rigidity. These phenomena follow the direct stimulation of the spinal motor tract and muscles, and are succeeded by paresis. In man, stimulation of the cerebral 376 VEGETABLE DRUGS cortex occurs, while both stimulation of the brain and cord are observed iu the domestic animals. The symptoms of poisoning in dogs, cats aud mammals generally, are restless- ness, occasionally vomiting in dogs, rapid breathing, primary reduction followed by rise in temperature, clonic or tonic convulsions, muscular weakness, and general paresis. Death occurs from respiratory failure. The minimum fatal dose is about 1 gr. to 1 lb. of live weight in the cat. Achiiinistration. — Caffeine and its ordinary salts are decomposed by water and therefore should not be given subcutaneously. The alkaloid is best administered in solu- tion with sodium salicylate, or benzoate, for use under the skin as follows : — Caflfeinae gr.xl. Sodii salicylatis gr.xxx. Aquae 3 i. M. S. Give fifteen drops liypodermically to horse. Three drops to dog. or : — Caffeinee Sodii benzoinatis aa gr.xv. AquEB TTlxlv. M. S. Give one-half, under the skin, to horse. The soluble citrate may be given internally, but it is not a definite or reliable preparation, and inferior to caffeine, which may be administered in solution, with a little citric acid, or as above. Uses. — Three indications for the use of caffeine may be deduced from our knowledge of its physiological action. 1. To stimulate the brain. 2. To stimulate the heart. 3. To cause diuresis. 1. Its application as a cerebral stimulant is very limited in veterinary medicine. It acts thus as an antidote to opium poisoning. One and a half grains of caffeine will save cats poisoned by the minimum fatal dose (gr.l|) of morphine. NUX VOMICA 37T 2. Caffeine possesses particular value in the treatment of dropsy of cardiac origin in dogs, because of its diuretic action, as well as stimulant effect upon the heart. The therapeutic indications are much the same as for digitalis, but caffeine differs from digitalis in the following particulars : Does not prolong diastole. Is not cumulative. Does not slow the heart. More transient in its effect. Nor regulate the heart. Caffeine, in combination with acetanilid and other modern coal tar products, is useful in preventing their depressing action upon the heart. Furthermore, caffeine, tea and coffee are serviceable in the treatment of acute asthenic diseases in the horse (influenza), dog (distemper), and in foals and calves, acting as nervous and cardiac stimu- lants and perhaps restraining tissue waste. 3. The diuretic property of caffeine renders it appro- priate in aiding the absorption of pleuritic effusion, ascites, and dropsies, particularly of cardiac and renal origin, and in the hepatic form as well. SECTION II.— DRUGS ACTING ON THE SPINAL CORD. Class 1. — Stimulating the Inferior Cornua. Nux Vomica. Nux Vomica. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Semen nucis vomicse, poison nut, Quaker button, E.; noix vomique, Fr.; krahen-augen, brechnuss, G. The seed of Strychnos nux-vomica Linne (uat. ord. Loganiacese). Description. — About 25 mm. in diameter, orbicular, grayish, or greenish-gray, soft, hairy, of a silky lustre, with a slight ridge extending from the centre of one side to the edge ; iuternally horny, somewhat translucent, very tough, with a large circular cavity into which the heart-shaped, 378 VEGETABLE DRUGS nerved cotyledons project. It is inodorous and persistently bitter. Constituents. — Two alkaloids. 1. Strychnine, 0.2-0.6 per cent. 2. Brucine (CojHocN.OJ, 0.5-1.0 per cent. Similar in action to strycliuine,bnt weaker and slower. Both alkaloids exist in combination with igasuric acid. Brucine occurs in rectangular octohedral crystals ; is soluble in alcohol, in 7 parts of chloroform, and possesses a bitter taste. With sulphuric and nitric acids a beautiful blood-red color is developed. Dose.—B.. & a, 3i.-ii- (4.-8.); Sh., gr.xx.-xl. (1.3-2.6); Sw., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3); D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). PREPARATIONS. ExtracUim Nucis Vomicce. Extract of Nux Vomica. (U. S. & B. P.) Made by maceration with alcohol, water and acetic acid; percola- tion with alcohol and water; distillation to remove alcohol, and evapo- ration. The liquid extract is treated with ether, and sufficient sugar of milk is added to make the contents of alkaloids equal to 15 per cent, of of the dry extract. (U. S. P. ) Dose.—U. & C, gr.vii.-xv. (.5-1.); Sh., gr.ii.ss.-v. (.15-.3); Sw., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr.H (.008-.016). Extractum Nucis Vomicce Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Nux Vomica. (U. S. P.) Made by digestion and percolation with alcohol, water and acetic acid. The alcohol is distilled off and the solution evaporated. Alcohol and water are added so that 100 Cc. of the fluid extract shall contain Gm. 1.5 of total alkaloids. Dose.— H. &C., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh., ttlxx.-xxx. (1.3-2.); Sw., ^x.- XX. (.6-1.3); D., mi.-ii. (.06-.12). Tinctura Nucis Vomicce. Ticture of Nux Vomica. (U. S. & B. P.) Made by solution of the extract of nux vomica, 20, in alcohol, and water to make 1,000. (U. S. P.) Dose.— D,, TTlv.-x. (.3-.6). Strychnina. Strychnine. C,, H,, N, O,. (U. S. & B. P.) An alkaloid obtained from nux vomica, and also obtain- able from other plants of the natural order Loganiaceae. STRYCHNINE SULPHATE 379 Derivation. — Nux vomica seeds are powdered and stryclmine is extracted with water acidulated with hydro- chloric acid. The solution is concentrated and strychnine precipitated with lime. It is then redissolved in boiling alcohol and the crystals are deposited upon concentration of the solution. Properties. — Colorless, transparent, octohedral, or pris- matic crystals, or a white, crystalline powder ; odorless, and having an intensely bitter taste, perceptible in even highly dilute (1 in 700,000) solution. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 6,700 parts of water, and in 110 parts of alcohol ; in 2,500 parts of boiling water, and in 12 parts of boiling alcohol ; also soluble in 7 parts of chloroform, but almost insoluble in ether. Upon ignition, it is consumed, leaving no residue. No coloration is produced with nitric or sul- phuric acid, but a drop of the latter and a grain of potassium bichromate, added to a crystal of strychnine upon a porce- lain plate, yields a beautiful violet, changing into purplish- red -and cherry-red, and finally to orange or yellow. Dose. — Same as strychnine sulphate or nitrate (minimum quantities), which are preferable on account of their greater solubility. Strychnine Sulphas. Strychnine Sulphate. (C,,H,,N,0,)3 H,S O, + 5 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation. — Made by the action of sulphuric acid on strychnine. Pro2Jerties. — Colorless, or white, prismatic crystals, odor- less, and having an intensely bitter taste, perceptible in highly dilute (1 in 700,000) solution. Efflorescent in dry air. Soluble in 50 parts of water and in 109 parts of alcohol ; 2 parts of boiling water and in 8.5 parts of boiling alcohol. Almost insoluble in ether. Upon ignition, it is consumed, leaving no residue. On adding potassium or sodium hydrate to an aqueous solution of the salt, a white precipitate is 380 VEGETABLE DRUGS thrown dowu, wliich should conform to the test for strych- nine. Dose.—^., gr.ss.-i.ss. (.03-.09); C, gr.i.-iii. (.06-.18); Sh., gri4 (.015-.03); D., gr.^-^V (.0005-.0015). The dose of strychnine should be proportioned to the weight in the case of all animals, but more particularly dogs. Otherwise, convulsive attacks or a fatal result may occur. The dose can be accurately determined, according to Feser, by the following data : Dose per kilo (2 lbs. 3 oz. 119.9 gr. avoirdupois) live weight. ; Horse, sheep and cattle 0001-.0002 (gr.gig-gio) Swine 0003 .0003 (gr.gig.^ig) Dogs 0001 (gr.^io) In accordance with the foregoing figures, dose for A horse weighing 1,000 lbs. is .045-. 09 {gv.%-1%) A dog " 100 " " .0045 (gr.Jg) I " " " 50 " " .00225 (gr.Jg) I " " " 25 " " .00112 (gr.Jj) " " " 10 " " .00045 (gr.ji^) Moreover, these doses may be given every three hours without producing poisoning by their cumulative action. Notwithstanding the foregoing figures, caution should be exercised in prescribing strychnine to dogs, as these animals appear sometimes extremely susceptible to strychnine, and it is therefore advisable to begin with a minimum dose (g^-TTo) ^^ suaall animals. The dose of one grain should not be ordinarily exceeded in the case of horses, as one and one-half grains proved fatal in an exceptional case. If animals are depressed by disease or shock, they will often bear much larger doses than could ordinarily be administered with safety. Action External. — Strychnine is a powerful antiseptic, but is of no practical value on account of its poisonous pro- perties. Brucine is a local ansesthetic. Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Strychnine and nux vomica act as bitter stomachics in increasing vascularity, appetite, gastric secretion and motion. In addition to this STiiYCHNINE SULPHATE 381 tbey improve the local tone of the alimentary canal ; prob- ably by exciting the various spinal centres. Strychnine also stimulates the intestinal muscular tunic and therefore increases peristaltic action. Circulation. — Strychnine excites the heart muscle and motor ganglia, and thus makes the cardiac pulsations more forcible. Large doses diminish the frequency of the frog's heart, and produce diastolic pauses. Blood tension is heightened by medicinal doses, through stimulation of the medullary vasomotor centres. Toxic quantities cause vaso- motor paralysis and fall of arterial tension. Experiments conducted with blood (Harley) containing strychnine, shaken with air for 24 hours, resulted in the blood yielding about one-third more oxygen and one-half less carbonic dioxide, than blood, minus strychnine, similarly treated. Harley concluded that strychnine arrests oxidation in the body, but there is no physiological evidence that such is the case in life. Nervous System and 3Iusdes. — Strychnine is essentially a spinal stimulant. Many ingenious experiments conclu- sively prove that the principal effect of strychnine (convul- sions) is produced by direct stimulation of the cells of the inferior cornua. The alkaloid also appears to cause dilata- tion of the arterioles in the spinal cord. Two experiments only may be presented. The first proves that the action of strychnine in producing convul- sions is of spinal origin ; the second that the alkaloid acts upon the inferior cornua. 1. When strychnine is placed directly upon the spinal cord of a frog, after the blood has been withdrawn from the body, and allowed to diffuse through its substance, convul-, sions occur. These are limited, at first, to those muscles whose nerves have their insertion nearest the point of application of the poison, and then they progress as the alkaloid continues its path of absorption through the cord. 2. When every part of a frog below the second cervical vertebra has been removed, save the nerves, muscles and 382 VEGETABLE DRUGS bones, and the inferior cornua be cut under the third cervi- cal vertebra and the tissues entirely separated, so that the fore part of the frog is connected with the hind part only by the superior columns, then strychnine dropped in the mouth produces tetanic spasm solely in the fore legs. This shows that the cells of the inferior columns only were those affected. Furthermore, it is probable that other centres of the entire spinal tract, including the medulla, are stimulated to a less degree. Thus the respiratory centres, the vasomotor centres, as well as the reflex and trophic centres, are excited ; but the medullary cardiac centre is but slightly, if at all, affected by moderate doses. The cerebrum is not influenced by the drug, as consciousness is retained throughout the period of poisoning until asphyxia supervenes. The muscles and sen- sory nerves are unaffected by any dose of strychnine. But the motor nerves are paralyzed at once by enormous doses of the alkaloid ; or are paralyzed in the later stages of poisoning by less amounts. Therefore, convulsions do not appear at all, or cease when this condition is reached. An experiment performed upon a frog, poisoned with strychnine, in which all the tissues of one hind leg were previously ligated, except the sciatic nerve, showed that stimulation of the intact leg caused spasms only of the ligated leg, since in the latter the motor nerve fibres had not been reached by the drug (because of the ligation), and therefore were not paralyzed as were those in the limb left intact. Respiration. — It is probable that strychnine, in thera- peutic doses, is the most reliable and powerful respiratory stimulant at our command. The breathing is quickened and deepened by the stimulating action of the alkaloid on the medullary respiratory centres. Organs of Special Sense. — The eye-sight and hearing are rendered more acute by strychnine. Elimination. — Strychnine escapes to some extent un- changed in the urine, while a portion of it is converted into strychnic acid. The alkaloid is found in the urine within half an hour of its ingestion, and is said to be entirely eliuj- STEYCHNINE SULPHATE 383 inated within forty-eight hours. Strychnine is one of the drugs that is supposed to possess a cumulative action, i. e., which exhibits sudden and powerful effects after its con- tinuous administration. This is said to be due to the fact that it is not eliminated as rapidly as it is ingested, owing to contraction of the renal vessels, and that it accumulates in the spinal cord. The cumulative effect is not seen when the drug is given subcutaneously; on the contrary, the sys- tem becomes so habituated to it that ordinarily poisonous doses can then be given with safety. Therefore, when a cumulative action is observed, it is probably owing to delayed absorption. Administration. — For tonic purposes, strychnine may be given to dogs in pills or tablets, and to horses in solution dropped on the tongue. Nux vomica is given to horses upon the food in the form of powder, or in fluid extract upon the tongue; while the tincture is more appropriate for dogs. When large doses of strychnine are used, or an immediate action is desired in acute diseases and emergencies, the alkaloid should be given under the skin. Toxicology. — One-twentieth of a grain of strychnine nitrate, injected subcutaneously by the writer into a dog weighing 25 lbs., caused uneasiness and excitement, with protrusion of the eye-balls, and in the space of ten minutes, tetanic convulsions. The breathing was shallow and almost imperceptible, the pulse rapid and irregular, the lips were covered with foam, the tail was stiff and extended, the ears laid back, and there was general muscular rigidity, the animal lying on his side in a state of opisthotonos. This condition lasted about three minutes, and was followed by a period of relaxation. But the slightest noise or irritation of the skin brought on convulsions. The convulsions became less frequent and violent, and ceased altogether within half an hour. The same animal was given gr.^L of the alkaloid on the following day, but without producing any appreciable result. One-tenth of a grain, given on another day and in the same manner, caused immediate uneasiness and restless- 384 VEGETABLE DRUGS Eess, aud in ten minutes induced a severe convulsion, lasting for three minutes, in which the animal was so rigid that he could be lifted bodily without bending. The ears were drawn back, the limbs were extended and stiff, the tail was straight and rigid, and there was twitching of the muscles of the jaw and limbs. The corners of the mouth were drawn back (risus sardonicus), the mouth was covered with foam, and there was some trismus. The breathing was nearly- suppressed, owing to tetanic spasm of the respiratory muscles. Following this convulsion, the jaw dropped, the muscles relaxed and another attack could not be produced by noises or external irritation. Some twitching of the temporal muscles persisted. Evidently the second stage of poisoning had ensued, and the motor nerves and cells of the inferior cornua had become paralyzed. Death occurred in general paralysis within half an hour, and without any recurrence of convulsions or tetanic condition. Death takes place more commonly in strychnine poisoning from asphyxia, during a convulsion, and is caused by spasm of the respira- tory muscles, or, more rarely, by spasm of the glottis. Sometimes a fatal result ensues from exhaustion, between the paroxysm, and occasionally death appears to follow the intense action on the nervous system, and depression of the heart. The lethal dose for dogs has been set at gr.|-gr.| (Kaufmann). This is much too large, as evidenced by the experiment mentioned above. The fatal amount varies greatly in accordance with the weight of an animal ; probably less than gr.^ would kill toy terriers, and cases are reported where they have been destroyed by gr.-^ of the alkaloid. The therapeutic dose should therefore be proportioned as advised, to the weight of the animal. Five to eight grains of nux vomica will kill dogs. The minimum fatal dose of strychnine for man is one- half a grain. Usually four to seven grains constitute a lethal cjuantity, but recovery has ensued following the inges- tion of 22 grains, after a full meal. STRYCHNINE SULPHATE 385 Horses. — The toxic symptoms in liorses resemble those already described in the dog. They do not appear for some time (20 minutes to 6 hours), depending on the rapidity of absorption when the drug is swallowed, and include excite- ment, muscular spasm and convulsions, increased frequency of the pulse, aud difficult respiration. Death occurs in con- vulsions or in the interim between them. The minimum fatal dose of strychnine, when given under the skin, is about 1^ to 3 grains, and when swallowed, 3 to 5 grains of the alkaloid, or 1 to 2 ounces of nux vomica. Cattle are similarly affected with horses and dogs. There are exhibited muscular spasms, frequent pulse, diffi- cult respiration, sensitiveness to light, sounds and external stimuli, protrusion of the eye-balls and convulsions. The fatal dose, by the month, varies greatly owing to difficulty of absorption in the complicated and capacious digestive apparatus of these ruminants. This is true of all medicines. When given under the skin, the lethal dose is a little larger than that for horses. The fatal dose for swine is said to be from gr.|^-gr.|. Chickens are comparatively insusceptible; also guinea pigs and some monkeys. Strychnine poisoning differs from tetanus in the fact that muscular rigidity is continuous in the latter, but disap- pears to a considerable degree, if not completely, in the periods between the convulsions, in the case of strychnine poisoning. Moreover, in tetanus the body and limbs are less, and the jaw more affected ; while in strychnine poison- ing the condition is reversed. Treatment. — The treatment embraces the use of chemical antidotes, as iodine or its salts, or tannic acid ; animal char- coal and emetics or the stomach tube, before absorption has occurred. The best physiological antidote is chloral in large doses per rectum. Chloroform and nitrite of amyl may also be given by inhalation, and quiet and rest enforced. Artificial respiration is of no service on account of the mus- cular spasms, unless air -be forcibly driven into the trachea through a canula. Calabar bean and gelsemium both 386 VEGETABLE DRUGS depress the iuferior coruua, but neither are of much valutj in strychnine poisoning. Post Mortem Appearances. — These are simply those of asphyxia, with the usual congestive lesions and dark fluid blood, except that sometimes spinal hyperaemia is ob- served. Uses Internal. — The indications for the employment of strychnine may be directly deduced from its physiological actions. The indications are as follows : 1. To stimulate the heart and respiration. 2. To stimulate the spinal cord ; more particularly the motor cells of the inferior cornua. 3. To stimulate appetite, digestion, and intestinal peri- stalsis in atonic conditions. 1. Strychnine is the best remedy we can employ to stimulate the heart, respiration and nervous system, and to promote appetite and digestion in acute diseases. No better drug can be used in the treatment of pneumonia and influ- enza in horses. Strychnine should not be used continuously, but only to bridge over a period of weakness or collapse. It may be combined in the first stages of pneumonia with nitrites, as spirit of nitrous ether, or nitroglycerii:. The latter dilate arterioles, equalize the circulation by prevent- ing venous stasis, and engorgement of the right heart; while strychnine is preferable to digitalis as a heart stimulant, because it does not so powerfully contract the arterioles. Strychnine is useful in influenza by counteracting nervous depression and improving the appetite and digestion. In collapse and shock, following surgical operations, or in ether and chloroform poisoning, strychnine is invaluable as a cardiac and respiratory stimulant, given in large doses subcutaneously. In chronic heart disease, strychnine is a useful remedy. The alkaloid has proved extremely service- able in chronic bronchitis, emphysema, and in that combi- nation of these disorders, often associated with asthma and known as "broken wind" or "heaves," in horses. The beneficial effect in these diseases is explained by STRYCHNINE SULPHATE 387 the stimulating action of the drug on the respiratory centres, and the favorable influence exerted on digestion. 2. In mild cases of chorea in dogs, strychnine is pre- scribed to advantage with Powler's solution. In accordance with its physiological action, strychnine is indicated in various paralyses of spinal origin, but should not be used where there is irritation or inflammation of the spinal motor tract. It is employed in hemiplegia and paraplegia, result- iijg from haemorrhage, after the lapse of several weeks, when irritation produced by the clot has passed away. Strychnine is said to be efficacious in the after-treatment of cerebro- spinal meningitis of horses, and also in the paraplegia of cattle (from parturient fever), and that of dogs resulting from various and often undiscovered causes. Strychnine is serviceable in the paralysis of lead poisoning, and in that form caused by traumatism or toxaemia following influenza, distemper in dogs, and rheumatism. When injected into the muscular tissue, the alkaloid is believed to stimulate the peripheral nerves and muscular fibres, and is employed with benefit in localized paralyses affecting groups of muscles before atro- phy has occurred, as in "roaring" in horses. Either retention or incontinence of urine, resulting from atony or paralysis of the bladder, may be relieved by strych- nine ; also prolapse of the rectum induced by similar causes. Strychnine has proved curative in some cases of amaurosis, when injected in the region of the temple. 3. Strychnine or nux vomica, associated with iron and arsenic, form the most generally satisfactory tonic combina- tion for the horse and dog, particularly with reference to the digestion. Atonic forms of indigestion and constipation, the accompaniments of ausemia, are those amenable to the influence of the drug, which stimulates peristalsis, and there- fore hinders fermentation, prevents relaxation, and so over- secretion from loss of vascular tone. Strychnine is a valuable remedy in overloaded rumen and chronic tyihpanitis of cattle ; or in overloaded and im- pacted large intestines of the horse. It should be given 388 VEGETABLE DRUGS subcutaneously iu these conditions, and frequently in com- bination with pilocarpine and eserine. Constipation, and, on the other hand, diarrhoea, are benefited by strychnine when they are due to atony of the intestinal muscular coat. It is more commonly in the former disorder that the drug finds its usefulness. The aloiu, strychnine and belladonna pills, with cascara sagrada, are useful in habitual constipation iu dogs, but the weaker formula, containing gr.y4-jy of strychnine, should be employed. The value and application of strychnine in ano- rexia and atonic digestive disorders has been sufficiently treated above. Class 2. — Depressing the Inferior Cornua. Physostigma. Physostigma. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Physostigmatis semen, B. P. ; Calabar or ordeal beau, faba physostigmatis, S. faba Calabarica, E. The seed of Physostigma venenosum. Balfour (nat. ord. leguminosse). Habitat. — Calabar and the region of the mouth of the Niger, in Western Africa. Description. — About 25 to 30 mm. long, 15 to 20 mm. broad, and 10 to 15 mm. thick; oblong and somewhat reni- form; testa granular, chocolate-brown, with a broad, black groove extending over the entire length of the convex edge. Embryo with a short, curved radicle and two large, white, concavo-convex cotyledons; inodorous; taste bean-like. Constituents. — The principal constituent is the alkaloid physostigmine, or eserine. There are also the alkaloids calabarine, a product resulting from the decom[)osition of eserine, and eseridine, similar in action to eserine, but weaker ; and a neutral principle, physoterin, resembling cholesterine. Calabar Bean Dose. — H., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.) ; D., gr.|-i. (.015-.06). PHYSOSTIGMINE SALICYLATE. 389 The official preparations are tlie fluid extract and tinc- ture of physostigma, bat physostigmine is solely used in veterinary medicine, since it is more certain and generally free from calabarine, which produces, in toxic doses, a tetanic condition followed by paralysis. Physostigmine Salicylas. Physostigmine Salicylate. C,,H,,N30,C,H„03. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Eserine salicylate. The salicylate of an alkaloid obtained from physostigma. Derivation. — Physostigmine is obtained from the alco- holic extract of Calabar bean by dissolving the extract in water, adding sodium bicarbonate, shaking the mixture with ether, and evaporating the ethereal liquid. The salicylate of the alkaloid — the most stable salt — is made by adding physostigmine to a solution of salicylic acid in boiling distilled water, when the salt crystallizes on cooliug. Properties. — Colorless, or faintly-yellowish, shining, aci- cular, or short, columnar crystals; odorless, and having a bitter taste. Soluble in 150 parts of water, and in 12 parts of alcohol ; in 30 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol. (U. S. P.) Dose.—YL., gr.i.-i.ss. (.06-.09); C, gr.i.-iii. (.06-.18); D., gr-tiuyir (.0006-.002). Given usually intratracheally or subcutaneously to horses. PHYSOSTIGMIN.E SuLPHAS. Physostigmine Sulphate. u. s. p.) Synonym. — Eserine sulphate. The sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from physostigma. Proj^erties. — A white, or yellowish-white, micro-crystal- line powder, odorless, and having a bitter taste. It is very deliquescent when exposed to moist air, and gradually turns reddish by exposure to air and light. Very soluble in water and in alcohol. 390 . VEGETABLE DRUGS Dose.—R., gr.i.-iss. (.06-.09) ; C, gr.i.-iii. (.06-18); D., gr.rk-gr.^ (.0006-.002). Given usually intratracheally or subcutaneously to horses. PHYSOSTIGMINE. Action Internal. — Alimentary Tract. — The flow of saliva is at first stimulated, whether by direct excitation of the salivary cells or not, is undetermined. Salivation ceases when the gland is deprived of blood by general vascular con- traction. The peristaltic action of the stomach and bowels is increased by the direct local action of the alkaloid on the muscles or ganglia of their walls. There are three stages, in reference to this action, observed in poisoning. First there is stimulation of peristaltic action, then tetanic contraction and diminution of the intestinal calibre, and finally relaxation and dilatation of the bowels. The secretions in the digestive tract are probably augmented. When the alkaloid is given to horses, under the skin, or within the trachea, defaecation and expulsion of gas commonly occurs in the space of an hour, occasionally in a few minutes, and is often consider- able in amount. Circulation. — Eserine is readily absorbed, but exerts no influence on the blood. Moderate doses render the cardiac pulsations slower and more forcible, and increase vascular tension. Large toxic doses cause the heart to beat more rapidly and less forcibly. The first effect is due probably to stimulation of the peripheral vagi and heart muscle, and possibly the involuntary muscular fibres in the vessel walls. The second phenomenon follows depression of the heart and peripheral vagi, and terminates in cardiac paralysis and diastolic arrest. The action on the circulation is entirely subordinate to the influence of the drug upon the nervous system, and is unimportant from a therapeutical stand- point. Nervous System and 3Iuscles. — The essential physiologi- cal action of physostigmine consists in depressing the cells PHYSOSTIGMINE 391 of the inferior cornua. This has been abundantly and directly proved by application of the alkaloid to the spinal cord; and, indirectly, by dividing the inferior from the superior portion of the cord, by stopping the blood supply to the latter part, when the drug caused loss of motor power and abolition of reflex action in the inferior portion, while reflex phenomena were undisturbed in the superior portion (Frazer). The superior columns are finally depressed ; per- ception of pain is wanting, but that of touch persists. The sensory nerves are not affected, and the motor nerve trunks bat slightly. The muscular tremors are due to stimulation of the voluntary muscles themselves, or to the motor nerve endings. These are characteristic of physostigma poisoning in animals — not in man — and are probably due to calabarine, which should not be present in pure physostigmiue. The involuntary muscles throughout the body are stimulated, including those of the stomach, intestines, bronchial tubes, heart, blood vessels (?), spleen, uterus, bladder and iris. In the case of some of these organs, it has not been decided whether the muscles themselves, or the motor nerve termi- nations, are affected. Respiration. — The respiration is not disturbed by medi- cinal doses. Toxic quantities at first quicken, and then retard the respiratory movements, and death occurs from asphyxia, before cessation of the heart, owing to paralysis of the medullary and spinal respiratory centres. The accel- eration of breathing is due to the stimulation of the pulmo- nary vagal endings, and possibly to constriction of the unstriped muscle of the bronchial tubes. Secretions. — Secretion is generally increased, including that of the salivary, gastric, intestinal, sudoriparous and lachrymal glands. In this respect eserine is antagonistic to atropine. Eye. — Physostigmiue is a myotic, applied locally or administered internally. Intraocular tension is diminished and there is spasm of accommodation. In all probability contraction of the pupil. is brought about by stimulation of 392 VEGETABLE DRUGS the oculomotor nerve endings simultaneously with paralysis of the terminations of the sympathetic nerve in the iris. Eserine is thus directly antagonistic to atropine in its effect upon the eye, but they resemble each other iu that they both exert a local action and do not affect the irides of birds. Enormous doses of physostigmine paralyze the oculomotor nerves and dilate the pupil. Elimination. — Eserine is rapidly absorbed and elimin- ated, mainly by the urine, but also in the other secretions. • Toxicology. — Physostigma has been called "ordeal bean," because native Africans suspected of crime are given the crude drug. Vomiting it, they are proved innocent and survive the ordeal. Retaining it, they die, and so are pro- perly and primitively punished. Animals poisoned by Cala- bar bean exhibit muscular tremors which continue through- out the toxic period, and are often so violent as to simulate convulsions. Soon there is loss of muscular ])ower and the animal falls or lies down. The respiration becomes rapid, labored, and stertorous; the pulse is increased in frequency by large toxic doses, and the temperature slightly elevated. There are salivation and sweating. The pupil is sometimes contracted and, when enormous lethal doses have been injected, dilated. Vomiting occurs in animals capable of the act, and loud peristaltic noises are heard, followed by the expulsion of faeces and flatus. Reflex action is dimin- ' ished or abolished, but sensation is preserved until late iu the toxic period. The muscles are completely relaxed and powerless, notwithstanding the tremors which afflict them. The breathing becomes weak and irregular, and death occurs from respiratory failure. A healthy gelding, weighing 1,050 lbs., was strapped upon the dissecting table and given, by the writer, three grains of eserine sulphate intrajugularly. Within a few minutes slight muscular tremors appeared in the neck; the pulse rose to 120, the respiration was 24, and the temperature normal. There was slight sweating. The pulse soon fell to 60, and was strong and hard, while the respiration became rapid and labored. No other symi^toms PHYS08TIGMINE . 393 developing within 25 minutes after the first dose, three grains of the alkaloid were administered in the same manner as before. The pulse became more frequent (78), the respi- ration (48) was difficult, and the muscular tremors increased in violence till they resembled convulsions. Sweating was profuse, while saliva dropped freely f I'om the mouth. The respiration and pulse were now reduced in frequency aud became weaker. The pupils were unaffected, but the eyes were staring. Ooe-half hour after the second dose, increased peristaltic action was evidenced by loud noises and the expulsion of gas and dung. Recovery began in two hours from the exhibition of the second dose. It is possible that the severe muscular tremors were caused by contamination of the eserine with calabarine, as the former was not a fresh preparation. An aged express horse, suffering for a week from impaction of the colon, was given twelve miuims of a commercial extract of calabar bean. He fell down almost immediately, perspired freely, exhibited muscular tremors, and expired within a few minutes. The writer is unable to state the minimum fatal dose for horses, but eserine should be used with caution in weak subjects. The minimum fatal dose is stated to be from g^-iV'T^ for dogs, and gr.-^--^ for cats. The treatment should be pursued with emetics, or the stomach pump, aud the anti- dote, atropine. The latter will prevent death in rabbits when given five minutes after the administration of three times a minimum fatal dose. Atropine should *be given under the skin, together with alcoholic stimulants, digitalis, and ammonia by the mouth. Artificial respiration should be practised and external heat applied. The essential action of atropine in antagonizing eserine, consists in stimulation of the respiratory centres, while it depresses the peripheral cardiac vagi, and so, to a certain extent, counteracts the primary influence of eserine on the heart. Large doses of atropine may only exaggerate the secondary depression of eserine upon the peripheral vagi in the heart, and so hasten 394 . VEGETABLE DRUGa a fatal result. Strychnine is antagonistic to eserine in stimu- lating the respiratory centres find inferior cornua. Uses External. — Physostigmine has been injected empir- ically, but it is asserted with good results, into chronic dropsical effusions of joints and bursas of tendons in horses, after removal of the fluid by aspiration. From .05 .1 gm. is used, dissolved in 5-10. gm. of sterile water; and this treat- ment is followed by cold applications for several days after- wards. Uses Internal. — Three physiological actions of eserine are put to therapeutical uses. 1. The myotic action on the eye. 2. Stimulation of the involuntary muscles. 3. Depression of the inferior cornua. 1. Eserine is useful, in alternation with atropine, to break up adhesions to the iris and to lessen intraocular tension in glaucoma, and, by this action, to prevent prolapse of the iris and staphyloma, after wounds and ulcers of the cornea. It is also employed to contract the pupil and shut out the light in photophobia, and to antagonize the influence of atropine on the eye. The action of eserine is, however, not nearly so powerful or persistent as that of atropine on the eye, and is somewhat painful. It is employed in 1 per cent, solution. 2. Physostigmine is mainly of value for its action in rapidly stimulating the unstriated muscles of the alimentary canal. In obstinate constipation ol horses it is particularly useful; I'gr. of eserine sulphate being given intratracheally with 3 grs. of pilocarpine sulphate; the latter to increase the intestinal secretions. Strychnine sulphate (gr.l) may be added to counteract the depressing action of eserine on the respiratory centres and inferior cornua. Physostigmine is valuable in obstruction of the bowels, from twist or intussusception in the horse, and while there is danger that the condition may be aggravated by the increased intestinal movement, yet it is the best remedy at our command when high rectal injections and elevation of PHYSOSTIGMINE 395 the hind quarters of the patient fail. The alkaloid, in com- bination with pilocarpine, is serviceable for its speedy- action in flatulent colic and impaction of the csecum, colon, and rectum in horses, and has been employed to expel calculi and foreign bodies from the intestines. Physostigmiue is contraindicated in spasmodic colic, when it may increase the trouble by exciting intense peri- staltic contractions. Its employment is also attended with some danger in overloaded or greatly distended stomach or bowels, in view of possible rupture of these organs. The drug, like other purgatives, may aggravate the damage pro- duced by twist or intersusceptiou. In atonic conditions of the stomach and bowels, and in indigestion due to chronic intestinal catarrh, small and repeated doses of eserine are sometimes of benefit. There have recently been reported many successful cases of partu- rient apoplexy in cows treated with eserine. One or two grains are injected intratvacheally or subcutaneously to cause a rapid movement of the bowels. In these patients the drug is followed by strychnine subcutaneously to combat paralysis. Eserine has been employed in chronic bronchitis, asth- ma and emphysema, to improve the tone of the bronchial mucous membranes and expel secretions. 3. Eserine is one of the drugs commonly used in the treatment of tetanus in human and veterinary practice, with only a moderate degree of success. It must be employed early, given every three or four hours, and pushed to the physiological limit. Chorea and epilepsy have been treated with eserine without any pathological basis, as far as epil- epsy is concerned, and with little therapeutic advantage in either instance. In some cases of paraplegia, resulting from myelitis, a favorable effect has been obtained in man. Eserine is an appropriate purgative (hypodermatically) in acute encephalitis. Physostigmiue and pilocarpine are the two best anti- dotes in atropine poisoning. Eserine has been used in 396 VEGETABLE DRUGS strychnine poisoning, but is inferior to chloral, bromides and anaesthetics, and while it is antagonistic to a certain extent, and alters the character of strychnine convulsions, yet animals die more quickly when poisoned by both strych- nine and eserine, than by strychnine alone. Gelsemium. Gelsemium. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Radix gelsemii, yellow jessamine, E.; racine de jasmin jaune, Fr.; gelber jasmin-wurzel, G. The rhizome or roots of Gelsemium sempervirens (Linne) Persoon (nat. ord. Loganiacese). Habitat. — Southern United States. Description. — Cylindrical, long, or cut in sections, mostly from 5 to 15 mm. and occasionally 3 cm. thick, the roots much thinner ; externally light yellowish-brown, with pur- plish-brown longitudinal lines; tough; fracture splintery; bark thin, with silky bast-fibre closely adhering to the pale, yellowish, porous wood, which has fine medullary rays, and in the rhizome a thin pith ; odor aromatic, heavy ; taste bitter. Constituents. — The most important is the first alkaloid. 1. Gelsemine, Cj^HegN^Oij. A colorless, crystallizable, bitter principle, soluble in alcohol and ether, and slightly in water. 2. Gelseminine, a brown, amorphous, bitter alkaloid. 3. Gelseminic acid. 4. A volatile oil. Bose.—B.., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). PREPARATIONS. Extraetum Gelsemii Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Gelsemium. (U. S. P.) Made by maceration, percolation and evaporation, so that 1 Co. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. Dose.— H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., mv.-x. (.3-.6). Tinctura Gelsemii. Tincture of Gelsemiimi. (U. S. & B. P.) Gelsemium, 150 ; alcohol and water to make 1,000. Made by maceration and percolation. (U. S. P.) Dose.-B.., §ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., mxv.- 3 i. (1.-4.). GELSEMINE 397 ' Gelsemina. Gelsemine. (Non-official.) Dose.-B.., gr. 14 (.015-.03); D., gr.Jg-g^ (.001-.003). Action External. — None. Action Internal. — Gelsemium exerts no action on the digestive apparatus, or on the blood, after its absorption; neither does it affect the circulation in medicinal doses, but in toxic quantities it directly depresses the heart. The influence of the drug on the vasomotor system is unknown. Nervous System and Muscles. — The prominent effect of gelsemium is directed on the nervous system, as evidenced by paralysis and convulsions after large doses. Both the convulsant and paralyzant action are of spinal origin. That the convulsions are not cerebral is shown by the fact that they occur below the point of section in mammals (under the influence of the drug), with divided spinal cord. That they are not peripheral is proved by their occurrence in the hind extremities when the posterior aorta is tied before the animal is poisoned. The paralyzant action of gelsemium is due to direct depression of the cells of the inferior cornua, and this is followed, in the later stages of poisoning, by depression of the spinal sensory tract and general anaes- thesia. The cause of the secondary convulsions is undeter- mined. A tetanizing principle in gelsemium, antagonistic to gelsemine, such as we find in physostigma, has been thought to be the cause of the convulsions. The muscles, motor (except those of the face) and sensory nerves are unaffected by gelsemium. Respiration. — Gelsemium, in toxic doses, progressively weakens and paralyzes the medullary and spinal respiratory centres, and death occurs from asphyxia. Eye. — In poisoning, in animals, there is dilatation of the pupil produced in the latest stages of the toxic period. In man, there is, in addition to this, paralysis and drooping of the eyelids (ptosis), and paralysis of the recti muscles with 398 VEGETABLE DRUGS strabismus. These symptoms have begn attributed with apparent reason to paralysis of the motor cells in the floor of the fourth ventricle and aqueduct of Sylvius, since they are a prolongation of the spinal motor tiact. As the pupil is dilated, however, by the application of much smaller doses than are required by the mouth, it seems probable that mydriasis results from local paralysis of the oculo- motor nerve endings. Tox'icoloyy. — Poisoning in animals is exhibited by mus- cular Aveakness, especially in the fore legs, staggering gait and falling. These symptoms are followed by convulsive movements of the muscles of the head, fore legs, and some- times of the hiud legs. The respiration is slow and difficult, the ]>ulse feeble ; temperature is reduced, and there is sweating. Consciousness is preserved until the occurrence of asi)liyxi;i. Death takes place from respiratory failure, with iilniosb simultaneous cardiac arrest. Morphine sub- cutaneou.sl}^ has proved a successful antidote. Respiratory and heart stiinul.mts should be employed in poisoniug by gelsemium, such us strychnine, atropine, alcohol, and digi- talis, together with artificial respiration, after evacuation of the stomach. Uses. — Gelsemium possesses little value in veterinary medicine. There is no therapeutic use to which it has bepu put that cannot be filled to better advantage by some other remedy. Thus, gelsemium has been employed as a cardi-ic depressant and antipyretic in acute diseases (pneumonia and pleurisy), but its other actions are disadvantageous and it is inferior to aconite, veratrum viride, or the modern anti- pyretics. In spasmodic diseases, irritable cough, vesical irri- tation, tetanus, chorea, etc., it is less satisfactory as a motor depressant than opium, belladonna, chloral, and bromides. Zuill, however, reports very successful results in horses from gelsemine (.08 Gm.) in tetanus. The dose should be given under the skin every half hour till muscular relaxation occurs. The drug has been used considerably to relieve rheumatic and neuralgic pains, but these succumb more TOBACCO 399 readily to opium, coal tar products, etc. As a mydriatic, gelsemine is not to be compared with atropine for general purposes, but its action is more transient. A solution (gv.8- 3 i.) is instilled (in man) in drop doses every fifteen miuutes for one hour, and then every thirty minutes for two hours, to secure wide dilatation of the pupil ; or discs, containing gr.3^ of gelsemine (with gelatine) are used for application to the eye. SECTION III.— DKUGS ACTING ON THE SPINAL COED AND MOTOR NERVES. Class 1. — Depressing the Inferior Cornua and Motor Nerves. Tabacum. Tobacco. Synonym. — Tabaci folia, B, P. The commercial dried leaves of Nicotiana Tabacum Linne (nat. ord. solanaceae). Habitat. — Tropical America. Cultivated in various tem- perate and tropical parts of the earth. Description. — The leaves are up to 50 Cm. long, oval or ovate-lanceolate, acute, entire, brown, friable, glandular- hairy, of a heavy, peculiar odor and a nauseous, bitter and acrid taste. Constituents. — Chiefly nicotine, Cio Hj^ N, (0.7-5.-10 per cent.). A colorless, volatile, oily alkaloid, resembling tobacco in odor and taste. Freely soluble in alcohol and ether; less so in water. Nicotine is decomposed by heat and therefore tobacco smoke contains none of it, but in its stead, pyridine C5 H5 N, and various allied alkaloids, viz.: picoline, CgH, N; lutidine, C, H9N; rubidine, CnHi^N; coridine, Cio Hi5 N ; parvoline, Cg Hjj N ; and collidine, C^ Hn N ; together with small amounts of sulphur, creosote, acetic and hydrocyanic acids and carbon compounds. Pyridine resembles nicotine in depressing the spinal motor tract and 400 VEGETABLE DRUGS in paralyzing respiration, and is said to be formed more in pipe smoke, while, in the smoke of cigars, the more harm- less collidine is produced by dry distillation. Nicotine exists to a very slight degree in Turkish tobacco. X>o&e.— Nicotine, H. & C, gr.^V-inr (-OOl-.OOS). ACTION OF TOBACCO AND NICOTINE. Action External. — Tobacco is a local anodyne, antiseptic and parasiticide. Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — The physiological effect of tobacco is due to nicotine. Nicotine increases peri- staltic action and, in large doses, causes tetanic spasm of the intestines, even when it is injected into the blood. In toxic quantities nicotine is a powerful gastro-intestinal irri- tant, and produces the usual symptoms of pain, vomiting (in animals capable of the act), purging and collapse. Ciyvulation. — When nicotine is added to blood recently withdrawn from the body, this fluid assumes a dark hue, and the corpuscles quickly disintegrate. The blood, in poisoning, becomes dark colored, owing to asphyxia, but regains its arterial tint when removed from the body and shaken with air. It is only in poisoning by enormous quan- tities that changes in the red blood corpuscles can be detected microscopically, although the spectrum of haemo- globin is altered in poisoning, proving that the corpuscles are in some way affected. Experiments with nicotine upon frogs show that there is produced a primary fall in blood pressure and pulse rate, followed by a rise in both, only to be succeeded by a return to the original depressed condition caused by the alkaloid. The exact physiological data accounting for these circu- latory phenomena have not been worked out, although they are probably dependent upon stimulation followed by depression of the inhibitory apparatus and vasomotor sys- tem. Nervous System and 31uscles. — Nicotine first stimulates, and then paralyzes the cells of the inferior cornua and motor ACTION OF TOBACCO AND NICOTINE 401 nerves, so that iii poisoning convulsions are succeeded by paralysis. The cerebrum is unaffected ; likewise the muscles, but the function of the sensory nerves is somewhat depressed. Respiration. — The respiration is depressed in some un- known manner. Eye. — Nicotine, in moderate toxic doses, or when applied locally, contracts the pupil. This action is exceptional for a member of the solanacese. Myosis is produced in the eye, recently removed from the head, so that the action must be a local one. It is due to paralysis of the endings of the cervical sympathetic nerve and, probably, to stimulation of the peripheral oculomotor nerve termination as well. Elimination. — Nicotine is eliminated in the urine, which is increased in amount thereby. Toxicology. — Nicotine is one of the most powerful and rapidly acting poisons. When swallowed, it causes, in ani- mals, local irritation and pain in the throat and stomach ; muscular tremors and weakness, on account of which the animal falls. These symptoms are followed, first, by severe tonic and clonic convulsions, and then by abolition of volun- tary motion and quietude. The pupils are contracted, and there is vomiting (in the case of some animals), purging and micturition. The respiration is at first shallow and rapid, but becomes weaker and slower, and death occurs from respiratory failure and general collapse. The pulse is primarily slow and intermittent, but later becomes rapid. The treatment of poisoning consists in evacuation of the stomach ; the use of tannic acid ; respiratory and heart stimulants, as strychnine, atropine, and alcohol; together with external heat and artificial respiration. The minimum lethal dose is about one drachm of tobacco, or one minim of nicotine, for small dogs. For horses, five to ten drops of nicotine or one-half pound of tobacco. Uses. — Tobacco is not a particularly valuable medicinal agent. Its internal action is often violent, and causes great 402 VEGETABLE DKUGS nausea. Absorption and poisoning may follow its external application in the smaller animals. The drug may be em- ployed for four purposes, as follows : 1. As a local sedative. 2. As a parasiticide. 3. As a motor depressant. 4. As a cathartic. External. — 1. Tobacco is an efficient sedative in decoc- tion (1-40), for relieving pruritus ani and vulvae. It must be remembered that absorption and poisoning may occur when larger amounts are used externally than can be administered with safety by the mouth. 2. The latter remark applies also to the use of tobacco decoctions in killiug parasites on the skin, such as the acari of mange and scab, together with lice and fleas. There are other agents which are as efficient and less dan- gerous (creolin). A decoction can be made by boiling tobacco (2.5) with water (130), salt (5), and wood ashes (10), for three hours, as recommended by Ostertag. Internal. — 3. Tobacco has been employed as a motor depressant in spasmodic disorders, such as asthma, tetanus (given by the rectum or under the skin), and strychnine poisoning, but it is inferior to, and more dangerous than, other drugs. 4. The Germans prescribe tobacco to stimulate peri- stalsis in ruminants, in doses of 2 ounces, with one-half pound of common salt and one pound of Glauber's salts for cattle ; and for sheep, \ ounce, with 2 ounces of salt and 3 ounces of Glauber's salts. Tobacco was given formerly in colic and intestinal obstruction, but this use is obsolete. The decoction (1-2 per cent.) may be injected into the rectum of horses, in non-toxic quantities, to kill oxyurides and ascarides, and to excite peristalsis and relieve spasm in colic. Tobacco smoke is sometimes used in the same manner to destroy worms in the lower bowels. . CONIUM 403 CoNiUM. Couium. Synonym. — Conii folia, B. P.; hemlock fruit, E.; fruits de graiide ci.a;ue, Fr.; scliierlingsfiiiclite, G. The full grown fruit of Couium maculatum Linne (nat. ord. umbelliferse), gathered while yet green. Hahitat. — Indigenous to Europe and Asia, but natura- lized in the United States. Description. — About 3 mm. long; broadly ovate; later- ally compressed; grayish-green; often divided into the two mericaips, each with five crenate ribs, without oil-tubes, and contaiuii]g a seed which is grooved on* the face; odor and taste slight. When triturated with a solution of potassium or sodium hydrate, conium gives oif a strong, disagreeable, mouse-like odor. Conium fruit resembles carraway and anise seed, but these have oil-tubes or vittse. Constituents. — There are two essential principles in conium : conine, or coniine, and methyl-coniine. 1. Conine, Cg Hj, N, is a yellowish, oily, volatile liquid alkaloid, of an odor resembling that of mouse urine, and acrid taste. It is freely soluble in alcohol and ether, and is soluble in 100 parts of water, with which it forms a hydrate. It undergoes decomposition w4ien exposed to air and heat, and becomes first brown and then resin-like. For this reason the alkaloid is uncertain in its physiological action, but its salts (the hydrobromate and acetate) are more stable and reliable. Conine may be obtained by dis- tillation of the fruit with an alkaline water. n 2. Methyl-coniine, C, H^ C N, is a colorless liquid. 3. There is also a nearly inert and crystalline alkaloid, conhydrine. Incom.patihility. — Vegetable acids, caustic alkalies and astringents are incompatible with conium. Conium Dose. — H. & C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh. .,gr.J^-3V(.001-.002). 2. Homolle's or Quevenne's digitalin, an amorphous, whitish powder, or small scales ; very bitter, inodorous, and soluble in 2,000 parts of water. It is composed largely of digitalin, with a little digitoxin. Dose. — H. & C, gr.^ (.015) = gr.22.1 of digitalis leaves; D., gv-oV-sV (•001-.002) = gr.l|-3 of digitalis leaves. Neither Nativelle's nor Homolle's digitalin form a com- plete substitute for digitalis, and their use is not recom- mended. Schmiedeberg's digitalin is, however, said to be a reliable substitute, by eminent authority. hicompatibility. — Digitalis is incompatible with tannic acid, lead acetate, cinchona and ferric salts. Digitalis Folia Dose. — H., gr.x.-3i. (-6-. 4); C, 3 ss.-i.ss. (2.-6.); Sh. k Sw., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.); D., gr.ss.-iii. (.03-.2). PREPARATIONS. Extr actum Digitalis. Extract of Digitalis. (U.S. P.) Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water; dis- tillation of the alcohol and evaporation to pilular consistence. Pose.—H. & C, gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3); D., gr.H- (.008-.06). Extr actum Digitalis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Digitalis. (U. S. P.) Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. Dose.— H., TT^x.- 3 i. (.6-4.); 0., 3 ss.-i.ss. (3.-6.); Sh. & Sw., rriv.-xv. (.3-1.); D., TTiss.-iii. (.03-.2). Tinctura Digitalis. Tincture of Digitalis. (U. S. & B. P.) Made by maceration and percolation of powdered digitalis (150), with sufficicient alcohol and water to make 1,0.00. (U. S. P.) Dose.— H. & C, 3ii.-vi. (8.-24.); Sh. & Sw., tUxxx.- 3 i.ss. (3.-6.); D., mv.-xxx. (.3-3.). Infusum Digitalis. Infusion of Digitalis. (U. S. & B. P.) Digitalis, 15; alcohol, 100; cinnamon water, 150; boiling water, 500; cold water to make 1,000. By maceration. (IT. S. P.) ACTION OF DIGITALIS 423 Dose.— H. &C., 3ii.-vi. (60.-180.); Sh. & Sw., § ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.). ACTION OF DIGITALIS. External. — None. Internal. — Alimentary Canal, — Digitalis in large doses is a gasirro-intestinal irritant, and in poisoning causes nausea, colic, purging, and vomiting in animals capable of the act. Circulation. — The dominant action of digitalis is ex- pended upon the heart and blood vessels. After medicinal doses we find the pulse becomes : 1. Slower. 2. Fuller and stronger. 3. More regular in rhythm, if previously irregu- lar. In poisoning, these phenomena are reversed and the pulse is : 1. Rapid. 2. Weak. 3. Irregular. The thera- peutic effects following moderate doses are due to: 1. Stimulation of the heart muscle, and perhaps its con- tained ganglia (pulse stronger and somewhat less frequent). 2. Excitation of the vagus centre and the vagus cardiac terminations (pulse infrequent). 3. Stimulation of the mus- cular walls of the vessels and vasomotor centres (increased vascular tension). The tension is also augmented by the greater force of the heart beat, and, on the other hand, the heart is slowed in overcoming the increased resistance in the vessels. In consequence of the action on the heart the ventricular contractions are complete and forcible, and the diastolic period is lengthened; therefore, more blood enters the viscus and more is squeezed out with each con- traction. The systolic period is unaltered. Furthermore, the nutrition of the heart is thought to be promoted by : 1. Increase of its blood supply during the prolonged dia- stole. 2. Stimulation of the trophic nerves (vagi?) of the heart. As diastole is the rest period of the heart, increasing it conserves the strength of the organ. In poisoning, the symptoms noted above follow : 1. Paralysis of the peri- pheral vagi (pulse rapid). 2. Insufficient filling of the vessels and paralysis of the vessel walls (low tension). 3. Forcible contractions contending against prolonged dilatation of the 424 VEGETABLE DRUGS ventricles (pulse irregular). At one time the heart beats slowly and weakly because the heart muscle can scarcely overcome the tendency of the excited vagi to cause ventri- cular dilatation; at another time the heart beats rapidly and strongly, when powerful systolic contractions overmaster the inhibitory influence of the vagi. The heart, during this inegular toxic period, is seen to be unequally affected, in that one portion (the apex) may be firmly contracted while the rest of the ventricle is dilated. Moreover, the auricles and ventricles do not act synchronously and the heart assumes various peculiar shapes (hour-glass, etc.). Death usually occurs from cardiac arrest in systole, in which con- dition it remains pale, firm and contracted, and unresponsive to mechanical or electrical stimulation Barely (men and dogs) the heart stops in diastole. The action of digitalis on the heart is more pronounced in dogs and sheep than in horses and cattle. The characteristic effect of digitalis is observed when it is applied locally to the isolated nerve- free apex, or when the vagi are pieviously cut or paralyzed by atropine, and when the spinal cord is destroyed. These facts show that the heart muscle is influenced. That the peripheral vagi are stimulated, is shown by the fact that an amount of galvanic stimulation of the vagi, ineffective before poisoning, will, after exhibition of digi- talis, cause diastolic arrest of the heart. In regard to the vessels, experiments conducted on the terrapin exhibit the fact that when the vessels are deprived of their nerve supply, the heart excised, and an artificial circulation sub- stituted, even then vascular contraction and retardation of flow will occur under the influence of digitalin added to tLe factitious blood. The resultant of the various actions of medicinal doses of digitalis is increased work of the heart, so that more blood is pumped throughout the body in any given unit of time. Respiration. — The respiratory centres are unaffected save by toxic doses, and then through insufiicient blood supply, when the respiration becomes weak and imperfect. ACTION OF DIGITALIS 425 Nervous System and Muscles. — These are not influenced by therapeutic doses of digitalis. Toxic quantities cause loss of reflex action, muscular wenkness, and convulsions in the fiog. The first two phenomena are due to primary stimulation of tlie inhibitory reflex centres of Setschenow in the medulla, followed by general paralysis of the spinal cord, and direct depression of the motor nerves and muscles ; while the convulsions are caused by circulatory changes in the base of the brain dependant upon the embarrassed heart. Temperature. — The temperature is unaffected by medi- cinal doses. Toxic doses reduce temperature. Fever is lowered by large doses of digitalis, but it is rarely safe to use tlie drug as an antipyretic. Moreover, digitalis is some- times inoperative as a heart stimulant in fever, because the functional activity of the vagns centres and peripheral terminations is depressed and insensitive to the action of the drug. Kidneys. — Metabolism and Elimination. — The influence of digitalis on the amount of urinary secretion is uncertain. It has no special action upon the mucous membrane or secret- ing cells of the kidney. If general vascular tension is low- ered (cardiac disease), digitalis will exert a diuretic action in consequence of increasing blood pressure. As a rule, it may be stated that if digitalis increases the systemic vascu La- tension more than that of the kidney, diuresis follows. The effect of digitalis on tissue waste is uncertain and the mode of its elimination is unknown. Experiments relative to the composition of the urine ai'e conflicting. The smooth muscle of the uterus is said to be stimulated to contraction by digi- talis. Cumulative Action. — Digitalis and strychnine are said to be cumulative in their action. Evidence is stronger in the case of the former drug than in that of the latter. By cumu- lative action is meant sudden transition from a therapeutic to a toxic effect. This may be due to three causes. 1. Tardy jibsorption. 2. Increasing susceptibility. 3. Delayed elim- 426 VEGETABLE DRUGS ination and accumulation of the drug in the system. The cumulative action of digitalis is chiefly due to the latter cause. It should never be administered in full medicinal doses uninterruptedly for any considerable length of time. Toxicology. — Poisoning may occur from large single doses within 3 to 10 hours of their ingestion, and last for 1& or more hours with a fatal result; or may appear suddenly- after the administration for several days of large medicinal doses (cumulative action). A minimum fatal dose for the horse is about 3 vi. of digitalis, or gr.i.ss. of HomoUe's digi- talin. For dogs, 3 i. of digitalis, or gr.| of digitalin. The symptoms exhibited are chiefly concerned with the digestion and circulation. They consist in duluess, lassitude, loss of appetite, nausea, flatulence, diarrhoea, infrequent, full pulse (reduced 6-10 beats in the horse), and contracted pupils. There is vomiting in dogs. In fatal cases these symptoms are followed by severe colic and tympanites; rapid, feeble, dicrotic, irregular or intermittent pulse (120-140 in horses), while the heart may be heard and felt beating wildly and strongly, and a systolic blowing murmur can frequently be detected. This is due to mitral or tricuspid regurgitation caused by irregular contraction of the columnse carnse. The pulse is imperceptible because of the failure of the heart to fill the vessels. The extremities are cold, the eye is pro- truding, and salivation occurs. Bloody diarrhoea is very often present and the urine may be suppressed. The breath- ing finally becomes difficult and death ensues within a few hours, or as late as several days. Treatment — Evacuation of the stomach and bowels. Tannic acid, as a chemical antidote, alcohol, opium, and aconite, which is the physiological antagonist in depressing the action of the heart and lowering blood tension. In addition, external heat should be applied and complete quiet and rest secured. Administration. — In view of its slow absorption and elimination digitalis should not be given oftener than once in six, eight, or even twelve hours. Very large doses may USES OF DIGITALIS 427 be given, liowever, repeatedly, in case of threatened heart failure, by the subcutaneous method. The appearance of indigestion, nausea or dulness, and a decided fall in the pulse rate, should be a warning to stop the administration at once. The best pi-eparations are the tincture, infusion, and fluid extract. The former may be injected deep into the muscle to avoid abscess. Uses External. — Digitalis is occasionally employed as a poultice of the leaves, applied over the loins to promote diuresis, or in local inflammation, to contract vessels. Uses Internal. — Digitalis is a heart stimulant, although sometimes classified as a heart depressant. It may, however, exert a sedative effect upon a weak, rapid, irregular heart, by increasing the inhibitory and mus- cular power. Digitalis is indicated: (1) In all conditions where the heart is weak, irregular or intermittent, and the circulation sluggish; (2) as a diuretic, chiefly in dropsy secondary to cardiac disease, but also in that of renal origin ; digitalis has also been used (3) as a heemostatic in internal hsemorrhage, and (4) to reduce temperature in fever; but, in both of the last two instances, with question- able advantage. 1. In syncope foUovt^ing disease, shock, injury or poison- irjg (aconite), digitalis is invaluable when injected subcutan- eously together with alcoholic stimulants. In acute diseases, digitalis is one of the most generally serviceable stimulants. The drug is peculiarly applicable in the second stage of pneumonia, because it strengthens the right ventricle, forces the blood through the obstructed lung, and prevents sys- temic venous engorgement and arterial anaemia. In other words, it equalizes the circulation. Moreover, in stimulating the peripheral vagi, digitalis improves the tone of the bronchioles and prevents collapse of the air vesicles, and, by the same action, steadies the rhythm of the breathing. The drug is likewise an efficient circulatory stimulant in influenza of horses and distemper of dogs. Digitalis is frequently prescribed in chronic bronchitis and emphysema. 428 VEGETABLE DKUGS to strengthen the heart and obviate passive pulmonary con- gestion and cough. Valvular disease of the heart, in its various phases, is the most common field of usefulness for digitalis in human medicine, but in veterinary practice these disorders are rarer and the exact lesion diflScult or impos- sible to diagnose. In mitral stenosis and regurgitation and aortic stenosis, with lack of compensatory hypertrophy of the heart and evidence of circulatory disturbances, digitalis is clearly indicated. In these conditions the drug enables the heart to pump more blood into the arteries and prevents engorgement of the right heart and veins and the occurrence of dropsy. Digitalis is counter-indicated in aortic insuffi- ciency, because in prolonging diastole it allows more time for the blood to flow back from the aorta through the leaky valve into the ventricle. As a general proposition, digitalis is inferior to aconite in simple cardiac hypertrophy. But this does not apply when enlargement of the heart is insuffi- cient to compensate for valvular lesions. Digitalis is extremely successful in palpitation of the heart (horses) following over-exertion, but is not appropriate in palpitation due to nervousness (dogs), or to indigestion. Digitalis may be exhibited to advantage in rheumatic fever and in endocarditis or pericarditis to quiet the heart and secure rest by prolonging diastole. 2. Digitalis is a valuable diuretic in dropsy of cardiac origin (dogs), by stimulating the heart and overcoming venous stasis in the kidneys and elsewhere. It is often desirable to combine iron preparations with digitalis. Tur- bidity results from the action of iron on the tannic acid contained in digitalis when in solution, but this can be re- moved by the addition of a little diluted phosphoric acid. 3. Since digitalis contracts the uterus and blood vessels, it has been prescribed in uterine haemorrhage, and to stop bleeding from other internal parts ; but it is inferior to ergot on account of the general rise of blood tension. Haemoptysis, due to passive congestion of the lungs in mitral disease, is relieved by digitalis. STEOPHANTHUS 429 4. The use of digitalis in large doses as an antipyretic in fevers is not without danger and is inadvisable. Strophanthus. Strophanthus. (U. S. & B. R) The seed of Strophanthus hispidus De Candolle (nat. ord. Apocynaceae), deprived of its long awn. Habitat. — Tropical Africa. There are eighteen species, and the seeds from at least two are found in commerce. This has led to some confusion, as the chemical and physio- logical properties of their different products vary to some extent. Description. — About 15 Mm. long and 4 or 5 Mm. broad ; oblong-lanceolate, flattened and obtusely edged, grayish- green, covered with appressed, silky h;iir, one side with a ridge extending into the attenuated, pointed end ; kernel white and oily, consisting of a straight embryo, having two thin cotyledons, and surrounded by a thin layer of peris- perm ; nearly inodorous ; taste very bitter. Constituents. — The chief one is (1) Strophanthiu, C31 H^g O12 (8-10 per cent.), a glucoside occurring in white, trans- parent crystals, and having a very bitter taste. Soluble in water and alcohol, and insoluble in chloroform or ether. Decomposed by sulphuric acid into glucose and strophan- thidin. Strophanthin is said to be contained only in S. Kombe. (2) Kombic acid. (3) An alkaloid, Ineine. (4) Tanghinin, occurring in rhombic prisms. PREPARATION. Tinctura Strophanthi. Tincture of Strophanthus. (U. S. & B. P.) Made by digestion and percolation of strophanthus (50) with alcohol and water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) Dose.— H. & C.,;3i-iv. (4.-15.); D., iriii-x. (.12-.6). The minimum doses should be used at first, since preparations vary in strength. 430 VEGETABLE DRUGS Strophanthinum. Stroplianthin. (Non-official.) Dose.-H., gr.i-i (.012-.03) ; D, gv.^--^ (.0006-.001). The glncoside is not always pure and the dose is uncertain and must be given with caution. Action External. — Strophanthus is a local ausesthetic. Action Internal — Strophanthus is a gastro-intestinal irritant in large doses, like digitalis, and produces violent purging and sometimes vomiting. On account of its bitter qualities it may act in small medicinal doses as a stomachic, improving appetite and stimulating gastric secretion and motion. Circulation. — The action of strophanthus on the circula- tion is very similar to that of digitalis, but it is a more powerful and uncertain heart stimulant and produces less vascular constriction. By- its influence the heart beats are made more forcible, infrequent and regular. Diastole is prolonged and systole is strengthened but unaltered in time. Arterial tension is raised and the pulse wave is increased in volume and force. The physiological details are not so well ascertained as are those of digitalis, but it is known that strophanthus directly stimulates the heart muscle in moder- ate doses. The vessels are slightly contracted, but not nearly as much so as by digitalis. Increased blood pressure results mainly from the augmented heart's action. In poisoning, the peripheral vagi are paralyzed and vascular tension falls, owing probably to tetanic contraction of the ventricles. The heart is arrested in systole or diastole. Nervous System. — Muscles and i?., TTiv.-xxx. (.3-2.). Action Internal. — Gastro-intestinal Tract. — Therapeutic doses do not exert any effect, but toxic quantities cause vomiting and purging in dogs, with fall of temperature; 434 VEGETABLE DRUGS stupor, intermittent paralysis, convulsions, suppression or scanty secretion of bloody urine, and death within 12 or 15 hours. Lesions of gastro-enteritis and congestion of the kidneys are found after death. Circulation. — The action of squill on the heart and vessels is practically identical with that of digitalis. Bespirafion. — Clinical experience, rather than physio- logical experiments, has shown that squill acts as an expect- orant during its elimination from the bronchial mucous membrane, thereby increasing secretion and vascularity. Kidneys. — Squill is eliminated mainly by the kidneys, and in its excretion directly stimulates them and increases the amount of urine. In toxic doses it produces acute parenchymatous nephritis and urinary suppression. Squill is a more powerful diuretic than digitalis. Uses Internal. — Squill is useful in ascites of dogs, result- ing from valvular lesions or otherwise, to stimulate the heart and cause diuresis. It may be given to advantage in pill with digitalis, calomel, and extract of hyoscyamus — one grain of each. Small doses of squill are often exhibited to dogs in the second stage of acute bronchitis, and occasion- ally to horses, as an expectorant ; and in large doses as an emetic for dogs in the form of the simple or compound syrup. The drug is indicated in bronchitis with scanty secretion, or when exudation is excessive to improve the tone of the bronchial mucous membrane. Class 2. — Decreasing the Force and Lrequency of the Heart. I AcoNiTUM. Aconite. ^?/wow?/m.— Aconiti radix, B.P. ; racine d'aconit, Fr. ; tubera aconiti, P. G. ; eisenhutknollen, G. The tuber of Aconitum Napellus Linne (nat. ord. Kanunculaceae). Habitat. — Northwestern North America, Europe and Asia in mountainous regions, and cultivated in the United States for its showy flowers. ACONITE 435 Description. — From 10 to 20 Mm. thick at the crown ; conically contracted below ; from 50 to 75 Mm. long, with scars or fragments of radicles ; dark brown externally, whitish internally, with a rather thick bark ; the central axis about seven-rayed ; without odor ; taste at first sweetish, soon becoming acrid and producing a sensation of tingling and numbness which lasts for seme time. Constituents. — The alkaloid representing the action of the drug is aconitine (C33HJ.NO10?), which is precipitated by ammonia from an aqueous solution of an alcoholic extract of the root of various species. It is a colorless, crystalline, or amorphous, gray powder, almost insoluble in water, and soluble in 40 parts of alcohol or ether, and 1 part of chloro- form. Its salts are soluble in water. Commercial preparations vary in purity and strength, and since it is extremely poisonous (an Indian arrow poison) its internal administration is undesirable. Pseudo-aconitine (CgeH^gNOu), aconine (CosHjgNOii), and other alkaloids in com- bination with aconitic acid, (C^HgOg) have been obtained from aconite, but their identity and chemistry are un- certain. Aconite Dose. — H, ect- oraut in so far as its action on the bronchial mucous mem- brane is concerned ; but it is, perhaps unfortunately and misleadingly, classed by some (Brunton) as a depressing expectorant because of the side influence on the circulation. Skin. — Ipecac is mildly diarphoretic in addition to and independent of this action common to nauseants in general. Toocicology. — The following toxic phenomena are exhib. ited by animals : vomiting, loss of muscular power and paralysis, increased, followed by diminished reflex activity, failure of heart and respiration, and post mortem evidences of congestion and inflammation of the lungs and intestines. IPECAC 451 Three ounces of ipecac have killed a liorse, and two grains of emetine have proved fatal to a dog. Uses. — The indications for the therapeutic ercployment of ipecac may be described under the following heads : 1. Emetic and anti-emetic. 1. Expectorant. 3. Diarphoretic. 4. Eaipirically in dysentery and chronic diarrhoea. 1. Powdered ipecac is a good agent for dogs, cats and pigs, given in luke-warm water, in repeated doses if neces- sary, to empty an overloaded stomach. Also in acute bronchitis and laryngitis of dogs and cats, when the patient is endangered by accumulation of secretion, ipecac, by the forcible expulsion attending vomiting, removes secretion from the upper respiratory tract and clears out the stomach of any secretion which may have been swallowed. Ipecac is efficacious in stopping vomiting in cases of acute catarrh of the stomach in dogs, and is given as the wine with tincture of aconite, one drop each in a drachm of ice water, at half hour intervals. The drug is also of service in reflex vomit- ing, and that due to an atonic or depressed condition of the stomach. Therapeutically, ipecac should only be of value in the latter disorder, but it nevertheless is often efficient in the vomiting of irritative dyspepsia, as noted above. 2. Ipecac is prescribed in the first stage of acute bron- chitis, when the secretion is scanty, and again in bronchitis of long standing, to stimulate the bronchial mucous membrane. It may be given to dogs and cats in repeated expectorant doses of the wine or syrup, with other expectorants, diarpho- retics and diuretics, as syrup of squill and spirit of nitrous ether, or as Dover's powder, to all animals. 3. Ipecac is a feeble diarphoretic, and inferior to sweet spirit of nitre, aconite, alcohol or external heat, for general sudorific purposes. The combination of opium and ipecac, in Dover's powder, is an appropriate mixture to relieve pain and cause diarphoresis in acute rheumatism, and may cut short attacks of acute inflammation of the respiratory tract. 452 VEGETABLE DRUGS 4. Ipecac is probably the best single remedy for the treatment of dysentery. It should be given in the form of powder, bolus, or pill every four hours, combined with opium to prevent nausea or vomiting. Extemporaneous decoctions are likewise useful given in the form of enemata, and may take the place of the drug by the mouth in dysentery or chronic diarrhoea. Ipecac has been iised successfully in the treatment of anthrax, in man, by dusting the powdered drug over the external lesion and giving it internally every two hours. SECTION VIII. -ANTIPYRETIC AND ANTISEPTIC ORGANIC AGENTS. Class 1. — Cinchona and its Alkaloids. Cinchona. Cinchona. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Cinchonse cortex, B.P. ; cortex chinse, E. ; quinquina, Fr. ; chinariude, G. The bark of Cinchona calisaya Weddell, Cinchona officialis Linne, and of hybrids of these and of other species of cinchona (nat. ord. Rubiaceae), yielding when assayed not less than 5 per cent, of total alkaloids, and at least 2.5 per cent, of quinine. Habitat. — Indigenous in South America on the east slope of the Andes, and northwards into Colombia ; south- wards to the lower part of Bolivia, at altitudes varying from 5,000 to 10,000 ft. Cultivated in India, East Indies, Jamaica,. and to some extent in South America. Description. — In quills or incurved pieces, varying in length, and usually 2 or 3 or sometimes 5 Mm. thick. The outer surface covered with a gray or brownish-gray cork, usually slightly wrinkled, marked with transverse, and also with intersecting, longitudinal fissures (C. Calisaya), and sometimes with scattered warts and slight, longitudinal CINCHONA 453 ridges ; inner surface light cinnamon-brown, very finely striate ; fracture short and granular in the outer layer, and finely fibrous in the inner layer ; powder, light brown or yellowish-brown ; odor slight, somewhat aromatic ; taste bitter and somewhat astringent. Constituents. — (a) Fo^ir chief alkaloids and three artificial proditcts. (1) Quinine (C,oH,,N,0, -f 3 H,0). Solutions of its salts are fluorescent. Turns plane of polarization to left. Gives green color with ammonia and chlorine water. Precipitated * Isomers ^ from its salts as hydrate. (2) Quinidine ( C2oH„^N„0„). Solutions of its salts fluorescent. Differs from quinine in turn- ing plane o'f polarization to right, and in being [ insoluble in ammonia except in excess. (Quinicine is an artificial amorphous alkaloid, probably not occur- ring naturally, and obtained from quinine by heat and excess of a mineral acid. Quinoidine is a cheap brown amorphous substance obtained from the mother liquor after quinine sulphate has crystallized out, and contains a mixture of quinidine cinchonine and cinchonidine.) (3) Cinchonine (CigHj^NoO). Is not fluores- cent. Turns plane of polarization to right. Does not assume a green color with ammonia * Isomers ^ or chlorine water. I (4) Cinchonidine (CigH^oN^O) is slightly I fluorescent. Turns plane of polarization to L left. Cinchonicine is an artificial alkaloid obtained from cinchonine by heat and an excess of a mineral acid. Some other alkaloids of no particular importance are : Quinamina (C19H24N2O2). Paricina (CieHieNaO). Aricina, etc. * Isomers are bodies composed of the same elements, in the same proportions, but possessing different chemical or physical properties. 454 VEGETABLE DRUGS (h) Less Important Constituents. — (5) Kinic, or quiiiic acid (C^HioOg), occurs in colorless prisms. Related to benzoic acid and eliminated in the urine as hippuric acid. Found in coffee beans and other vegetables. The alkaloids in cinchona are naturally united with kinic or kinovic acid, and salts of this combination are used in medicine ; i.e., quinine kiuate, which is soluble and may be employed subcutaneously. (6) Kinovic, or quinovic acid (CjoH^sOJ, a white, amor- phous substance allied to kinovin. (7) Kinovin, or quinovin (CjoH^sO,), a glucoside readily decomposed into glucose and kinovic acid. (8) Cincho-taunic acid, or kino-tannic and kinovi-tannic acid (2-4 per cent.). The astringent principle of cinchona. Distinguished from tannic acid in yielding green color with ferric salts. (9) Cinchona red, the coloring matter of cinchona bark. Nearly insoluble in water. (10) A volatile oil existing in minute amount. (11) Starch, gum, resin and salts common to other vegetable matters. Incompatibility. — Cinchona is incompatible with lime water, ammonia, metallic salts or gelatiu. Dose.—B.., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); C, 3 i -ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.) ; D. & C, gr.x.- 3 i. (.6-4.). PREPARATIONS. Extractum Cinchonce Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Cinchona. (U.S. &B. P.) Made by maceration and percolation with glycerin, alcohol and water ; evaporation of the last portion of the percolate, and addition of the residue to first portion, with enough water and alcohol to make 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of crude drug. (U. S. P.) I)ose —Same as cinchona. Extractum Cinchonce. Extract of Cinchona. (U, S. P.) Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water ; dis« tillation of alcohol and evaporation to pilular consistence. Dose.— H., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). RED CINCHONA 455 Infusicm Cinchonce. Infusion of Cinchona. (U. S. P.) Made by percolation of cinchona, 60 ; with aromatic sulphuric acid, 10 ; and water to make 1000. Dose.— H., Oi. (500.) ; D., 3 ii-iv. (8.-15.). Infusum Cinchonce Acidum. (B. P.) Dose.— H., Oi. (500.); D., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.). Tinctura Cinchonce. Tincture of Cinchona. (U. S. & B. P.) Made by maceration and percolation of cinchona, 200 ; with glycerin, 75; and alcohol and water a sufficient quantity to make 1000. (U. S. P.) Dose.—B.., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); D., 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.). Cinchona Rubra. Red Cincliona. Cinchonse rubrse cortex, B. P. The bark of Cmchona succirubra Pavon (uat. ord, Rubiacese), containing not less than 5 per cent, of its peculiar alkaloids. Habitat. — Ecuador, west of Chimborazo. Description. — In quills or incurved pieces, varying in length, and from 2 to 4 or 5 Mm. thick ; the outer surface covered with a grayish-brown cork, more or less rough from warts and longitudinal, watery ridges, and from few, mostly short, transverse fissures ; inner surface more or less deep reddish-brown and distinctly striate ; fracture short-fibrous in the inner layer ; powder reddish-brown ; odor slight ; taste bitter and astringent. Constituents. — Same as cinchona. Dose. — Same as cinchona. PREPARATION. Tinctura Cinchonce Composita, Compound Tincture of Cinchona. (U. S. &B. P.) Made by maceration and percolation of red cinchona, 100 ; bitter orange peel, 80 ; serpentaria, 20 ; with glycerin, 75 ; and alcohol and water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) Dose.— H., 5 ii-iv. (60.-120.); D., 3 ss.-iv. (2.-15.) 456 VEGETABLE DRUGS Quinine Sulphas. Quinine Sulphate. (CjoHj.NjOj), H,SO, + 7 HA (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Chininum sulfuricum, P.G.; sulfas quinicus, disulpliate or basic sulphate of quinia, E.; sulphate de quinine, Fr.; schwefelsauies chinin, G. Derivation. — Prepared by boiling cinchona bark with hydrochloric acid and adding lime to the filtered decoction to precipitate alkaloids and coloring matter. The precipitate is washed and digested in boiling alcohol to dissolve quinine and cinchonine. The alcohol is distilled off and the residue dissolved in diluted sulphuric acid, boiled with animal char- coal, filtered, and quinine sulphate crystallizes, leaving cinchonine sulphate in solution. Properties. — White, silky, light and fine needle-shaped crystals ; fragile and somewhat flexible, making a very light aud easily compressible mass ; lustreless from superficial efflorescence after being for some time exposed to the air ; odorless, and having a persistent and very bitter taste. The salt is liable to lose water on exposure to warm air, to absorb moisture in damp air, and to become colored by exposure to light. Soluble at 15° C. (59° F.), in 740 parts of water, and in 65 parts of alcohol ; in 30 parts of boiling water ; also in 40 parts of glycerin ; in about 680 parts of chloroform, and freely in dilute acids, Incompatihles. — Alkalies and their carbonates, iodine, and tannic acid. Dose. — H, (tonic), gr,xv,- 3 i. (1.-4.) ; C, 3 ss.-i.ss. (2.-6.) ; Sh. & Sw., gr.v,-x. (,3-.6) ; D. & Cats, gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). Anti- pyretic Dose— H. & C, 3 ii--iv. (8.-15.); Sh., gr.xxx.-xL (2.-2.6) ; Sw., gr.xv,-xxv. (1.-1.6) ; D. & Cats, gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). Quinine Bisulphas. Quinine Bisulphate. ConHo^N^Oj H,SO, + 7 HA (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation. — Made by the action of sulphuric acid on quinine sulphate suspended in water ; filtration and crystal- lization. QUININE HYDROBROMATE 457 Properties. — Colorless, transparent or whitish, ortho- rhombic crystals or small needles ; odorless, and having a very bitter taste ; efflorescing on exposure to the air ; soluble in 10 parts of cold water and in 32 parts of alcohol ; very soluble in boiling water and in boiling alcohol. Dose. — Practically same as quinine sulphate, but theo- retically it should be slightly larger. The salt is very soluble, but is commonly made extemporaneously by adding diluted sulphuric acid (Q. S.) to quinine sulphate in preparing solutions for medicinal use. The salt is serviceable for administration in pill ; or for hypodermic injection, when it should be given in about one-third smaller dose than that of quinine sulphate by the mouth. QuiNiNiE Hydrobromas. Quinine Hydrobromate. C,oH,,N,0, H Br + H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation. — Made by the action of barium bromide, in solution, on quinine sulphate suspended in water ; filtration, evaporation, and crystallization. Properties. — White, light, silky needles ; odorless, and having a very bitter taste. The salt is likely to lose water on exposure to warm or dry air. Soluble in 54 parts of cold water, and in 0.6 part of alcohol ; very soluble in boiling water and boiling alcohol ; also soluble in 6 parts of ether and in 12 parts of chloroform. Dose. — Same as quinine sulphate. Quinine Hydrochloras. Quinine Hydrochlorate. C,oH,,N,0, H CI + 2 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation. — Made by the action of hydrochloric acid on quinine, and by crystallization. Properties. — White, silky, light and fine, needle-shaped crystals ; odorless, and having a very bitter taste. The salt is liable to lose water when exposed to warm air. Soluble in 34 parts of cold water, and in 3 parts of alcohol ; in 1 part 458 VEGETABLE DRUGS of boiling water, and very soluble iii boiling alcohol ; alsa soluble in 9 parts of chloroform. Dose. — Same as quinine sulphate. QuiNiN.E "Valerianas. Quinine Valerianate. C,„HAO,C,HioO, + H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation.— 'Mo.die by decomposition of quinine sulphate with ammonia, followed by the immediate action of valerianic acid, and crystallization from a cold solution. Properties. — White, or nearly white, pearly, lustrous^ triclinic crystals, having a slight odor of valerianic acid, and a bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 100 parts of cold water, and in 5 parts of alcohol ; in 40 parts of boiling water, and in 1 part of alcohol. Dose. — D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). Three times daily as tonic. QuiNiN-s; BiMURiATis Carbamas. Double Muriate of Quinine and Urea. (Non-official.) Very soluble and contains about 61 per cent, of quinine. Dose. — Same as quinine sulphate, but used subcutane- ously in 50 per cent, aqueous solution. Chinoidinum or Quinoidinum. Chinoidine or Quinoidine. Brown, resinous mass, containing mixture of quinidine, cinchonine and cinchonidine. A cheap substitute for quinine sulphate. Dose. — Three or four times that of quinine sulphate. QuiNiDiNJE Sulphas. Quinidine Sulphate. (CooHoiNoOj)^ H,SO, + 2 H,0. (U. S. P.) The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from the bark of several species of cinchona (uat. ord. Eubiaceae). Synonym. — Sulfate de quinidine, Fr. ; schwefelsaures chinidin (cinchinin), G. Derivation. — Eecovered from quinoidine, or from the- CINCHONINE SULPHATE 459 mother liquors after the crystallization of quinine sulphate, by the same method as for quinine. Properties. — White, silky needles, odorless, and having a very bitter taste ; permanent in the air. Soluble in 100 parts of cold water, and in 8 parts of alcohol ; in 7 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol ; also in 14 parts of chloroform and in acidulated water ; almost insoluble in ether. Dose. — One-third larger than quinine sulphate. CiNCHONiNiE Sulphas. Cinchonine Sulphate. (CigHsiNjO)^ H,SO, + 2 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation. — Obtained from the mother liquors after the crystallization of the sulphates of quiuine, quinidine and cinchonidine, by precipitation with caustic soda, washing with alcohol to free it from other alkaloids, solution in sulphuric acid, and by purification with animal charcoal, and crystallization. Properties. — Hard, white, lustrous, prismatic crystals, without odor, and having a very bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in QQ parts of cold water, and m 10 parts of alcohol ; in 13.59 parts of boiling water, and- in 3.25 parts of boiling alcohol. Also soluble in 78 parts of chloroform, but almost insoluble in ether. Dose. — One-third larger than that of quinine sulphate. Cinchonidine Sulphas. Cinchonidine Sulphate. (C^H^^KO), H,SO, + 3 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) Derivation. — Procured from the mother liquors, after the crystallization of quinine sulphate, by further con- centration. Purified by crystallization from alcohol, and finally from hot water. Properties. — White, silky, acicular crystals, without odor, and having a very bitter taste ; slightly efilorescent on ex- posure to air. Soluble in 70 parts of cold water, and in 66 parts of alcohol ; in 1.42 parts of boiling water, and in 8 parts 460 VEGETABLE DRUGS of boilinp; alcohol ; also soluble in 1316 parts of chloroform, and almost insoluble in ether. Dose. — One-third larger than that of quinine sulphate. CINCHONA AND ITS ALKALOIDS AS REPRESENTED BY QUININE. Action External. — Quinine is a powerful antiseptic and microbicide. A solution (I to 250) of the alkaloid or its salts are poisonous to the fungi of fermentation and putre- faction. A one per cent, solution quickly destroys bacteria and vibrios, but spores may live in it for some daiys. Quinine and its salts cause irritation of the denuded skin, or mucous membranes, but exert no effect upon the unbroken skin. Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Quinine, in thera- peutic doses, acts as a simple bitter (stomachic), and there- fore promotes appetite and gastric digestion. It stimulates the gustatory nerves in the mouth and gastric nerves in the stomach, thus reflexly increasing the flow of saliva and gastric juice, and the vascularity and peristaltic motion of the stomach together with the appetite. Large doses, particularly if the stomach be irritable, may cause vomiting. Quinine becomes dissolved in the gastric juice and is con- verted into the chloride. A portion unabsorbed finds its way into the bowels and is there precipitated by the alkaline juices and bile, whose acids form insoluble salts with quinine, unless the bile is in great excess. For this reason it is often customary in practice to give a chologogue cathartic to expel bile before the administration of quinine. Blood. — Quinine is absorbed into the blood, and would naturally be precipitated in this alkaline fluid ; but this is not the case, and it has been shown that quinine is probably held in solution by the loosely combined carbonic dioxide gas in the blood. Quinine possesses several well-defined and important actions in relation to the blood. 1. White Blood Corpuscles. — Quinine in great dilution lessens the amoeboid movements of the white corpuscles in blood removed from the body. When a frog receives large doses of quinine and its mesentery is irritated, the white ACTION AND USES OF QUININE 46l corpuscles do not collect in the arterioles or inigrate through their walls (diapedesis). Again, when inflammation has already begun in the mesentery, quinine stops the trans- migration of leucocytes and disperses those already ac- cumulated in the blood vessels. Moreover, large doses appear to actually lessen the number of white corpuscles in the blood. The foregoing actions should make quinine invaluable in checking inflammation. How great this influ- ence may be, when quinine is given in medicinal doses, it is impossible to determine- 2. Red Blood Corpuscles. — Therapeutic doses increase the number of red corpuscles. The latter diminish in size in febrile conditions, but, under the action of quinine (and other antipyretic agencies), regain their normal condition. This follows the effect of quinine in lowering temperature, and is not due to any specific power of quinine exerted on the corpuscles themselves. 3. Oxidation. — Quinine hinders the red corpuscles from serving as carriers of ozone and also prevents them from yielding it to the tissues. In this way functional activity of tissue cells is diminished and metabolism decreased. Quinine also lessens the ozonizing power of vegetable juices. The alkaloid prevents the development of acidity in blood outside the body, which is thought to be the product of oxidation. Heart and Blood Vessels. — Quinine in moderate doses does not affect the heart or vessels appreciably. It is some- times stated that small doses reflexly stimulate the heart (in stimulating the stomach), or that they indirectly stimulate the heart and vessels by stimulating the whole system. Quinine, in very large doses, is a depressant to the circula- tion, decreasing the pulse rate, force, and tension. When injected into a vein or directly aj)plied to the cardiac muscle, quinine causes diastolic arrest of the heart by paralyzing the cardiac muscle or its contained ganglia. In poisoniug by quinine there is vascular dilatation and great fall of blood pressure preceded by a temporary rise. This pheno- menon follows direct action on the blood vessels. Although 462 VEGETABLE DllUGS the pulse is at first slowed, the vagus becomes finally para- lyzed in poisoning, and the pulse is rapid and imperceptible in the later stages. Nervous System. — Toxic doses of quinine injected into the carotid artery cause meningitis by direct irritation. Large doses will also produce congestion and extravasation of blood iuto the middle ear and labyrinth, and will give rise to epileptiform convulsions in the lower animals. In man, ringing in the ears, fulness in the head, and slight deafness commonly follow a large medicinal dose (cinchonism). There is some clinical evidence that quinine in medicinal doses is a cerebral stimulant, but there is no experimental proof of the fact. Spinal Cord and Nerves. — Quinine, as shown by experi- ments conducted on the frog, lessens reflex activity after small doses. This condition disappears on section of the medulla. Large doses, however, cause permanent loss of reflex excitability. The same alkaloid first excites and then paralyzes the peripheral sensory nerve endings. Muscular contractility is also diminished by large doses of quinine. Uterus. — Quinine is thought by many to be an abortifa- cient. There is no sufficient warrant for this conclusion. There is, nevertheless, considerable testimony affirming that the alkaloid stimulates uterine contraction* in inertia during parturition, but at the same time increases the likelihood of metrorrhagia. Kidneys, Bletaholism and Elimination. — Quinine lessens the secretion of uric acid and, to a somewhat less extent, that of urea. Tissue waste must therefore be reduced. This is in accordance with our knowledge of its power to lessen oxidation and protoplasmic activity. It is curious to note in this connection that the excretion of carbonic dioxide by the lungs is not notably decreased. Quinine is eliminated chiefly by the kidneys, but more or less is unabsorbed and passes away in the fgeces. While its excretion in the urine begins soon after its ingestion, and lasts for some days, the g'-eater amount escapes within forty-eight hours. Quinine is ACTION AND USES OF QUININE 463 found iu minute amount in the bile, tears, saliva, milk, etc., after its administration. Antipyretic Action. — Quinine does not alter the normal temperature of a healthy animal, but does reduce tempera- ture in fever. The amount of reduction depends upon the cause of the fever. An explanation of the antipyretic power of the alkaloid may include : 1. The antiseptic property of quinine. This is most marked in the case of the plasmodium malarise, which is destroyed by the alkaloid, and the malarial fever is therefore overcome. 2. In lessening reflex excitability. Whatever may be the cause of fever, the nervous system is the potent instrumen- tality in its production. 3. In diminishing oxidation, activity of cellular proto- plasm and heat formation. 4. Direct depressing action on the cerebral calorificient centres. Administration. — Quinine sulphate is usually given to horses in a<]ueous solution with sufficient diluted sulphuric acid to dissolve the salt. It may also be administered to these animals in ball, gelatine capsule, enema or subcutane- ously. Quinine is exhibited to dogs in pills, solution or suppositories. The alkaloid is not commonly injected under the skin, because local irritation and abscess may follow ; but this does not frequently happen in the horse. The bisulphate, hydrobromate and liydrochlorate are most suit- able for hypodermic use. The first salt is more soluble, but the latter two are less irritating. At a temperature of 45«> C. (113" F.) Quinine bisulphate is soluble in 8.8 parts £>f water. Quinine hydrobromate is soluble in 45.02 <* " " Quinine liydrochlorate is soluble in 21.4 " " " This temperature may be used for subcutaneous injection, but the salts should be thoroughly dissolved and one grain of tartaric acid should be added to each five grains of quinine bisulphate, in order that precipitation may not occur in the 464 VEGETABLE DRUGS tissues. The dose by the subcutaneous method is one-third less than by the mouth. The sulphates of quinidine, cinchonine and ciuchonidine are similar in action to quinine, and their relative antipyretic effect is said to be : quinine, 100 ; quinidine, 90 ; cinchonidine, 70 ; cinchonine, 40. The cinchona compounds are indicated for tonic and stomachic purposes. Uses External. -r-Q'amme is too expensive for general antiseptic employment externally. Uses Infernal. — It is impossible to draw definite deduc- tions as to the therapeutic indications for quinine founded on physiolojrical experiments, since these are only sugges- tive and not conclusive. For the sake of convenience, we may classify the uses of quinine under the following heads : 1. Tonic Ad ion.— Qninme is of unquestionable value as a tonic, more particularly in relation to digestion, but prob- ably also by increasing the number of red corpuscles and stimulating the nervous system generally. It is in those cases of anorexia and atonic dyspepsia secondary to exhaus- tion, overwork, ausemia, or following acute diseases, that the drug is indicated. Here, combination with iron is often of service, and the tincture of the chloride is a good preparation because it contains sufficient free muriatic acid to dissolve any of the salts of quinine. The compound tincture of cinchona is a prime, bitter tonic for dogs ; or quinine may be given in a pill with reduced iron and arsenic as a tonic. Chorea in the human patient has been treated successfully with quinine, but this remedy has failed in dogs. Neverthe- less, the alkaloid is an excellent tonic in canine distemper with its accompanying augemia, but should be combined with iron and arsenic. Quinine is a good tonic for purpura in horses. 2. Antiseptic and Antiplilogistie Effect. — Quinine possesses much less antipyretic power than phenacetin, antipyrin and acetanilid. It acts more favorably with a falling than a rising temperature, and should be given two or three hours before the probable time of maximum temperature. Quinine ACTION AND USES OF QUININE 465 is employed in maii}^ acute diseases, sucli as inflaenza, bronchitis and pneumonia of horses. In full doses, at the outset of colds or inflammatory diseases of the respiratory tract, quinine may prove abortifacient. Later in these diseases the drug may be given as an antipyretic and anti- phlogistic (without much benefit probably), but in the con- valescent stages quinine, in small doses, becomes of great worth as a tonic. Some experiments involving the injection of putrid material into the blood of dogs, appeared to indi- cate that quinine had a restraining influence on the resulting septic state, and, in some cases, saved life. Puerperal fever and erysipelatous inflammation yield somewhat to quinine, and the drug should be tried in these infections. The alkaloid does not lower the temperature or prove destructive to the micrococci of pyaemia. A vast number of cases of rheumatic fever have been treated with quinine in human practice, but the results are inferior to those obtained by salicylates. In subacute and chronic muscular rheumatism quinine is sometimes useful. It has been injected into the affected muscles in this disorder, in horses, with favorable results. The alkaloids of cinchona may be used as antipyretics in all acute diseases with the exception of meningitis, cerebritis, gastritis, nephritis and cystitis, where they produce too much irritation. They are also contra-indicated in epilepsy and middle-ear disease. 3. Specific Properties. — Quinine stands preeminent in the treatment of malaria, as it is the only drug which can be relied upon to kill malarial organisms. While periodicity in the febrile attacks is characteristic of malaria, aii absolute diagnosis can only be made by the discovery of Laveran's Plasmodium in the red blood corpuscles. Malaria but rarely affects the lower animals in this part of the country (New England), although exceedingly common among human beings. Cases are said to occur not infrequently among horses and cattle in India. A single full antipyretic dose of quinine, if given from twelve to six hours before a promised 466 VEGETABLE DRUGS malarial attack, will usually prevent it. A single large dose ghould be given once daily for several days thereafter. When the disease is severe, treatment may also be pursued by the rectal and hypodermic methods at the same time that quinine is given by the mouth. A purge of aloes and calomel should be exhibited prior to the administration of quinine in the treatment of malaria. Class 2.— Salicylic Acid, Salicin, Salol, Oil of Gaultheria and Methyl Salicylate. AciDUM Salicylicum. Salicylic Acid. HC7H5O3. (U. S. & B. P.) Synony^n. — Acid salicylique, Fr. ; salicylsaiire, G. An organic acid, existing naturally in combination in various plants, but chiefly prepared synthetically from car- bolic acid. Derivation. — Made by passing carbonic dioxide through sodium carbolate at a temperature of 428° F. (220°C). 2 Na CgHgO (sodium carbolate) + CO2 = NaoC^H^Og (sodium salicylate) + C^HeO (phenol). Sodium salicylate is treated with hydrochloric acid, when salicylic acid is precipitated. Na,C,H,03 i- 2 H CI = HCH.Og + 2 Na CI. Properties. — Light, fine, white, prismatic needles, or a light, white, crystalline powder; odorless, having a sweetish, afterward acrid taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble in about 450 parts of cold water, and in 2.4 parts of alcohol; in 14 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol. Also soluble in 2 parts of ether, 2 parts of absolute alcohol, and 80 parts of chloroform. Incompatible. — Spirit of nitrous ether. Impurities. — In artificial salicylic acid, metacreosotic and orthocreosotic acids. Dose.—B.. & C, 3ii.-!i. (8.-30.); Sh., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15); Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). SALICIN 467 Salicinum. Saliciii. C^jHi^O,. (U. S. & B. P.) A neutral principle (glucoside) obtained from several species of Salix and Populus (nat. ord. Salicacese). Habitat. — Europe, but cultivated in North America. Derivation. — Obtained from a decoction of willow bark. Salicin crystallizes on evaporation, after removal of tannin by agitation with lead oxide. It is purified by repeated solution and crystallization. Projjerties. — Colorless, or white, silky, shining crystal- line needles, or a crystalline powder ; odorless, and haviug a very bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 28 parts of water, and in 30 parts of alcohol ; almost insoluble in ether or chloroform. Dose.—R. & C, 3 ii-- 3 i. (8.-30.) ; Sh., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.) ; Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). SoDii Salicylas. Sodium Salicylate. Na C^H.Oj. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Silicylate de sonde, Fr.; natrium salicy Il- eum, G. Derivation. — Made by the action of salicylic acid on sodium carbonate. 2 HC,H,03 + Na,C03 = 2 Na C:H,03 + HoO + COo. The solution is filtered, and heated to expel carbon dioxide. Properties. — A white, amorphous powder ; odorless, and having a sweetish, saline taste. Permanent in cool air. Soluble in 0.9 part of water, and in 6 parts of alcohol ; very soluble in boiling water or alcohol ; also soluble in glycerin. Dose. — Same as salicin. Salol. Salol. CeH,C,H,03. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Phenyl salicylate, salicylic ether of phenol. Derivation. — Made by heating salicylic and carbolic acids with phosphorus pentachloride. Properties. — A white, crystalline powder ; odorless, or having a faintly aromatic odor, and almost tasteless. Per- 468 VEGETABLE DRUGS maneut in the air. Almost insoluble in water ; soluble in 10 parts of alcohol ; also soluble in 0.3 part of ether, and readily in chloroform and in fixed or volatile oils. SALICYLIC ACID, SALICIN, SODIUM SALICYLATE AND SALOL. Action External. — Salicylic^^cid, salicin and salol are powerful antiseptics. A solution of salicylic acid (1-60) is equivalent to a solution of carbolic acid (1-22) in destroying some bacteria, but is not generally as useful. Salicylic acid, sodium salicylate and salicin are irritating to the unbroken skin or raw surfaces. Salol is not. The salicylates are not antiseptic, but actually favor fermentation. Action Internal. — Salicylic acid is an irritant in the digestive tract and in large doses causes nausea and vomit- ing in dogs. It is converted into salicylates by the alkaline intestinal juices, and is absorbed in this form, chiefly as sodium salicylate. For this reason, and because the latter salt is less irritating than salicylic acid, sodium salicylate is preferred to the acid when a constitutional action is desired. Salicin splits up in the bowels into salicylic acid, salicylous acid (HC;HjOo), salicyluric acid (HCgH.NOJ, and glucose. Salol is decomposed by the pancreatic juice into salicylic acid (64 per cent.) and carbolic acid (36 per cent.) After large doses the urine takes on the characteristic smoky color produced in poisoning by phenol. Salol is an intestinal antiseptic. Circulation. — The circulation is not preceptibly iuflu- enced by moderate doses cf sodium salicylate, or salicj'lic acid, but large doses depress the heart force, blood pressure and nervous system. The artificial acid is said to be more depressant than natural salicylic acid obtained from plants, because of orthocreosotic and metacreosotic acids existing as impurities in the former. Nervous System.— The action of salicylic acid on the nervous system is unknown. Therapeutic quantities often cause, in man (salicylism), ringing in the ears and headache. Respiration. —The respiratory movements are primarily ACTION AND USES OF SALICYLIC ACID, ETC. 469 quickened by the stimulation of tbe peripheral vagi and respiratory centres produced by sodium salicylate and sali- cylic acid ; but after large doses the respiratory centres are depressed and paralyzed and death takes place by asphyxia. Temperature. — Medicinal doses do not influence the normal temperature of healthy animals, but do often lower bodily heat in fever, and frequently induce sweating. The largest therapeutic doses must be given to secure an antipy- retic action. The physiological details concerned in the reduction of febrile temperature have not been ascertained. Kidneys and Elimination. — Salicylic acid, salicin and sodium salicylate circulate in the blood as sodium salicylate and are eliminated in the urine as salicyluric and salicylic acids. This happens in this wise : Some of the salicylic acid of sodium salicylate combines with glycocoll in the body and forms salicyluric acid. HC.H5O3 + C2H5NO0 (gly- cocoll) = HCgHgNO^ (salicyluric acid) + H.O ; while some of the sodium salt is decomposed by phosphoric acid in an acid urine into salicylic acid. Like quinine, the excretion of sali- cylic acid begins soon and goes on slowly. Therefore large doses given continuously may accumulate in the body. The quantity of urea and uric acid in the urine is increased very considerably by salicylic acid, but the urine itself may either be increased or diminished in amount. It is made aseptic by the escaping salicylic acid, or in the case of salol, by both carbolic and salicylic acids. The urine of animals taking salicylic acid may be rendered green by indican and pyrocatechin, formed through the action of pancreatic juice, and takes on a purple color with ferric chloride. Toxicology. — In man, continued large doses give rise to delirium, vomiting, depression of the circulation, epistaxis, hsematuria, and retinal haemorrhages. The herbivora are not easily affected by large doses of salicylic acid, or salicylates, but dogs exhibit nausea and vomiting, accelerated respira- tion, irregular pulse, loss of muscular strength, staggering gait, stupor, and, if death occurs, it is preceded by slow breathing, dilated pupils, dyspnoea, and convulsions due to 470 VEGETABLE DRUGS asphyxia. The niiinuium fatal close for a small dog is about one drachm (.f sodium salicylate, subcutaueously. Administration. — Sodium salicylate contains 48 grains of the acid to the drachm. Sodium salicylate is used in pre- ference to the acid because it is soluble and unirritating. It is given in solution, or to dogs in pills or tablets. Salicylic acid may be exhibited in solution by warming it withglycerin (gr.iv- 3 i.); or with syrup (1-5), and aqufe ammonia in suffi- cient quantity to dissolve it, thus forming ammonium salicy- late. It may also be administered in pill or ball. Salol is given in pill, powder or mixture with water. The larger doses of salicylic acid and salicylates should not be repeated, and are used for their antipyretic action, A maximum daily dose of one ounce of salicylic acid or sodium salicylate, for horses, or one drachm of either for large dogs, should rarely be exceeded. Uses External. — Salicylic acid is employed in various forms as an antiseptic. Aqueous solutions (1-300) may be applied to wounds. Stronger solutions are prepared with alcohol, borax, sodium bicarbonate, and ammonium acetate solution. But as salicylates are formed in the (3) latter combinations, the solutions are useless as antiseptics. Salicy- lic acid may be applied as a dusting powder with zinc oxide (1-8), or in ointment (1-20 or 30), for its stimulant and anti- septic effect on wounds. It is used in the treatment of burns with cottonseed oil (1-8). Salicylic acid is useful in powder or ointment iu acute moif^t eczema (1-50), and in the follow- ing formula : Salicylic acid, one part ; zinc oxide, starch and vaseline, each 16 parts. Ringer recommends in pruritus aui and vulvae — salicylic acid, 3 ii-J ol. theobrom., 3 v.; cetac, 3 iii^ ol. myrist, 3 i-ss. Antiseptic gauze is prepared by soaking the material in hot, saturated, watery solutions of salicylic acid. Salol is used as an antiseptic dusting powder of uncertain value. Uses Internal. — The salicylic acid group are specifics in rheumatic fever. They lower temperature, lessen pain, and ACTION AND USES OF SALICYLIC ACID, ETC. 471 by shortening the attack lessen the danger of cardiac com- plications. Sodium salicylate should be given every three hours in doses of 3 ii- to horses, and gr.x.-xx. to dogs. But this form of rheumatism is rare in veterinary practice, and salicylic acid is unfortunately not nearly so valuable in the treatment of other varieties. Salicylates are probably worth- less in chronic rheumatic arthritis where the local applica- tion of heat, stimulating liniments and blisters are service- able ; but they may be used with benefit in acute muscular rheumatism, sciatica, and rheumatic complications of influ- enza in horses. Salicylic acid, salicin, and salicylates are not comparable with the cold tar products as general antipyretics, and are useless in hyperpyrexia. Sodium sali- cylate is sometimes prescribed in gastric fermentative dyspepsia when the salicylic acid, set free by the hydro- chloric acid of the gastric juice, acts as an antiseptic. Salol is a good intestinal antiseptic in diarrhoea and intestinal indigestion, particularly when combined with bismuth sub- nitrate in powder or aqueous mixture for dogs. Salol is undissolved in the stomach, is less irritating than either salicylic acid or sodium salicylate, and is prescribed to lessen pain and fever. It may be advantageously given in doses of gi'.v. to dogs, with pheuacetin gr.v., and codeine gr.^, for painful rheumatism. It is probably inferior to sodium salicylate, but can be conveniently administered in powder as just noted. Salol is also a local anaesthetic and antiseptic in the urinary tract (carbolic acid from decomposi- tion), and is useful in cystitis and urethritis, to alleviate pain, to prevent frequent micturition, and to render the urine aseptic. Repeated large doses are likely to cause carbolic acid poisoning. Salicin acts more slowly than salicylic acid or sodium salicylate, and is not in general use. Oleum Gaultheri.^. Oil of Gaultheria. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Oil of checkerberry, oil of wintergreen, oil of boxberry. 472 VEGETABLE DRUGS A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of Gaultberia procumbeus Liiine (nat. ord. Ericaceae), consisting almost entirely of methyl salicylate (CHjC-HjOj), and nearly identi- cal with volatile oil of betula. Habitat. — North America ; west as far as Minnesota, and south to Georgia. Properties. — A colorless or yellow, or occasionally reddish liquid, having a characteristic, strongly aromatic odor, and a sweetish, warm and aromatic taste. Spec. gr. 1.175 to 1.185 at 59°F. Solubility same as methyl salicylate. Dosc—n., 3 ii.- 3 i. (8.-30.); D., 1TLv.-xv. (.3-1.) Methyl Salicylate. Methyl Salicylate. CHjC.HsOg. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Artificial or synthetic oil of wintergreen. Derivation. — Prepared by distillation of salicylic acid, or salicylates, with methyl alcohol and sulphuric acid. Properties. — A colorless or slightly yellowish liquid, having the characteristic, strongly aromatic odor and the sweetish, warm and aromatic taste of oil of gaultheria, with the essential composition of which it is identical. It is AvhoUy identical with oil of betula (birch). Spec. gr. 1.183- 1.185 at 59°F. Soluble in all proportions in alcohol, glacial acetic acid, or carbon disulphide. Dose.-B.., 3 ii.- 3 i- ^8.-30.) ; D., 1TLv.-sv. (.3-1.) ACTION AND USES OF OIL OF GAULTHERIA AND METHYL SALICYLATE. Oil of wintergreen contains about 90 per cent, of methyl salicylate. Eleven parts of methyl salicylate are equivalent to nearly ten parts of salicylic acid. The oil and methyl salicylate are free from the impurities of artificial salicylic acid, while methyl salicylate is of more certain composition than the oil. Both behave similarly to salicylic acid thera- peutically, although the oil is more of a local irritant, and they are used for the same purposes as salicylic acid. Either GENERAL ACTION OF VOLATILE OILS 473 may be given in emulsion, or to dogs in capsules, and in combination with salicylic acid or salicylates. Oil of wintergreen is serviceable in the following lini- ment for rheumatism : Tine. Aconiti. 01. Gaultheriae. Chloroformi aa § i Lin. Saponis. ad. 5 viii. M. S. External use. , The external application of methyl salicylate to acutely inflamed rheumatic joints is one of the most efficient forms of treatment, and, since some is absorbed, will take the place of the internal administration of salicylates to a considerable extent. It is usually best to combine this treatment with internal medication, however. Plain gauze, or other absorb- ent material, is saturated with methyl salicylate, applied to the affected joint, and then covered with oil silk, or rubber protective and bandage. SECTION IX.— VOLATILE OILS, OR DRUGS CONTAINING THEM. GENERAL ACTION OF VOLATILE OILS. Synonym. — Essential, ethereal, aromatic or distilled oils. Externally, volatile oils cause reddening of the skin (rube- facients), sometimes blistering (vesicants), and often local anaesthesia, notably oil of cloves and peppermint. They are also parasiticide, antiseptic and disinfectant, particularly oil of mustard, which is the most powerful germicide known. Internally, these agents stimulate the flow of gastric, salivary, and intestinal secretions, and increase the vascu- larity and movements of the stomach and bowels. They therefore temporarily improve digestion, overcome flatulence by expelling gas from the intestines, prevent griping pro- 474 VEGETABLE DRUGS duced by cathartics, and disguise and offset disagreeable effects and tastes of medicines. In the digestive tract, vola- tile oils excite reflexlj the nervous system and heart, and augment the pulse rate and vascular tension. In large doses, volatile oils are gastro-intestinal irritants. Volatile oils may be absorbed from the skin, bronchial mucous membrane, and stomach. They are eliminated by the skin, bronchial mucous membrane, and kidneys, and occasionally by other channels. In the process of excretion the parts are stimulated, vascu- larity, secretion, and contractility of the unstriated muscle of the bronchial tubes are increased, and volatile oils thus assist expectoration and coughing. In irritating the kidneys and mucous membrane of the genito- urinary tract, the vola- tile oils are stimulant and diuretic ; while in poisonous doses they produce acute nephritis, strangury, and hsematuria. Toxic doses, injected into the circulation, lower the force of the heart and the blood pressure, and occasion a sort of intoxication, and sometimes convulsions. To summarize : volatile oils possess the following actions in a greater or less degree : parasiticide, antiseptic, disinfectant, rubefacient," vesicant, local anaesthetic, sialogogue, stomachic, carminative, antispasmodic, stimulant, expectorant, emmenagogue, ami diuretic actions. Class 1. — Used Mainly for their Action on the Skin. Terebinthina. Turpentine. (U. S. & B. P.) A concrete oleoresin obtained from Pinus palustris Miller, and from other species of Pinus (nat. ord. Coniferse). Hahitai. — Southeastern United States ; from Virginia to the Gulf of Mexico. Description. — In yellowish, opaque, tough masses, brittle in the cold ; crumbly, crystalline in the interior, of a terebin- thinate odor and taste. Oleum Terebinthina. Oil of Turpentine. A volatile oil distilled from turpentine. OIL OF TURPENTINE 475 Synonym. — Spirit of turpentine, E.^ essence de terebin- thine, Fr.; terpentine!, G. Projxrties. — A thiu, colorless liquid, having a character- istic odor and taste, both of which become stronger and less pleasant by age and exposure to the air. Spec. gr. 0.855 to 0.870. Soluble in three times its volume of alcohol ; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid. Solvent for resins (varnish), fats, wax, gutta percha, India rubber, sulphur, phosphorus, iodipe, and many alka- loidi-. It is dextro-rotatory, but the French variety is leavo- rotatory. Old oil of turpentine and French oil of turpentine (Pinus maratima) are oxidizing agents. Constituents. — Turpentine contains 20 to 25 per cent, of oil of turpentine. Oil of turpentine is composed of several isomeric hydrocarbons, called terpenes, and having the formula C^Jl^^. Among these terpenes are oil of juniper, savin, cubeb, caraway, cloves, thyme, etc. They differ from each other and turpentine in their boiling points and direction in which they rotate the plane of polarization. The terpenes are oxidized into camphors. Dose. — Carminative — H. & C, 3 i.-ii (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3i.-iv. (4-15.); D., Il^x.-xxx. (.6-2.). Anthelmintic— R. & C, sii.-iv. (60.-120.); D., 3 ss.-iv. (2.-15.). Diuretic— B.. & C, 3 ii.-vi. (8.-24). PKEPARATIONS . Linimentum Terhinthince. Turpentine Liniment. (U. S. & B. P.) Resin cerate, 650 ; oil of turpentine, 350 ; melt the resin cerate and add the oil of turpentine. (U. S. P.) Oleum Terebinthince Rectificatum. Eectified Oil of Turpentine. (U. S. P.) Derivation. — Made by shaking oil of turpentine, 1, with lime water, 6; and distillation. Properties. — A thin, colorless liquid, having the same properties as oil of turpentine. 476 VEGETABLE DRUGS Terebenum. Terebene. Ci„Hi6. (U. S. P.) A liquid consisting chiefly of pinene, and containing not more than very small proportions of turpinene and dipentene. Made by action of sulphuric acid on oil of turpentine and by distillation. Properties. — A colorless, or slightly yellowish, thin liquid, having u rather agreeable, thyme-like odor, and an aromatic, somewhat terebinthinate taste. Spec. gr. about 0.862. Only slightly soluble in water, but soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, glacial acetic, or carbon disulphide. Dose.—B.. & a, 3ii.-vi. (8.-24.); 111v.-xv. (.3-1.). Terpini Hydras. Terpin Hydrate. CioHig (OH)„ -»- HjO. (U. S. P.) The hydrate of the diatomic alcohol, Terpin. Derivation. — Rectified oil of turpentine, alcohol and nitric acid are mixed together lu shallow, porcelain dishes, and after three or four days terpin hydrate crystallizes out. The crystals are collected, drained, dried on absorbent paper, and purified by re crystallization in alcohol.* OIL OF TURPENTINE Action External. — Oil of turpentine is an irritant to the skin, causing itching, pain and redness, or even vesication, followed by local anaesthesia. It produces intense irritability and lestlessness when applied externally to some hor.ses. The oil is antiseptic, disinfectant and parasiticide. Some absorption may occur from the skin. Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — The oil induces a sense of warmth in the stomach (man), and increases gastric secretion, motion and vascularity, but is too disagreeable to be used as a stomachic. In acting similarly in the bowels, particularly in stimulating the muscular coat, oil of turpen- tine is a useful carminative by exciting peristalsis and expel- ling gas in tympanites. Its antiseptic properties also antag- onize intestinal fermentation. Large doses occ;ision i^nririncr * Colorless, odorless crystals, having a somewhat bitter taste. Soluble In 250 parts of water and in 10 pai'ts of alcohol. Dose.— H. 3 ss.-ii. (3.-8.); D., gr.v.-xx. (.S-1.3). OIL OF TUEPENTINE 477 onize intestinal fermentation. Large closes occasion purging and are anthelmintic. Toxic doses create gastro-enteritis and sometimes intestinal ulceration. The irritation of the nerve endings in the digestive tract caused by turpentine, leads to reflex stimulation of the nervous system and heart. Circulation. — Turpentine is readily absorbed into the blood. Experimental evidence is at variance with regard to the action of the oil on the circulation. Small doses appar- ently increase the force and frequency of the heart-beat, and slightly raise blood pressure. The vessels are somewhat contracted and the drng is employed to arrest hsemorrhage in the digestive tract and in remote organs. It is inferior to ergot as an haemostatic. Large doses of turpentine lower the cardiac force and frequency, and cause vascular dilata- tion and fall of blood pressure. Respiration. — Oil of turpentine enhances the strength and rapidity of the respiratory movements, in small doses, but large quantities depress the respiration. The oil is easily absorbed by inhalation and is also eliminated in the breath. Inhalation of the oil stimulates the bronchial mucous membrane, acts as an antiseptic, and excites muscular con- traction of the bronchial tubes and cough. Authorities differ as to the influence of turpentine on bronchial secretion. Rossbach found that the inhala- tion of air saturated with turpentine diminished secre- tion, while the topical application of a watery solution increased secretion. The oil is essentially a local stimu- lating expectorant. Nervous System. — Medicinal doses occasion mental exhilaration in man. Large doses cause dulness, languor and unsteady gait in animals ; while distinctly toxic doses produce coma, sensory paralysis, loss of reflex activity, and, at times, convulsions. Kidneys and Genito- Urinary Tract. — The kidneys are "very prone to irritation during its elimination. Small doses induce frequent micturition. Large quantities lead to albuminuria, pain in the lumbar region, hematuria, and 478 VEGETABLE DRUGS constant painful passage of bigli-colored urine, owing to irritation of the urinary mucous membrane and muscular spasm of the urethra (strangury). Menorrhagia and dys- raenorrhoea occur in females nnder the influence of the oil. Acute nephritis and complete suppression of urine follow great toxic doses. The urine has sometimes the odor of violets. Elimination. — Turpentine is eliminated in the urine, breath, and, to some extent, in the bile and intestinal mucus; slightly by the skin. Toxicologij. — Turpentine poisoning is not an uncommon occurrence from the administration of large doses (undiluted) by empirics. Post mortem appearances reveal gastro- enteritis, sometimes congestion and inflammation of the lungs, and fatty degeneration of the liver, kidney and muscles, following prolonged use of the oil. The action of terebene and terpin hydrate is very similar to oil of turpentine. Administration. — Oil of turpentine is given with eight or more times its volume of cottonseed or linseed oil, gruel, or milk ; and in emulsion with acacia or white of egg. An emulsion is made by shaking a single dose with powdered acacia, and adding water or oil. Terebene is administered in a similar manner. Terpin hydrate may be exhibited in pill, ball or alcoholic solution. USES OP OIL OF TDEPENTINE, TEREBENE AND TERPIN HYDRATE. External. — Oil of turpentine is employed as a stimulant and counter-irritant with two or three parts of cottonseed oil and soap liniment, or as the official liniment in rheuma- tism, myalgia, sprains, shoulder lameness, swollen joints, gangrene, frost bites, burns and ulcers. It is serviceable in the same form and for the same actions applied to " sitfasts " and obstinate ulceration about the heels in horses, and in footrot of sheep. As a parasiticide, the oil, diluted two o- three times with sweet oil, is painted on the skin to Lil) ringworm and lice. USES OF OIL OF TUEPENTINE, ETC. 479 Oil of turpentine is a valuable counter-irritant iu reliev- ing pain and inflammation of deep-seated parts. It is particularly useful in tympanitis, flatulent and spasmodic colic and peritonitis. In the first two named disorders, external application is combined with the internal and rectal exhibition of the drug. Oil of turpentine is less frequently employed over the chest in pleurisy and bronchitis. The turpentine stupe is the favorite method of applying the oil in abdominal troubles. A blanket is thoroughly sprinkled with turpentine, folded, and rolled into a cylindrical form which will fit into an ordinary pail. Boiling water is then ponred on the blanket until it is saturated. The blanket is quickly wrung out, placed over and around the horse's trunk, covered with rubber protective and dry blankets, and allowed to remain in place fifteen to thirty minutes. Uses Internal. — Digestive Trad. — Oil of turpentine is of gi'eatest utility in colic and iu expelling gas in tympany given internally ( 3 ii.-Oii. of linseed oil) and per rectum. Enemata can also be employed for their stimulant action on the nervous system and circulation, in- collapse. One or two ounces of oil of turpentine are dissolved in two or four ounces of cottonseed oil, when used as an enema for horses. Turpentine is an anthelmintic for round, and tape worms. From two to four ounces of the oil with one ounce of oleoresin of aspidium in a pint of linseed oil, are recommended for the latter purpose in the case of horses. Oil of turpentine is often advised as an antidote for phosphorus because it con- tains ozone and forms a harmless, camphor-like body — tur- pentine phosphoric acid. The French variety only is effica- cious ; the American oil, so far from being antagonistic to phosphorus, actually assists its solution and absorption. Turpentine is occasionally given in indigestion, chronic diarrhoea, and dysentery of horses and cattle, as a local stimulant and antiseptic. Respiratory Organs. — Oil of turpentine is an efficient stimulating and antiseptic expectorant in subacute and chronic bronchitis ; and deodorant in gangrene of the lungs. 480 VEGETABLE DRUGS It is administered internally, and by inhalation in the pro- portion of one teaspoonful to the quart of boiling water. Terebene is used as a substitute for oil of turpentine, as a stimulating expectorant, and is likewise prescribed as an antiseptic and carminative in flatulence, and as a genito- urinary stimulant. Terpin hydrate increases bronchial secretion and is employed in both acute and chronic bron- chitis. Oil of turpentine has been found beneficial in ver- minous bronchitis of calves and lambs (caused by Stront,'ulus micrurus and filaria), injected into the trachea midway in the neck, according to the following prescription : 01. Terebmthinae 3 i--u Acid. Carbol Glycerini Chloroformi aa 3 ss. M. S. Inject in one dose. "Gapes" in fowl, due to Syngamus trachealis, is cured by the same mixture diluted with 5 parts of oil and applied to the throat internally with a feather. Circulation. — Oil of turpentine is of some worth as a cardiac stimulant and haemostatic. It is said to have been exhibited in parturient fever and apoplexy of cattle with success. Bleeding from the nose, lungs, digestive tract, uterus, kidneys, and bladder, and hsemorrhages occurring in purpura hemorrhagica, are sometimes stopped by the internal use of turpentine. Genito-Urinary Tract. — Oil of turpentine is indicated as a stimulant in amenorrhoea, chronic pyelitis and .cystitis. The drug is contra-indicated in acute inflammation of the kidneys and alimentary canal. Pix BuRGUNDiCA. Burgundy Pitch. (U. S. ose.— H. , TTix.-xxx, (.6-2.) ; C, 3 ss.-i. (2. -4.) ; D., mi i. (.015-:06). Administration. — Capsicum and the oleoresin are given in ball or pill. The fluid extract should be freely diluted with water. Action and Uses. — Capsicum generally resembles the volatile oils in its action. Externally, it is rubefacient and counter-irritant, producing about the same degree of irrita- tion as mustard, but causing considerably more pain, while its fumes are unbearable. Capsicum is used mainly as a stomachic and a carminative in augmenting the appetite, gastric vascularity, secretion and motion, and intestinal peristalsis. Capsicum is employed on the skin in local paralysis — as of the lip — in horses, with mustard in paste ; or as the fluid extract painted on plaster splints to prevent dogs from gnawing them off. Internally, capsicum is of greater value than black or white pepper, and is indicated in atonic indigestion and flatulent colic in horses (see ammonium carbonate, p. 141). GINGER 503 It may be combined advautageonsly with bitters, as nux vomica. Capsicum is a favorite stimulant and tonic remedy — to the digestion — with bird fanciers. It is also said to increase the laying of eggs when given to hens. Zingiber. Ginger. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Ingwer, G.; gingember, Fr. The rhizome of Zingiber officinale Roscoe (nat. ord. Scitaminefe). Habitat. — East and West Indies and India ; cultivated in tropical climates. Description. — About 5 to 10 Cm. long, 10 to 15 Mm. broad, and 4 to 8 Mu). thick ; flattish on one side ; lobed or clavately branched ; deprived of the corky layer ; pale, baff- colored, striate ; breaking with a mealy, rather fibrous frac- ture, showing numerous small, scattered resin cells and fibro-vascular bundles, the latter enclosed by a nucleus sheath ; agreeably aromatic and of a pungent and warm taste. Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil ; 2, a resin ; 3, gingerol, said to supply pungent taste, while the oil gives flavor. Dose.—B.., 3 ii.- 1 i. (8.-30.) ; C, I i.-iv. (30.-120.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.). PREPARATION. Extractum Zingiberis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Ginger. (U. S. P.) Made by maceration and ijercolation with alcohol, and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. Dose. — Same as that of ginger. Action and Uses. — Ginger is chiefly administered in powder as a stomachic and carminative in atonic indigestion of horses and ruminants. It is frequently combined with sodium bicarbonate and bitters. Ginger also aids the action of purgatives and prevents griping. The powder or fluid extract should be added to magnesium sulphate when it is given in full purgative doses to cattle or sheep. (See magne- sium and sodium sulphate, pp. 131 and 154). 504 VEGETABLE DRUGS Mentha Piperita, Peppermiut. (U. S. P.) Synomjm. — Folia (herba) menthge piperitae, P.G.; menthe poivree, Fr.; pfeifermiiize, G. The leaves and tops of Mentha piperita Smith (nat. ord. Labiatse). Habitat. — Indigenous in North America,Europe and Asia. Description. — Leaves about 5 Cm. long, petiolate, ovate- lanceolate, acute, sharply serrate, glandular, nearly smooth; the few hairs containing crystals of menthol in one or more thin cells ; branches quadrangular, often purplish ; flowers in terminal, conical spikes, with a tubular, five-toothed, often purplish calyx, a purplish four-lobed corolla, and four short stamens ; odor aromatic ; taste pungent and cooling. Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil : 2, menthol ; 3, menthene (CioHig). Oleum Mentha Piperita. Oil of Peppermint. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Essence de menthe poivree, Fr.; pfeffer- minzol, G. A volatile oil distilled from peppermint. Properties. — A colorless, or yellowish, or greenish-yellow liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air ; having the characteristic strong odor of peppermint, and a strongly aromatic, pungent taste, followed by a sensa- tion of cold when air is drawn into the mouth. Spec. gr. 0.9 to 0.920. It forms a clear solution with an equal volume of alcohol, but becomes turbid when somewhat further diluted. Constituents. — 1, menthol ; 2, menthene, a liquid terpene obtained by distillation. Dose.—R. & C, ITLxv.-xxx. (1.-2.) ; D., 1TLi-v. (.06-.3). PREPARATIONS. Spiritus Menthoe. Piperitoe. Spii'it of Peppermint. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Essence de menthe poivree, Fr.; Englisch pfeflfermin- zessenz, G.; spiritus mentha? piperitee anglicus, P.G. MENTHOL 605 Oil of peppermint, 100 ; peppermint, 10 ; alcohol to make 1000. Made by maceration and filtration . (U. S. P. ) Dose.—R. & C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.) ; D. ttlxv.-xxx. (1.-2.). Aqua Menthce Piperitce. Peppermint Water. (U. S. & B. P. ) Oil of peppermint, 2 ; precipitated calcium phosphate, 4 ; water to make 1000. Made by trituration and filtration. (U. S. P.) Dose. — Used as vehicle in canine practice. Menthol. Menthol. C,„H„OH. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Mint or peppermint-camphor. A stearopten (having the character of a secondarj- alcohol) obtained from the official oil of peppermint (from Mentha piperita Smith), or from Japanese or Chinese oil of peppermint (from Mentha avensis Linne, var. piperascens Holmes, and Mentha Canadensis Linne, var. glabrata Holmes ; uat. ord. Labiatae). Derivation. — Made from the oil of peppermint by frac- tional distillation ; freezing of the higher boiling point pro- duct, and crystallization. Properties. — Colorless, acicular or prismatic crystals, having a strong and pure odor of peppermint, and a warm, aromatic taste, followed by a sensation of cold when air is drawn in the mouth. Slightly soluble in water; freely soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide or glacial acetic acid. When it is triturated with about an equal weight of camphor, thymol, or chloral hydrate, the mixture becomes liquid. Menthol may be dissolved by heat in oleic acid, fats or liquid vaseline. Dose. — H., gr,vii.-xv. (,5-1.); D., gr.ss,-ii. (.03-.12). ACTION AND USES OF PEPPERMINT AND MENTHOL. Peppermint and oil of peppermint owe their medicinal ^^rtues chiefly to the menthol they contain. They resemble the other volatile oils in most respects, but are more anaes- thetic and antiseptic than some. Menthol is used mostly externally, and is extremely valuable in relieving itching and neuralgic pain. It may be employed with alcohol or 506 VEGETABLE DRUGS chloroform in solution ( 3 ss. to 3 i.), in urticaria or pruritus. An ointment is also serviceable, or a solution by heat in oleic acid (1 to 24). For burns, the following will be found beneficial: Sweet oil and lime water, each one ounce; menthol, one drachm. The cooli)ig sensation produced by menthol is due to a specific effect upon the nerves of temper- ature. The anaesthetic and antiseptic action of menthol has been taken advantage of in the treatment of boils and super- ficial abscesses. A 10 to 50 per cent, solution in ether is said to abort these lesions when painted frequently on the inflamed parts. A menthol and camphor solution, obtained by dissolving fifteen grains of each in an ounce of liquid petrolatum, is one of the best preparations to use in an atomizer or dropper for acute or chronic nasal catarrh of dogs. Internally, the essence of peppermint or oil are of worth in cases of mild colic and flatulence on account of their anaesthetic, carminative and antiseptic action. Menthol may be given to dogs to relieve vomiting. Peppermint water assuages thirst in fever, and this preparation is also used as a pleasant vehicle in the administration of disagreeable drugs to dogs. The oil is prescribed in pill or ball to pre- vent the griping of cathartics. Administration. — The essence is the preparation in most common use and is given in water. The oil is dissolved in spirit, or exhibited to dogs on sugar. Menthol may be administered in alcohol and syrup, equal parts ; or in pill or capsule to dogs. Mentha viridis (spearmint) is ofl&cial together with oleum menthae viridis (oil of spearmint), spiritus menthae viridis (spirit of spearmint), and aqua menthse viridis. The actions, uses and doses are the same as those of peppermint and its preparations, but the latter are more popular and pleasant. Anisum. Anise. Synonym. — Anisi fructus, B.P.; anis, Fr.; anis, G. ILLICIUM 507 The fruit of Pimpinella Anisum Linne (nat. ortl. Umbel- lif erse) . Habitat. — Southeastern Europe, Egypt, Western Asia; also cultivated. Description. — About 4 or 5 Mm. long,.ovate, compressed at the sides ; grayish, finely hairy, and consisting of two mericarps, each with a flat face and five light brownish, fili- form ridges, and about fifteen thin oil tubes, which can be seen in a transverse section by the microscope. It has an agreeable, aromatic odor, and a sweet, spicy taste. It may be distinguished from conium fruit by the odor and taste, while the latter has usually single mericarps which are smooth, grooved upon the face, and have crenate ridges with wrinkles between them, aud no oil tubes. Constituents. — Oil of anise, I)ose.—B.. & a, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iii. (8.-12.) ; D., gr.x.-xxx. (.6-2.). Illicium. lUicium. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Anisi stellati fructus, B.P.; star anise. The fruit of illicinm verum Hooker filius (nat. ord. Magnoliacepe). Habitat — North Anam. Description. — The fruit is pedunculate and consists of eight stellately arranged carpels, which are boat-shaped, about 10 Mm. long, rather woody, wrinkled, straight-beaked, brown, dehiscent on the upper suture, internally reddish- brown, glossy, and containing a single, flattish, oval, glossy, brownish-yellow seed ; odor anise-like, taste of the carpels sweet and aromatic, and of the seeds oily. Similar to the poisonous fruit of Illicium anisatum Linne (Illicium religi- osum Siebold), the capsules of which are more woody, shrivelled, and have a thin, mostly curved beak ; a faint, clove-like odor, and an unpleasant taste. Constituents. — Oil of anise. Dose. — ^Same as that for anise. 508 VEGETABLE DEUGS Oleum Anise. Oil of Anise. (U. S. & B. P.) A volatile oil distilled from anise. Froperties. — A colorless or pale yellow, thin and strongly refractive liquid, having the characteristic odor of anise, and a sweetish, mildly aromatic taste. Spec. gr. about 0.980 to 0.990. Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol. Dose.-B.., Hlxx.-xxx. (1.3-2.); D., ^^i.-y. (.06-.3). PREPARATIONS. Aqua Anise. Anise Water. (U.S. & B. P.) Oil of anise, 2 ; precipitated calcium phosphate, 4 ; water to make 1000. (U.S. P.) Used as vehicle. Spiritus Anisi. Spirit of Anise. (U. S. & B. P.) Oil of anise, 100 ; deodorized alcohol, 900. (U. S. P.) Dose.— D., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.). ACTIONS AND USES OF ANISE AND ILLICIUM. Oil of anise resembles in action the other volatile oils. It is employed with olive oil or alcohol (1-10) to kill fleas or lice on dogs, rubbed over the skin ; and one drop of the pure oil may be placed on the feathers of fowl to cause destruc- tion of lice. The oil is sometimes prescribed to disguise the taste or odor of drugs (see potassa sulphurata), and is ordered in cough mixtures for its expectorant properties. Anise fruit is given to horses and ruminants on their food — frequently with sodium bicarbonate and ginger — to relieve mild forms of indigestion and flatulence through its stomachic and carminative action. Cardamomum. Cardamom. Synonym. — Cardamomi semina, B.P.; fructus vel semen cardamom! minoris, P.G. ; cardamomes, Fr. ; cardamomen, kleine kardamomen, G. The fruit of Elettaris repens (Sonnerat) Baillon (nat. ord. Scitaminese). Habitat — Malabar. CORIANDER 509 Description. — Fruit ovoid or oblong, from 10 to 15 Mm. long; of a pale buff color, with a thin, tasteless peiicarp. Seeds 4 Mm. long, reddish-brown, and have an agreeable odor and a pungent, aromatic taste. The seeds are active ; the pericarp has no medicinal virtue. Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil, which is a terpene (CjoHu); 2, a fixed oil. Dose. — Same as that of anise. A tinctura and tiuctnra cardamomi compositse are official. They serve as coloring (red) and flavoring agents, and may be employed as vehicles in doses of one to two drachms, in canine practice. The dose of the fluid extract is the same as that of the drug. CoRiANDRUM. Coriander. Synonym. — Coriandri fructus, B.P. ; coriander fruit, E. ; coriandre, Fr.; koriander, G.; fructus coriandri, P.G. The fruit of Coriandrum sativum Linne (nat. ord. Umbelliferse). Habitat. — Southern Europe or Central Asia. Descrvption. — Globular, about 4 Mm. in diameter, brownish-yellow ; odor and taste agreeably aromatic. Constituents. — 1, the volatile oil, oleum coriandri, a color- less, or slightly yellow liquid, having the characteristic odor of coriander, and a warm, spicy taste. Dose of coriander and its oil, same as for anise and its oil. FcENicuLUM. Fennel. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Foeniculi fructus, B.P. ; semen foeniculi, fennel fruit or seeds, E. ; semences de fenouil, Fr.; fenchel- samen, G. The fruit of Foeniculum capillaceum Gilbert (nat. ord. Umbelliferae). Habitat. — Southern Europe and Levant. 510 VEGETABLE DRUGS Description. — Oblong, nearly cylindrical, from 4 to 8 Mm. long ; brownish or greenish-brown ; odor and taste aromatic, anise-like. Constituents. — A volatile oil of almost similar action and composition to oil of anise, oleum foenicali. A colorless, or pale yellowish liquid, having the characteristic aromatic odor of fennel, and a sweetish, mild and spicy taste. Soluble in alcohol. Dose of fennel and its oil, same as that for anise and its oil. Fgenugreek. (Non-official.) ■ The seeds of Trigonella Fcenum Grsecum, cultivated in France and Germany. They are oblong, cylindrical, some- what compressed, obliquely truncated at each end ; 1 to 2 lines long ; of a* brownish-yellow color, and have a strong, peculiar odor, and oily, bitterish taste. Foenugreek contains both a volatile and fixed oil. Dose. — Same as for anise. ACTIONS AND USES OF CARDAMOM, CORIANDER, FENNEL AND FENUGREEK. These drugs resemble anise in actions, uses, and doses. They enter into the composition of many popular tonic or. "condition" powders and drinks, and, by their stomachic and carminative properties, aid digestion. Ginger is perhaps in more frequent demand than other agents of this class, by the profession. Class 3.— Used Mainly for Their Antispasmodic Action in Stimulating the Nervous System. Valeriana. Valerian. Synonym. — Valerianae rhizoma, B.P. ; valeriane, Fr. ; baldrianwurzel, G. The rhizome and roots of Valeriana officinalis Linne (nat. ord. Valerianese). AMMONIUM VALERIANATE 511 Habitat. — Europe and Northern Asia. Naturalized in New England. Dt'scrvptkm. — Kbizome from 2 to 4 Cm. long, and 1 to 2 Cm. thiclj ; upright, subglobular, or obconical ; truncate at both ends ; brown or yellowish-brown, internally whitish or pale brownish, with a narrow circle of white wood under the thin bark. Roots numerous, slender, brittle, brown, with a thick bark, and slender, ligneous cord. Odor peculiar, becoming stronger and unpleasant on keeping ; taste cam- phoraceous and somewhat bitter. . Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil ; 2, valerianic acid (C5H19O2), a colorless, oily acid, with burning taste and odor of valerian. Soluble in alcohol and ether, and in 30 parts of water. Valerianic acid is also made artificially by a complicated pro- cess from the distillation of chromic acid and amylic alcohol. 3, tannic acid ; 4, resin ; 5, malic, formic and acetic acids. Dose.—R. & C, I i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., gr.x.- 3 i. (6.-4.). PREPARATIONS. Extractum Valeriance Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Valerian. (U. S. P.) Made by maceration and percolation with water, and evapox'ation, so that 1 Cc = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. Dose.— H. & C, § i.-ii. (30.-60.); D., nix.- 3 i. (.6-4.). A tinctura Valerianae (1-5) and a tinctura valerianee ammoniata (1-5), prepared with aromatic spirit of ammonia, are also official. The dose of either is 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.), for dogs. Ammonii Valerianas. Ammonium Valerianate. NH.CH^O,. (U. S. P.) Made by the action of ammonia gas upon valerianic acid, and crystallization. Properties. — Minute, colorless, cubical crystals, or a white granular powder ; without odor when colorless, but emitting a slight odor of iodine when colored, and having a sharp, saline taste. Very hygroscopic. Soluble in 1 part of water, and in 9 parts of alcohol. Z)ose.— D., gr.ii.-v. (.12-.3) 512 VEGETABLE DRUGS . Ferri Valerianas. Ferric Valerianate. (U. S. P.) Made by precipitating a solution of ferric sulphate Avitli a solution of sodium valerianate, and washing and drying the precipitate. Properties. — A dark, brick-red, amorphous powder of somewhat varying chemical composition ; having the odor of valerianic acid and a mildly styptic taste ; permanent in dry air. Insoluble in cold water, but readily soluble in alcohol. Dose.— J)., gr.i.-iii. (.06-.18). ZiNCi "Valerianas. Zinc Valerianate. Zn(C5H902)2 + 2 H.O. (U. S. & B. P.) Made by crystallization from a mixture of hot solutions of zinc sulphate and sodium valerianate. Properties. — White, pearly scales, having the odor of valerianic acid, and a sweetish, astringent F.nd metallic taste. On exposure to the air it slowly loses valerianic acid. Soluble in 100 parts of water, and in 40 parts of alcohol. Incompatibility. — Incompatible with acids, metallic salts and soluble carbonates ; also vegetable astringents. Dose.— J)., gr.i.-iii. C06-.18). Administration. — Valerian should be given in the form of the fluid extract to horses, and this preparation or the tinctures may be exhibited to dogs in dilution. Valerianic acid is not used in medicine except to make valerianates. Of the salts, the zinc valerianate is the most pojDular, and is administered in pills in canine practice. action and uses of valerian and valerianates. The physiological action of valerianic acid and the valerianates is an unknown quantity, but clinical evidence supports their value. The volatile oil in valerian has much the same properties as other volatile oils in stimulating secretion, motion, vascularity and appetite, in relation to the digestive organs ; and, in its elimination, the oil excites the ASAFETIDA 513 mucous membranes of the bronchial tubes and genito-urinary tract. The oil also stimulates the circulation reflexly. Toxic doses of the oil paralyze the brain and cord and depress the circulation ; while lethal quantities of ammonium valerianate are said to first excite the spinal motor tract aud cause con- vulsions, and to finally occasion spinal depression and paralysis. Valerian and the valerianates are called antispas- modics in stimulating and streugthening an enfeebled nervous system and thus combatting disorders which are created by an increased susceptibility to impulses originat- ing within the brain, or outside of the body. Valerian is both recommended and used in the treatment of polyuria and diabetes insipidus of the horse ; in chorea of dogs resulting from distemper, and occasionally in hysteria, epilepsy, convalescence from acute diseases, and nervous restlessness. Although the drug is of secondary importance, it finds a much larger field of usefulness in human medicine. Zinc valerianate is more commonly employed in canine practice for chorea. Ferric valerianate is supposed to com- bine the tonic and antispasmodic action of the two constitu- ents in one preparation. The oil of valerian is a useful remedy (in emulsion) as a carminative in flatulence. It may be given to horses in doses of 3 ss.-i.; and to dogs in quanti- ties of 1Ttii.-v. AsAFCETiDA. Asafetida. (U. S. & B. P.) Synofiyyn. — Gummi-resina asafoetida, ase fetide, asafoe- tida, Fr.; stinkasant, teufelsdreck, G. A gum-resin obtained from the root of Ferula foetida (Bunge) Regel (nat. ord. Umbellifer?e). Habitat. — Persia, Afghanistan and Turkestan. Properties. — In roundish tears, from 2 to 6 Mm. or more in diameter; externally pale yellowish-brown, internally milk-white ; brittle when cold, and breaking with a flat, conchoidal, and waxy fracture ; or the tears are super.ficially united into irregular masses without any intervening dark- 614 VEGETABLE DRUGS colored substance. It lias a peculiar odor, and a bitter, acrid, nauseous taste. When triturated it readily yields a milk-white emulsion. Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil (3-9 per cent.), containing as its most important ingredient oil of garlic, which gives asafoetida its disagreeable odor ; 2, gum, about 25 per cent. ; S, resin, 50 to 60 per cent., containing ferulaic acid (CioHj^Oj. Dose.—'K. & a, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sli. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.iii.-xii. (.18-.8). Administration. — Asafcetida is given in ball to the larger animals or in an, extemporaneous emulsion which is readily made — owing to the gum in the drug — by trituration with water. Asafetida is administered to dogs in pill. The drug may also be injected in aqueous mixture per rectum. Preparations. — Pilulae asafoetidge (gr.iii. each) ; dose — D., 1-4. Tinctura asafoetidse (1-5) ; dose — H., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); D., 3 ss.-i (2.-4.). Emulsum (mistura) asafoetidge, milk of asafetida (1-25) ; dose— D., I ss.-i. (15.-30.). Action and Uses. — Asafetida is of value by reason of its volatile oil, and therefore possesses much the same action a^ other agents of this class. In experiments on man asafetida caused " stomachache," activity of the bowels, increased pulse rate and respiratory movements, headache, dizziness, and sexual desire. Asafetida is chiefly used as a carminative, stimulating expectorant, and nerve stimulant or antispasmodic. Liquid preparations may cause nausea and vomiting in dogs owing to the nauseous taste. The drug is of most service in flatulent colic of horses, when it is combined with ammonium carbon- ate in ball, or is given in this form simultaneously with linseed oil and oil of turpentine. In atonic constipation of horses, asafetida is prescribed with aloes in ball. Asafetida is occasionally employed as a stimulating expectorant in chronic bronchitis, and in the later stages of bronchial catarrh, but it is probably inferior to ammoniacum for this purpose. As an antispasmodic agent, asafetida is useful in functional spasmodic affections. AMMONIAC 515 including hysteria, chorea and convulsions. The emulsion may be given in enema to dogs, in the two latter disorders. Finally, tincture of asafetida is recommended to be added to alcoholic liquors in veterinary practice to prevent their " misappro;)ri.ati(ju " by stable attendants. Ammoniacum. Ammoniac. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Gummi-resina ammoniacum, E. ; ammonia- que, gommresine ammoniaque, Fr.; ammoniakgummi, G. A gum resin obtained from Dorema Ammoniacum Don (nat. ord. Umbelliferge). Habitat. — Eastern Persia and Turkestan, Properties. — In roundish tears, from 2 to 6 Mm. or more in diameter ; externally pale yellowish-brown, internally milk-white ; brittle when cold, and breaking with a flat, conchoidal and waxy fracture ; or the tears are superficially united into irregular masses without any intervening dark- colored substance. It has a peculiar odor and a bitter, acrid and nauseous taste. When triturated with water it readily yields a milk-white emulsion. Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil, 1^-4: per cent. ; 2, a resin, 70 per cent. ; 3, a gum, 20-28 per cent. Dose.—R. & a, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.) PREPARATIONS. Emulsum Ammoniaci. Emulsion (or mixture) of Ammoniac (1-25). (U. S. &B. P.) Dose.— D., I ss.-i. (15.-30.) Emplastrum Ammoniaci cum Hydrargyro. Ammoniac Plaster with Mercury. (U. S. & B. P.) Administration. — In emulsion, ball or pill. ACTION AND USES. Ammoniac is a drug of minor importance, resembling asafcetida and containing a small quantity of a volatile oil having the same action as other oils of this class. Am- 516 VEGETABLE DRUGS moniac is occasionally employed externally as a mild counter- irritant, in plasters. Since its volatile oil is eliminated by tlie broncliijil mucous membrane, ammoniac is given intern- ally as a stimulating and slightly disinfecting expectorant in chronic bronchitis with or without excessive secretion. Class 4. — Used Mainly for their Stimulant and Diuretic Action on the Kidneys and Genito- urinary Tract. BucHU. Buchn. (U. S. -P.) Synonym. — Buchu folia, B.P. ; feuiles de bucco, Fr. ; bucknblatter, buccoblatter, G. The leaves of Barosma betulina (Thunberg) Bartling et Wendland and Barosma Crenulata (Linne) Hooker (nat. ord. Rutacese). Habitat. — South Africa. Descrijjtion. — About 15 Mm. long, roundish obovate, with a rather wedge-shaped base, or varying between oval and obovate, obtuse, crenate or serrate, with a gland at the base of each tooth ; dull yellowish-green ; thickish, pellucid- punctate ; odor and taste strongly aromatic, somewhat mint- like, pungent and bitterish. Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil having an odor somewhat like peppermint, 1| per cent.; 2, a stearopten (Buchu cam- phor or diosphenol, CioHieO.,), possessing an odor like pep- permint and in solution in a liquid hydrocarbon, but crystal- lizing on exposure to the air; 3, barosmin, a glncoside, soluble in ether, volatile oils, diluted acids and alkalies ; 4, gum ; 5, rutin, a bitter substance. Dose.—R. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.). PREPARATIONS. Extractum Buchu Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Bucliu. (U. S. P.) Made by maceration, percolation and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm of Buchu. Dose.—H. &C., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); D., ttlxv.-xxx. (1.-2.) OIL OF JUNIPER 617 An infusion (1-20) by steeping leaves in boiling water for half an hour in a closed vessel, is sometimes preferred, and will be taken volun- tarily by the larger animals in linseed tea. Tinctura Buchu. Tincture "of Buchu. (B. P.) Dose. — Twice that of the fluid extract. ACTION AND TSES. The volatile oil and bitter principle act upon the diges- tive organs as an aromatic bitter, promoting appetite and digestion in small doses, while large doses cause nausea and vomiting in dogs. The volatile oil is absorbed and elimin- ated by the mucous membranes, particularly of the bronchial tubes and genito-urinary tract. It thus stimul.ites and dis- infects the mucous membranes, slightly increases the secre- tion of urine, and imparts its peculiar odor to the latter. The drug is of considerable value in the treatment of chronic or subacute pyelitis, cystitis and urethritis. It is stimulating, but only slightly irritating. Buchu has been recommended in chronic nephritis, and is useful in irritation of the urinary bladder, with frequent micturition, combined with spirit of nitrous ether. Buchu is occasionally pre- scribed in the later stages of bronchitis or in the chronic form of this disease, and is employed in its native country as a remedy for chronic diarrhoea and dysentery. Oleum Junipeel Oil of Juniper. (U. S. k B. P.) Si/nonym. — Oleum fructus (Vel Bacc?e) juniperi, oil of juniper berries, E.; essence de genievre, Fr.; wachholder- beerol, G. A volatile oil distilled from the fruit of Juniperus Com- munis Linne (nat. ord. Coniferre). Habitat. — Canada and United States ; Kocky Mountains, south to New Mexico. Properties. — A colorless, or faintly greenish-yellow liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age and exposure to air ; having the characteristic odor of juniper, and a warm, 518 VEGETABLE DRUGS aromatic, somewhat terebinthinate and bitterish taste. Spec. gr. 0.850 to 0.890. Soluble in about four times its volume of alcohol. Composition. — Oil of juniper is a terpene (CioHjg), and is isomeric with oil of turpentine. Dose.—U. & C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., Ulii.-x. (.12- .6). PREPARATIONS. Spiritus Juniperi. Spirit of Juniper. (U. S. & B, P.) Oil of junii^er, 8 ; oil of caraway, 1 ; oil of fennel, 1 ; alcohol, 1400 ; water to make 2000. (U. S. P.) Dose—B.. & C, I i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4 ). Spiritus Juniperi Covipositus. Compound Spirit of Juniper. Oil of juniper, 8 ; oil of caraway, 1 ; oil of fennel, 1 ; alcohol, 1400 ; water to make 1000. Dose.— H. & C, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.) ; D., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.). ACTIONS AND USES. Oil of juniper resembles oil of turpentine physiologically as well as chemically. It is a stomachic and carminative, particularly when combined with alcohol and other aromatic oils (Sp'r. Juniper. Co.), but is used in medicine chiefly for its stimulant aud diuretic action upon the kidneys and genito- urinary tract during its elimination. Oil of juniper is cap- able of irritating the kidneys in large doses, and causing congestion, strangury, and even suppression of urine. It is less likely, however, to disturb digestion than oil of turpen- tine, and does not so readily occasion ha^maturia and albu- minuria. Oil of juniper is indicated in chronic nephritis, pyelitis and cystitis ; also in dropsy of cardiac, renal,, or hep- atic origin. It is efficient in assisting absorption of effusions into serous cavities, through its diuretic properties. The compound spirit of juniper approximates gin in composition, although it is not the official name for that liquor. This preparation is useful in the convalescent period of acute bronchitis and influenza, stimulating the bionchial mucous membiane by virtue of the volatile oil, and acting as a circu- latory stimulant aud diuretic. The oil of juniper is an SAVINE 519 efficient renal stimulant in passive congestion of the kidneys, and following the active stage of acute nephritis. Juniper berries are sometimes given to the larger animals on their food ( 5 i.-ii.)> or are exhibited in infusion. Class 5. — Used Mainly for its Emmenagogue Action on the Female Generative Organs. Sabina. Savine. Synonym. — Sabinas cacumina, B.P.; savin tops, E. ; sabine, F)-. ; sadebaumspitzen, sevenkraut, G. ; summitates (herba) sabinse, P.G. The flowering tops of Juniperus Sabina Linne (nat. ord. Coniferte). Habitat. — Canada, Northern United States, Europe and Siberia. Description. — Short, thin, sub-quadrangular branchlets*; leaves rather dark green, in four rows, opposite, scale-like, ovate-lanceolate, more or less acute, appressed, imbricated on the back with a shallow groove containing an oblong or roundish gland; odor peculiar, terebinthinate ; taste nau- seous, resinous and bitter. The chief constituent is the volatile oil, about 2 per cent. Dose. -H., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.). PREPARATION. Extractuvi Sabince Fluidxim. Fluid Extract of Savine. (U. S. P.) Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug, Dose.— H. & C, §i-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., ttlv.-xv. (.3-1.). Oeeum Sabine. Oil ot Savine. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Essence de sabine, Fr.; sadebaumol, G. A volatile oil distilled from savine. Properties. — A colorless, yellowish liquid, having a peculiar terebinthinate odor, and a pungent, bitterish and 520 VEGETABLE DRUGS camplioraceous taste. It becomes darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air. Spec. gr. 0.910-0.940. Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol and glacial acetic acid. It is composed of several terpenes. Dose.-H. & C, 3ii--iv. (8.-15.) ; D., Hl^i.-v. (.06-.3). Administration. — The oil is given in capsules or pills to small animals ; iu emulsion with gum, or in bland oil, to the larger animals. Action External. — The oil is a powerful irritant to the skin, producing redness, vesication and even pustula- V tion. Action Internal. — The oil resembles oil of turpentine, but is more irritating. Full doses cause gastric stimulation, reflex circulatory excitement, and frequent micturition. Toxic quantities occasion gastro-enteritis with vomiting (in dogs), purging, colic, painful micturition, and the passage of bloody, albuminous urine. There are also unconsciousness, stertor, rapid breathing and pulse, convulsions and collapse. Lesions of gastro-enteritis are observable after death, except in rare cases, when only congestion of the brain and lungs occur. The oil is eliminated by the skin and bronchial mucous membrane, but chiefly by the kidneys, with con- sequent stimulation of the genito-urinary organs. The uterus and ovaries are irritated and congestion of them follows with acceleration of ovulation. The oil also excites iiterine con- tractions in the pregnant state. The drug is therefore an emmenagogue and ecbolic. Uses. — The Unguentum (B.P.) may be applied exter- nally as a counter-irritant. The oil is occasionally employed as an anthelmintic, but is inferior to other agents for this purpose. It may be given in atonic ammenorrhoea, or in metrorrhagia due to uterine relaxation, with benefit, but it should be used cautiously. The oil is not to be used as an abortifacient, since sufficient doses to cause abor- tion will usually endanger the life of the mother or foetus, or both. CAMPHOR 521 So-called Solid Volatile Oils or Stearoptens. Camphora. Camphor. C^„H.j^^O. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Gum camphor, laurel camphor, E.; camphre, Fr.; kampfer, G. A stearopten (having the nature of a ketone) obtained from Cinnamomum Camphora (Liune) Nees et Ebermaier (nat. ord. Laurinese), and purified by sublimation. Habitat. — China, Japan, Cochin China and Sunda Islands. Properties. — White, translucent masses, of a tough con- sistence and a crystalline structure, readily pulverizable in the presence of a little alcohol, ether, or chloroform ; having a penetrating, characteristic odor, and a pungently aromatic taste. Spec. gr. 0.995. Very sparingly soluble in water, but readily soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon disul- phide, benzin, and in fixed and volatile oils, and milk. When camphor is triturated, in about molecular ]iroportions, with menthol, thymol, phenol, or chloral hydrate, liquefac- tion ensues. On exposure to the air it evaporates, and when moderately heated, it sublimes without leaving a residue. Composition. — "A stearopten is a solid crystalline sub- stance separated from any volatile oil on long standing or nt low temperature." Camphor is a stearopten and is chemi- cally an oxidation product of a terpene, — the principal con- stituent of all volatile oils. A terpene is a hydrocarbon containing 10 atoms of carbon, and the terpene (CioHig) from which camphor is derived is isomeric with that of oil of turpentine and many other volatile oils. Dose.—^., 3 i.-iii. (4.-12.) ; C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.) ; Sh. & Sw., gr.xv.-3i. (1.-4) ; D., gr.iii.-xx. (.18-1.3). PREPARATIONS. Aqua CampJiorce. Camphor Water. (U. S. & B, P.) Triturate camphor, 8, with alcohol, 5, and precipitated calcium phosphate, 5 ; then with water to make 1000. Filter. (U. S. P.) Dose. — Ad. lib. 522 VEGETABLE DRUGS Spiritus Camphorce. Spirit of Camphor. (U. S. & B. P.) Dissolve camphor, 100, in alcohol, 800 ; filter, and add alcohol to make 1000. (U. S.) Dose.— H. & C, 3i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). Linimentum Camphorce. Camphor Liniment. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Camphorated oil. Camphor, 200 ; cottonseed oil, 800. (U. S. P.) Ceratum Camplione. Camphor Cerate. (U. S. P.) Camphor liniment, 100 ; white wax, 300 ; lard, 600. Camphora Monobromata. Monobromated Camphor. doHjsBrO. (U. S. P.) Derivation.— Mside by heating camphor and bromine together at a temperature of 172°F. (77.7°C.) and solution in benzin. C10H16 + 2 Br = C10H15 Br O + H Br. Recrystallized from hot alcohol. Projjer ties.— Colorless, prismatic needles or scales, having a mild, camphoraceous odor and taste; permanent in the air, unaffected by light, and neutral to litmus paper. Almost insoluble in water; freely soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform, hot benzin and fixed and volatile oils; slightly soluble in glycerin. Dose.— D., gr.ii.-x. (.12-.6). Action External. — Camphor resembles the volatile oils chemically and physiologically. It is a slight antiseptic externally, and parasiticide. The vapor of camphor kills moths, fleas, bugs, etc. Camphor is a mild irritant, produc- ing a rubefacient action followed by partial anaesthesia. It is eliminated in part by the skin and occasions some diar- phoresis. Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Camphor stimu- lates the stomach, increasing the secretion, motion and vascularity of the organ. In the bowels camphor is supposed to overcome pain, spasm, and check secretion in diarrhoea, but has little effect in normal conditions and in therapeutic doses. Circulation. — The heart is stimulated by camphor, and the pulse is increased in force and frequency by medicinal doses. The drug acts in part directly and in part reflexly CAMPHOR 523 from irritation of the stomach. Poisonous quantities of camphor depress the heart and the pulse becomes feeble and rapid. Leucocytosis is favored by camphor. Respiration. — Camphor, like volatile oils, stimulates the bronchial mucous membranes in its elimination by the lungs, and increases the blood supply and secretion of these parts. The characteristic odor is imparted to the breath after the ingestion of camphor. The drug is believed to relieve spasm and cough in bronchitis. Nervous Sysiem. — Camphor is often classed as an anti- spasmodic. It stimulates the nerve centres in the brain, medulla, and spinal cord, and thus overcomes spasm due to nervous weakness and incoordination. Poisonous doses depress and paralyze the higher nervous centres. Kidneys and Sexual Organs. — Camphor is broken up in the body and eliminated in the breath and sweat, but mainly in the urine, as campho-glycuric acid. The drug influences the sexual organs, in some cases,'but in most instances does not affect them. Full medicin-al doses sometimes stimulate the sexual functions (aphrodisiac action). Very large doses are said to depress sexual desire (anaphrodisiac action), but these quantities may irritate the genito-urinary tract and produce erotic excitement. Temperature. — Camphor is a slight antipyretic. Toxicology. — Two to four ounces of camphor given to horses or cattle induce convulsions, with rapid pulse and breathing, but usually recovery ensues. Two to four drachms cause, in dogs, vomiting, unsteady movements, asphyxia, coma and death. Administration. — Camphor is exhibited internally in the form of the spirit, in pill or ball ; and in solution in oil or milk. Uses External. — Camphor is applied in powder as a stimulant and antiseptic on indolent sores ; mixed with chalk or zinc oxide, as a dusting powder, in chafing or erythema, for its anesthetic properties. It is employed in liniments (Lin. Saponis, Lin. Camphorse), in strains, bruises. 524 VEGETABLE DKUGS rheumatism and myalgia, as a rubefacient and local ano- dyne. Uses Internal. — Camphor is a valuable nerve and cir- culatory stimulant in collapse, heart failure, and poisoning by alcohol, opium, belladonna, etc. The Germans praise it highly for this purpose, but it is not so frequently employed by English-speaking practitioners. It should be given sub- cutaneously in solution in ether (1-5 or 10), or in olive oil (1-5 or 10), in doses of 2 to 3 grains for dogs ; 15 to 30 grains for horses, hourly. Camphorae gr.xv. JEtheris 3 ss. 01. Olivae 3 ii. M. S. Inject whole, for a horse ; 15 to 30 drops for a dog. Camphor is of benefit in exhausting acute diseases (influenza and canine distemper), for the same reason and because it possesses diarphoretic and antipyretic properties. It may be combined with alcohol, spirit of nitrous ether, and ammonia compounds, in these affections. Respiratory disorders are improved by camphor, since it is an expectorant, diarphoretic, stimulant and antiseptic. It is prescribed in spasmodic cough, bronchitis and pharyngitis. For the latter, in electuary with bella- donna. Camphor is a valuable drug in diarrhoea, particularly in the serous variety and in that form following exposure to cold. It is not useful in inflammatory conditions, but checks secretion and pain. Camphor is prescribed alone in diarrhoea, or with brandy and laudanum. Camphor is sometimes given as an antispasmodic in hysteria and "thumps" (spasm of diaphragm) of horses; and in nervous palpitation of the heart, and chorea (mono- bromated camphor) of dogs. Spirit of camphor and nitrous ether are efficient in relieving irritation of the genito-urinary tract. THYMOL 525 Thymol. Thymol. CjoH^.O. (U. S. & B. P.) A phenol (or stearopten, B.P.) occurring in the volatile oils of Thymus Vulgaris Linne, Monarda punctata Linne (nat. ord. Labiatse), and Carum Ajowan (Roxburgh) Bentham et Hooker (nat. ord. Umbelliferge). Habitat. — Thymus vulgaris, Southern Europe, cultivated. Monarda punctata, United States, west to Colorado and Texas. Carum Ajowan, India, Egypt and Persia. Derivation. — Thymol is made from the terpenes of the three volatile oils mentioned above, by fractional distillation, by saponifying the result with caustic soda to remove more terpenes, and by cooling. The resulting soap, or soda-thymol compound, is decomposed with hydrochloric acid, and thymol is crystallized from an alcoholic solution. Properties. — Large, colorless, translucent crystals of the hexagonal system, having an aromatic, thyme-like odor, and a pungent, aromatic taste, with a very slight caustic effect upon the lips. Its specific gravity, as a solid, is 1.069, but when liquefied by fusion it is lighter than water. It melts at 50° to 51° C. (122° to 123.8° R), remaining liquid at con- siderably lower temperatures. When triturated with about equal quantities of camphor, menthol, or chloral, it liquefies. Soluble in about 1200 parts of water, and in less than its own weight of alcohol, ether or chloroform ; also readily soluble in carbon disulphide, glacial acetic acid, and in fixed or volatile oils. Dose.—R., 3ss.-ii, (2.-8.) ; D., gr.i.-xv. (.06-1.). Action and Uses. — Thymol resembles carbolic acid chemi- cally and physiologically. It is less poisonous and irritant, more costly, and possesses greater antiseptic powers. It is much less valuable, however, medicinally, on account of its expense and odor, which strongly attracts flies. Poisoning is not produced readily, as absorption from the digestive tract is slow ; but after considerable doses by the mouth, or when injected into the blood, toxic symptoms occur. One drachm given intravenously to a dog caused 526 VEGETABLE DRUGS prostration, coma and respiratory failure. Recovery ensued after the use of artificial respiration. Often no lesions are discoverable after death. At other times there is hypersemia of the lungs and kidneys caused by elimination of the drug. The urine is colored greenish or yellowish-brown by trans- mitted light. Thymol is used externally for general antiseptic pur- poses, for application to ulcers, and as an injection in cystitis in aqueous saturated solution. It is employed in ointment with vaseline (1-15) to destroy ringworm and to relieve itching in pruritus, eczema, lichen, psoriasis, etc. It may be applied as follows for the same purposes : Thymol gr.xv. Alcohol ; ii. ss. Glycerin 3 v. Aq. ad Oi. M. An efl&cient antiseptic mouth wash consists of borax, gr. 40 ; thymol, gr. 20 ; water, 3 iv. It is indicated in stomatitis. Thymol is of little worth for intern il use. It is recommended as an intestinal antiseptic ; as a remedy for tape worm, and as a urinary antiseptic in cystitis. It is given in diluted alcoholic solutions ; better in oil or capsules. SECTION X.— VEGETABLE BITTERS. Gentiana. Gentian. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Gentian?e radix, B.P. ; radix gentianse rubrae (vel lutse vel majoris), gentian root, E. ; radix gentianse, P.G.; racine de gentiane (de gentiane jaune), Er.; enzianwur- zel, bitterwurzel, rother (gelber) enzian, G. The root of Gentiana lutea Linne (nat. ord. Gentianese). Habitat. — The yellow gentian is indigenous in the Alps and mountains of southern and central Europe. GENTIAN 527 Description. — lu nearly cyliudrical pieces or longitudinal slices, about 25 Mm. thick ; the upper portion closel}^ annu- late ; the lower portion longitudinally wrinkled ; externally deep yellowish-brown ; internally lighter ; somewhat flexible and tough when damp; rather brittle when dry ; fracture uneven ; the bark rather thick, separated from the somewhat spongy meditullium by a black cambium line ; odor peculiar, faint, more prominent when moistened ; taste sweetish and persistently bitter. Constituents. — The chief one is gentiopicrin, a bitter crystalline glucoside, soluble in alcohol and water. There is also gentisic acid (Ci,Hj„Og), combined with gentiopicrin, sugar, gum, and a trace of volatile oil. Contains no tannin. Incompatihles. — Iron in solution forms a black compound with the coloring matter in gentian. Silver nitrate and lead salts are incompatible with gentian. Dose.—K., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; C, I i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). PREPARATIONS. Extractum Gentiance. Extract of Gentian. (U. S. & B. P.) Made by maceration and percolation with water, and evaporation to a pilular consistence. Dose, — About one-third that of gentian. Extractum Gentiance Fluiduia. Fluid Exti-act of Gentian. (U. S. P.) Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. Dose. — Same as gentian. Tinctura Gentiance Composita. Compound Tincture of Gentian. (U. S. &B. P.) Gentian, 100 ; bitter orange peel, 40 ; cardamon, 10 ; made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, to 1000. (U, S. P.) Dose.— H. & C, 3i.-iv. (30.-120.); D., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.). Administration. — Gentian is usually given to horses, cattle and sheep in powder, or to the former in the form of the compound tincture. The extract is suitable for dogs 528 VEGETABLE DRUGS when exhibited in pills. Gentian is often employed as an excipient in the preparation of balls. Action. — The simple bitters, as gentian, act as stomachics and bitter tonics. They are stomachics in promoting gastric digestion by stimulation of the gustatory nerves, thus im- proving the appetite and reflexly causing dilatation of the blood vessels in the stomach and increasing salivary and gastric secretions. Furthermore, the bitters excite gastric and intestinal peristalsis to a slight extent. The bitters only act as tonics by their local effect in facilitating the digestion and assimilation, and by increasing the appetite. Externally the bitters are mildly antiseptic ; while internally they are inimical to intestinal parasites. Uses. — Gentian is serviceable in simple loss of appetite. It is especially indicated in feeble gastric digestion caused by acute disease, overwork, insufficient and poor food, and in that form associated with general debility and anaemia. In the latter state, characterized by a pasty tongue, anorexia, rough coat and pallid mucous membranes, which may often be co-existent with the presence of intestinal worms, powdered gentian is most efficient when given to horses on the food three times daily with dried ferrous sulphate. Again, loss of appetite, general weakness, and feeble digestion occurring in horses during convalescence from acute diseases, as influenza and pneumonia, is favorabl}-- met by a combination of compound tincture of gentian and whisky (1 ounce each), or by diluted hydrochloric acid and the compound tincture. The drug is useful in atonic indigestion, or mild chronic gastric or intestinal catarrh of young animals, when conjoined with sodium bicarbonate, which acts as a sedative and solvent of mucus. The simple bitters, including gentian, are contra-indi- cated in any acute inflammation of the digestive tract, since they are mild irritants. Gentian is a valuable bitter for cattle and sheep, but quinine is more commonly given to dogs. QUASSIA 529 Quassia. Quassia. Synomjm. — Quassise lignum, B.P. ; quassia wood, bitter wood, bitter ash, E. ; quassie, bois amer, Fr. ; quaissien- holz, G. The wood of Picroena Excels^ (Swartz) Lindley (nat. ord. Simarubege). i/aizto^.— Jamaica and West Indies. Description. — In billets of various sizes, dense, tough, of medium hardness, porous, with a minute pith and narrow medullary )ays ; inodorous and intensely bitter. In the shops it is usually met with in the form of chips or raspings of a yellowish-white color. Constituents. — Chiefly, quassiin (C10H12O5), a bitter, neutral principle occurring in crystalline rectangular plates. There is also a volatile oil, but no tannin. i>ose— Quassiin, D., gr.fi (.008-.02). PREPARATIONS. Extraetum Quassice. Extract of Quassia. (U. S. & B. P.) Made by percolation with water, boiling and evaporation to pilular consistence. Dose.—H.., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.ss.-iii. (.03-.18). Extraetum Quassice Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Quassia. (U. S. P.) Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of quassia. Dose.—B.. & C, § i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-1.-).); D., TTixv.. 3i. (1. 4.). . Tinctura Quassice. Tincture of Quassia. (U. S. & B. P. ) Made by maceration and percolation of quassia, 100 ; with alcohol and water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) Dose. — Twice that of fluid extract Administration. — Quassia may be given to horses in the official preparations, — preferably the fluid extract, — or in infusion (1-80, in cold water for half an hour, B.P.). The dose of the infusion is 3 iv. for horses; 3 ii.-iv. for dogs. Actions. — ^Quassia is the most active and bitter stomachic we possess. Large doses irritate the digestive tract. The 530 VEGETABLE DRUGS drug is poisonous to the lower forms of animal life. One grain will kill a frog witli the production of convulsions and respiratory and heart failure. A sweetened infusion is often employed to destroy flies. Considerable doses of quassia increase the secretion of bile and urine, and stimulate peris- taltic action and contraction of the urinary bladder. It is an antiseptic and prevents fermentation in the digestive canah Quassia acts generally in the same manner as gentian, by sharpening tho appetite, and increasing salivary and gastric secretions, together with vascularity and peristalsis of the stomach. The volatile oil assists the stomachic action. Uses. — Quassia, like gentian, is very serviceable in pro- moting appetite and digestion in atonic dyspepsia. It has this advantage, however, that it may be combined with liquid preparations of iron without incompatibility. Quassia is the most efficient vermicide in our possession for the destruction of Oxyuris curvula, horse ; and O. vermicularis, dog, in the lower bowel. An infusion is employed for this purpose, made by soaking quassia chips in cold water (3ii.-0i.) for half an hour. The rectum should be first thoroughly washed out with soap and water, and one-half pint of this infusion is given in enema to dogs ; two quarts to horses. Cascarilla. Cascarilla. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Cascarillse cortex, B.P.; cascarille, Fr.; cas- carilla, kascarillrinde, G. The bark of Croton Eluteria Bennett (nat. ord. Efuphor- biacese). Habitat. — Bahama Islands. Description. — In quills or curved pieces about 2 Mm. thick, having a grayish, somewhat fissured, easily detached, corky layer, more or less coated with a white lichen, the Tincoated surface being dull brown, and the inner surface smooth. It breaks with a short fracture, having a resinous and radially striate appearance. When burned, it emits a CALUMBA 531 strong, aromatic, somewhat musk-like odor ; its taste is warm and very bitter. Constituents. — 1, cascarillin, a neutral, bitter, crystalline body; 2, two resins, 15 per cent.; 3, a volatile oil, 1.5 per cent.; 4, tannic acid ; 5, gum. Incompatibles. — Metallic salts, mineral acids, and lime water. Dose.—B. & a, I ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sli. & Sw., 3 i.-ii- (^.-8.); D., gr.x.-xxx. (.6-2.). Administration. — Cascavilla may be given in powder to the larger animals on their food, or in infusion (1-10, B.P.), or tincture (1-8, B.P.), 3 iv.-vi. of either for horses ; 3 ss.-i. of the tincture for dogs. The infusion does not keep. Action and Uses. — Cascarilla is called an aromatic bitter, since it combines the action of a volatile oil in stimulating gastro-intestinal secretion, motion, and vascularity, with that of the bitters in exciting the appetite, gastric and salivary secretions, together with vascularity and peristalsis of the stomach. The drug is suitable for the same cases as gen- tian, but is particularly indicated in the treatment of atonic gastro-intestinal indigestion with flatulence (on account of its volatile oil). Mineral acids precipitate the resins in tinctures, so that the infusion may be combined with the former. Calumba. Calumba. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Calumbge radix, B.P.; columbo, E.; columbo, Pr.; kolumbowurzel, G, The root of Jateorhiza palmata (Lamarck) Miers (nat. ord. Menispermacese). Habitat. — Mozambique, East Africa. Cultivated in the East Indies. Description. — In nearly circular disks, 3 to 6 Cm. in diameter, externally greenish-brown and wrinkled, internally yellowish or grayish-yellow ; depressed in the centre, with a few interrupted circles of projecting wood bundles, dis- 532 VEGETABLE DRUGS tinctly radiate in tlie outer portion ; fracture sliort, mealy ; odor sliglit ; taste mucilaginous, slightly aromatic, very bitter. Constituents.— \, calumbin (CaiH^oO,), a neutral, bitter, crystalline substance ; 2, an alkaloid, berberine (CjoHi^NOj, found in berberis, liydrastis, etc. ; 3, calumbic acid (CjiH^jOe); 4, starch, 33 per cent. Dose.— H. & C, I ss.-i. (30.-60.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i--ii. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). PREPARATIONS. Extractum Calumbcs Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Calumba. (U. S. P.) Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. (U. S. P.) Dose. — Same as Calumba. Tmetura Calumbce. Tincture of Calumba. (U. S. & B. P.) Made by maceration and percolation of calumba, 100 ; in alcohol, and water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) Dose.— H. & C, sii.-iv. (60.-120.); D., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.). Dose of tincture (B. P.) half that of U. S. P. tincture. Administration. — Calumba is given in powder on the food, or in the official preparations to the larger animals. The infusion (1-16, B.P.) may be used in the same doses as that of cascarilla. The tincture, and extract (gr.ii.-x., B.P.) are the best preparations for dogs. Actions and Uses. — Calumba is a mild but pure bitter. Berberine, calumbin and calumbic acid are all bitter, but none of them possess any powerful physiological action. Calumba is indicated in the same cases as gentian, but, being free from tannin, may be combined with iron preparations without producing an unsightly, inky mixture. It is less irritating than other bitters, and may be prescribed in more irritable conditions of the stomach. Calumba is frequently used during convalescence from the acute diseases and diarrhoea. TARAXACUM 533 Taraxacum. Taraxacum. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Taraxici radix, B.P.; dandelion, E.; pissenlit, dent de lion, Fr.; lowenzahn, G. The root of Taraxacum officinale Weber (nat. ord. Com- positse), gathered in autumn. Habitat. — Naturalized in the United States and growing commonly in waste places. Indigenous in Europe. Description. — Slightly conical, about 30 Cm. long, and 1 or 2 Cm. thick above, crowned with several short, thickish heads, somewhat branched, dark brown, longitudinally wrinkled, when dry breaking with a short fracture, showing a yellowish, porous central axis, surrounded by a thick, white bark, containing numerous milk vessels arranged in concentric circles ; inodorous ; bitter. It should be free from the root of Cichorium Intybus Linne (nat. ord. Com- positse), which closely resembles it, but is usually paler, and has the milk-vessels in radiating lines. Constituents. — 1, taraxacin, a bitter, soluble, crystalline substance ; 2, inulin ; 3, taraxacerin (CgHjeO); 4, resin, causing the milky juice. Dose.—B.., I i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., 3i.-ii. (4-8.). PREPARATIONS. Extractuvi Taraxaei. Extract of Taraxacum. (U. S. & B. P.) Made by bruising and expressing the juice from the fresh roots gathered in autumn. The juice is strained and evaporated to a pilular consistence. Dose.—VL. & C, 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.); D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3.). Extractum Taraxaei Fliddum. Fluid Extract of Taraxacum. (U. S. P.) Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and evaporation so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of taraxacum. Dose. — Same as taraxacum. Administration. — The fresh juice squeezed from the root (succus, B.P.) may be given to horses ; or the official prepar- ations may be used. 534 VEGETABLE DRUGS ■ Action and Uses. — Taraxacum is a simple stomachic and bitter ar.d may be emploj'ed in place of gentian or calumba. It lias been generally taught that taraxacum is an hepatic stimulant and increases the secretion of bile. This has been proved fallacious. The extract is often used as an excipient in preparing masses. Hydrastis. Hydrastis. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Golden seal, yellow root, yellow puccoon, orange root, Indian dye, Indian tumeric, E.; raciue d'hydras- tis de Canada, Fr.; Canadische gelbwurzel, G. The rhizome and roots of Hydrastis canadensis Linne (nat. ord. Ranunculacepe). Habitat. — North America in woods, west to Missouri and Arkansas. Descripion. — Rhizome about 4 Cm. long and 6 Mm. thick ; oblique, with short branches, somewhat annulate and longitudinally wrinkled ; externally brownish-gray ; fracture short, waxy, bright reddish-yellow, with a thickish bark, about ten narrow wood-wedges, broad, medullary rays and large pith. Roots thin, brittle, with a thick yellow bark and subquadrangular, woody centre. Odor slight ; taste bitter. Const Itzients. — 1, berberine (C2„Hi-N0J, an alkaloid occurring in yellow crystals and found in many plants of the families Berberaceae.Ranunculaceae, andMenispermaceae ; 2, hydrastine (CojHjiNOJ, a colorless, crystalline alkaloid, soluble in alcohol and ether ; 3, canadine (C„iH„iNOJ, occur- ring in white, acicular crystals. Dose.—H. &C., 3 ii-- 3 i. (8.-30.); Sh. mixed with glycerin or molasses. It is often taught that aloes is contraindicated in haemor- rhoids, but this teaching does not obtain unless the piles are inflamed. In piles, associated with an atonic condition, aloes may be beneficial by improving the tone of the bowels. Aloes may be useful in jaundice due to constipation, but in general it is inferior to salines, calomel and podophyllin in the treatment of this disorder. According to Brunton, the presence of bile in the intestines is essential for the chola- gogne action of aloes. Therefore the absence of bile in the bowels would forbid the use of aloes as a '^holagogue. Laxative doses of aloes are valuable in amenorrhoea, about the time that " heat " should occm-, in combination with iron. Oleum Linl Linseed Oil. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Oil of flaxseed, E.; huile de lin, Fr.; leinol, leinsamenol, G. A fixed oil expressed from linseed without the use of heat. Properties. — A yellowish or yellow, oily liquid, having a slight, peculiar odor and bland taste. When exposed to the air it gradually thickens and acquires a strong odor and taste ; and if spread in a thin layer on a glass plate and allowed to stand in a warm place, it is gradually converted into a hard, transparent, resin-like mass (absence of non-drying oils). Spec. gr. 0.930 to 0.940 at 59° F. Soluble in about 10 parts of absolute alcohol, and in all proportions in ether, chloroform, benzin, carbon disulphide, or oil of turpentine. Constituents. — 1, linolein ; 2, myristin ; 3, palmitin ; 4, albumin, which gives the oil its drying qualities. Dose.—B.., Oss.-i. (250.-500). Mild laxative, on bran mash. C, Oi.-ii. (500.-1000.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 vi.-xii. (180.-360.); D. & C, 3 ss.-ii. (15.-60.). 544 ' VEGETABLE DRUGS Action and Uses. — Linseed oil exerts a laxative, or mild purgative effect by its mechanical action in lubricating the bowels and their contents. It is suitable for horses when a derivative or depleting action is not desirable, as in fpecal impaction or overloaded bowels in weak animals, and in those suffering from inflaminatory diseases of the respiratory tract or digestive organs ; diarrhoea, dysentery, and in preg- nancy. Aloes, on the other hand, would be contraindicated in these conditions. Carron oil (linseed oil and lime wat^^r, equal parts), is particularly appropriate as a remedy tor " heaves " in horses ( ^ ii.-iv.), and is one of the best cathar- tics for foals, lambs and calves ( 3 ii.-iv.). The laxative and antacid pi'operties of this preparation tend to combat intes- tinal fermentation which is so common in young auimals with digestive disorders and diarrhoea. The same qualities of carron oil prevent flatulence and interference witli the already impeded breathing in " heaves " of horses. Linseed oil is frequently given to ruminants, although Epsom salts is generally the best purge for them. It is indicated for these animals when a milder operation than that obtained by a full dose of salts is require<1, and for its demulcent action in irritable states of the digestive organs. By combining linseed oil with crotou oil we procure a potent purge for cattle. Castor oil oi- sweet oil are usually prefer- able to linseed oil in the treatment of dogs. Soap suds enemata are made more effective by the addition of 1 or 2 pints of linseed oil (for horses), and 1 or 2 ounces (for dogs). The oil may be given in its pure state, but more uncom- monly is prescribed with gruel, glycerin, mucilage, or molasses. One ounce each of linseed oil and mi)lasses may be given to the larger animals ; or one drachm of either to the smaller animals, as an expectorant in bronchitis. The mixture is often a most serviceable one and probably acts by improving the nutrition of the bronchial mucous membrane. Linseed oil and sweet oil resemble cod liver oil in this respect, and while both are probably inferior to the latter, a^ expectoi'ants, they are more palatable and cheaper. CASTOR OIL 545 Oleum Ricinl Castor Oil. (U. S. & B. P.) Sijnonym. — Oleum palmae cliristi, huile de ricin, Fr.; ricinusol, G. A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Ricinus communis Liune (nat. ord. Euphorbiacese). Habitat. — India. Cultivated in many countries. Properties. — A pale, yellowish and almost odorless, transparent, viscid fluid, having a bland, afterwards slightly acrid, and generally offensive taste. Spec. gr. 0.950-0.970 at 59° F. Soluble in equal volumes of alcohol, and in all pro- portions in absolute alcohol, or in glacial acetic acid ; also soluble in tliree times its volume of a mixture of 19 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water (absence of more than about 5 per cent, of most other fixed oils). Constituents. — 1, ricinolein, or ricinoleic acid glyceride, C3H5 (CisHj^O^)^ ; 2, an acrid principle; 3, palmitin, stearin and myristin. Dose.—B.. & C, Oi. (500. j; Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); D. & Cats, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; poultry, 3 i. (4.). Castor Oil Seeds. — Th«^se are not official. The name Hicinus is applied to the plant because of the resemblance of the seed to a ricinus, or tick. The seeds are of a shiny, gray color, marked with brownish spots and streaks. They are about the size of small beans (17 Mm. X 8 Mm.), ovoid, flattened, and white inside. They contain 50 per cent, of oil, and an acrid, poisonous substance. Three seeds have caused death in man, and they are ten times more purgative than the oil. Action and Uses. — Castor oil probably contains some unknown purgative princi[)le which exists in larger amount in the seeds. It is often taught that ricinoleic acid, derived from the decomposition of ricinolein in the bowels, produces purgation. This is apparently not the case. Castor oil is mild, but has a more decided purgative action than linseed oil and often occasions griping. It acts in 4 or 5 hours and will purge when absorbed from the skin or rectum. Castor 54G VEGETABLE DRUGS oil is a galactagogue and is said to stimulate the secretion of milk when the castor leaves are applied to the mammary glands. Castor oil is specially applicable in canine practice, to unload the bowels, and in irritated conditions of the digestive tract. It is useful in constipation only as an occasional remedy, since it is followed by greater tendency in this direction ; also in overloaded bowels, indigestion, diarrhoea, and pregnancy ; after the ingestion of foreign or l)utrid matters; and to assist the action of anthelmintics. Castor oil is inferior to linseed oil for horses, as a simple laxative, because it is more jDrone to cause colicky pains, and because it is more expensive. Castor oil is thought to be notably useful in irritation and inflammation of the intestines in these animals, however, as in diarrhoea, dysentery, and enteritis ; and can be combined with anodynes and anti- spasmodics to prevent griping. Two or three ounces of castor oil are suitable for calves or foals with gastro-intestinal disorders. One or two teaspoonfuls are suitable for poultry. Administration. — Castor oil is given to dogs with syrupus rliamni cathartici in the proportion of 1 ounce of the former to 1 drachm of the latter ; or with glj^cerin (equal parts) and a few drops of oil of wintergreen. It is administered to puppies ( 3 i.-ii.) with an equal volume of sweet oil. Castor oil may be exhibited to horses with oil of peppermint (I1\xx.); or in digestive irritation, in warm cooked flour gruel with laudanum ( 3 ss.) and fluid extract belladonna ( 3 i.) ; to foals and calves with mucilage or gruel and 5 drops of oil of peppermint. Rhamnus Purshiana. (U. S. P.) Cascara Sagrada. (B. P.) Synonym. — California buckthorn, sacred bark, chittem bark. The bark of Rhamnus Purshiana de Candolle fnat. ord. Rhamnacese). Habitat. — United States from northern Idaho west to Pacific Ocean. FRANGULA 547 Description. — lu quills or curved pieces about 3 to 10 Cm. long and about 2 Mm. thick ; outer surface brownish- gray and whitish ; the young bark having numerous rather broad, pale-colored warts ; inner surface yellowish to light brownish, becoming dark brown by age; smooth or finely striate ; fracture short, yellowish ; in the inner layer of thick bark somewhat fibrous ; inodorous ; taste bitter. Constituents. — 1, three resins ; 2, a neutral body ; 3, a volatile oil ; 4, malic and tannic acids. Dose. — D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). PREPARATIONS. Extractum Rhamni Pnrshiance Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Rhamnus Purshiana. Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. Dose.—D., TiLv.-xxx. (.3-2.). Extractum Cascane Sagradm Liquiduni. (B. P.) Dose.—D., TTiv.-xxx. (.3-2.). Frangula. Frangula. (U. S. P,) Synonym. — Rhamni frangulae cortex, B.P.; buckthorn, alder buckthorn, black alder, E.; bourdaine, bourgene, Fr.; faulbaumrinde, G.; cortex frangulse, P.G. The bark of Rhamnus Frangula Linne (nat. ord. Rham- nese), collected at least one year before being used. Habitat. — Europe and northern Asia. Description. — Quilled, about 1 Mm. thick ; outer surface grayish-brown, or blackish-brown, with numerous small, whitish, transversely-elongated lenticles ; inner surface smooth, pale brownish-yellow ; fracture in the outer layer short, of a purplish tint ; in the inner layer fibrous and pale yellow ; when masticated, coloring the saliva yellow ; nearly inodorous ; taste sweetish and bitter. Constituents. — 1, a glucoside, frangulin (CjoHooOjo), con- verted ill time into (2) emodin (C^JI^^O^), a glucoside, to which the drug owes its purgative action. Frangulin yields 548 VEGETABLE DRUGS emodiu, a constituent of rhubarb as well, and rhamnose (CH^Os), by hydrolysis. Do.se.—T>., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.). PREPARATIONS. Extraciwii Frangiihe Fluidmn. Fluid Extract of Frangula. Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. of the preparation = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. Dose.— D., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.). Extractum Ehavmce Frangulce. Liquidum. (B. P.) Dose.— D., 3i.-iv. (4.-13.). Ehamnus Catharticus. (Non-official.) The berries of K. catharticus, from which an acrid^ nauseous, bitter juice is obtained. A syrup — syrupus rhamni cathartici — is prepared from the juice (B.P.) with sugar, ginger and pimento. " Dose of Syrup.— D., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Cats, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.). Action and Uses. — The buckthorns are laxatives in the doses employed in medicine. The fresh bark of R. frangula produces violent gastro-enteritis (frangulin), and therefore must be kept a year before using. The same remark applies with less force to R. Purshiana. Cascara sagrada "is prob- ably the best mild purgative remedy for dogs with chronic constipation, and the dose does not require to be increased on repetition. In fact, the tone of the bowels is improved by the drug. It is more reliable and active than frangula. Cascara may cause some griping. It is very bitter and therefore may promote gastric digestion and appetite. The aromatic fluid extract made by a well-known firm is a most serviceable preparation in preventing colic and in disguising the taste. The average dose for the dog is TTLxx.-xxx. each night, or TT^v.-x. thrice daily. The syrup of buckthorn is commonly prescribed to dogs with castor oil, of each one ounce ; or one drachm of the former with an ounce of the latter, for an occasional purgative. BHUBARB 549 Rheum. Rhubarb. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Rliei radix, B.P.; rliubarbe, Fr.; rliubar- ber, G. The root of Rheum officinale Baillon (uat. orcl. Poly- gouaceae). Desciiplion. — In cylindrical, conical orflattish segments, deprived of the dark brown, corky layer, smoothish or some- what wrinkled ; externally covered with a bright yellowish- brown powder, marked Avith white, elongated meshes, con- taining a white, rather spongy tissue and a number of short, reddish-brown or brownish-yellow striae; compact, hard ; fracture uneven ; internally white, with numerous red, irregularly-curved and interrupted medullary rays, which are radially parallel only near the cambium line ; odor some- what peculiar, aromatic ; taste bitter, somewhat astringent. When chewed, rhubarb feels gritty between the teeth, and imparts a yellow color to the saliva. Constituents. — 1, a glucoside, chrysarobin (CjvHjdOiJ, which yields 2-3 per cent, of chrysophanic acid (CigHjoOJ, also called rlieiu or clirysophan ; 2, rheotannic acid (CogHoeOJ, which gives astringency to rhubarb ; 3, calcium oxalate (35 per cent.), causing grittiness ; 4, resinous bodies : phseoretin, emodiu, aporetin and erythroretin. Chrysophanic acid and the resins are somewhat purgative, but the exact purgative principle has yet to be discovered. Dose.— Stomachic— R. k C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh., 3 i- (4); D. &, Cats, gr.v.-x. (.3-.6j. Mild Purgative — Foals and Calves, 3 i--ii- (4.-8.); D., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.). PREPARATIONS. Extractum Rhei Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Rhubarb. (U.S. P.) Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. Dose. — Same as that of rhubarb. 550 VEGETABLE DRUGS Pulvis Rhei Covipositus. Compound Powder of Rhubarb. (U. S. &B. P.) Synonym. — Gregory's powder. Rhubarb, 25 ; magnesia, 65 ; ginger, 10. Dose. — Foals and Calves, | ss.-i. (15.-30.). Extractum Rhei. Extract of Rhubarb. (U. S. & B. P.) Dose.—T>., gr.v.-x. C.3-.6). There are many other official preparations, but they possess no value in veterinary medicine. Action Intermil. — Alimentary Canal. — Rhubarb is a bitter, aud therefore in small doses improves digestion in all animals by increasing the flow of salivary and gastric juices, and by stimulating the appetite, vascularity, and movements of the stomach. It is called a stomachic and bitter tonic. Larger doses cause mild purgation in the case of dogs and cats, but horses and cattle are but slightly affected in this way. Rhubarb augments the secretion of bile. It is com- monly described as an agent which stimulates peristaltic action, but it is not certainly known how purging is brought about. Secondary constipation is more apt to follow the use of rhubarb than other drugs, because of rheotannic acid. This substance may be absorbed and eliminated into the bowels after the occurrence of purgation. Rhubarb, by virtue of chrysophanic acid, stains the faeces, urine, milk and sweat yellow in its excretion. Uses. — Rhubarb is an efficient laxative remedy for the treatment of indigestion in young animals associated with diarrhoea. In this condition it sweeps out the soarce of irrita- tion, and then exerts an astringent effect. The drug often acts most favorably with an antacid in the disorders noted. Gregory's powder is useful in the care of foals, calves and lambs with diarrhoea. The fluid extract may be given to dogs, bat rhubarb is not so generally useful a purgative for these animals as castor oil, calomel, or cascara sagrada. Rhubarb has been recommended when a laxative is desirable, in cases of haemorrhoids, to improve local tone, and also as a purgative in diarrhoea of young animals due to worms. CHRYSAEOBIN 551 One or two drops of the tincture of rhubarb in the drinking water form a serviceable laxative for small birds. Chrysarobinum. Chrysarobin. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Goa powder, araroba powder. A neutral principle, in its commercial, more or less impure form, extracted from Goa Powder, a substance found deposited in the wood of Andira Araroba Aguiar (nat. ord. Lesjuminosse). Hnhifaf. — B r azi 1 . Properties. — A. pale orange-yellow, microcrystalline powder, odorless and tasteless ; turning brownish-yellow on exposure to the air. Very slightly soluble in cold water or alcohol. Soluble in solutions of alkalies. Constituents. — Chiefly chrysarobin {Co^H^a^n,) — also called rhein and chrysophan, — an orange-yellow, crystalline glucoside, somewhat soluble in alcohol and ether; freely soluble in chloroform and benzol. It is oxidized into chry- sophanic acid (CuHigOJ, and glucose. PREPARATION. Unguentum CJirysarobini. Chrysarobin Ointment. (U. S. & B. P.) Chrysai'obin, 5 ; benzoinated lard, 95. (U. S.) Action and Uses. — Chrysarobin is a powerful irritant to the skin and destroys parasites. It stains the skin and other materials dark brown. This may be removed, unless fixed by an alkali, with a weak solution of chlorinated lime or caustic soda. Chrysarobin is also a strong irritant in the gastro-intestinal tract, causing vomiting and purging in carnivora. It is eliminated by the kidneys, coloring tlie urine yellow. Chrysarobin is used as a parasiticide in the treatment of ringworm, and as a stimulant to the skin in chronic cutaneous disorders, as eczema (with much itching and scaling), pity- riasis, and particularly psoriasis. The official 5 per cent, ointment should be diluted 2 or 3 times for delicate skins. 532 VEGETABLE DRUGS It slionld be applied over a large area with care, but is one "f the most efficient remedies in obstinate diseases of the skin. Senna. Senna. Synonym. — Senna Alexandrina, senna Indica, B.P.; senna leaves, folia sennse, E.; feuilles de sene, Fr.; sennesblatter, G. The leaflets of Cassia acntifolia Delile (Alexandria Senna), and of Cassia augustifolia Vahl (India Senna); (nat. ord. Legumiuosee). Description. — Alexandria Senna. — It consists of leaflets about 25 Mm. long and 10 Mm. broad, lanceolate or lance- oval, subcoriaceous, brittle, rather pointed, unequally oblique at the base, entire, grayish-green, somewhat pubescent, of a peculiar odor and a nauseous, bitter taste. Impurities. — Argel leaves (Solenostemma Argel Hayne, nat. ord. Asclepiad?e), are frequently present. They are thicker, one-veined, wrinkled, glaucous, and even at the base. India Senna. — It consists of leaflets 3 to 5 Cm. long, and 10 to 15 Mm. broad; lanceolate, acute, unequally oblique at the base; entire, thin, yellowish-green, nearly smooth ; odor peculiar, somewhat tea-like ; taste mucilaginous, bitter and nauseous. It should be free from stalks, discolored leaves and other admixtures. Habitat. — Alexandria Senna — Upper Egypt, Nubia, and Central Africa. Indian Senna, or Tinnivelly Senna — Eastern Africa to India. Constituents. — 1, the purgative properties are chiefly due to magnesium and calcium cathartates ; salts of cathartic acid (Ci.oH^gN.SOj,), a black, amorphous glucoside ; 2, two glucosides, sennacrol and sennapicrin, insoluble in water ; 3, clirysophanic acid; 4, cathartomannit (CjiH^^Ojg), an unfer- mentable sugar. Dose.—B.. & C, 3iv.-v. (120.-150.); Sh. & Sw., = i.-ii. (30.-60.); D. & a, 3i.-iv. (4-15.). SENNA 563 PREPARATIONS. Extractum Sennce Fliiiduvi. Fluid Extract of Senna. (U. S, P.) Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. Dose. — Same as senna. Pulvis Glycyrrhizm Com}wsitus. Compound Powder of Glycyrrhiza. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Compound liquorice powder. Senna, 180 ; glycyrrhiza, 236 ; washed sulphur, 80 ; oil of fennel, 4; sugar, 500. Dose.— D., 3ss. ii. (3. -8.). Action Internal. — Senna stimulates and increases the vascularity of the intestinal mucous membrane, and causes increased peristalsis of the large intestines, particularly of the colon. It produces copious pale-yellow and watery evacuations. The drug has a nauseous taste and purging is accompanied by some griping and flatulence. Senna acts more satisfactorily when combined with other purgative agents. It is absorbed and will occasion catharsis in suck- lings after administration to their mothers, and after intra- venous injection. The urine may be colored red or yellow by its elimination. It is extremely doubtful if senna exerts any influence on biliary secretion. Uses. — Senna is but rarely employed in veterinary medi- cine. It may be used where a simple, vigorous cathartic is indicated in constipation, or in cases of slight fsecal accumu- lation. The drug acts more effectively when given in conjunc- tion with salts. The fluid extract, or an infusion made by pouring boiling water over the leaves and allowing them to macerate until the water becomes cold, are added to solu- tions of magnesium sulphate. This combination is more suitable for cattle or sheep. Compound liquorice powder may be given to dogs as a simple purgative in occasional or habitual constipation. 554 VEGETABLE DRUGS Class 2. — Drastic Purgatives. Oleum Tiglil Crotou Oil. (U. S. P.) Synonym. — Oleum crotonis, B.P.; liuile de croton, huile de graiues de tilly, Fr.; crotonol, G. A fixed oil ex|)ressed from the seed of Croton Tiglium Liuue (nat. ord. Euphorbiacefe). Habitat. — India, Indian Arcliii>elago, and Philippine Islands. Also cultivated. Properties. — A pale yellow or brownish-yellow, somewhat viscid, and somewhat fluorescent liquid, having a slight fatty odor, and a mild, oily, afterwards burning and acrid taste (great caution is necessary in tasting). Spec. gr. 0.940 to 0.960 at 59° F. When fresh it is soluble in about 60 parts of alcohol, the solubility increasing by age. It is freely soluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, and in fixed and volatile oils. Constituents. — 1, crotonol (CiJI.J^^), a non-purgative body causing irritation of the skin ; 2, tiglinic acid (CgHgO,), and many volatile acids existing as glycerides and account- ing for the odor of croton oil ; 3, free and combined fatty acids. The purgative principle is undiscovered. Z>ose.— H.,1TLxv.-xxx. (1.-2.); C, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); Sh. & Sw., n^v.-x. (.3-.6); D., TTLss.-iii. (.03-.18). Croton seeds resemble castor seeds in size, but are not mottled or shiny. They are 13 Mm. long by 8 Mm. wide ; oval in shape*; white within, and possessing a mild,, mucila- ginous taste at first, but soon becoming hot and sharp. They contain from 50 to 60 per cent, of o.se.— Laxative— H.& a, Oi.-ii. (500.-1000.); D., 5 ii.-iv. (60.-120.). Oleum Gossypii Seminis. Cotton Seed Oil. (U. S. P.) A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Gossypium her- baceum Linne and of other species of Gossypium (nat. ord Malvaceae), and subsequently purified. SOAP 577 Eahitat—S. United States and other semi-tropical countries ; cultivated. Properties. — A pale yellow, oily liquid, witliont odor, and having a bland, nut-like taste. Spec. gr. 0.920 0.950. Very sparingly soluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide. Constituents. — 1, olein ; 2, palmitin ; 3, coloring matter. Dose. — Same as that of olive oil. Action and Uses. — 0\\\Q oil is in common use as an emollient in burns and skin irritation. It assists in the per- formance of massage for sprains and bruises. Cotton seed oil has superseded it in liniments, as a matter of economy. Administered internally, sweet oil (with an equal part of castor oil) is a useful laxative for dogs. Linseed oil is more frequently given to the larger animals. An enema of ^ pint, or more, of olive oil is serviceable in softening hard faecal masses in dogs, and should be followed by the use of warm soap suds. Sweet oil is a food, but is rarely used as such. Like other bland oils, it improves the nutrition of the bronchial mucous membrane in subacute or chronic bronchitis, and is of considerable benefit in these disorders, but inferior to cod liver oil or linseed oil. Olive oil is an efiicient demulcent in inflamed conditions of the alimentary tract, and in poisoning by irritants. Large quantities form soap-like masses, — with the alkaline intestinal juices, — which have been mistaken for gall stones. Cotton seed oil is of equal therapeutic value with sweet oil. Sapo. Soap. Synonym. — Sapo duris, B.P.; hard soap, white castile soap, E.; savon,Fr.; seife, G. Derivation. — Soap is made by boiling olive oil with a solution of caustic soda, C3Hg(Ci,H330,,)3 (olein) + 3 NaOH = 8 NaCjgHgjOa (sodium oleate or soap) + C3H,(OH)3 (glycerin). Properties. — A white, or whitish solid, hard, yet easily cut when fresh ; having a faint, peculiar odor free from 578 VEGETABLE DRUGS rancidity; a disagreeable alkaline taste, and an alkaline reaction. Soluble in water and in alcohol; more readily with the aid of heat. PREPARATIONS. Linimentum Saponis. Soap Liniment, (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Opodeldoc. Lin. sapo. camph. Soap, 70; camphor, 45 ; oil of rosemary, 10 ; alcohol, 750 ; water to make 1000. Made by solution, agitation and filtration. (U. S. P.) Emplastrum Saponis. Soap Plaster. (U. S. P.) Soap, 100; lead plaster, 900; made by solution in water and evapor- ation. . Sapo Mollis. Soft Soap. (U. S. & B. P.) Synonym. — Potassium oleate, sapo viridis, green soap. A soap prepared from potassa and a fixed oil. Derivation. — Heat linseed oil, 400, to 140° F. Dissolve potassa, 90, in water, 450 ; add alcohol, 40 ; and stir the mixture into the oil "at the same temperature until it is soluble in boiling water without the separation of oily drops. Properties. — A soft, unctuous mass, of a yellowish-brown or brownish-yellow color. Soluble in about 5 parts of hot water ; also in 2 parts of alcohol without leaving more than 3 per cent, of insoluble residue. PREPARATION. Linimentum Saponis Mollis. Liniment of Soft Soap. (U. S. P. ) .^ " Fat 3 oz. Animals suffering from fatty degenerative changes do not stand such a rigid diet as the foregoing. These ani- mals are affected with a weak heart, due to fatty degenera- tion of the myocardium, with atrophy of its muscular fibres. They have dyspnoea on exertion. The cardiac insufficiency leads, in its turn, to secondary troubles, as catarrh of the digestive and respiratory organs, and disorder of the liver and kidneys, following general passive congestion. The treatment should be directed in such cases to lessening the amount of blood and the work put upon the heart, by limit- ing the ingestion of water, and by strengthening the heart with appropriate stimulants. The activity of the skin should be excited by frequent grooming and the use of diar- phoretics, while the activity of the kidneys should be en- hanced by the employment of diuretics. We are prevented FOOD AND FEEDING 663 from feeding an exclusively nitrogenous diet in these cases, as the oxidizing power of the blood is not sufficient to de- compose it, neither is it safe or advisable to quickly remove the fat, as cardiac failure might ensue. Small quantities of water are allowed, given two hours after feeding. The gen- eral ration should be rich in proteids and also contain a moderate amount of fat and carbohydrates. ARTIFICIAL FEEDING. Artificial feeding consists in the introduction of food into the body other than in the ordinary way by the mouth. Rectal feeding is the only procedure of much value. The agents employed must be bland, and capable of easy absorp- tion and assimilation. If the food is at all irritating, tenes- mus and ejection quickly occur. From two to four ounces of liquid nourishment may be given to small or medium- sized dogs ; from four to eight ounces to large dogs. One quart may be employed for horses. The nutrient enema should be introduced into the bowel through a flexible rubber tube carried up into the colon. An hour before the enema is given the bowel is to be washed out thoroughly with cold water. The nutrient injection should not be given oftener than once in six hours, and if the bowel is irritable, not oftener than once in twelve hours. The absorptive power of the rectum is slight, but that of the colon is con- siderably greater. Predigested food is most valuable. Leube's Beef Peptone may be used, A bullock's pancreas is finely chopped and rubbed up with eight ounces of gly- cerin. This extract will keep fresh several weeks in a cold place. To one-third of the extract are added five ounces of finely chopped beef, and the mixture is ready for immediate use. The peptonizing powders of Fairchild Brothers & Foster are most convenient in preparing digested food. Each powder consists of five grains of pancreatic extract and fifteen grains of sodium bicarbonate. A useful nutrient enema for a large dog may be made of two eggs aud six ounces of milk. Four to six eggs may be 664 GKNEHAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES added to ji quart of milk for use as au enema for a horse. The mixture is then to be peptonized and introduced into the rectum at the temperature of the body. In using the pep- tonizing powders, one is placed in a quart glass jar together with a teacupf ul of cold water. Then a pint of the mixture to be peptonized is poured into the jar, and the latter placed in a vessel containing water as hot as the hand will easily bear. The jar is kept in the hot water for twenty minutes and put on ice. When, the mixture is used it should be heated to 100° F. If predigested food is to be given by the mouth, it is well not to keep the glass jar immersed in hot water more than five minutes, as otherwise the taste will be bitter and disagreeable. A small dose of laudanum is always useful to prevent the expulsion of enemata. Brandy may be added in the proportion of one ounce to the. pint of milk after peptonizing. The addition of salt to egg albumin gi'eatly facilitates absorption. Gruels of all kinds, and broths, may be peptonized, as well as milk. It is not essen- tial, however, to peptonize milk and other fluids, although absorption is rendered somewhat more complete. The di- gestive powers of the large intestines are but slight. Sugar is absorbed unaltered ; undigested proteids (with certain exceptions) and fat are not absorbed. Peptones, soluble proteids, as milk, meat juice, egg albumin, and emulsified fat are absorbed. Nevertheless, absorption from the lower bowel is trivial compared with that from the stomach and in- testines generally, and as the extent of surface with which rectal injections come in contact is small, and their sojourn short, it follows that rectal feeding cannot take the place of normal alimentation. In tetanus, paralysis of muscles of deglutition, fracture of the jaw in horses, persistent vomiting and convulsions in dogs, and in all animals refusing food, rectal feeding is in- dicated. It is possible in horses to feed through a stomach tube. COUNTER-IRRITANTS 665 Counter-irritants. A counter-irritant is an irritant which acts counter, or against an existing irritation, result of irritation, or pain. In applying a "twitch" to a horse, we are inflicting an irri- tation to relieve some other source of irritation elsewhere. It is taken for granted that the damage and pain caused by the artificial irritant are not so severe as those already ex- isting. The amount of injury produced by an irritant depends upon the nature of the material, its strength, the duration of its action, the mode of application, and the part to which it is applied. We may consider the effects oc- casioned by a mild and increasing action following the continued use of a single agent, or representing the action of materials of different degrees of potency. There first appears redness of the skin, accompanied by some burning or pain (rubefacient action), and if the irritation progresses there is a serous exudate poured out into the mucous layer of the skin. This leads to swelling and oedema. Greater irritation causes more exudation of serum and an elevation of the epidermis in a circumscribed area or areas, and the formation of blebs or blisters (vesication). If the irritation ceases at this point, the blisters break open and their contents dry on the surface, covering the parts with a thick scab. Synchronous with vesication we observe a similar process attacking the hair follicles. The hairs are loosened and fall, but as the papillae are usually unaffected, the growth of hair is soon renewed. The recovery of hair is facilitated by the application of grease to the part. Cer- tain agents cause circumscribed inflammation of the skin with the formation of pustules (pustulants), as croton oil, and these create necrosis of the hair papillae and, therefore, permanent loss of hair. If the irritant is severe, suppura- tion follows vesication ; or, if an ordinary irritant is ap- plied with violent friction, is covered with a bandage, or placed over an already inflamed part, the same result 666 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES happens. The terms referring to the degree of action in- herent in ;igeuts are as follows : 1. A rubefacient, causing liypersemia. 2. A vesicant, or spispastic, inducing blistering. 3. A pustulant, creating pustules. 4. An escharotic, or caustic, occasioning death of the tissues. The same agent, as has already been pointed out, may produce one or more of these actions according to circum- stances. The inner aspect of limbs and the flexures of joints are peculiarly sensitive, owing to the thinness of the skin over these areas. If a counter-irritant is rubbed properly into the skin it may penetrate into the mucous layer. Reference has been made to the local influence of irri- tants. We will now direct attention to their remote effect. It is certainly known that irritation of the surface decidedly affects dii^tant organs. Brown-Sequard noted contraction of vessels in one arm when the other was immersed in cold water. Severe burns of the surface are followed by duo- denal ulcers. The preceding and succeeding remarks enable us to partially account for the remote influence of counter- irritants, but although we know their practical value, it is not within oar present knowledge to offer theories wholly explaining their effect. The influence of counter-irritants may be summed up in reflex action ; i. e., the production and conduction of an impulse from the periphery to nerve centres, thereby modi- fying the nerve functions and blood supply in distant parts. The skin is commonly the point of application. It nor- mally is an organ of protection, respiration, secretion and special sense, and, through its medium, a regulator of tem- perature, responding to such natural stimuli as heat, cold, moisture and dryness. Such an unnatural and considerable stimulation as is produced by counter-irritants consequently creates very sensible alterations in the bodily functions. COUNTEK-IRRITANTS 667 Extensive counter-irritation causes the breathing to become slower and deeper by reflex stimulation of the "vagi, and also by making the respiratory movements more painful, if the application be made to the chest wall. The circulation is likewise affected, and both the force of the heart and blood pressure are increased, unless the irritation is very widespread and severe, when the reverse happens. In ac- cordance with the foregoing remarks, the use of considerable heat, together with mustard or turpentine, is of great value in conditions of vital depression, surgical shock, collapse aud coma. Moreover, the effect on local blood supply is still greater and full of importance, since it may explain the beneficial action obtained in the ordinary use of counter- irritants. In experiments conducted upon animals, it has been observed that when sinapisms are placed over the head, the blood vessels in the pia mater are first dilated, but soon contract and remain in that condition for some time. Likewise there was seen, following energetic counter-irrita- tion of the chest, anaemia of the underlying parts, including the muscles, pleura, and even the pulmonary tissue. It is essential to bear in mind, then, that while counter-irritants induce local congestion in their immediate vicinity, they also cause reflexly vascular contraction in more remote areas. In accordance with this demonstration, the importance of these agents in inflammation lies not so much in their bring- ing blood to the surface, as in forcing it out of distant parts. This fact is not generally appreciated. The use of the word "drawing" signifies the common idea of a counter-irritant, and implies the first proposition. Temperature is not materially affected by the therapeu- tic use of counter-irritants, and they are not necessarily contraindicated in fevers. Experiments, however, appear to show that mild counter-irritation may lead to a slight elevation of body-heat, owing to stimulation of the calorifa- cient centres, while extensive and prolonged action lowers temperature by diarphoresis and depression of the heart and heat centres. 668 GENERAL THERArEDTIC MEASURES Couuter-irritauts notably relieve pain. This result is not only due to overcoming congestion, but occurs when pain is purely neuralgic. The phenomenon is not altogether ex- plicable. The subduing iuflueuce of a twitch in the case of pain inflicted upon a horse is an analogous example. Wechs- berg, in some late experiments, notes, as a most striking effect of counter-irritants, oedematous infiltration of the skin, subcutaneous tissue and muscle in subadjaceut parts, with compression of blood vessels in the deeper-lying structures. He attributes the relief of pain afforded by counter-irritants to ansemia and rapid compression brought to bear on the nerves in these underlying parts ; a result similar to the anodyne influence observed following the injection of nor- mal salt solution over a nerve-trunk, which is the priuciple of Schleich's method of local anaesthesia by tissue infil- tration. Still this explanation does not interpret the relief of pain sometimes seen in parts remote from the point of application of counter-irritants. Pain is usually referable to the peripheral ends of an affected nerve. It is good practice to apply counter-irrita- tion directly over a deep-seated inflammation or seat of pain, but in assuaging superficial pain it is found, that where the treatment can be made over the root of the painful nerve, ■better results are obtained. In pain in the chest wall a blister should be placed next the spine over the root of the spinal nerve involved ; in pain in the head in man, counter- irritation is applied over the back of the neck. Counter- irritation should be done behind the ear to relieve pain and inflammation in the eye and ear. In the treatment of enlarged glands and in acute inflam- mations, as abscess, boils and carbuncles, by counter- irritants, the application should be about the lesions rather than directly upon them. Among other actions accomplished by counter-irritants are : possible stimulation of trophic nerves and nutrition of a part; augmentation of tissue change, locally and gener- COUNTER-IEEITANTS 669 ally, and dilatatiou of vessels (when applied after the sub- sidence of acute inflammation or in chronically inflamed parts), with renewed activity of the circulation and conse- quent absorption of inflammatory exudations. Further- more, counter-irritants reflexly overcome spasm and pain occurring in colic, by stimulating and replacing normal peristaltic action in place of abnormal localized contractions. In like manner they excite uterine contractions by stimula- tion of the involuntary muscular fibres of the womb. INDICATIONS FOR COUNTER-IRRIPANTS. 1. To overcome congestion and inflammation in remote parts. 2. To promote absorption of inflammatory products locally. 3. To relieve pain. 4. To stimulate the heart, respiration and nervous func- tions. IhihefacientH. — In this class are included the volatile oils — turpentine, oil of wintergreen, etc. — alcohol, chloro- form, balsams, resins, iodine, tincture of camphor, tincture of cantharides, mustard, and heat. These agents are used when it is desirable to stimulate the nervous system rapidly, and to relieve pain and congestion. To attain, this end, we employ comparatively mild agents in order that we may apply them over an extensive surface without causing seri- ous or permanent results. Mustard is rubbed with warm water into a thin paste (a sinapism), and rubbed over the chest of horses in congestion of the lungs, in acute bron- chitis, or in the first stage of pleuritis, to obtund pain and lessen congestion. Sinapisms also relieve obstinate cough, revive failing respiration, and stimulate reflexly the vital functions in collapse, shock and narcotic coma. Applied over the cardiac region, they avert syncope. To assist the action of mustard, we often cover the application with hot blankets, and then with dry ones. Stimulating liniments are sometimes preferred. One volume of oil of mustard 670 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES may be coaibiued with fifteen volumes of oil of turpeutine; or ammonia water, thirty parts, and oil of turpentine, fifteen parts, are added to spirit of camphor and soap liniment, each fifty parts. Turpentine is more valuable in abdominal disorders in horses. It is sprinkled on hot blankets, and applied as a stupe to stop pain, spasm, and stimulate normal peristalsis in colic ; and to relieve pain and congestion in enteritis, peritonitis, diarrhoea and other difficulties. The beneficial result accruing from the use of external counter-irritants in bowel troubles is often facilitated by the injection of hot (115° F.) rectal enemata. Stimulating liniments ai'e serviceable in aiding resolu- tion of swelling following the acute stage of cellulitis, lym- phangitis, neuritis, mammitis, rheumatism, strains and bruises. They are often employed in laryngitis. In chronic skin diseases, as eczema, mild counter-irritants (tar, oil of cade, Peruvian balsam, etc.) substitiite an active reparative process, tend to aid absorption of exudation and induration, and relieve pain and itching. The tincture of iodine may abort incipient inflammatory lesions, as boils and abscess, by means of its counter-irritant and antiseptic properties. VESICANTS AND THE ACTUAL CAUTERY Cantharides, red iodide of mercury, and croton oil, are more commonly used in veterinary medicine to cause blis- tering. Reference will be had, hereafter, to cantharidal blisters. Blisters and the cautery are especially indicated to cause resolution of inflammatory products and modifica- tion of inflammatory processes; to secure fixation and rest of parts, and to relieve pain. It is impossible to enumerate all the conditions in which they are useful. In the treat- ment of severe sprains, as curb and " breakdown ;" and in exostoses, as ringbone and spavin, the actual cautery (firing) is used before and in conjunction with blistering to exagger- ate the counter-irritant effect. Absorption is attained in the foregoing conditions by the production of an acute inflam- COUNTER-IRRITANTS 671 mation, with increase of vascularity, tissue change and fatty degeneration. In " breakdown," the formation of scar tissue is thonglit (v;ithont reason) to assist in supporting the limb. Sometimes, on the other hand, osseous deposit is unabsorbed, but anchylosis and freedom from pain in a diseased joint is secured by the enforced maintenance of rest antl fixation of the joint, tfigether with the production of new bone. In exudative diseases of serous membranes, as pleuritis, pericarditis, peritonitis, meningitis, arthritis, and synovitis, blisters facilitate absorption and recovery after the acute stage is over. This favorable result is not due to loss of serum, but to modification of the inflammatory process. In the first three diseases named above, blisters — flying blist- ers — may be applied in spots every few days in different places over the affr-cted area. Blisters reflexly stimulate the nerve centres in menin- gitis, in addition to their action on the inflammatory lesion. They should be applied over the poll or spine according to the location of the trouble. Absorption in chronically enlarged glands is assisted by blisters. They also hasten "rii)ening" of suppurating glands or abscess when this process is slow, and hasten their resolution after evacua- tion of pus. The blister should be rubbed on about the inflamed area in these lesions. Vesicants are also valuable in pharyngitis and laryngitis for severe cases, when stimulating liniments are inefi'ectual ; and, in lessening pain, exudation and swelling of the throat, may avert the necessity of tracheotomy. A blister applied about the coronet in diseases of the feet is serviceable in stimulating the growth of the hoof and promotes repair in navicular disease, laminitis, and cartilaginous quittor, after the acute stage is passed. In arthritis and synovitis, the whole diseased area, with the exception of the flexure of the joint, is covered with a blister. Since it is often impossible to immobilize a part, in veterinary practice, by splints, blisters are sometimes employed for this end after reduction of dislocations. 672 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES The liair should be clipped from an area to be blis- tered, the skin washed with soap and water, and the animal tied up or restrained in some way from biting the j^art. It is the custom to cover immediately the surrounding parts with grease, but protection from the acrid discharge can be secured more effectively by frequent sponging with soap suds and water ; or paiutiug the skin, under the blistered surface, with a solution of resin in alcohol. Grease is not so good a protective, since it is a solvent for cantharides. Vaseline should be applied following the active stage. Caustivs or Escliavotics are agents which destroy tissue. They comprise such substances as the caustic alkalies, min- eral acids, silver nitrate ; iron, zinc and copper sulphates ; ferric, zinc and mercuric chlorides ; carbolic acid, arsenic, together with the actual cautery. They are indicated in the treatment of exuberant granulations, morbid growths, septic, sloughing and necrotic parts, pyogenic membranes, fistulous tracts, and for the destruction of poisons, as in rabid dog and snake bite. Escharotics stimulate and modify nutrition in unhealthy wounds and ulcers. Many form chemical com- pounds with the tissue elements. Heat oxidizes animal tissues, and also coagulates albumin and abstracts water from them. The alkalies produce greasy compounds with the pro- teids, sapouify the fats and withdraw water from the tissues. They are the most widiely destructive agents. Silver nitrate forms an insoluble albuminate with the tissues to which it is applied, and protects the underlying structures from further action. It is most superficial in its action, but possesses specific properties in altering the condition of unhealthy wounds for the better. Extreme heat, exemplified by the white-hot iron, acts as a counter-irritant in stimulating reflexly the nervous system ; in increasing the vascularity of surrounding parts, and in favoring revulsion of blood ; in aiding absorption and resolution, and in relieving pain apart from its direct destructive effect. Caustics may be applied in either the solid or liquid state, and in various forms, as COLD AND HEAT 673 the stick, powder, paste and ointment. Caustics are some- times employed to stop haemorrhage. (See Styptics, p. 63). The reader is referred to the articles on special agents for further details). Suppurants. — Any of the more active counter-irritants, as croton oil, may induce suppuration. Under this head may be mentioned setons and issues of rowel. A seton is a piece of tape or other material, introduced through an in- cision in the skin, and thence under the skin in the connective tissue, and finally out through the skin at a short distance from the point of entrance. The loose ends are then knotted together, and the whole loop is drawn through the wound once daily to keep up constant irritation and suppuration. An issue of rowel is a piece of gauze or tow, which is passed into an incision, where the substance remains, and causes continual irritation and suppuration. To intensify their irritant action, both setons and issues of rowel may be first satuiated with cantharides ointment or oil of turpentine. They have been employed in acute diseases of the eye, men- ingitis, " strangles," and in joint and shoulder lameness, near the seat of trouble. Setons and issues of rowel are barbar- ous and dirty, and fortunately are becoming obsolete. Cold and Heat. Cold. — Cold and heat are only relative terms. As used here, they refer, respectively, to a thermal intensity below or above that of the body. Cold is usually applied by means of water in some form. In veterinary practice we are limited in the employment of cold air, as a medium, to the use of free ventilation and protection of animals from the solar heat. Cool air is especially desirable in the treatment of most febrile affections by lowering temperature and serv- ing as a stimulus to the respiratory, circulatory and nervous functions generally. Locally, cold causes contraction of the peripheral vessels and muscles of the skin, forcing out fluids from the part and reducing local temperature. This is more 674 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES distinctly noticeable in congested areas. If the application is very severe or long continued, the vessels lose their tone, become paralyzed, and we have passive congestion, inflam- mation, and finally death. Ordinarily, reaction sets in after the nse of cold, more particaLirly if followed by heat, when an active hyperaemia is substituted for the ischaemia. This is brought about both by reflex stimulatiuu of the heart by the cold, and local dila- tion of the vessels. Therefore, when we wish to constringe parts, we use moderate cold continuously ; but, by alternat- ing cold and heat we may accelerate the blood supply, and by first forcing out, and then bringing back the fluids of the tissues, we can maintain such an activity of the circulation that even solid exudations are absorbed. Cold, locally, lessens nervous irritability and pain directly, and, also, by contracting the afferent vessels, it diminishes the impact of the blood on sensitive parts. Moderate heat is said, never- theless, to produce much the same result by relaxing the capillaries of the collateral circulation, thus draining off the blood and relieving tension in the inflamed part. Tissue change is diminished, locally, by the action of cold. Sup- puration and sloughing proceed but slowly under its retard- ing influence. Acute abscess is converted into what might be logically termed a " cold abscess " in the most literal sense of the word. Kemotely, moderate cold applied to the body for a short period actually increases general tempera- ture by stimulating reflexly the heat centres, increasing oxidation and lessening radiation from the contracted super- ficial vessels. If cold is in contact with the whole body for a, longer time, the temperature gradually sinks and the reduction continues for some hours, when, in healthy ani- mals, the temperature rises above normal. Such effects are much more pronounced in pyrexia. The action upon the nervous system is exceedingly important therapeutically. The most powerful stimulating action is exerted upon the centres of innervation controlling the circulatory, respira- tory, digestive and excretory organs. In fever, this treatment COLD AND HEAT 675 invigorates the failing digestive functions, relieves the nerv- ous irritability by cooling the blood going to the great nerve centres in the medulla, and strengthens and stimulates the entire nervous organization. Cold applications and drinks stimulate the circulation reflexly, increase blood tension, and, therefore, the secretion of urine in fever, which is very im- portant for the elimination of toxins. Heat and cold are often used interchangeably in ujedicine. In human practice it is a rule to be guided in the choice of one or the other by the desire of and effect upon the patient, and this should apply, as far as possible, in veterinary practice. Cold is employed, locally, in congestions of superficial parts, and tends to abort inflammation and relieve pain. In meningitis, rubber ice bags or continual irrigation of the head and spine are used. Laryngitis may be success- fully treated by ice poultices (cracked ice and sawdust in linen bags) or by thin rubber ice bags surrounding the throat. In the same way are treated sprained tendons, capped hocks, broken knees, recent- curbs, and lymphangitis. In fact, most superficial inflammatory suigical affections are benefited by cold applications. Ice and ice water are useful in checking venous or capillary hsemorrhage, although hot water is often more serviceable. Cold water enemata are valuable in atonic constipation, diarrhoea, and to reduce temperature in fever. In the uterus, ice in small lumps will arrest metrorrhagia, and, in the rectum, aid in reducing prolapse. Ice bags, placed along the spine over the sym- pathetic ganglia, will cause dilatation of arterioles in regions corresponding to the point of application. MODES OF EMPLOYING COLD WATER.* Ablution is the simplest method of applying water to the surface of the body. It is merely bathing. Water at the temperature of 50° to 60° F. is applied by a rough, coarse * The writer is much indebted to the writings of Simon Baruch in connection with uses of water. G76 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASUiiLS cloth. The water is thrown on in consideruble quantities, beginning with the head and going rapidly over the neck, trunk and limbs successively, rubbing the skin briskly all the while with the cloth. Two attendants are required for the application of an ablution to the larger animals. The patient is finally dried and warmly blanketed. The process may be repeated each half hour in fever, or twice daily as a tonic measure in chronic diseases. The rationale consists in the stimulus afforded by ihe cold to the nervous system, accompanied by contractions and subsequent dilatation of the peripheral blood vessels, with consequent cooling of the blood and increased radiation of heat from the surface. In most hydriatic methods for reducing temperature in fever, friction of the skin should be the sine qua non, as otherwise the physical cooling of the body is confined entirely to the periphery, the contraction of the surface vessels driving the blood inward to the vital organs. The superficial muscles then act as non-conductors, and heat production being stimu- lated reflexly by the cold, an actual increase of internal temperature may obtain. It is only by securing dilatation of the superficial ves- sels by friction that the result first described can be prevented, for after the first shock the peripheral vessels dilate, an increased supply of blood is brought to the sur- face, is rapidly cooled and courses inward, only to be replaced by more over-heated blood. The internal temperature is thus lowered, and instead of an internal congestion being brought about, as may happen when the skin is simply exposed to cold, we have a constant withdrawal of heated blood from the interior. In this perpetual interchange not only does cooling of the blood and body occur, but the cir- culation is equalized and congestions are overcome. TJie Sheet Bath. — Whole baths are impracticable for our larger patients, and the sheet bath may be substituted to advantage for antipyretic and other purposes to which the cold bath is adapted. A cloth soaked in cold water, or ice poultice, is placed on the poll to prevent determination of COLD AND HEAT 677 blood to the head, and a linen sheet, wet in water, of from 50° to 80° F., is placed over the animal, the surface bein^^ rubbed, while dashing on the sheet water at the temperature of 50° to 60° F. This process is continued for fifteen or twenty minutes, unless rigor is induced. The method is valuable in the treatment of fever and insolation. The gen- eral rationale is the same as in the case of ablutions, but the antipyretic effect is more marked and permanent. The sheet may be covered, while wet, by blankets, and converted into a wet pack. The Wet Pack is applicable for general or local use, and for various purposes. A linen sheet is dipped in water at a temperature of 50° to 70° F., and wrung out very thoroughly. A cold application is put on the head and the sheet applied and covered with dry woolen blankets. The duration of application is from one quarter to three hours, according to lli3 object in vie\v. If it is used as a strictly antipyretic measure, it should be changed frequently. The wet pack differs materially from other hydriatic procedures in that reaction occurs slowly, for there is no artificial stimulus in the shape of friction to accelerate it. The primary contrac- tion of the vessels is succeeded by partial dilatation of them, when the blood from the interior of the over-heated body is cooled on the surface by contact with the sheet and by vaporization of the water. Vascular contraction again occurs owing to the cooling, forcing the chilled blood inward. So there is continual interchange of cooled and heated blood, until the sheet has become thoroughly warmed. After the wet pack is removed, the skin should be dried and the patient well blanketed. The interchange of l)lood is useful in relieviug conges- tion of the internal organs, in aiding nutrition by bringing to the periphery nutriment absorbed from the gastro-intes- tinal tract, and for its tonic effect on the nervous system. In fever, it abates cerebral hypersemia, delirium and excite- ment, and promotes rest and quiet. The Priessniiz Poultice is similar to the wet pack, but a 678 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES waterproof protective is interposed between the wet sheet, sponges or cloths on the inside and the outside woolen cov- erings. Evaporation is thus prevented, but not vaporization. Such an application may be used with safety in febrile dis- eases, as pleuiitis and pneumonia. If it is not renewed frequently, hyperaemia of the surface occurs, and this may be beneficial in aborting or relieving internal congestion. It then acts as an ordinary poultice, and is of value in various local inflammations resulting fiom strains, blows and bruises; also, in laryngitis. Besides relieving internal congestion, the Priessnitz poultice stimulates absorption, removes in- duration and hastens suppuration, locall}'. The wet pack and Priessnitz poultice are more appropriate for practical use than the other methods in veterinary practice, since the evaporation from the hair of animals contraindicates methods suitable in human medicine. Cold Baths are only practicable for the' smaller animals. Dogs may be immersed in water at 90° P., which is rapidly cooled down to 60^. The bath should last about fifteen minutes, the surface of the body being rubbed constantly. Ice water should be frequently poured over the head. After removal from the water, the patient must be thoroughly dried, wrapped in warm blankets, and a stimulant given if necessary. Such treatment may be used as an antipyretic measure if the temperature is over 103° P. in the rectum. Douches. — A douche is a forcible impact of water against the surface of the body. It is not used for its antipyretic effect, but acts as a stimulant to the nervous system at large, whereby the respiratory action is deepened and strength- ened, and the circulation invigorated. The douche is given advantageously in the treatment of coma, of alcohol, chloro- form, ether or opium, applied to the head. The water may be dashed from a pail or applied by means of a garden hose or from a tap. Rheumatic himeness and peripheral para- l3'sis are suitable cases for the douche treatment, followed by vigorous rubbing and dry bandaging. Syncope may often be quickly relieved by douching of the head and chest. COLD AND HEAT 679 Local Baths are good, especially in inflammatory condi- tions of the feet in horses. Tubs may be employed for the animals to stand in, the water being changed frequently or being kept cool by ice. It is not advisable to allow animals to stand in large bodies of water on account of the danger they incur of " catching cold " from surface evaporation. Irrigation with cold water is done in inflammatory dis- eases of the joints, tendons and feet. Running water may be permitted to flow continuously through perforated rubber tabes, connected with a tap, or used as siphons and closed at their distal extremities. The holes may be made in the tube with red-hot needles. The rubber tubes should be Avound about the limb or part and held in position by band- ages. Leiter's expensive block tin tubes are easily bent and rendered useless by the movements of our patients. Cold Drinks are both refreshing and antipyretic in action. Cool water should be placed where the patient can take it as he desires. In stomatitis, tetanus and angina, cool water is distinctly grateful and comforting. In the latter two dis- eases, it should be arranged so that the animal can reach it without bending the neck. The mouth can be rinsed out continually, removing decomposing food and mucus, the thirst be slaked and heat and inflammation relieved. Cold Enemata are valuable antipyretic agencies. From five to fifteen quarts of cold water may be thrown up through a flexible rubber tube, six feet long, far into the bowel of the horse. Evaporating Solutions. — Methylene bichloride or ether spray may be applied for a short time by means of an atomizer, to induce local anaesthesia of a part, through the powerful refrigeration produced in their evaporation, and is most satisfactorily employed in conjunction with cocaine injections. One turn of a cotton or linen bandage, or a single thickness of similar stuff, put about a part and wet continuously with cold water, forms a good evaporating medium in allaying superficial inflammation and pain. A mixture of clay, and equal parts of water, vinegar and diluted 680 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES solution of lead acetate, make a cheap and efficient cooling application for external use in tlie treatment of bruises and sprains. The paste should be removed as quickly as it dries. Refrigerants. — Certain medicines either produce a sub- jective feeling of coolness or actually cause it, applied exter- nally and given internally. The subjective sensation is due to some inexplicable action on the local nerve supply. Some are stimulants and astringents, and diminish the circulation in the part. Externally, acetate of lead, chloride of am- monium, nitrate of potash, and vinegar, are used most frequently as refrigerants. The mineral acids and salts of potassium and sodium, especially potassium nitrate, are administered more com- monly, internally, both for their cooling effect and to allay thirst. HEAT. Water at a moderate degree of heat — what is termed lukewarm — i. e., 86° to 95° F., applied to the body, stimu- lates the action of the skin, relaxes peripheral vessels and diminishes nervous excitability, pain and spasm in neigh- boring parts. "Water at a temperature of 112° to 120° F. contracts blood vessels of underlying parts, relieving con- gestion and pain. Such a degree of heat resembles cold in its effect, and they may often be used interchangeably. Still stronger heat has much the same effect as excessive cold, only acting more quickly, causing dilatation of the vessels, pain, inflammation and destruction of tissue. The action of powerful heat on the whole body, or upon single organs, is similar to that of counter-irritants. Mild, moist heat is beneficial in the treatment of wounds in poorly vascular parts where there is a tendency to indolent granulation, as about the feet in horses. Again, in low grades of inflamma- tion with induration, as in strains of tendons, where mod- erate heat tends to stimulate the circulation and hasten absorption. In the treatment of abscess and burns, with COLD AND HEAT 681 destruction of tissue and suppuration, moist heat applied locally macerates the dead tissue, hastens sloughing and relieves pain, and in softening parts prevents the burrow- ing of pus and the formation of deep-seated pockets and sinus's. A modern view of poulticing is that it aids the migra- tion of leucocytes, and therefore is productive of good in assisting their phagocytic action. The abscess can thus be more speedily formed and more quickly defined. Herein heat differs from cold. In irritable and spasmodic troubles of muscular origin in various organs, heat is distinctly reme- dial, as in pelvic and abdominal pain and colic, when employed in the form of rectal injections. Heat may, in many conditions, be used interchangeably with, or in the place of, cold, according to the preference of the practitioner, or the effect upon the patient. As, for instance, in the case of pneumonia, pleuritis, angina, and in checking haemorr- hage. Heat may be utilized in simply preventing the natural radiation of it from, the body. Thus, simple, warm, dry blankets, applied all over the surface of the body, may abort catarrhal or rheumatic conditions by merely causing reten- tion of the body heat, dilatation of the peripheral vessels and equalization of the circulation. Covering a portion of the skin with such dense preparations as tar, pitch or collo- dion, in mild superficial inflammatory lesions, is said to produf'-e favorable results by restraining radiation and in- creasing heat and blood supply in the part. Even thickened tendons and indurated glands may be benefited thereby. The Priessnitz poultice continuously applied has a similar action. In vasomotor paralysis, seen in collapse, following loss of blood or poisoning, and in shock due to traumatism or surgical operation, heat is eminently a life-saving means. In such conditions the loss of vascular tone and dilatation of the vessels leads to dangerous, and even fatal, cooling of the body. Heated dry blankets, or those wrung out in hot water, should be applied to the larger animals, together with hot rectal injections; while the smaller animals may be 882 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES placet! ill batlis at the temperature of 105° F., till the tem- perature becomes normal. Such treatment should be com- bined with the use of vascular and cardiac stimulants, atro})ine, digitalis and strychnine, and saline infusions. MODES OF APPLYING HEAT. Poultices or Cataplasms. — Cataplasms are compositions for the local application of heat and moisture. They are made, commonly, of flax-seed meal, bran, oatmeal, bread, potatoes and carrots. One or other of these is stirred up in boiling water until a thick, pasty consistency is reached. This mass may then be applied, while very hot, directly to the part when we wish to produce a softening of the tissues^ as in 'abscess or tender feet in horses, and the whole is covered by a cloth. In poulticing horses' feet, the material — usually bran and flaxseed meal, equal parts — is mixed in a pail, with boiling water, and spread on a piece of bagging (double thickness, and about two feet square), in sufficient quantity to surround and cover the entire foot. The bag- ging is then folded and tied about the pasterns, and over around the front and sole of the foot. The whole should occasionally be immersed in water to prevent drying of the poultice. When a poultice is used merely for its continued heat, in relieving heat and congestion, the material should be enclosed in a flannel bag, in order the longer to retain and radiate its warmth. A very hot poultice acts as a counter-irritant in con- tracting blood vessels in more remote parts, besides its effect in abating pain. A warm, moisf poultice causes a mild local hyperaemia, softens broken down and dead tissues, and aids suppuration and sloughing. Poultices are not employed very much, except in the treatment of horses' feet, as they are clumsy, laborious contrivances, and difficult to keep in place. If long-continued, they cause tissues to become swollen, sodden and macerated, destroying their vitality. Antiseptic poultices are made by soaking sheet cotton, gauze, or other absorbent material, in hot antiseptic solutions, as COLD AND HEAT 683 corrosive sublimate, 1-1000 ; creolin or sulpho-naphtol, 1-100. The material is very lightly wrung out, wrapped about with dry gauze, covered with oil paper, silk or rubber protective, and applied to the part with a bandage. Anti- septic poultices are useful in the treatment of septic injuries, and when there is much pain, destruction of tissue, slough- ing and suppuration. Otherwise, poultices are decidedly contraindicated in the case of wounds, as dry antiseptic or aseptic absorbent dressings are far preferable in securing one of the cardinal requirements in the process of healing, i.e., dryness. As substitutes for ordinary poultices, we have spongio-pilene, counter-irritants, stupes and fomentations. Spongio-pilene occurs in sheets, about an inch in thickness, made of a mixture of sponge and felt, backed with a flexible covering of gutta-percha. Its main objection is the expense. It forms, when soaked in water, a cleanly and easily applied poultice for non-suppurating parts. Counter-irritation, as has been pointed out, is produced by hot poulticing as well as by drugs. A combination of the two is obtained in stupes. Stupes, Stupa. — A stupe consists of a flannel or other cloth, wrung out in plain or medicated hot water, and ap- plied to the skin. These are often covered by waterproof protection, the better to retain heat. In the veterinary art, hot blankets are often applied over the whole chest or abdo- men to relieve internal congestion and pain in pleuritis, pneumonia and colic. Turpentine stupes are moi'e in favor with abdominal troubles. These are made by simply sprink- ling oil of turpentine over the hot blankets, or by saturating flannel cloths in turpentiue and wringing them out in very hot water. To get a very active counter-irritant effect, a mustard paste may be rubbed over the chest, and then hot blankets applied. Hot Water Bags, made of rubber, and enclosing water at a temperature of 120° F., may be placed along the spine, and by stimulating the cord and sympathetic ganglia, cause sti- mulation of the vaso-constrictors in regions corresponding to 684 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES the controlling areas over which the heat is applied. In this manner inflammatory conditions of the throat, chest, and abdomen are said to have been aborted, and internal haemor- rhage effectually arrested. Conversely, cold may be used over the spine to dilate distal arterioles. Fomentatioth'i are simply local baths. As technically employed, the word refers to bathing parts with plain or medicated hot water, by means of sponge or cloths. They may be used to cleanse wounds or parts of dried discharges ; they act as counter-irritants if very hot, or as mild, stimulat- ing, soothing and softening applications if warm. In order to produce much effect, besides a mere detergent one, they should be applied for a considerable length of time — one half hour at least — and be followed by drying and bandag- ing. Fomentations reduce swelling and pain, and hasten repair in bruises, strains and local inflammatory lesions. Injections of hot water are employed to cleanse wounds, stop bleeding and relieve pain and spasm. Injections may be thrown into the rectum or vagina at a temperature of 115° to 120° r. In the vagina, hot water may stop post partum liaBmorrhage, pain and congestion in the pelvis, by producing uterine contractions, and atonic constriction of vessels in neighboring parts, which lasts for several hours following its use. Hot rectal injections (115° F.) subdue abdominal and pelvic pain or spasm, as intestinal or renal colic and spasm of the neck of the bladder. The heat per se in such injections may be invaluable in shock and collapse as noted above. The water may either be led off through a rubber tube, from a stop-cock in a pail or reservoir, placed a few feet above the patient, or else siphonage may be done off-hand through a bit of small-sized hose. Having hung a pail filled with water three or four feet above the patient, the hose is filled with water, and, closing the ends to keep it full, the upper part is put in the pail, while the lower, smooth and greased, is passed into the rectum or vagina ; or water msLj be poured through a large tin funnel into the upper end of COLD AND HEAT 685 the tube. The ordinary fountain syringe is the best appa- ratus for smaller animals. Dry Heat may be applied by means of hot blankets, hot water bags, hot salt or sand in cloth bags, a flatiron or hot, wet cloths between waterproof coverings. Dry heat is often preferable to moist heat for simply relieving pain and con- gestion, as animals are less apt to become chilled by drafts and evaporation from the surface afterwards. It is gener- ally more difficult to obtain, however. Inhalations of plain or medicated steam are given for their local effect on the mucous membranes of the upper air passages. The moist heat has a soothing action on the nerves, and tends to loosen dry exudations. Agents may be incorporated in the inhalation having a sedative, stimulating or antiseptic action. (Yid. " Agents Acting on Respiratory Organs," pp. 47, 48.) The technique consists in placing a bucket containing a boiling mash under the horse's nose, or in pouring cool water over a heated brick or iron in the bottom of a pail. The practice of tying a bag over a horse's head, and steam- ing him therein, is bad, if the animal is suffering from respiratory troubles, as insufficient pure air is obtainable. A dog may be placed on the seat of a cane bottomed chair, and covered loosely with a sheet over the whole, the steam being generated in a vessel beneath. Hot Baths at a temperature of 98° to 110° F. are imprac- ticable for larger animals. They can be given to the smaller animals in collapse, shock, rheumatism, and to abort cold after exposure. Glowing heat is applied by means of heated metal, and is treated under the section on counter-irri- tation. ACTION OF HEAT CONTRASTED WITH THAT OF COLD. The action of intense heat or cold on animal tissue is very similar in effect, producing vasomotor paralysis, con- gestion, inflammation, destruction of tissue and death. Even the sensations to which they give rise resemble each other 686 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES SO closely, that the coolies on first handling ice said they could not hold it because it burned their finger?. Strong heat (115° to 120° F.) contracts blood vessels in underlying parts and overcomes pain and congestion. Heat of this degree approaches c'old in similarity of action. A moderate degree of heat dilates vessels, while cold of like intensity contracts them. Moderate heat relieves pain by relaxing tissue, diminishes vascular tension by dilating efi'erent ves- sels of the collateral circulation, and draining off blood from the congested areas. Moderate cold, on the other hand, accomplishes a similar result in benumbing nervous sensa- tion and lessening the impact of blood in the painful region by constringing the afferent vessels. Tissue change is increased by moderate heat, but decreased by cold applied locally, or generally in fever. Swelling of tissue is reduced by cold directly ; only indirectly by heat, which may, indeed, increase it. Softening and sloughing of parts, suppuration and "ripening" of abscesses and "cleaning off" of wounds, are facilitated by moderate heat, but hindered by cold. Disinfectants, Antiseptics and Deodorants. Disinfectants, or germicides, are agents which destroy the micro-organisms, causing infectious and contagious dis- eases, fermentation and putrefaction. Antiseptics are agents which prevent the growth dud development of the micro- organisms, occasioning fermentation, putrefaction and dis- ease; more especially the micrococci producing suppui ation. Deodorizers, or deodorants, are agents which destroy or counteract a fonl odor. They are not necessarily anti- septic or disinfectants. Considerable confusion exists in relation to the terms disinfectant and antiseptic, because the latter is often described as an agent which inhibits the growth, or destroys the life of the micro-organisms of fer- mentation, putrefaction, and disease. This definition makes antiseptics synonymous with disinfectants. The distinction exists, however, according to common usage, that while dis- DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 687 infectauts may, in dilution, act as antiseptics, antiseptics are not often disinfectants, and in the nature of things are not strong enough to kill germs, although they may hinder their growth. Antiseptics may then be regarded as a subdivision of disinfectants. The two terms are unnecessary and mis- leading, as either might embrace both interference with the growth and destruction of micro-organisms. Disinfection may fall short of sterilization ; i. e., death of all germs. Boiling a fluid containing micro-organisms wholly kills them ; but, while disinfectants may destroy the germs of disease, they often fail to kill more resistant and harmless organisms, as the spores of B. subtilis. The scope of anti- septics has been extended by some authors (Hare) to include agents which destroy the toxic products of bacteria (iodo- form) aud prevent their absorptiou. A discrimination be- tween disinfectants and antiseptics may be made in relation to their connection with the body. Those agents employed to kill germs, in matter distinct from the living body, are disinfectants ; while those agents applied on the surface, or introduced within the bod}', may be classed as antiseptics, since they can rarely be used in such strength as to kill all micro-organisms without injuring or killing their host. DISINFECTANTS AND DISINFECTION. Air, sunlight, heat and water are naturally the best dis- infectants. Air scatters and dilutes micro-organisms, making them pathologically inactive. There is no more effective way to disinfect a stable, in which animals are living, than by free veatilation with pure air. It is well known that ani- mals are less liable to contract infectious diseases in the comparatively pure air of the country than in closely crowded and ill-ventilated city buildings. Likewise, the contagious diseases of children mostly occur in winter, when they are herded together in schools and in poorly ventilated dwellings. To attempt to disinfect the air surrounding a patient is the height of absurdity. The generation of chlorine and C88 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES sulphurous acid gases for this purpose, although recom- mended in text books, is futile, and by irritating the respira- tory mucous membrane, accomplishes moie harm than good, since a congested surface offers a more suitable field for bacterial growth. Air, on the other hand, may be a medium of infection when contaminated with dust containing patho- genic bacteria (B, tuberculosis). Sunlight is prejudicial to the vitality of bacteria. Whereas, the bacilli of tubercu- losis will live almost indefinitely in dark, damp places, they quickly succumb to sunlight and dry air. Sunlight and pure air are, then, imperative for both the immediate and pre- ventive treatment of germ (liseases. Heat is the most powerful agency for disinfection at our command. Dry heat, to be efficacious, must be applied at a temperature of 140° C. (284° r.) for three hours to kill all bacteria and spores ; but this degree of heat scorches most fabrics and destroys many materials. Boiling water quickly kills all non-spore-bearing pathogenic bacteria, and these include most of the organisms causing the common contagious and infectious diseases (tuberculosis and anthrax excepted). Two hours of continuous boiling will not destroy the most resistant of micro-organisms — the spores of the hay ba- cillus — but moist or saturated steam, at 230° F., will infallibly kill any spores whatsoever within a few minutes. Fire is the most complete disinfectant, because it not only destroys germs, but their food and products. Water, like air, dilutes germs and aids oxidation and destruction of oiganic matter ; but, again like air, drinking water may be the source of in- fection when sufficiently contaminated. MECHANICAL MEANS OF PROCURING ASEPSIS. The placing of sole reliance upon chemical agents for surgical antisepsis, in relation to the body, is a common error. These agents may damage denuded tissue, and do not reach the micro-organisms buried in the tissues. There- fore, it is impossible to render living tissue absolutely aseptic, or sterile, by merely bathing it with chemical solu- DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 689 tions. Far more efficacious is mechanical cleansing of the skin with soap, water and the scrubbing brush, and even of infected raw surfaces with the brush and corrosive sublimate solution (1-1000), supplemented, if necessary, by the knife, caustic and drainage, to remove necrosed tissue and septic material. CHEMICAL AGENTS. Mercuric bichloride, carbolic acid, quicklime, chlori- nated lime, sulphurous acid, and chlorine, are more fre- quently employed as disinfectants. Corrosive sublimate solutions are decomposed by keeping, and by contact with albumin and ammonia. Acids, or common salt, added to bichloride solutions prevent, in a measure, this decomposi- tion ; but, nevertheless, mercuric bichloride is rendered unfit for the disinfection of masses of decomposing albuminous matter, as manure. One of the best solutions, employed by the Paris Disinfection Service, is composed of corrosive sublimate, 2 grammes ; tartaric acid, 4 grammes ; nnd water, 1 litre (1-500), colored with 5 drops of a 5 per cent, solution of indigo carminate. An English solution, in common use, consists of corrosive sublimate, 1 ounce ; hydrochloric acid, 2 ounces, and water to make 3 gallons (1-768). The usual strength of corrosive sublimate solutions, for disinfection, varies from 1-500 to 1-1000. These solutions are suitable for articles made wholly, or in part, of leather, rubber and fur ; for blankets, cotton and woolen fabrics, and for floors, walls, and wood work of stables. Surgical instruments, and other metallic implements and fixtures, are injured by corro- sive sublimate solutions. Carbolic acid is more expensive than corrosive sublimate, and less efficient in cases where the latter is applicable. Carbolic acid can, however, be used to disinfect albuminous material and metallic substances. It is employed on animal excreta in 5 per cent, aqueous solution (about 8 ounces to the gallon of hot water). This solution will cause the hands to dry, crack and fissure if they are immersed in it for any length of time. 690 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES Chlorinated lime aucl quicklime are good disinfectant agents to mix with animal evacuations. In fact, bleaching powder is probably the best and cheapest disinfectant we possess for use in privies, drains, sinks, cesspools, and sowers, and for the destruction of micro-organisms on floors, and in faeces and urine. A few pounds of this preparation may be thrown into privies or cesspools once a week, and the pure compound, or a saturated solution, may be scattered over floors or mixed with manure. A 1 per oent. solution is used to dis- infect harness, which should be washed and greased directly afterwards. Stagnant and putrid water may be rendered drinkable, after some hours, by the addition of 1 to 2 ounces to each 65 gallons of water. Chlorinated lime is a powerful deodorant as well as disinfectant, but is of no value in either capacity unless the compound contains so much chlorine gas that the face cannot be held near it without the production of great irritation to the eyes. Bleaching powder should be placed upon decomposing animal bodies, and sheets wet with a saturated solution should be wrapped about the car- casses of animals dead from contagious diseases, to prevent infection during transportation. Disinfection by sulphurous acid and chlorine gas is done to destroy germs which cannot be reached by other metheds. Three pounds of sulphur and two ounces of turpentine or alcohol (to afford moisture and aid combustion) are needful for every 1000 cubic feet of air space. Sulphur is generally burned in an iron vessel placed on sand, or floating in a tub of water. If the building is sufficiently tight to insure proper disinfection, it is difficult to secure combustion of the proper amount of sulphur. To obviate this, the sulphur may be saturated with turpentine, ignited and placed in an iron kettle on a tripod over an alco- hol lamp. Chlorine is disengaged from chlorinated lime, to which is added sulphuric acid and water, each two parts. Buildings must be tightly sealed and made completely irre- spirable for animals during the space of three hours. Sul- phurous acid disinfection is not of much value, and has DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 691 been discarded by most liealth authorities both here and abroad. It certainly will not kill the spores of anthrax and tuberculosis, and should never be allowed to replace thorough mechanical cleansing and disinfection with other chemical ngonts, but may be utilized as an additional safeguard. Chlorine gas is more reliable. Formaldehyde is now being employed by many boards of health for general disinfectant purposes, and it appears to be the best means of gaseous disinfection. (See p. 320.) ANTISEPTICS. It is perhaps well to consider here the sources of infection and the natural defenses or immunity possessed by animals against parasitic invasion. Pathogenic micro- organisms are commonly brought in contact with the body through the agency of the air, drinking water and food, and insects (flies and mosquitoes), and gain entrance by means of the air passages and digestive canal ; but even now the micro-organisms are in a certain sense outside of the body, since it is not easy for them to penetrate the intact and healthy ciliated mucous membrane of the respiratory tract. Bat when the mucous membrane is damaged by inflamma- tion, and the cilise becomes paralyzed, and abnormal secre- tions are formed, then a favorable opportunity is offered for their growth and entrance into the circulation. In the digestive tract the hydrochloric acid of the gastric juice and bile act as natural antiseptics, while the liver is thought to destroy toxins resulting from bacterial life. When digestion is in a normal condition, putrefaction and fermentation do not occur ; but when its activity is diminished, and the secretion of the digestive juices is lessened, and the hepatic functions are depressed, then a chance is offered for bacterial growth, fermentation and absorption of toxins, or even actual transmigration of micro-organisms through the intestinal walls. To these natural agencies of defense, which may be likened to out- lying pickets shielding the animal from bacterial invasion, 692 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES we must add the intrinsic power of resistance vested in the tissues, blood serum, and leucocytes, in combatting micro- organisms ; and the production of antitoxins in the body, antagonizing the toxins formed by bacterial action. Micro- organisms are always to be found on the surface of the body and within its natural cavities opened to the air, but patho- genic bacteria are less likely to do hai'm if the animal is in a healthy condition. A limited number of bacteria (micro- cocci) may even exist within the blood in health, and this fact accounts for suppuration occurring when the tissues are severely injured, without solution of continuity. The internal use of antiseptics is of comparatively little value, except when these agents come in direct contact with germs in the digestive tract. This follows because it is impossible to administer antiseptics in sufficient amount to seriously interfere with bacterial growth in the tissues, without injur- ing or even killing the patient. There is known but a single instance (malaria) where the exhibition of an antiseptic will inhibit the development of micro-organisms of a general infectious disease, and so absolutely arrest it. Antiseptics are of benefit in rendering the contents of the digestive tube more or less aseptic, and (after absorption) they exert some antiseptic action on the mucous membrane of the respiratory tract (volatile oils), and also on the urinary tract, during their elimination. The principal agents used as antiseptics for surgical purposes are : corrosive sublimate, carbolic acid, creolin, hydrogen di- oxide, potassium permanganate, zinc chloride, iodoform, sali- cylic acid, aristol, iodol, and boric acid. Those employed in- ternally include naphtol,salol, creolin, carbolic acid, bismuth salicylate and subnitrate, quinine, salicylic acid, and many others. For a more detailed description the reader is referred to special articles on these agents in the preceding pages. DEODORIZERS OR DEODORANTS. Deodorants are not of any practical value in simply exchanging one odor for another, but, as in the case of DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODOEANTS 693 chlorine, they sometimes actually destroy compounds which give rise to the stench. Sewer and other malodorous gases, resulting from foul decomposing matter and excreta, may be freer from bacteria than ordinary air, and are not usually the carriers of micro-organisms, nor the cause of specific infectious diseases. These gases do, however, occasion in- definite symptoms of ill-health. Deodorizers, which are also disinfectants, are of service in destroying noxious emanations and their source ; but, to accomplish this, it is necessary that they come into direct contact with putrefying material, and should not be placed about the habitations of man or animals, with the ridiculous idea that they are achieving more than the production of a vile odor. PRACTICAL DISINFECTION. The premises occupied by animals suffering from con- tagious diseases, together with all articles contained therein, such as harness, blankets, stable implements, and evacua- tions, must be disinfected after the removal of all animals and isolation of the sick. The excreta should be mixed with milk of lime (1 part of freshly slacked quicklime, with 2 parts, by volume, of water), or with pure chlorinated lime. The floors and walls must be scraped and washed. Boiling water should then be poured over every available part of the premises, and these brushed with a saturated solution of chlorinated lime. Clothing may be treated by boiling in water, or by soaking in a solution of corrosive sublimate (1-500), or carbolic acid (1-20), for twelve hours. Harness is disinfected by washing with soap and water, and then with a 2 per cent, crude carbolic or creolin, or 1-1000 corro- sive solution. Valueless articles are given to the flames. Stable and metallic instruments and fixtures are to be freed from dirt, scrubbed with soap and hot water, drenched with boiling water, and then with a 2 per cent, crude carbolic or creolin solution. Gaseous disinfection is now in order to kill micro- 694 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES orgauisius in remote and inaccessible places. Live steam is the most efficient means at our disposal for this purpose, when a suitable apparatus for its application to woodwork, haymows, etc., is obtainable. In place of this we may resort to formaldehyde, chlorine or sulphurous acid gas. The walls are finally painted or covered with white- wash containing 2 per cent, of crude carbolic acid. Healthy animals, which have not been ex]:)Osed to infection, may now be allowed to return to their disinfected quarters. SURGICAL ANTISEPSIS AND ASEPSIS. It may be fitting, and not out of place, to briefly outline here the use of antiseptics and asepsis in veterinary surgery. Since the days when Lister introduced antisepsis, surgery has advanced in a manner which ajDpears, however, like retrogression. It is now conceded that asepsis can be attained more satisfactorily and safely without the general use of antiseptics. For antiseptics, as has been noted, inflict a certain amount of damage upon denuded surfaces, and, in so far, lessen the resistance of the body to the inroads of bacteria. Modern surgery attempts to secure a comparative asepsis by mechanical cleanliness, which is more efficient, simpler, and harmless to the body. Antisep- tics are indicated to assist asepsis in the toilet of the unbroken skin, and when sepsis has already occurred, or is unavoidable. The gross neglect of aseptic precautions, often seen in the operations of veterinary surgery, would be con- sidered criminal practice in human surgery. Asepsis is, nevertheless, very difficult to secure in the lower animals living among filthy surroundings and lying on fsecal discharges. In addition to these disadvantages, the trouble of controlling animal-movements during operation, and of keeping dressings in place, make the attainment of perfect asepsis embarrassing and frequently impossible. The more common administration of anaesthetics would facilitate asepsis by preventing movements of the patient and contact of the operative field with dirt. DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 695 But there are all degrees of iufection, aud while, with the best methods of securing cleanliness at our command, it is impossible to completely sterilize normal skin and tissues, jet the surgical result may be perfect. Therefore, in surgical operations, we should endeavor to procure as small an amount of infection, or dosage of micro-organ- isms, as possible, consistent with existing environment and conditions. The following aseptic technique is especially applicable in the case of any surgical operation undertaken upon a non- infected part. If it is possible to carry out all the details, and the result is successful, healing will take place without suppuration. Operations upon suppurating and infected areas should be conducted with cleanliness, and antiseptics are more de- sirable, particularly hydrogen dioxide in full strength, and corrosive sublimate (1-2000). To prepare the surface of the body for operations, the hair is first clipped and shaved, the skin is thoroughly scrubbed with a brush, green soap and water for five min- utes, and then with corrosive sublimate (1-1000). After the skin is incised there is no further necessity for antisejjtics unless the wound is already infected, or becomes so by ex- posure to impure air, or contact with dirt. The hands of the operator, including the finger nails, should be brushed until clean with green soap and water, and then with mer- curic bichloride (1-1000) solution. Instruments are thor- oughly scrubbed with soap and water, and boiled for ten minutes in" an aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (1 teaspoonful to the quart), aud then placed in a solution of carbolic acid (1-40), or removed to a sterile towel. New sponges only should be employed, which have been previ- ously cleansed, and then soaked in carbolic acid (1-40) solution, or pieces of sterile gauze may be used. If irrigation is desirable, normal salt solution (1 heaping teaspoonful to the quart of sterile water) is appropriate. Nothing else but this is allowable within the non-infected 696 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES abdominal cavity." Sntuies of silk, aud needles, are pre- pared by boiling in water for ten minutes. The area about the operative field is to be surrounded with cloths, or towels, which have been boiled or baked, and instruments and sponges may be laid on these. Dressings may consist of gauze which has been exposed for three hours to dry heat at 140° C. (284° F.), or placed in an oven of an ordinary cooking stove, in closed tin cans, until it becomes scorched and slightly brown. The same gauze may be used for sponges. Unsterilized articles are not to be suffered to come in contact with the operator, or wound, during the operation. Wound infection from exposure to the air and other media, is prevented by immediate dressing and bandaging, or by collodion applications. Venesection. Venesection, or blood-letting, formerly abused, has, for that reason, fallen into almost complete disuse. This is un- fortunate, since blood-letting is a valuable and often life- saving measure. The indications for venesection are chiefl}' limited to conditions associated with a general high arterial pressure and local engorgement of some organ. In such cases venesection very rapidly reduces general blood-tension to a point lower than that existing in the engorged region, so that congestion is relieved. A full, in- compressible pulse is said to indicate the desirability of venesection in severe acute disorders — in accordance with the above — but this is not by any means invariably the fact, as will be shown. Venesection leads to a reduction of temperature, and vascular tension is lowered for from 3 to 48 hours, accord- *It may be noted here that the peritoneum of the horse is so extremely delicate and liable to infection, as compared to that of man and dogs, that abdominal ©ijerations are practically contraindicated in the case of this animal. VENESECTION 697 iug to the quantity of blood withdrawn, but the blood vessels quickly adjust themselves to the smaller mass of blood, and the original quantity of this vital fluid is soon restored (24 to 48 hours) through absorption from the tissues and ali- mentary canal. The heart beats more rapidly, owing to the lessened resistance in the vessels, and venesection is accom- panied by nausea and prostration. The blood is less dense and more fluid after blood- letting, and for this reason, if inflammatory processes follow, exudation is more apt to ensue. The fibrin is first regained, then the normal number of white, and finally that of red corpuscles, in from one to five weeks. Circulatory depress- ants — as veratrum viride — accomplish much the same results as blood-letting, by causing general reduction of vascular tension and relief from local congestion, thus " bleeding an animal into its own veins " without loss of blood, it is true, but with less rapid and certain effect. Cathartics, diuretics and diarphoretics also lower blood pressure by abstraction of fluid from the vessels, but their action is slow. The following disorders are those most suitable for treatment by venesection when they exist in an alarming form in robust animals : Cerebral congestion. In insolation and tympanitis. Apoplexy, particularly parturient apoplexy of cows. Encephalitis. Acute cerebral meningitis. Active pulmonary congestion and apoplexy. Passive pulmonary congestion in cardiac disease. Sthenic pneumonia. Sthenic pleuritis. Urticaria. Lymphangitis. i Bacterial, Toxsemia < Mineral, ( Vegetable. (Followed by saline infusion.) Venesection from the jugular in cerebral congestion is, in fact, a species of local blood-letting by directly draining blood away from the brain; and it preserves life by pre- venting pressure on, and paralysis of, the great vital medul- lary centres controlling the respiration and heart. Moderate blood-letting is sometimes advisable in the early stages of 698 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES severe iuflamiuatory attacks of the brain or its mem- branes. lu cerebral congestion, and dyspnoea due to gastric tympany and pressure on the diaphragm, bleeding may give relief. Blood-letting is particularly applicable in the treat- ment of parturient a})oplexy of cows, and, when the disease has once occurred, it may be employed as a prophylactic measure in plethoric animals immediately before parturition. Venesection alleviates dangerous pulmonary congestion, removes the venous load on the right heart, and relieves dyspnoea and cyanosis by making it possible for the heart to force a smaller quantity of blood through the less obstructed lungs. A feeble and easily compressible pulse does not neces- sarily contraindicate venesection in engorgement of the lungs, for this condition leads to stasis in the pulmonary circulation, prevents the proper flow of blood into the left ventricle, and thus causes arterial anaemia. Therefore, so far from contraindicating blood-letting, this condition urg- ently demands it. Alarming dyspnoea, great cyanosis, together with a general plethoric state, should guide us in blood-letting in sthenic pneumonia and pulmonary conges- tion, rather than 'the state of the pulse. Venesection is serviceable in advanced cases of cardiac disease in dogs — with failing compensation, venous engorgement of the lungs, and dyspnoea — by relieving the obstruction to the right heart. Moderate blood-letting is occasionally useful in severe cases of acute pleuritis, laminitis, lymphangitis and urticaria in plethoric horses. Finally, in various toxaemias, blood-letting drains away both the blood and its contained poison. The mass of blood removed may be advantageously replaced by injection of normal salt solution into a vein or under the skin. This method is not in prevalent use in veterinary medicine, but is applied with notable success in human practice. Every veterinary practitioner should be competent to bleed an animal. An amount greater than -^ of the total quantity of VENESECTION 699 blood should not be withdrawn. The total quantity of blood is equal to about 13.5 per cent, of the body weight in horses ; to 2.2 per cent, of the body weight of fat swine ; to 6.6 per cent, of the body weight in dogs, and to 7.7 per cent, of the body weight in man. Large horses or cattle may bo bled to the extent of from 4 to 6 qts.; smaller subjects, 2 to 4 qts. ; sheep, 2 to 1 pt. ; dogs, 4 oz. to 1 pt. Blood-letting is generally done to animals in the upright position by shaving the hair and cleansing the skin over the jugular vein in the upper part of the neck. The vein is made prominent by pressure below the site of operation, and a fleam, or knife carefully guarded, is plunged into the vein, making a good clean incision. The blood should be quickly withdrawn and carefully measured and the effect on the pulse noted, and the blood-letting maintained until there is noticeable reduction in the vascular tension and other symptoms, for the relief of which venesection is employed. The bleeding is arrested by suturing the lips of the wound and by pressure with a bandage. Local Blood-letting, or Scarification, is often useful in relieving tension and pain in locally congested or inflamed tissues, and may even avert death of the part. Further- more, stasis is removed and exudation from the engorged vessels may be prevented, while a fresh supply of arterial blood flows in to reinstate the vital processes. Scarification is practiced by makiog numerous small, parallel incisions into the skin, fascia or other tissues in the long axis of a limb or part. In iuflammation of the perios- teum it is necessary to puncture this membrane. Bleeding is facilitated by warm poulticing, and is' arrested by packing the incisions with sterile gauze. INDICATIONS. Lanipas. Glossitis. Periostitis. Cellulitis. Conjunctivitis. Mastitis. Laminitis. (To secure blood for microscopic examination.) 700 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES Sometimes the veins leading from an inflamed area are opened, thus securing local abstraction of blood ; e. g., the digital veins in laminitis; the milk veins in mammitis. Scarification, or puncture, is indicated in the above- mentioned conditions whenever there is great swelling, pain and tension in the affected parts, and not otherwise. Transfusion. Transfusion is the transfer, directly or indirectly, of blood from one living animal to another. In this process the blood must be obtained from an animal of the same species as the patient, but even then disintegration of the blood corpuscles follows, resulting in nephritis from the extra work put upon the kidneys in their effort to eliminate the destruction-products of the transfused blood. Embol- ism and sepsis are added dangers even when the blood is defibrinated, after removal from the body of the host, and only the serum is injected into the patient. The injection of warm, normal salt solution (.6 of 1 per cent.) has been found to fill all the indications for trans- fusion of blood, and yet is free from the dangers and diffi- culties besetting the latter. Saline Infusion. Saline infusions are intended to replace the normal blood plasma, and, therefore, should contain approximately the amount of sodium chloride — .6 of 1 per cent. — contained in this fluid. The solutions should be filtered and boiled previous to their use, when this is possible, and are made by adding a heaping teaspoonful of sodium chloride to the quart of sterile water, which is used at a temperature of usually 103° to 115° F., according to the mode of intro- duction and circumstances. Simple distilled and ordinary water are noxious to the tissues, while salt solution is entirely innocuous unless it TRANSFUSION 701 contains three times the quantity of sodium chloride nor- mally present in the blood. Mode of Introduction. — Saline infusions are introduced within the body (1) by intravenous injection ; (2) by injec- tion into muscular tissue (hypodermoclysis) ; and (3) by rectal injection (enteroclysis). Intravenous injection is the most rapid and certain method, but not so simple and practicable as hypodermo- clysis. Any superficial vein which can be readily seen and isolated, may be utilized ; preferably the jugular or internal saphena vein in animals ; the median basilic, or cephalic, at the bend of the elbow in man. The apparatus consists of a glass funnel or rubber bag connected by four or more feet of rubber tubing, with a canula or curved piece of glass tubing 4 inches long and | inch in diameter for horses ; g inch in diameter for dogs. The apparatus should be boiled immediately before using. The vein is made prominent by manual pressure exerted b}^ an assistant, or by a bandage, applied proximally to the seat of operation. The hair is shaved from the part, which is cleansed, and an incision 1.^ to 2| inches long is made with a sharp-pointed knife directly over the vein and parallel to its long axis. The sheath of the vein is exposed, raised by dissecting forceps, and divided. The vein is then lifted from its bed with an aneurism needle, and two silk or catgut liga- tures are drawn under it about an inch apart. The vein is now incised longitudinally, and, as the blood begins to spurt out, the distal ligature is tied about the vessel. The canula is next passed into the incision in the vein toward the heart and the proximal ligature is tied, with the first part of a surgeon's knot, about the vein and canula, holding the latter in place and preventing leaking of the salt solution from the vessel. When the injection is completed, the tube is with- drawn and the proximal suture is tied on the heart side of the incision, and thus the vessel is occluded on either side of the seat of operation. The apparatus is filled with salt 702 GENERAL THERArEUTIC MEASURES solution — including the funnel, tubing, and canula — at a temperature of 103° to 110° F. before its introduction into the vein, and the funnel should be kept full during its use to prevent the entrance of air into the vessel. Any pressure, previously employed between the incision and the heart, should of course be removed before beginning the injection. A little clean absorbent cotton may be placed at the bottom of the funnel before the salt solution is poured into it, if the solution has not been previously filtered. In using the ap- paratus the funnel is raised about two feet above the vein. The quantity of salt solution to be injected will vary from a few ounces to two pints in the case of dogs ; from one to many quarts for horses. Enormous quantities of normal salt solution may be introduced into the blood without harm, even an amount equal to four times that of the blood, providing the inflow is not too rapid ; i. c, exceeding one fluid drachm to the pound of live weight in fifteen minutes. When this amount is exceeded the heart and kidneys cannot take care of the great quantity of fluid in the vessels and tissues. A return to the normal volume, force, and rate of the pulse, and of color to the mucous membranes, will lead us to stop the saline infusion. The use of intravenous saline injections is frequently followed by a reaction within half an hour, characterized by a severe rigor, succeeded by sweat- ing, labored breathing, a strong pulse and increased urinary secretion. Hjrpodermoclysis. Injection of warm (103° to 105° F.) normal salt solution into the muscular tissue of the neck, abdomen or flank, is done aseptically with the same apparatus employed for in- travenous saline infusions*; or a fountain syringe filled with saline solution and attached to a sterile aspirating needle may be used ; or a reversed aspirator apparatus may be * Using a large hollow needle to thrust under tlie skin directly into the muscular tissue, instead of the glass tube for intravenous injection. ENTEROCLYSIS 703 utilized ; i. e., hj filling the jar with salt solution and forcing the air into the jar, thus displacing the fluid. The fountain syringe is the best apparatus. Hypodermoclysis may be employed in the same cases as intravenous infusion, and is a better method on account of its simplicity. We are guided as to the quantity of solution desirable by the same indica- tions noted above as referring to intravenous saline injec- tions. . Hypodermoclysis may be done in several places, and absorption is assisted by massage. Salt solutions are injected under the udder in females, and are occasionally thrown into the peritoneal cavity, particularly after opera- tions in this region, before closing the abdominal walls. Enteroclysis. Enteroclysys applies to the rectal injection of normal salt solution (115° to 120° F.) to secure absorption. This method may be applied in cases not so urgent as to demand intravenous saline infusion or hypodermoclysis, more especially moderate degrees of haemorrhage, shock, collapse, and circulatory depression, when the intrinsic heat of the injection is valuable in restoring the normal bodily temperature. USES. INDICATIONS FOR SALINE INFUSIONS. Grave haemorrhage. Shock, trauroatic, operative, and electric. Suppression of urine. Severe diarrhoea. Eclampsia. 5 Bacterial. Mineral. Vegetable. In threatened death from any accidental cause. In any disease vt-ith feeble heart and low vascular tension. Hypodermoclysis, or the intravenous injection of saline infusions, find their greatest usefulness as life-saving meas- ures in severe haemorrhage. While these methods are not in vogue in veterinary practice, they have become recognized procedures of great practical value in human medicine. The indications, following haemorrhage, are to fill up the vessels 701 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES and to restore vascular tension, since danger is imminent, not from loss of blood corpuscles, but from lack of a circu- latins medium. There is a suflficient number of red cor- puscles to carry on the respiratory and oxygen-bearing functions even after the greatest loss of blood possible from ordinary causes. lu fact, respiration is but slightly im- paired in human subjects suffering from pernicious anaemia, when there is a 90 per cent, reduction in the normal number of red corpuscles, and two-thirds of the blood may be with- drawn from animals and replaced with normal salt solutions without serious damage resulting. In shock there is general vasomotor paralysis, so that most of the blood collects in the abdominal veins, while the ventricles and arteries are emptied. In this condition saline infusions (105° to 110° F.) are of infinite value, because absorption of drugs from the digestive canal and subcutaneous tissue is impaired. Saline infusions greatly dilute the blood — and, therefore, poisons in the blood — in toxaemia, while they increase the activity of the kidneys and elimination of toxins. The intrinsic heat of the injections is thought to stimulate antitoxin formation, and the restoration of vascular tension is believed to assist the natural bodily resistance of the patient. A great variety of disorders have been treated success- fully in human medicine with saline infusions, on this basis, including : septicaemia, pneumonia, uraemia, diabetic coma, purpura haemorrhagica, tetanus, ulcerative endocarditis, pyelitis ; acute alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbonic monoxide, arsenic and mushroom poisoning ; and toxaemias resulting from acute infectious disorders. The same treatment might be applied to haemoglobinaemia and other toxaemias peculiar to the domestic animals. Venesection for the purpose of removing the poisoned blood should, in most cases, be resorted to prior to practising saline injection in the toxaemias. Excluding shock and haemorrhage, where heat is invaluable, saline infusions are generally given at the temperature of 103° F. by the rectum, under the skin, or into a vein. INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES. Abortion, accidental and epizo- otic in cows and ewes. Isolate and disinfect, 301. Disinfect j^remises, 693. Empty uterus. Antiseptic vaginal injections. Lysol, 316. Creolin, 315. Carbolic acid, 311. Corrosive sublimate, 201. Ergot, 603. Abscess. Iodine, 231. Iodoform, 287. Poultices, 682. Rhigolene, 330. Cocaine, 410. Potassium permanganate, 191. Paracentesis. Cantharides, 615, 671. Acari or Mites. Scab. Parasiticides, 6{ See Mange and Actinomycosis. Excise. Potassium iodide, 234. Iodine, 312. Carbolic acid, 312. Good food and tonics. Acne. Cleanse with soap and water. Prevent chafing. Sulphur, 241. Arsenic, 211. Phosphorus, 331. 705 After-Pains. Remove clots or placental re- mains. Opium, 348. Morphine, 348, Aged Animals, destruction of. Chloroform, 290. Bullet, 290. Amaurosis. Blister about orbit. Strychnine, 387. Ammenorrhoea. Sterility. Full or restricted diet. Tonics and emmenagogues, 58. Oil of turjsentine, 480. Myrrh, 501. Oil of savine, 520. Cantharides, 617. Aloes, 543. Anemia. Full dier, 659. Fresh air. Exercise. Remove i^rimary cause. Iron, 187. Arsenic, 811. Quinine, 464. Gentian, 528. Strychnine, 387. Copper sulphate, 175. Calcium phosphate, 151. Cod liver oil, 627. Myrrh, 501. Clip horses with thick coats. 706 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES Angina. See Pharyngitis, Laryn- gitis. Anorexia. See Appetite, loss of. Anthrax. Charbon. Corrosive sublimate, 201. Ipecac, 453. Destroy or isolate animals. Disinfect premises, discharges and dead bodies, 693. Apoplexy, cerebral, parturient. Ice to poll. Ergot, 603. Venesection, 697. Bandage legs. Eserine, 395. Croton oil, 556. Colocynth, 561. Veratrum viride, 448. Oil of turpentine, 480, Change patient's position every few hours. . Avoid drenches if animal un- conscious. Empty bladder. Stimulants, if collapse. Appetite, loss of. Gentian, 538. Cinchona, 464. Quinine, 464. Quassia, 530. Cascarilla, 531. Calumba, 533. Taraxacum, 534. Hydrastis, 536. Hydrastine, 536. Hydrastin, 536. Calamus, 538. Capsicum, 502. Aptha. See Stomatitis, Arthritis. Irrigation, 679. Iodine, 231. Arthritis (contiimed) . Oil of turpentine, 478. Tartar emetic, 216. Burgundy pitch, 482. Calomel, 204. Corrosive sublimate, 202. Red mercuric iodide, 304. Cantharides, 671. Rest. AscARiDES. See Worms. Anthelmintics, 68. Ascites. See Dropsies, Asthma in Dogs. Bromides, 228. Nitrites, 395. Chloral, 300. Belladonna, 365. Arsenic, 211. Eserine, 395. Asthma in Horses. Wind. See Broken AzOTURlA. See Hcemoglobinceniia. Balanitis. Cleanse. Urethral injection, 1 per cent, solution of zinc sulphate and lead acetate, equal parts. Hydrastis, 537. Barrenness, Sterility. See Am' meiiorrhoea. Aphrodisiacs and emmenago- gues, 57, 58. Bites. Of rabid dogs, nitric acid, 255. Of insects, ammonia, 139. Of snakes, ammonia, 139 ; po- tassa, 119. Bladder, irritable. Belladonna, 365. Hyoscyamus, 869. INDEX OF DISEASES AND KEMEDIAL MEASURES 707 Bladder, irritable {continued). Potassium citrate, 121, Potassium acetate, 121. Spirit of nitrous ether, 296. Camphor, 524. Buchu,.517. Salol, 471. Urotropin, 321. Rest. Hot enemata. Remove smegma, calculi and other sources of reflex irrita- tion. Blepharospasm. Atropine, 363. Bleeding. See Hcemorrhage. Bog Spavin. See Arthritis, Irrigation, 679. Rest. High-heeled shoe. Cantharides, 615. Boils. Iodine, 237. Collodion, 611. Icthyol, 629. Carbolic acid, 311. Menthol, 506. Iodoform, 237. Glutol, 321. Phosphorus, 221. Poultices, 682. Paracentesis. BOTS. Larvae of Oestrus Equi, Carbon disulphide, 261. Chloroform, 68. Anthelmintics, 68. Green fodder. Cathartics. Break Down. Cautery, 670. Broken Knees. Cold, 675. Broken Wind. Carron oil, 149, 544. Arsenic, 211. Strychnine, 386. Veratrine, 447. Restrict water, 114. Concentrated diet. Linseed meal, 584. Cod liver oil, 628. Bronchitis, Acute and Chronic. Inhalations, 47. ■ Mustard, 493, 669. Solution of ammonium acetate, 143. Spirit of nitrous ether, 295. Nitrites, 295. Belladonna, 364, 365. Strychnine, 386. Digitalis, 427. Strophanthus, 431. Squill, 434. Dover's powder, 451. Opium, 350. Codeine, 346. Heroin, 337. Sodium bicarbonate, 130. Potassium bicarbonate and cit- rate, 122. Ammoniiim chloride, 142. Ammonium carbonate, 141. Aconite, 439. Quinine, 465. Potassium iodide, 234. Arsenic, 211. Cod liver oil, 615, Linseed tea, 585. Linseed oil, 544. Olive oil, 577. Tar, 485. Benzoin, 491. Eucalyptol, 497. Ipecac, 451. Oil of turpentine, 479. Resin, 482. Balsam of Peru, 488. 708 INDEX OP DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES Bronchitis, Acute and Chronic {continued). Balsam of Toln, 488. Myrrh, 501. Asafetida, 514. Ammoniacum, 516. Buchu, 517. Compound spirit of juniper, 518. Camphor, 524. Sulphur, 241. Sulphurous anhydride, 243. Alum, 159. Tannic acid, 567. Eserine, 395. Cantharides, 615. Bruises. Fomentations, 684. Priessnitz poultice, 678. Refrigerant mixtures, 679. Lead acetate, 165. Laudanum, 165. Alcohol, 272. Arnica, 499. Camphor liniment, 523. Hamamelis, 575. Icthyol, 629. Soap Hniment, 579. Stimulating liniments, 670, Olive oil, 577. Burns. Aristol, 149. Carron oil, 149. Boroglyceride, 258. Glycerite of carbolic acid, 313. Iodoform, 237. Salicylic acid, 470. Sodium bicarbonate, 130. Chalk, 147. Menthol , 506. Oil of turpentine, 478. Chlorinated lime, 225. Chlorinated soda, 225. Moist heat, 680. Stimulants. Good food. Bursitis. Ice, 675. Irrigations, 679. Injections of iodine, 231. Injections of carbolic acid, 311. Red mercuric iodide, 204. Cantharides, 615. Calculi, biliary. See Colic, Oall Stones. Calculi, intestinal. Enemata. Rectal manipulation. Anodynes. See Colic. Eserine, 895. Calculi, renal, vesical. Hot enemata for pain, 684. Enemata, 30. Morphine, 347. Potassium acetate and citrate, 121. Lithium salts, 145. Ammonium and sodium benzo- ate, 489. Hydrochloric or sulphuric acid for horses. Canker of Ear. See Otorrhcea. Chapped Elbovt, Hock, Knee, See Bursitis. Catarrh. See Coryza, Ozcena. Cerebral Hemorrhage. See Apoplexy. Cerebritis. See Encephalitis. Cerebro-Spinal Meningitis. Ice to head, 675. Ergot, 364, 603. Belladonna, 364. Aloes, 542. Catheterize. Strychnine, 387. Cantharides, 616. INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASUEES 709 Chafing. See Intertrigo. Chorea. Iron, 189. Arsenic, 211. Cod liver oil, 628. Antipyretics, 306. Bromides, 228. Chloral, 300. . Hyoscyamus, 369. Cannabis indica, 372. Aneesthetics, 290. Eserine, 395. Gelsemium, 398. Coninm, 406. "Valerian, 513. Zinc valerianate, 513. Camphor, 524. Strychnine, 387, Quinine, 464. Asafetida, 514. Anthelmintics if due to vrorms, 68. Full diet. Cold, exposure to. Mustard, 689. Alcohol, 273. Colic. Opium, 347. Morphine, 347. Atropine, 364. Chloral, 300. Chloroform, 281. Ether, 277. Cannabis indica, 872. , Hyoscyamus, 369. Capsicum and ammonium car- bonate, 502. Oil of peppermint, 506. Oil of turpentine, 479, 670. Aconite, 439. Asafetida, 514. Tobacco, 402. Aloes, 512. Barium chloride, 152. Colic {continued). Arecoline, 591. Eserine, 394. Enemata, 153. Mustard, 494. Stupes, 683. Hot injections. 681. Coma. Ice to head, 675. Cold douche, 678. Mustard and bandaging on legs, 669. Venesection, 697. Purgatives, 28. Stimulants, in collapse. Congestion of Lungs. Mustard, 493, 669. Nitrites, 290. Veratrum viride, 443. Venesection, 697. Aconite, 439. Conjunctivitis. Cold compresses. Zinc sulphate, 173. Boric acid, 258. Cocaine, 413. Silver nitrate, 168. Protargol, 169. Alum, 159. Copper sulphate, 175. Mercuric oxides, 200. Citrine ointment, 205. Creolin, 315. Lysol, 316. Corrosive sviblimate, 202. Scarification, 699. Constipation. Diet, 657. Enemata, 30, 31. Manual evacuation, 559. Abdominal massage, 559. Exercise. 710 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES Constipation (continued). Horse — Aloes, 542. Linseed oil, 544. Calomel, 204. Epsom salts, 153. Cattle — Epsom salts, 152. Linseed oil, 544. Calomel, 204. Foals and Calves — Carron oil, 544. Gregory's powder, 550. Dogs- Castor oil, 546. Olive oil, 577. Compound carthartic pill, 568. Compound liquorice powder, 553. Cascara sagrada, 548. Syrup of purging buckthorn, 548. Calomel, 204. Puppies — Suppositories — Soap. Glycerin. Phillips' milk of magnesia. Birds — Tincture of rhubarb, 551, Buckthorn, 548. Rhubarb, 550. Senna, 553. Croton oil, 556. Jalap, 558. Gamboge, 560. Colocynth, 561. Elaterin, 561. Podophyllin, 563. Arecoline, 591. Ox Gall, 625. Eserine, 394. Pilocarpine, 420. Constipation (continued). Barium chloride, 152. Veratrine, 447. Strychnine, 388, 387. Glycerin, 582. Belladonna, 388, 365. Hyoscyamus, 369. Sulphur, 241. Myrrh, 501. Asafetida, 514. Convalescence. Diet, 659. Alcohol, 272. Bitters, 272. Strychnme, 387. Gentian, 528. Quinine, 465. Calumba, 532. Quassia, 530. Hydrastin, 536. Valerian, 513. Pepsin, 623. Cod liver oil, 628. Convulsions. Anaesthetics, 290. Chloral, 300. Bromides, 228. Antipyretics, 306. Valerian, 513. Copper sulphate, 175. Laxatives. Warm bath. Remove worms or source of irri- tation in digestive canal. Corneal Opacities and Ulcers. See Keratitis. Calomel, 202. CORYZA. Inhalations, 47. Spirit of nitrous ether, 295. Aconite, 439. Dover's powder, 451. Opium, 350. INDEX OF DISEASES AND EEMEDIAL MEASUKES 711 CORYZA (continued). Cocaine, 413. Menthol, 506. Quinine, 564. Arsenic, 210. Bismuth, 178. Linseed oil, 544. Cough. Inhalations, 47. Opium, 349. Heroin, 337. Codeine, 346. BellaJonna, 364. Phenacetin, 306. Chloroform, 281. Chloral, 300. Wild cherry, 328. Prussic acid, 327. Cannabis indica, 373. Bromides, 228. Gelsemium, 398. Tar, 485. Balsam of Tolu, 88. Arsenic, 210. Camphor, 524. Mustard, 669. Cracks or Fissures, See Fissures. Cramps. Atropine, 364. Belladonna, 364. Croup. See Laryngitis. Curb. Cold, 675. Cautery, 670. Cystitis. Spirit of nitrous ether, 296. Belladonna, 365. Hyoscyamus, 369. Aconite, 296. Potassium citrate & acetate, 296. Urotropin, 321. Buchu, 517. Cystitis {continued). Oil of juniper, 518. Linseed tea, 585. Acacia, 580. Cantharides, 617. Boi'ic acid, 258. Creolin. 315. Lysol, 316. Balsam of Tolu, 488, Balsam of Peru, 488. Salol, 471. Oil of turpentine, 480, Benzoates, 491. Eucalyptol, 497. Thymol, 526. Myrrh, 501. Rest, Debility. Alcohol, 272. Iron, 187. Arsenic, 211. Strychnine, 387. Quinine, 464. Calcium phosphate, 151. Cod liver oil, 627. Linseed meal, 584. Cotton-seed meal, 584. Phosphorus, 221. Gentian, 528. Calumba, 532. Cardamon, 510. Coriander, 510. Fennel, 510. Fenugreek, 510. Ginger, 510. Decubitus. Chlorinated lime, 225. Aristol, 238. Delirium. Hyoscyamus, 369. Hyoscine, 369. Diabetes Insipidus. Iodine, 232. Gallic acid, 568. 712 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES Diabetes Insipidus (continued). Valerian, 513. Avoid bad fodder. Diabetes Mellitus. See Glycos- uria. Diaphragmatic Spasm, Hiccough See "Thuvips." Diarrhcea. Laxatives — Linseed oil, 544. Castor oil, 546. Rhubarb, 550. Gray povk^der, 199. Calomel, 203. Carron oil, 149. Magnesium sulphate, 153. Diet and restriction of water, 657, 658. Saline infusions, 703. Enemata, 30. Starch, 609. Rest. Opium, 348, Astringents. Chalk, 147. Aluminum hydroxide, 159. Silver nitrate, 168. Acids, 255. Lead acetate, 165. Bismuth, 178. Tannic acid, 567. Krameria, 573. Hsematoxylon, 574. Hamamelis, 575. White oak, 569. Catechu, 571. Kino, 572. Ergot, 603. Antiseptics — Carbolic acid, 318. Creosote, 314. Boric acid, 258* Charcoal, 260. Naphtalene, 318. Diarrhcea (continued). Antiseptics — Salol, 471. Oil of turpentine, 479. Tar, 485. Benzoates, 490. Arsenic, 210. Ipecac, 452. Syrup of lime, 149. Buchu, 517. Camphor, 524. Diphtheria. Isolate and disinfect discharges. Antitoxin when due to Klebs- Loeffler bacillus. Irrigate throat with normal salt solution. Alcohol. Milk and eggs. Disinfect premises, 693. Disinfection. Disinfectants, 686, 687, 689. Practical disinfection, 693, Chlorine, 223. Sulphur, 241. Carbolic acid, 313. Creosote, 314. Formaldehyde, 320, 321. Formalin, 320, 321. Dislocations. Anaesthetics, 290. Blistering, 671. Distemper, Canine. Isolate. Country air. Good food. Quinine, 464. Iron, 189. Strychnine, 387. Coffee, 377. Caffeine, 377. Camphor, 524. Eucalyptol, 497. INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 713 Distemper, Canine. Chloral, 300. Pbenacetin, 305. Belladonna, 364. Disinfect premises, 693, Dropsy, Cardiac, Hepatic, Renal. Digitalis. 204, 428. Squill, 434. Caffeine, 377. Strophanthus, 431. Potassium iodide, 234. Pilocarpine, 420. Calomel, 434. Jalap, 558. Colocynth, 561. Colchicum, 608. Sugar of milk, 621. Diet, 659. Dysentery. Isolate. Calomel, 203. Magnesium sulphate, 153. Linseed oil, 542. Castor oil, 546. Rhubarb, 550. Ipecac, 452. Opimn, 348. Lead acetate, 165. Benzoates, 490. Silver nitrate, 168. Creolin, 315. Lysol, 316. Naphtalin,318. Oil of turpentine, 479. Bucbu, 517. White Oak, 569. Catechu, 571. Kino, 572. Starch, 609. Tannic acid, 517. Hgematoxylon, 575. Arsenic, 210. Disinfect premises and dis- charges, 693. Dysentery {continued) . Feeding, 657, 658. Dyspepsia. See Indigestion. Dyspnoea. See Laryngitis, Diph- theria and Chest Diseases. Nitroglycerin, 295. Nitrites, 295. Inhalations, 47. Counter-irritation. Tracheotomy. Eclampsia. See Convulsions. Eczema. Tar, 484. Oil of tar, 486. Oil of cade, 486. Icthyol, 629. Zinc ointment, 173. Sulj)hurated potash, 244. Sulphur, 241. Yellow wash, 202. Black wash, 202. Iodine, 231. Boric acid, 258. Chalk, 147. Lead acetate, 165, Zinc sulphate, 173. Bismuth subnitrate, 178. White precii^itate ointment, 205. Oitrine ointment, 205. Carbolic acid, 312. Salicylic acid, 470. Balsam of Peru, 487. Oleate of Mercury, 200. Blue ointment, 20l). Thymol, 526. Chrysarobin, 551. Glycex"ite of tannin, 567. Hamamelis, 576. Glycerite of starch, 582. Pilocarpine, 420. Phosphorus, 221. Cod liver oil, 628. Diet, 657. 714 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES Emphysema, See Broken Wind. Arsenic, 211. Styrchnine, 386. Digitalis, 427. Strophanthus, 431. Encephalitis. Ice on head, 675. Venesection, 697. Ergot, 603, Croton oil, 556. Veratrum viride, 443. Eserine, 395. Pilocarpine, 420. Aloes, 542. Stimulants. Cantharides, 615. Endocarditis. See also Ehen- matism. Aconite, 440. Digitalis, 428. Strophanthus, 431. Potassium iodide, 334. Enteritis. Opium, 349. Atropine, 364. Aconite, 439. Veratrum viride, 444. Mustard, 494. Castor oil, 546. Oil of turpentine, 479. Epilepsy. See Convulsions. Epistaxis. Pack nostril with gauze. Ice water or ice bag on forehead. Opium, 849, Ergot, 603. Alum, 159. Krameria, 573. Erysipelas. Icthyol, 629. Iodine, 231. Erysipelas (continued) . Carbolic acid, 311. Creosote, 314. Quinine, 465. Alcohol. Tincture of ferric chloride. Milk and eggs. Isolate and disinfect premises, 693. Erythema. Zinc oxide, 173. Lead acetate, 165. Calamine, 173. Chalk, 147. Boric acid, 258. Tar, 484. Camphor, 523. Vaseline, 330. Hamamelis, 576. Eye, foreign bodies in. Cocaine, 413. Exostoses. See Spavin, Ring- bone, Splint, etc. Fainting. See Syncope. Fardel Bound. Inspection of Srd Stomach, Gastritis of Eumi^ nants. Strychnine, 387. Veratrine, 447. Arecoline, 591. Epsom salts, 152. Linseed oil, 544. Fever. Spirit of nitrous ether, 295. Solution of ammonium acetate, 143. Magnesium sulphate, 153. Aconite, 439. Acetanilid, 305. Phenacetin, 305. Antipyrin, 305, INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 715 Fever (continued). Quinine, 465. Alcohol, 273. Salicylic acid, 471. Diet, 660. Eefrigerants, 680. Cold applications, 675-8. Cold drinks, 675. Cold enemata, 679, Cool air. Fissure. Of Rectum- Belladonna, 363, 365. Iodoform, 336. Tannic acid, 567. Of Teats- Silver nitrate, 168. Balsam of Peru, 487. Glycerite of tannin, 567. Collodion, 611. Fistula of Withers, Poll, Lat- eral Cartilages, etc. Corrosive sublimate, 201. Iodine, 231. Arsenic, 209. Carbolic acid, 311. Creosote, 314. Flatulence, Tympanites. See Indigestion and Colic. Oil of turpentine, 479. Sodium bicarbonate, 130. Terebene, 480. Chloroform, 381. Oil of peppermint, 506. Charcoal, 260. Styrchnine, ^87. Ammonium carbonate, 502. Capsicum, 502. Eserine, 394. Naphtalin, 318. Bismuth, 178. Resorcin, 319. Valerian, 513. Flatulence, Tympanites. (continued) . Asafetida, 514. Cascarilla, 531. Calamus, 538. Glycerin, 582. Fleas (Pulex irritans). Oil of anise, 508. Pyrethrum, 598. Carbolic soap. Tobacco, 403. Foot Rot in Sheep. Glycerite of carbolic acid, 312. Oil of turpentine, 478. Tar, 485. Founder. See Laminitis. Fractures. Anaesthetics, 290. Calcium phosphate, 149. Starch bandages, 609. Fracture of Jaw. Rectal feeding, 664. Fragilitas Ossium. See Osteo- malacia. Frontal Sinus, inflammation of. Iodoform, 236. Frost Bite, Dermatitis Con- gelationis. Icthyol, 639. Oil of turpentine, 478. Glycerite of tannin, 567. "Galls." See Ulcers, Wounds. Gall Stones. See Colic. Calomel, 204. Salines, 152. Oil of turpentine, 479. Exercise. 716 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES Gangrene. Remove dead tissue with knife. Oil of turpentine, 478. Alcohol. Good food. Garget. See Mamviitis. Gastritis. Opium, 348. Bismuth, 178. Solution of lime, 149. Ipecac, 451. Prussia acid, 327. Diet, 657, 664. Nutritive enemata, 664. Ice by mouth. Gastroenteritis, Acute. Chro- nic, see Indigestion, Opium, 348. Linseed tea, 584. Acacia, 586. Althasa, 587. Diet, 657, 658. Gastroduodenitis. See Jaundice. Glandular Swellings. Iodine, 281. Red mercuric iodide, 204. Mercury, 200. Mercuric oxides, 200. Icthyol, 629. Cantharides, 671. Poultices, 682. Cod liver oil, 628. Glaucoma. Physostigmine, S94. Granular Lids. Alum, 159. Copper sulphate, 175. Glossitis. Scarification, 699. Glycosuria. Glycerin, 582. Granulations. See Wounds, Grease. Tar, 484. Oil of cade, 484. Griping of Cathartics. Ginger, 503. Belladonna, 365. Hyoscyamus, 369. Oil of peppermint, 506. Growths. See Warts. H^matemesis. Opium, 349. Ergot, 603. Ice by mouth. Heat, 608. Oil of turpentine, 480, Silver nitrate, 168. Protargol, 169. Tannic acid, 567. Hamamelis, 575. Rest. Diet, 658. H^MOGLOBIN^MIA. Aloes, 542. Magnesium sulphate, 542. Sodium bicarbonate, 130. Colchicum, 608. Diet, 659. Prophylaxis, exercise. Light feeding. HEMOPTYSIS. Opium, 349. Ergot, 608. Heat to spine, 683. Digitalis, 428. Oil of turpentine, 480. GaUic acid, 568. Hamamelis, 575. Rest. INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 717 HAEMORRHAGES . Ice, 675. Opium, 349. Ergot, 603. Saline infusion, 703. Antipyrin, 305. Cocaine, 413. Ferric salts, 187. Oil of turpentine, 480. Acids, 255. Kino, 572. Alcohol, 272. HAEMORRHAGE, Post Partiun. Remove after-birth. Repair tears. Ergot, 603. Hot vaginal injections, 684. Pack uterus with gauze. Saline infusion, 703. HEMORRHOIDS, See Piles. Heart Failure. See Syncope. Heart, Fatty. Diet, 659, 660-3. Strychnine, 386. Digitalis, 427. Heart, Hypertrophied. Potassium iodide, 234. Aconite, 428, 440. Digitalis, 428. Heart, Palpitation of. Aconite, 440. Digitalis, 428. Strophanthus, 431. Bromides, 228. Belladonna, 365. Camphor, 524. Heart, Valvular Disease of. Digitalis, 427. Strophanthus, 431. Strychnine, 386. Diet, 659. Heat Stroke. See Sun Stroke. Heaves. See Broken Wind, Em- physema, Asthma. Hernia. Anaesthetics, 289. Cantharides, 616. Herpes. Lead acetate, 165. Hydrophobia. See Rabies. Hypertrophy of Heart. See Heart. Hysteria. Bromides, 228. Valerian, 513. Asafetida, 514. Camphor, 524. Impaction of Colon. Magnesium sulphate, 153. Linseed oil, 544. Castor oil, 546. Atropine, 365. Strychnine, 387. Hyoscyamus, 369. Eserine, 394. Incontinence of Urine. Belladonna, 365. Hyoscyamus, 369. Strychnine, 387. Cantharides, 617. Indigestion, Dyspepsia, Chronic Gastro-intestinal Catarrh. Diet, 657. Aloes, 542. Linseed oil, 544. Carron oil, 149. Castor oil, 546. Arecoline, 591. Rhubarb, 550. Eserine, 395. Acids, 255. Sodium Bicarbonate, 130. 718 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES Indigestion, etc. (cojitinued). Arsenic, 210. Strychnine, 387. Capsicum, 502. Ginger, 503. Gentian, 528. Hydrastin, 536. Quinine, 464. Pepsin, 623. Pancreatin, 624. Papain, 62o. Hydrochloric acid, 255. Sulphurous acid, 243. Carbolic acid, 313. Creosote, 314. Salicylic acid and salol, 471. Tartar emetic, 217. Hydrogen dioxide, 116. Charcoal, 260. Ammonium chloride, 142. Anise, 510. Cardamom, 510 Coria-nder, 510. Fennel, 510. Fenugreek, 510. Oil of turpentine, 479. Benzoic acid, 490. Eucalyptol, 498. Calumba, 532. Quassia, 530. Cascarilla, 531. Hjematoxylon , 575. Indurations. Priessnitz poultice, 677. Cantharides, 615. Inflammation, Chronic and Acute. See Fever. Laxatives, 544. Ice, 675. Venesection, 696. Scarification, 699. Irrigation, 6 Counter-irritants, 670. Poultices, 677 Diet, 6j0. Inflammation {continued). Aconite, 439. Opium, 349. Veratrum viride, 443. Mercury, 200. Tartar emetic, 217. Sodium bicarbonate, 130. Iodine, 231. Influenza. Inhalations, 47. Solution of ammonium acetate, 143. Spirit of nitrous ether, 295. Potassium nitrate, 124. Alcohol, 272. Compound spirit of juniper, gin, 518. Quinine, 465 Strychnine, 386, 387. Coffee, 377. Caffeine, 377. Belladonna, 364. Eucalyptol, 497. Camphor, 524. Linseed oil, 544. Disinfection, 693. Intertrigo. See Erythema. Intestinal Hemorrhage, Opium. Ergot, 603. Tannic acid, 567. Hamamelis, 575. Diet, 658. Intestinal Indigestion and Catarrh. See Indigestion. Intestinal Obstruction. See Intussusception and Twist. Intussusception. Opium, 349. Enemata, 30. Position, 894. Abdominal section. Eserine, 394. INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 719 Iritis. Atropine, 363. Calomel, 204. Eserine, 394. Itching. See Pruritus, Jaundice. Magnesium sulphate, 154. Calomel, 203. Sodium phosphate, 134. Nitrohydrochloric acid, 303. Acids, 255. Aloes, 543. Hydrastis, 536. Podophyllin, 563. Enemata, 30. Diet, 658. Joints, Inflammation and Swell- ing of. See Arthritis. Keratitis. Atropine, 363. Creolin, 815. Lysol, 316. Calomel, 203. Lameness. Cocaine, 411. Laminitis. Aconite, 439. Veratrum viride, 443. Pilocarpine, 420. Venesection, 699. Poultices, 682. Local bath, 678. Vesication, 671. Feeding in, 657. Laryngitis. Inhalations, 47. Benzoin, 491. Priessnitz poultice, 678. Ice bag, 675. Mustard, 498. Cantharides, 615. Eed mercuric iodide, 204. Laryngitis {continued) . Stimulating liniment, 670. Spirit of nitrous ether, 295. Aconite, 439. Belladonna, 363-5. Dover's powder, 451. Ipecac, 451. Iodine, 231. Potassium iodide, 234. Sulphurous anhydride, 243. Alum, 159. Tannic acid, 567. Tar, 485. Silver nitrate, 168. Leucorrhcea. Creolin, 315. Lysol, 316. Corrosive sublimate, 201. • Alum, 159. Zinc sulphate, 173. Chlorinated soda, 223. Myrrh, 501. Potassium permanganate, 191. Boric acid, 258. Hydrastis, 537. Glycerite of tannin, 567. Gallic acid, 568. Krameria, 573. Hfematoxylon, 575, Lice. Pediculi, Parasiticides, 69. Balsam of Peru, 487. Oil of anise, 508. Carbolic acid, 312, Creosote, 314. Creolin, 315. Lysol, 316. Oil of turpentine, 478. Corrosive sublimate, 201. Mercury ointment and oleate, 200. Staphisagria, 597. Lichen. See Eczema. LiTHiASis. See Calculi. 720 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES Lockjaw. See Tetanus. Luxations. See Dislocations. Lymphangitis. Aconite, 439. Colchicum, 608. Cold, 575. Venesection, 697. MAjVEVIITIS. Belladonna, 362. Aconite, 439. Stimulating liniments, 670. Venesection, 699. Mange. Scabies. Acariasis. Parasiticides, 69. Tar, 484. Oil of tar, 486. Oil of cade, 486. Balsam of Peru, 487, Sulphur, 240. Iodine, 231. Tobacco, 403. Carbolic acid, 312. Creosote, 814. Naphtol, 317. Creolin, 315. Lysol, 316. Chlorinated lime, 225. Blue ointment, 200. Disinfection, 241. Mastitis. See Mammitis, Malaria. Quinine, 465. Aloes, 465. Calomel, 465. Meningitis. Ice, 675. Ergot, 603. Opium, 348. Calomel, 204. Corrosive sublimate, 202. Pilocarpine, 420. Meningitis (continued). Venesection, 697. Cantharides, 615, 671. Metritis. Pelvic Lymphangitis. Pelvic Peritonitis. Removal of clots, placental or membranous remains. Hot antiseptic vaginal injec- tions, as Creoliu, 315. Lysol, 315. Quinine, 465. Metrorrhagia. Ergot, 602. Hydrastis, 536. Cotton-root bark, 604. Ice, 675. Hot injections, 684. Ferric chloride, 187. Hamamelis, 575. Digitalis, 428. Savine, 520. Gallic acid, 568. Catechu, 571. Myosotis (Interstitial). Myalgia, Muscular Rheumatism. Chloroform, 281. Oil of turpentine, 478. Camphor liniment, 524. Aconite, 439. Massage. Veratrine, 447. Quinine, 465. Salicylic acid, 471. Salicylates, 471. Cod liver oil, 628. Nasal Gleet. See Ozcena, Nephritis. Mustard, 467. Digitalis, 428. Strophanthus, 431. Buchu, 517. INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 721 Nephritis {continued). Oil of juniper, 518. Linseed tea, 585. Nervous Exhaustion. Neuras- thenia. Phosphorus, 231. Neuralgia. Opium, 348. Morphine, 348. Antipyrin, 305. Belladonna, 363. Gelsemium, 398. Coniura, 406. Aconitine, 439. Aconite, 439. Menthol, 505. Obesity. Feeding for, 660-3. Salt in, 133. Pilocarpine, 420. Exercise. CEstrus equi. See Bots, Opacity of Cornea. See Keratitis. Open Joints. Asepsis. Ophthalmia. See Conjunctivitis. Osteomalacia, Mollites Ossium, Fragilitas Ossium. Diet, 660. Calcium phosphate, 151. Phosphorus, 221. Otitis Media. Cantharides, 615. Otorrhcea, Otitis Externa. Boric acid, 258. Zinc sulphate, 173. Alum, 159. Potassium permanganate, 191. Hydrastis, 537. Glycerite of tannin, 567. Tincture of iodine, 582. OxYURiDES. See Worms. Ozcena. Iodine, 231. Chlorinated soda, 225. Bismuth subnitrate, 178. Potassium permanganate, 191. Boric acid, 258. Copper sulphate, 175. Arsenic, 210. Pain. Opium, 847. Morphine, 347. Codeine, 346. Heroin, 337. Chloral, 300. Cannabis indica, 373. Acetanilid, 305. Gelsemium, 305. Antipyrin, 398. Phenacetin, 305. Palpitation. See Heart. Paralysis. Paraplegia, Hemi- plegia. Strychnine, 387. Cantharides, 615. Cold douches, 678. Paralysis, local. Strychnine, 387. Capsicum, 502. Parturient Apoplexy. See Apo- plexy. Pericarditis. Cantharides, 615, 671. Potassium iodide, 234. ■ Calomel, 204. Aconite, 440. Digitalis, 428. Strophanthus, 431. Colchicum. Periostitis. Iodine, 231. 72'i INDEX OF DISEASES AND. REMEDIAL MEASURES Periostitis {continued). Incision, 699. Eed mercuric iodide, 204. Cantharides, 699. Peritonitis. Opium, 349. Morphine, 349. Atropine, 364. Aconite, 439. Veratrum viride, 444. Oil of turpentine (stupes), 479, ■ 670. Mustard, 494. Alcohol. Pharyngitis. Inhalations, 47. Belladonna, 363-5. Aconite, 439. Camphor, 524. Spirit of nitrous ether, 295. Licorice, 583. Linseed oil, 544. Acacia, 586. Solution of ferric chloride, 187. Silver nitrate, 168. Cantharides, 671. Cold drinks, 679. Photophobia. Atropine, "363. Eserine, 394. Phrenitis. See Cerebritis, Phtheiriasis. See Lice. Piles. Magnesium sulphate, 154, Sulphur, 241. Aloes, 543. Glycerite of tannin, 567, Hamamelis, 576. Ergot, 603. Cocaine, 413. Iodoform, 236. Acids, 355. Belladonna, 362. Pityriasis. See Eczema. Plethora. Diet, 657. Pleuritis. Opium, 350. Calomel, 204. Corrosive sublimate, 302. liinseed oil, 544. Wet pack, 678. Venesection, 697. Aconite, 439. Mustard, 493, 669. Oil of turpentine, 479. Iodine, 231. Potassium iodide, 234. Pilocarpine, 420. Digitalis, 428. Strophanthus, 431, Caffeine, 377. Gelsemium, 398. Salt, 133. Diet, 659. Cantharides, 671. Pneumonia. Venesection," 697. Mustard, 493. Wet pack, 678. Nitrites, 295, 386. Potassium nitrate, 124, Potassium chlorate, 125, Quinine, 465. Antipyretics, 306. Opium, 350. Aconite, 439. Veratrum viride, 443. Gelsemium, 398. Solution of ammonium acetate, 143. Strychnine, 386. Digitalis, 427. Strophanthus, 431. Phosphorus, 221. Arsenic, 211. INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 723 Poisoning. For Antidotes, see Special Drugs. Tannic acid, 567. Charcoal, 260. Alum, 159. Zinc sulphate, 174. Mustard, 494. Apomorphine, 352. Nitroglycerin, 295. Atropine, 364. Strychnine, 386. Camphor, £24. Olive oil, 577. Soap, 580. Venesection, 697. Saline infusion, 703. Poll Evil. See Fistula. Polyuria. See Diabetes Insipi- dus. Post Partum Hemorrhage, See Metrorrhagia. Pregnancy. Linseed oil, 544. Castor oil, 546. Prolapse of Rectum. Tannic acid, 567. Powdered opium and nutgall ointment, 567. Ice, 675. Pruritus, general, and of anus and vulva. Carbolic acid, 258. Boric acid, 258. Hamamelis, 576. Chloral, 300. Alcohol, 272. Prussic acid, 327. Corrosive sublimate, 201. Tobacco, 142. Cocaine, 413. Salicylic acid, 470. Potassium bicarbonate, 131. Pruritus, etc. {continued). Tar, 484. Oil of tar, 484. Oil of cade, 486. Menthol, 505. Lime water, 149. Alum, 159. Yellow wash, 202. Black wash, 202. Silver nitrate, 168. Thymol, 526. Psoriasis, Scaly Eczema, Mai> LENDERS. Oil of tar, 484. Resorcin, 319. Tar, 484. Oil of cade, 486. Iodine, 231. Sulphur, 241. Thymol, 526. Chrysarobin, 551, Pyrogallol, 569. Soft soap, 579. Icthyol, 629. Ptyalism. Belladonna, 364. Atropine, 364. Alum, 159. Puerperal Fever. See Partu- rient Apoplexy, Metritis. Pulmonary CEdema. Nitrites, 295. Atropine, 364. Digitalis, 427. Strophanthus, 431. Purpura Hemorrhagica, Mineral acids, 256. Quinine, 464. Oil of turpentine, 480. Copper sulphate, 175. Iron. Pyemia. Alcohol, 272. 724 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES Pyelitis. Urotropin, 321. Oil of turpentine, 480. Balsams, 488. Benzoates, 491. Eucalyptol, 497. Buchu, 517. Oil of juniper, 518. Cantharides, 617. QuiTTOR. See Fistula. Rabiks. Quarantine suspects. Destroy rabid animals. Cauterize bites made by rabid patients with nitric acid, 255. Employ Pasteur treatment on men bitten by rabid animals. Disinfect premises, 693. Renal Colic. See Calculus. Retention of Urine. Pressure on bladder through rec- tum, horse. Catheterize. Opium and belladonna per rec- tum. Hot enemata, 30. Rheumatism. Salicylic acid, 471, Gaultheria, 471. Salol, 471. Methyl salicylate, 473. Chloroform, 281. Antipyretics, 306. Opium, 348. Belladonna, 363, 364. Strychnine, 387. Gelsemium, 398. Pilocarpine, 430. Digitalis, 428. Strophanthus, 431. Sulphur, 241. Potassium iodide, 234. Rheujiatism {continued). Aconite, 439. Veratrum viride, 444. Iodine, 231. Veratrine, 447. Dover's powder, 451. Lithium salts, 451. Tartar emetic, 216. Quinine, 465. Burgundy pitch, 482. Benzoic acid, 490. Mustard, 494. Camphor liniment, 524. Icthyol, 629. Stimulating liniment, 670, Cod liver oil, 628. Colchicum, 608. Cantharides, 615. Dry heat, 681. Cold douche, 678. Rickets. Sodium phosphate, 184, Phosphorus, 221. Calcium phosphate, 151. Syrup of calcium, lactophoB* phate, 151, Syrup of ferrous iodide, 188. Cod liver oil, 628. Ringbone. Cautery, 670. Cantharides, 615, Ringworm. Parasiticides, 68. Glycerite of carbolic acid, 312. Tincture of iodine, 231. Citrine ointment, 205. White precipitate, 205. Mercurial ointment, 200. Balsam of Peru, 487. Sulphur, 241. Chlorinated lime, 225. Sulphurous acid, 243. Boric acid. 238. Creosote, 314. INDEX OF DISEASES AND KEMEDIAL MEASUKES 725 Ringworm (^continued). Bichloride of mercury, 201. Naphtol, 317. Oil of turpentine, 478, Thymol, 526. Chiysarobin. 551. Pyrogallol, 568, Roak:ng. See Thick Wind. Salivation, See Ptyalism. Sapr^mia and Septicemia, Quinine, 465. Eucalyptol, 497, Sulphites, 136. Alcohol, 272. Scab in Sheep, Sarcoptes ovis. See Mange. Carbolic acid, 312, 314. Creolin, C15. Lysol, 316. Tobacco, 402. Tar, 484. Oil of tar, 486. Oil of cade, 486. Scabies. See Mange. SciREHUS Cord. See Champignon. Scratches. See Erythema. Septicemia. See Saprcemia. Shock. Alcohol, 272. Nitroglycerin, 295. Atropine, 364. Strychnine, 386. Digitalis, 427. Ergot, 603. Heat, 681. Mustard, 669. Saline infusions, 703. Shoulder Lameness. Veratrine, 427. Turpentine, 478. Sick Animals, destruction of. Chloroform, 290. Bullet, 290, Prussic acid, 326, SiTFAST. Turpentine, 478, Sore Throat. See Pharyngitis, Laryngitis. Sores, See Wounds and Ulcers. Spasms. See Convidsions, Epi- lepsy, Chorea, 7'etanus, Colic, Asthma, ThumjJS, etc. Spavin. Cantharides, 615. Cautery, 670, Splint, Red mercuric iodide, 204. Cantharides. 615. Sprains and Strains. Irrigation, 679. Refrigerant mixtures, 679. Priessnitz poultice, 678. Fomentations, 684. Chloroform, 281. Oil of turpentine, 478. Iodine, 231. Arnica, 499. Lead acetate, 165. Camphor liniment, 523. Olive oil, 577. Soap liniment, 579. Icthyol, 629. Burgundy pitch, 482. Blister and cautery, 670. Sterilization, Hands, Instru- ments, Operative Field. Surgical asepsis and antisepsis, 694. Soap and mustard, 579. Potassium permanganate, 191. Corrosive sublimate, 301. 726 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES Sterilization (contiiiued). Carbolic acitl, 311. 313. Creolin, 315. Lysol, 316. Stomach Staggers, See Indiges- tion. Stomatitis. Potassium chlorate, 125. Borax, 258. Nitric acid, 255. Lime water, 149. Alum, 159. Chloi'inated lime, 225. Glycerite of carbolic acid, 312. Thymol, 526. Hydrastis, 539. Glycerite of tannin, 567. Cold drinks, 679. Strains. See Sprains. Strangles. Mustard, 494. Cantharides, 615. Stimulants. Fresh air. Good laxative diet. Poultice the throat, 680. Isolation. Treat generally as for influenza. Disinfection, 693. Sunstroke. Heat Stroke, Inso- lation. Antipyretics, 306. Cold applications, 677. Venesection, 697. Surfeit, Nettlerash. See Urti- caria. Syncope, Heart Failure, Weak Heart. Ammonia, 139. Spirit of ammonia, 139. Alcohol, 273. Ether, 277. Hoffmann's anodyne, 375. Syncope, etc. {continued). Nitroglycerin, 295, Strychnine, 386. Digitalis, 427. Strophanthus, 431. Convallaria, 433. Camphor, 524. Caffeine, 377. Atropine, 364. Oil of turpentine, 479, 480, Mustard, 494. Synovitis. Irrigation, 679. Iodine, 231. Mustard, 494. Carbolic acid, 311. Alum, 159. Mercurial ointment, 200. Cantharides, 615, 671. Tape Worm. See Worms. Teats, Sore. See Fissure. Tenosynovitis. Iodine, 231. Red mercuric iodide, 204, Cantharides, 615. Tetanus. Chloral, 300. Carbolic acid, 313. Bacelli treatment, 312. Opium and morphine, 348. Belladonna, 365. Hyoscyanius, 369. Cannabis indica, 372. Eserine, 395. Gelsemium, 398. Tobacco, 402. Bromides, 228. Antitoxin, most successful. Cold water, 679. Eectal feeding, 664. Thick Wind. Roaring. Red mercuric iodide, 204. INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 727 Thick Wind (continued). Potassium iodide, 234. Arsenic, 211. Strychnine, 387. Tracheitis. Benzoin, 491. Tannic acid, 567. Thobough Pin. See Bursitis. Thrush. See Stomatitis. Thrush in Frog of Horse. Calomel, 202. Tar, 485. Cleanliness. • Thumps, Hiccough, Spasm of DiAPARAGM. Ether, 277. Morphine, 348. Belladonna, 365. Camphor, 524. Ticks, Iodide. Creolin, 210. Sulpho-naphthol, 210. Arsenic, 210. Tinea. See Ringioorvi. Trichiniasis, Trichinosis. Glycerin, 582. Tuberculosis. Iodoform, 237. Tympanitis. See Flatulence. Twist. See Volvulus. Udder, Inflammation of. Mammitis. See Ulcers. See Wounds. Urinary Calculi. See Calculi. Urinary Preservative. Chloral, 800. Urine, Concentrated. Spirit of nitrous ether, 296. Potassium citrate and acetate, 121. Urticaria, Nettlerash, Surfeit. Sodium bicarbonate, 130. Calomel, 201. Arsenic, 211. Acids, 255. Pilocarpine, 420. Menthol, 505. Icthyol, 629. Venesection, 697. Urethritis. Salol, 471. Corrosive sublimate, 1-10,000. Protargol, 2 per cent, solution. Zinc sulphate, lead acetate, 1 per cent, solution, equal parts. Buchu, 517. Uterus, Hypertrophy of. Ergot, 602. Uterus, Inertia of. Ergot. 602. Uterus, Inflammation of. See 3Ietritis. Uterus, Subinvolution of. Ergot, 602. Vaginitis. See Leucorrhoea. Verminous Bronchitis. See Worms. Volvulus, Twist. Enemata. Opium. Eserine, 394. Abdominal section. Vomiting. Hot water, 114. Lime water, 149. 728 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES Vomiting (continued) . Cerium oxalate, 160. Bismuth subnitrate, 178. Mercury, 199. Calomei, 203. Carbolic acid, 313, Creosote, 314. Prussic acid, 327. Morphine, 348. Ipecac, 451. Menthol, 506. Rectal feeding, 664. Warts and Growths. Glacial acetic acid, 249. Nitric acid, 254. Carbolic acid, 311. Sulphui'ic acid, 254. Zinc chloride, 170. Arsenic, 209. Weed. See Lymphangitis. Whistling. See Thick Wind, Roaring. Wind Galls. See Bursitis. Withers, fistulous. See Fisttda. Worms. Anthelmintics, 68. Ascarides. Round Worms. Lum- hricoid Worms. Areca nut, 591. Santonin, 596. Creolin, 316. Naphtol, 317. Ether, 277. Solution of ferric chloride, 187. Calomel, 203, 204. Oil of turpentine, 479. Arsenic, 211. Tartar emetic, 217. Copper sulphate, 175. Tannic acid, 567. Kamala, 592. Tobacco, 402. Worms (continued). Ascarides, etc. (cant.). Aloes, 542. Castor oil, 546. Rhubarb, 550. Jalap, 558. Oxyurides. Maiv Worms, Tobacco, 402. Ether, 277. Salt, 133. Kamala, 592. Quassia, 530. Stronguli. S. micrurus andfil- aria. Hush Hoose. Ver- minous Bronchitis. Sulphurous inhalations, 242. Carbolic acid. 313. Oil of turpentine, 480. Creosote, 314. Syngamus trachealis, Gapes, Oil of turpentine on a feather, 480. Taenia, Tape Woi^m. Aspidium, 590. Oil of turpentine, 479. Areca nut, 591. Pelletierine, 594. Pomegranate, 594. Kousso, 593. Kamala, 592. Naphtol, 317. Ether, 277. Wounds, Granulations and Ulcers. Hydrogen dioxide, 116. Lime and charcoal, 149. Alum, 159. Silver nitrate, 168. Potassium Permanganate, 191. Mercuric oxides, 200. Corrosive sublimate, 201. Resin, 483. Naphtalin, 317. Chloral, 300. INDEX OF DISEASES AND EEMEDIAL MEASURES 729 Wounds, etc. (continued.) Chlorinated soda, 225. Chlorinated lime, 225. Iodoform, 236, lodol, 237. Aristol, 238. Acetanilid, 238. Bismuth, 238. Salol, 238, 470. Boric acid, 238, 258. Sulphurous acid, 243. Nitric acid, 255. Charcoal, 260. Carbolic acid, 311. Creosote, 314. Creolin, 315. Lysol, 816. Formalin, 321. Glutol, 321. Vaseline, 330. Wounds, etc. (continued). Salicylic acid, 470. Tar, 485. Balsam of Peru, 487. Benzoin, 490. Myrrh, 501. Eucalyptol, 497. Zinc sulphate, 173. Conium, 406. Laudanum, 347. Oil of turpentine, 478. Camphor, 523. Thymol, 526. Hydrastis, 537. Tincture of aloes and myrrh, 542. Collodion, 611. Glycerite of tannin, 567. Cantharides, 615, 616. Antiseptic poultices, 683. GENERAL INDEX* PAGE Abbreviations 84 Ablution 675 Absorbent cotton 610 Absorption of drugs 3 Absorption through skin 9 Aca'cia 585 Accelerating apparatus, drugs acting on 34 Ace'ta 76 Acetanilid 301 Acetanili'dum 301 Acetic acid 249 glacial 249 Acid, acetic 249 diluted 249 glacial 249 arsenous , 205 solution of 206 benzoic 489 boracic 256 boric 256 carbolic 306 crude 306 citric 250 syrup of 251 hydriodic 233 syrup of 333 hydrocyanic, diluted 322 hydrochloric 245 diluted 245 lactic 251 muriatic 245 nitric 247 diluted 247 nitrohydrochloric 247 diluted 248 nitromuriatic 247 PAGE Acid, phosphoric 248 diluted 248 salicylic 466 sulphuric 246 diluted 246 aromatic 246 sulphurous 243 tartaric 250 Acids 18 A'cidum ace'ticum 249 dilu'tum 249 gla'ciale 249 arseno'sum 205 benzo'icum 489 bo'ricum 256 carbo'licum 306 cru'dum 306 liquefa'ctum 307 chrysopha'nicum 549 ci'tricum 250 ga'llicum 567 hydrochlo'ricum 245 dilu'tum 245 hydrocya'nicum dilu'tum. 322 la'cticum 251 me'conicum 333 ni'tricum 247 dilu'tum 247 nitrohydrochlo'ricum .... 247 dilu'tum 248 phosphor' icum 248 dilu'tum 248 salicy'licum 406 sulphu'ricmn 246 dilu'tum 246 aroma'ticum 246 sulphuro'sum 243 * The accented syllable in Latin words is indicated by the sign '. 730 GENERAL INDEX 731 PAGE A'cidum ta'nnictim 564 tarta'ricum 250 Aconine 435 Aconite 434 Aconiti'na 435 ni'tras 435 Aconitine 435 nitrate 435 Aconi'tuni 434 Acorin 537 Acrinyl sulphocyanide . . . 491, 492 Action of drugs — cumulative 4, 425 mode of 2 on animals compared with man 11 on horses compared with other animals 11 on pigs and dogs 12 on ruminants 12 heat contrasted with cold 686 Actual cautery 670 A'deps 617 benzoina'tus 484 la'nse hydro'sus 618 Adjuvant 87 Administration of drugs 6 ^ther 274 African pepper 501 Alcohol 261 absolute 268 absolu'tum 263 amy He 268 amy'licum 263 deodora'tum 263 diluted 262 dilu'tum 262 deodorized 268 ethyl 263 ethy'licum 268 phenyl 306 Ale 266 Alkaline earths 145 metals 116 Alkaloi'dea 70 PAGE Alkaloids 70 AUyl sulphocyanide 492 Aloe 538 barbade'nsis : . . . . 588 cape'nsis 589 sorotri'na 538 Aloin 539 • Aloi'num 589 Alterative 59 Althse'a 587 Alum 1 56 ammonio ferric 64 burnt 157 dried 157 potassium 156 Alu'men 156 exsicca'tum 157 u'stum 157 Alu'mina hydrated 157 Alu'mini hydras 157 sulphas 158 Alu'minum 156 hydrate 157 hydroxide 157 sulphate 158 and potassium sulphate. . . 156 American hellebore 440 Ammonia, aromatic spirit of . . 140 liniment 137 . spirit of 137 aromatic 140 water 136 Ammoniac 515 emulsion 515 plaster with mercury 515 Amnaoniacum 515 Ammoniated mercury 198 ointment 198 Ammo'nii be'nzons 489 ca'rbonas 139 chlo ridum 141 valeria'nas 511 Ammonio ferric alum 64 Ammonium 186 Ammonium acetate, sol'n of. 142 732 GENEliAL INDEX PAGE Ammo'nium benzoate 489 carbonate 189 chloride 141 icthyol sulphonate 628 Amygdalin 584 Amy! ni'tris 291 Amyl nitrite 291 Amylic alcohol 263 A'mylum 609 Anaesthesia 281 dangers of 284 practical 287 primary 285 uses of 289 Aneesthetics, general 40 local 43 Analgesics 301 Anaphrodisiacs 57 Anise 506 water 508 Ani'si fru'ctus 507 stella'ti fru'ctus 507 Ani'sum 506 Anodyne, Hoflfman's 275 Anodynes 39 local 43 Antacids 17 Anthelmintics 67 Antidote, arsenic 182 Anti-emetics 23 Antifebrin 301 Antigalactagogues 59 Anhidrotics 66 Antimo'nii pota'ssii tar'tras. . . 213 o'xidum 213 su'lphidum 212 purifica'tum 212 Antimo'nium 212 sulphura'tum 312 Antimony and potassium tar- trate 212 oxide 213 sulphide 212 purified 212 sulphurated 212 PAGE Antimony, tartrated 213 trioxide 213 trisulphide 212 wine of 214 Antiparasitics 68 Antipyretics 60, 301 Autipyrin 302 Antipyri'num 302 Antiseptics 19, 67, 306, 686, 691 Antisepsis, surgical 694 Antisialogogues 15 Antispasmodics 510, 513 Antitoxin, diphtheria 713 tetanus 301 Aphrodisiacs 56 Apomorphi'nae hydrochlo'ras . 350 Apomorphine hydrochlorate . . 350 Aporetin 549 A'qua 113 ammo'niee 136 fo'rtior 137 ani'si 508 ca'mphorae 521 chlo'ri 223 chlorofo'rmi 279 destilla'ta 113 me'nthse piperi'taB 505 me'ntliEe vi'ridis 506 A'quae 75 Arabin 500, 585 Arabic acid 585 Arachin 610 Araroba powder 551 Are'ca 590 Areca nut : 590 Arecoline 590 Arecoline liydrobromate 591 Arge'nti cya'nidum 166, 327 io'didum 166 ni'tras 165 dilu'tus 166 fu'sus 166 o'xidum 166 Arge'ntum 165 Aristol 237 GENEEAL INDEX 733 Aristo lum Arnica A'rnicae radix flo'res . root PAGE 237 498 498 498 498 Arnica flowers 498 Arnicin 498 Aromatic oils Tl, 473 spirit of ammonia 140 Arsenic 205 administration of 211 antidote 182, 209 Fowler's solution of 206 trioxide 805 white 205 Arsenous acid 205 solution of ~06 A'rsenum 205 Artificial feeding 663 Asafetida 513 Asafoe'tida 513 Asepsis, means of procuring. . 688 surgical 694 Aspi'dium 589 Astringents 63 Atropi'na 354 Atropi nee sulphas 355 Atro^^ine 354 Atropine sulphate 355 Bacelli's treatment 312 Baking soda 138 Balsam of Peru 486 of Tolu 487 of Fir 481 Ba Isama 72 Ba Isamum Peruvia'num 486 Toluta'num 487 Balls 78 Barbadoes aloes 588 Barbaloin 539 Ba'rii chlo'ridum 151 Ba rium 151 Barium chloride 151 Barosmin 516 PAGE Basis 87 Basilicon ointment 482 Baths, cold G78 hot 685 sheet 676 Beer 266 Belladonna 352 BeIla'donna3 folia 353 radix 353 Benzoic acid v486, 487, 488, 489 Benzoinated lard 488 Benzoi'num 488 Benzylic benzoate 486 cinnamate 487 Berberine 532, 534 Beta naphtol 316 Bhang 370 Bichloride of mercury 194 Bile, drugs acting on 26 Bismuth 176 salicylate 177 subcarbonate 176 subgallate 177 subnitrate 176 Bismu'thi salicy'las 177 subca'rbonas 176 subga'llas 177 subni'tras 176 Bismu'thum 176 Bitters 528 Black antimony, purified 212 mustard 491 wash 202 Bleaching powder 223 Bleeding 696 local 699 Blister beetles 612 Blistering collodion 611 Blood, drugs acting on 32 vessels, drugs acting on. . . 36 Blue mass 192 pill 192 stone 174 vitriol 174 Bodily heat, drugs influencing 60 734 GENERAL INDEX PAGE Bo li 78 Boluses 78 Bone black 259 Boracic acid 256 Borax 256 Boric acid 256 Boroglyceride, solution of . . . . 256 Boroglycerin, glycerite of . . . . 256 Brain, drugs acting on 37 Brandy 264 Bray era 592 Bromides 225 Bromine 225 Bro'mum 225 Bronchial tubes, drugs influ- encing the 49 Bronchial spasm 50 Brucine „ , . . 378 Bucco 516 Buchu 516 Buchu-camphor 516 Buckthorn 546, 548 Burgundy pitch 480 plaster 481 Burnt alum 157 Butter of cacao 609 Cacao butter 609 Cade, oil of 484 Caffei'na 872 Caffei'na citra'ta 874 Caffeine 872 citrated 374 Calabar bean 888 Calabarine 888 Calamine 888 Ca'lamus 587 Ca'lcii ca'rbouas praecipi'ta'tus 146 pho'sphas praecipita'tus. . . 149 Calcined magnesia 155 Calcium 145 carbonate precipitated. . . . 146 hydrate, solution of 147 lactophosphate, syrup of . 150 phosphate precipated 149 PAGE Calomel 195 Calu niba 581 Calumbic acid 582 Calumbin 532 Calx 147 chlora'ta 222 Cambo'gia.. 559 Camphor 521 Ca'mphora 521 Camphorated oil 522 Camphor gum 521 laurel 521 monobromated 522 Canadine * 534 Cannabin 870 Cannabinine 370 Cannabinon 870 Ca'nnabis indica •. . . 869 Ca'nnabis Indian 369 Canthavides 612 Cantharidin 613 Ca'ntharis 612 Cape aloes 589 Capronic acid .... 498 Caprylic acid 498 Capsaicin 502 Ca'psici fru'ctus 501 Capsicin 502 Capsicum 501 Ca'rbo 259 anima'lis 259 purifica'tus 259 li'gni 259 Carbolic acid ■ 306 Carbon 259 disulphide 261 Carbo'nei bisu'lphidum 261 disu'lphidum 261 Cardamom 508 Cardamo'mum 508 Carminatives 19 Carron oil 148 Casca'ra sagra'da 540 Cascari'lla 530 Cascarillin 531 GENERAL INDEX 735 PAGE Castile soap 577 Castor oil 545 seeds 545 Cataplasms 682 Catecliin 570 Catechu 5G9 red 570 tannic acid 570 Catechuic acid 570 Cathartic acid 552 pills, compound 195 Cathartics 24 Cathartomannit 552 Caucasian insect powder 597 Caustic, lunar 166 mitigated 166 potash 117 soda 126 Caustics 63, 672 Cayenne pepper 501 Cera alba 619 fla'va 619 Cera'ta 77, 617 Cerates 77, 617 Cera'tum 617 Cera'tum ca'mphorae 522 ceta'cei 620 resi'nae 482 Cerebral depressants 38 excitants 3S Ce'rii o'xalas 160 Cerium 160 Cerium oxalate. 160 Cerous oxalate 160 Ceta'ceum 620 Cetin 620 Cetylic alcohol 620 Clialk, drop 145 mixture 146 powder, compound 145 prepared 145 troches 146 Champagne 266 Charcoal, animal 259 purified 259 PAGE Charcoal, wood 259 Charges 77 Cha'rtaj 77 Cherry, wild 328 Chinoidine 458 Chittem bark 546 Chloral 297 hydrate 297 Chlorinated lime 222 solution of 223 soda, solution of 223 Chlorine 222 water 222 Chloroform 278 liniment 279 water 379 Chlorofo'rmum 298 purifica'tum 278 Chlo'rum 222 Cholagogues 26 Choline 370,537 Cholestrin > 576 Chrysophan 549, 551 Chrysophanic acid 449, 551, 552 Chrysarobin 551 Chrysarobi'num 551 Churrus 370 Cider 266 Cincho'na 452 Cinchona red 452 Cincho'na rubra 455 Cincho'nae cortex 452 Cinchonicine 453 Cinchotannic acid 454 Cinchonidi'nfe sulphas 459 Cinchonidi'na 453 Cinchonidine 453 sulphate 459 Cinchonine 45S sulphate 459 Cinchonism 462 Cinnamein 486 Cinnamic acid 486, 487 Citrated caffeine 347 Citric acid 350 736 GENERAL INDEX PAGE Citrine ointment 196 Claret 265 Classification 109 Clysters 9, 30 Co'ca.. 407 Cocai'nse hydrochlo'ras 407 Cocaine 373, 407 Codei'na 331, 336 Cod liver oil 626 Coffee 373,374,377 Colchiceine 605 Colchicine 605 Co'Ichicum 604 root 604 seed 605 Cold as a remedy 673 baths 678 drinks 670 ene'mata 679 Collidine 400 Collo'dia 77, 611 Collodion 611 blistering 611 cantharidai 611 flexible 611 styptic 611 Collodions 77, 611 CoUo'dium cantharida'tum ... 611 flexi'le 611 sty'pticum 565, 611 Colloxylin 611 Colly'ria 84 Colocynth 560 Colocynthin 550 Colocy'nthis 560 Colocynthitin 560 Colophony 483 Columbo 531 Common salt 13 Compound cathartic pills 195 liquorice powder 553 solution of iodine 229 syrup of squill 214 Confe'ctiones 77 Confections ..'...•....'.■ 77 PAGE Conhydrine 403 Conine 403 Coni'nae hydrobro'mas 403 Convallamarin 432 Convalla'ria 431 Convallarin 423 Convolvulin 558 Copper 174 Copperas 179 Coriander 509 Coria'ndri fru'ctus . . 509 Coria'ndruni 509 Cornutine 598 Corrosive mercuric chloride . . 194 Corrosive sublimate 194 Cosnioline 328 Cotton eiO absorbent 610 purified 610 root bark 603 seed oil 576 soluble gun 611 Counter-irritants 62, 665 Cox's hive syrup 433 Cream of tartar 125 Creolin 314 ^ Creoli'num 314 Creosote 314 Creoso'tum 314 Cre'ta praepara'ta 145 Croton oil 554 f^eec^s 554 Crotonol 554 Crude carbolic acid 306 Cu'ca '. ... 407 Cumulative action 4 Cu'pri sulphas 174 Cupric sulphate 174 Cu'prum 174 Cusso 592 Cutch 569 Dalmatian insect powder 597 Deadh^ nightshade 352 Deco'cta 74 GENERAL INDEX 737 PAGE Decoctions 74 Definitions 1 of drugs 2 Delphinine 597 Delphinoidine 597 Delphinisine 597 Demulcents 64 Deodorants 67, 686, 692 Deodorized alcohol 263 opium 334 Dermatol 177 Diachylon plaster 161 Eiia'lysis 78 Diarphoretics 65 Digestion 72 Digestive organs, drugs acting on 15 Digitalein 421 Digitalin 421 , 422 Digitalis 421 folia 421 Digitonin 421 Digitoxin 421 Diosphenol 516 Diphtheric antitoxin 712 Disease, affecting action of drugs 13 Disinfectants 67, 636 Disinfection, practical 693 Displacement 73 Dissolution, law of, 11, 39, 269, 281, 342 Distilled oils .71, 473 water 113 Diuretics 52 Domestic measures 90 Dosage 9 Doses 10 Dose table 630 Double muriate of quinine and urea 458 Douches 678 Dover's powder 833 Drastics 24 Draught 79 PAGE Drench 79 Dried alum 157 sodium carbonate 128 Drop chalk 145 Drops 89 Drugs acting on the— bodily heat 60 blood 32 vessels 36 circulation 32 digestive organs 15 ears 46 eye 44 heart 33 nerves 43 nervous system 87 respiratory organs 46 sexual organs 56 skin 62 spinal cord 41 urinary organs 52 Drugs, absorption of... 3 classification of 109 cumulative action of 4 definition of 2 elimination of 4 excretion of 5 general action of 2 influencing the composi- tion of urine 55 reaction of urine.. . . 54 secretion of sweat . . 65 local action of 2 mode of action of 2 primary action of 2 secondary action of 2 selective action of 2 Dry heat 685 Ears, drugs acting on 46 Ecbolics 58 Ecboline 599 Egg, yolk of 581 Elaterin 560 Elateri'num 560 738 GENERAL INDEX Electua'ria . Electuaries. Elimination. Elixirs 80 80 4 75 Elixir proprieta'tis paracelsi 500, 540 Elutriation 72 Emetics 30 Emetine 448 Emmenagogues 57 Emodin 547, 549 Emollients 64 Empirical therapeutics 1 Empla'stra 77 Empla'strum 77 ammoniac! cum hydra'r- gyro 515 pi'cis Burgu'ndicai 481 resi'nae 483 sapo'nis 578 Emu'lsa 75 Emulsions 75 Emu'lsum ammoni'aci 515 asafoe'tidae 514 Enemas 9, 30 Ene'mata 9, 30 Enteroclysis 701, 703 Epsom salt 153 Ergot 598 Ergot of rye C98 Ergo'ta 598 Ergotic acid 599 Ergotin 600 Ergotine 599 Ergotinic acid 599 Ergotinine 599 Ergoti'num 600 Errhines 46 Erythroretin 549 Erythro'xylon 407 Escharotics 63, 678 Eseridine 388 Eserine 388 salicylate 389 sulphate 389 Essences 71 Esse'ntiae 71 Essential oils 71, 473 Ether 274 nitrous, spirit of 290 spirit of 275 spirit of, compound 275 sulphuric 274 Ethereal oils 71, 473 Ethyl alcohol 263 Ethyl nitrite 290 Ethyl oxide 374 Eucain hydrochlorate 414 Eucalyptene 495 Eucalyptol 495 Euca'lyptus 494 Eupho'rbium , 611 Evaporating solutions 679 Excretion 5 Expectorants 49 depressing 49 stimulating 49 Extra'cta 76 flu'ida 76 Extracts 76 Extra'ctum aco'niti 436 a'rnicse ra'dicis 499 bella'donnae folio'rum al- coho'licum 353 ca'nnabis i'ndicae 370 cincho'nae '1 54 coni'i 404 digitalis 432 ergo'tse 599 gentia'nae '. 537 hgemato'xyli . 574 hyosc'yami. . . . , 366 jaborandi 416 krame'riae 573 nu'cis vo'micse 378 o'pii 333 qua'ssiaj 539 rhe'i 550 tara'xici 533 Extra'ctum aco'niti flu'idum. . 436 GENERAL INDEX 739 PAGE Extra'ctum bella' donna; ra'di- cis flu'idum 353 bu'chu flu'idum 517 ca'lami fluidum 537 calu mb;B flu'idum f)32 cannabis indices flu'idum 870 ca'psici flu'idum 502 cincho'naj flu'idum 454 co'lchici ra'dicis flu'idum . COS se'minis flu'idum. . . 6C6 coni'l flu'idum 404 convalla'riaj flu'idum .... 432 cu'sso flu idum 593 digita'lis flu'idum 422 ergo'tee flu idum 599 eucaly'pti flu'idum 495 fra'ngula3 flu'idum 548 gelse'mii flu'idum 396 gentia'nae flu'idum 527 glycyrrhi'zae flu'idum .... 583 gossy'pii ra'dicis flu'idum. G04 hamame'lidis flu'idum. . . . 575 hydra'stis flu'idum 534 hyoscy'ami flu'idum 366 ipecacuanhas flu'idum.... 448 krame'riaj flu'idum 573 nu'cis vomicae flu'idum.. 378 piloea'rpi flu'idum 416 qua'ssia flu'idum 529 rha'mni purshia'na; flu'i- dum 547 rhe'i flu'idum 549 sabin* flu idum 519 sci'llae flu'idum 433 se'nnae flu'idum 553 tara'xici flu'idum 533 Valerianae flu'idum 511 vera'tri vi'ridis flu'idum. . 441 zingibe'ris flu'idum 503 Extra'ctum casca'rse sagra'dae li'quidum 547 ergo'tae li quidum 599 fi'licis li'quidum 589 fra'ngula; li'quidum 548 glycyrrhi'zse li'quidum . . . 583 PAGE Extra'ctum hamame'lidis li'- quidum 575 o'pii li'quidum 334 Eye, drugs acting on 44 Eye lotions 84 Fats 77 Feeding, artificial 663 rectal 663 Felbo'vis 624 purifica'tum 624 tau'ri 624 Fennel 509 Fern, male 589 Fer'ri ca'rbonas sacchara'tus. . 180 chlo'ridum 181 et ammo'nii cit'ras 183 et pota ssii ta'rtras ... 183 et quini'nae ci'tras 184 solu'bilis 184 o'xidum hydra'tum cum magne'sia 182,209 su'lphas 179 exsicca'tus 180 granula'tus 180 valeria'nas 512 Ferric chloride 181 solution of 181 tincture of 182 hydrate with magnesia. . . 188 subsulphate, solution of. . 182 valerianate 512 Ferrous carbonate, mass of.. . . 180 saccharated 180 iodide, syrup of 181 sulphate 1 79 dried 180 granulated 180 Fe'rruiti 179 redu'ctum 179 Filicin 589 Fi'lix mas 589 Filicic acid 589 Fixed oils 71, 77 Flax seed 584 740 GENEllAL INDEX PAGE Flax seed, oil of 543 Fleming's tincture 436 Flexible collodion 611 Flies, Spanish 612 Flowers of sulphur 238 Fluid extracts 76 Foeni'culi fru'ctus 509 Foeni'culuni 509 Foe'nugreek 510 Fome'nta 684 Fomentations 684 Food and feeding 648 inangemia 659 in black water 659 in chronic indigestion 657 in constipation 657 in convalesence 659 in debility 659 in diarrhoea 657, 658 in fever 660 in gastroenteritis 657, 658 in haemorrhage from sto- mach and bowels 658 in jaundice 658 in laminitis 657 Formaldehyde 319 Formalin 319 Formic aldehyde 318 Fox glove 421 Fowler's solution 206 Fra'ngula 547 Franguliu 547 Friar's balsam 488 Fusel oil 263 Gaduin... 626 Galactagogues 58 Galls 563 Ga'lla 563 Gallic acid 567 Gamboge 559 Gambogic acid 559 Gastric antiseptics 19 sedatives 23 Gaulthe'ria 470 PAGE Gaulthe'ria, oil of 461 Gelatin 653 Gelse'mium 396 Gelse'mina 396, 397 Gelseminic acid 396 Gelseminine 396 General action of drugs 2 General therapeutics 1 General therapeutic measures 648 Gentian 526 Gentia'na 526 Gentisic acid 527 Gentiopicriu 527 Germicides 67 Gin 264 Ginger 503 Gingerol 503 Glacial acetic acid 249 Glauber's salt 130 Glonoin 291 spirit of 291 Glonoi'num 291 Glucosi'dea 70 Glucosides 70 Glutol 321 Glycerin 580 suppositories of 581 Glyceri'num 580 Glyceri'ta 581 Glycerites 581 Glyceri'tum a'cidi carbo'lici, 307, 581 a'cidi ta'nnici 565, 581 a'myli ,609, 581 boroglyceri'ni 256 hydra'stis 535, 581 vite'lli 581 Glyceryl borate, glycerite of. . 256 trinitrate 291 Glyconin 581 Glycyramin 583 Glycyrrhetin 583 Glycyrrhiza 583 Glycy rrhizin 583 Goa powder 551 GENERAL INDEX 741 PAGE Golden seal 584 Golden sulphur 213 Gossy pii ra dicis cortex 603 Gossy piuni purifica'tum 610 Goulard's extract 161 Grana'tum 593 Granulated ferrous sulphate. . 180 Gray powder 192 Gregory's powder 550 Green soap 578 Green vitriol 179 Guara'na ... 373 Guaranine 372 Gum arable 385 Gum-resina? 72 Gum-resins 72 Gu mmi 72 Gun cotton, soluble 611 Gunjah 870 Gu'ttae 89 Habit 13 Haematein 574 Htematinics 33 H?ematoxylin "... 574 Ha?matoxylon 574 Haemostatics 63 Hamame'lis 575 Hard soap , . . . 577 Hard petrolatum 339 Haschisch 370 Hartshorn 136 Hau'stus 79 Heart, drugs acting on 33, 421 Heat 673, 680 Heat, bodily, drugs acting on . 60 Heavy magnesia 155 Hellebore, American 440 Hemide smus 448 Hemlock 403 Hemp, Indian 369 Henbane 366 Hepatic stimulants 26 Heroin 337 Heroin hydrochloride 337 PAGE Hive syrup 214 Hock 0Q5 Hoffmann's anodyne 275 Holocain 415 Homolle's digitalin 421 Honey 620 clarified 621 Honeys 78 Hot bath 685 water bags 683 Hydragogues 25 Hydra'rgyri chlo'ridum corro- si'vum 194 chlo'ridum mite 195 io'didum ru'brum .... 195 o'xidum Ha'vum 193 o'xidum ru'brum 193 subchlori'dum 195 Hydrargyrum 192 ammonia'tum 198 cum ere ta 192 Hydrastin ; 535 Hydrastine 534 Hydrasti'nae hydrochlo'ras 535 Hydrastis 534 Hydrated alu'mina 157 Hydr iodic acid, syrup of 233 Hydrochloric acid 245 solution of arsenic 206 Hydrocyanic acid, diluted 322 Hydrogen dioxide, solution of 115 peroxide, solution of 115 Hydrous wool fat 618 Hydroxide, potassium 117 sodium 126 Hyoscine 366 Hyosci'naj hydrobro'mas 368 Hyoscine hydrobromate 368 Hyoscyamine 352, 366 Hyoscyamine hydrobromate. , 367 sulphate 367 Hyoscy'ami fo lia 366 Hyoscy amus 366 Hypnotics 39 Hypodermatic injections. ... 6 742 GENERAL INDEX Hypodermoclysis 701, 702 Hypophosphites 202 Ice bags 675 Ice poultices - 675 Icthyol 628 Icthy'olum 638 Idiosyncrasy 14 Igasuric acid ^>° lUi'cium 507 Incompatibility, chemical 81 physical ^^ physiological 83 Index for diseases and reme- dial measures 705 Indian cannabis 369 Indian hemp ^69 Ineine '*'^'' Infu sa '* Infusions '^'^ Infu sum calami 538 cascari'll* . . 531 cinchonas 455 acidum 455 digita'lis 422 Inhalations 47, 685 Inje'ctio apomorphi'nae hypo- de'rmica 351 ergoti'ni hypode'rmica . . . 600 morphi'naj hypode'rmica.. 336 Injections , intratracheal 8 intravenous 6 rectal 9 subcutaneous 6 Intestinal antiseptics 20 Intravenous injection 6 Intratracheal injection '. . . 8 Inulin 533 Iodine 228 compound solution of 229 ointment 229 tincture of 229 lo'dum 228 Iodoform 235 lodofo rmum 235 lodol 237 lodo'lum 237 Ipecac 447 Ipecacua'nha 447 Ipecacuanhic acid 448 Iron 179 and ammonium citrate ... 1 83 and potassium tartrate ... 183 and quinine citrate 184 soluble..... 184 by hydrogen 179 metallic 179 Quevenne's 179 reduced 179 Irritants 62 Isopelletierine 593 Jaborandi 415 Pernambuco 415 Rio Janeiro 415 Jaborandine 416 Jaborine 415 Jalap 557 Jala'pa ' 557 Jalapirl 558 Jalapurgin 558 Jasmine, yellow 396 Jervine 440, 441 Kama'la 592 Kermes mineral 212 Kinic acid 454 Kino 571 red 572 Kinoin ; 572 Kinovic acid 454 Kinovin 454 Kino-tannic acid 571 Kola nut 373 Kombe poison 429 Kombic acid 429 Kooso 592 Kosin 592 Koussin 592 Kousso 592 GENERAL INDEX' 743 PAGE Kranie ria 572 Kramero-taunic acid 573 Labarraque's solution 223 Lac sulphuris 239 Lactose 62 1 Lanolin 618 Lard 617 benzoinated 617, 484 Latin words and phrases 84 Laudanum 333 Laurel camphor 521 Laurin 610 Law of dissolution, 11, 39, 269, 282, 342 Laxatives 24 Lead 160 acetate 161 carbonate 162 iodide 162 ointment 163 nitrate 162 oxide 160 plaster 161 poisoning 164 subacetate, cerate of 162 solution of 161 sugar of 161 white... 162 water 162 Levant worm seed 594 Levigaticn 72 Light magnesia 155 Lily of valley 431 Lime 147 cLlorinated 222 liniment 148 phosphate, precipitated. . . 149 solution of 147 syrup of 148 water 147 Linime nta. . .^ 77 Liniments 77 Linime ntum ammo niaj 137 belladonn^e 354 PAGE Linime'ntum ca'lcis 148 ca'mplior^s 522 chlorofo'rmi 279 sapo'nis 578 mollis 578 terebinthi'Dae 475 Linseed 584 Linseed, oil of 543 Linolein 543 Li'num 584 Liquid petrolatum 328 Li'quor a'cidi arseno'si 206 ammo'niae 136 ammo'nii aceta'tis 142 ammo'niae fo'rtior 137 arsenica'lis 206 arsenic! hydrochlo'ricus.. 206 ca'lcis 147 chlora'tse 223 fe'rri chlo'ridi 181 perchlo'ridi 181 subsulpha'tis 182 hydroge'nii dio'xidi 115 io'di compo'situs 229 morphinfe aceta'tis 336 morphi'naj hydrochlora'tis 336 plu'mbi subaceta'tis 161 dilu'tus...' 162 pota'ssaj 118 pota'ssii arseni'tis 206 so'dse 127 so'daj chlorina'ta" 223 zi'nci chlo'ridi 170 Liquo'res 74 Liquorice root 583 Liquorice powder, compound. 239 Litharge 160 Li'thii ca'rbonas - 143 ci'tras 144 sali'cylas 145 Liver, drugs acting on 26 Liver of sulphur 243 Lixiviation , 72 Local action 2 anodyne 43 744 GENERAL INDEX PAGE Local aa aesthetics 43 Logwood 574 Lugol's solution 229 Lunar caustic 166, 168 Lysol 316 Lyso'luni 316 Maceration . . 73 Magnesia. 155 calcined 155 heavy .,.. 155 light 155 milk of, Phillip's 156 pondero'sa 155 IVlagne'sii ca'rbonas 154 sulphas 152 Magnesium 152 carbonate 154 sulphate 152 Male fern , 589 Manganese - 189 Manga'num 189 Marshmallow * . 587 Mass, blue 192 of ferrous carbonate 180 Ma'ssa fe'rri carbona'tis 180 hj^lra'i'gj'ri 192 Ma'ssse , 77 Masses ' 77 Mate 873 Materia me'dica 1 May apple 561 Meadow saffron 004 Measures, weights, tables of, 88, 89, 90, 92, 93. domestic 90 Meconic acid. . . . , 332 Meconin 332 Medicines, definition of 1 Mel 620 despuma'tum 02 1 Me'llita 78 Mentha piperi'ta 504 vi'ridis 506 Menthene 504 PAGE Menthol 504, 505 Mercurial ointment . . 193 Mercuric ammonium chloride 196 corrosive chloride 194 iodide, red 195 nitrate, ointment of 196 oxide, red 193 ointment of 194 Mercurous chloride, mild 195 Mercury 192 ammoniated 196 ointment 196 bichloride 194 biuiodide . . , 195 chloride, corrosive 194 mild 195 iodide, red 195 mass of 193 subchloride 195 with chalk 192 Metabolism, drugs influencing 59 Metacreosotic acid 466, 468 Methyl coniine 193 pelletierine 593 sali'cylas 472 salicylate 422 Metric system , 90-94 Milk, drugs influencing secre- tion of 58 drugs eliminated in 59 of asafetida 514 of sulphur 239 peptonized 663 sugar of , 621 Mindei'erus, spirit of 142 Mistu'ra cre'tae 146 Misturee 75 Mixtures 75 Mitigated caustic 1 66 Molasses 588 Monobromated camphor 533 Monsel's solution. . 183 Morphi'na 334 Morphinae ace'tas 335 hydrochlo'ras 335 GENERAL INDEX 745 PAGE Morphi nte su'lphas 336 Morphine 331, 334 acetate 335 hydrochlorate 335 sulphate 336 Morihuol 626 Motor nerves, drugs acting on 43 Moulded silver nitrate 166 Mucilage of acacia 586 Mucila'go aca'ciae 586 tragaca'nthse 586 Muscarine 361 Muriatic acid 345 diluted 245 Mustard 492 black "491 white 491 Mutton suet 618 Mydriatics 45 Myristin 543 Myrosin 491,492 Myrrh 500 My'rrha 500 Myrrhin 500 Myrrhol 500 Naphtalene 317 Naphtalin 317 Naphtali'num 517 Naphtol 316 Narceine 331 Narcotics 39 Narcotine 331 Nataloin 540 Nativelle's digitalin 421 Nerves, drugs acting on 43 Nervous system, drugs acting on 37 Nerves of special sense, drugs acting on 44 Nicotine 399, 400 Nightshade, deadly 352 Nitric acid 247 dilute 247 Nitrites 290 PAGE Nitre 122 sweet spirit of 290 Nitroglycerin 291 spirit of 291 Nitrohydrochloric acid 247 diluted. 248 Nitromuriatic acid 238 diluted 238 Nitrous ether, spirit of 290 Nutgall 563 Nux vomica 377 Oak, white 569 Oakum 610 Official preparations 74 Oil of anise 507,508 box berry 471 cade 484 carron 1 48 castor .545 checkerberry 471 cod liver 626 coi-iander 509 cotton seed 576 croton 554 ethereal 71 eucalyptus 495 fennel 510 flax seed 543 fusel 263 gaultheria 471 artificial 472 synthetic 472 juniper 517 linseed 543 mustard, volatile 492 olive 576 peppermint 504 phosphorated 219 saA-iue 519 sweet 543 spearmint 506 tar 483 theobroma 609 turpentine 474 746 GENEEAL INDEX PAGE Oil of turpentine, rectified.... 475 wintergreen 471 artificial 473 synthetic 473 Oils 71 distilled 71 essential 71 ethereal 71 fixed 71 volatile 71 O'lea 71 Olea'ta 77 Oleate of mercury 194 veratrine 445 Oleates : . ... 77 Olein 576,577,610 O'leoresi'nae 71, 76 Oleoresins 71, 76 Oleum ani'si 507, 508 ca'dinum 484 coria'ndri 509 eucalypti 495 foeni'culi 510 gaulthe'riee 471 gossy'pii se'minis 576 juni'peri 517 ii'ni 543 me'nthae piperi'tae 504 vi'ridis 506 mo'rrhuae 626 oli'vae. 576 phosphora'tum 219 pi'cis li'quidae 483 ri'cini 545 sabi'nae 519 si'napis volatile 492 terebi'nthinse 474 rectifica'tum 475 theobro'matis 609 ti'glii 554 Olive oil 576 O pii pu'lvis 332 O pium 331 Ordeal bean 388 Organs, sexual, drugs acting on 56 PAGE Orthocreosotic acid 466, 468 Oxgall 624 purified 624 Oxytocics 58 Pack, coid Palmitin 576, Pancreatin Pancreati num Papain Papaverine Papers Papoid Parasiticides Paregoric Pelletierine * Pepper, cayenne red Peppermint water Pepsin saccharated sacchara'tum Peptonized milk Percolation , Persian insect powder Petrolatum .... hard .- liquid li'quidum mo'lle soft spi'ssum Petroleum ointment soft ' hard Pha?oretin Pharmaceutical processes Pharmacognosy, definition of. Pharmacology, definition of. . Pharmacopoeia, definition of . prep.arations of the Pharmaco-dynamics . . . Pharmacy, definition of Phenacetin 677 577 623 623 625 331 77 625 68 333 593 501 501 504 505 622 622 622 663 73 597 328 329 328 328 328 328 329 328 328 329 549 72 1 1 73 74 1 1 302 / GENERAL INDEX 747 PAGE Phenaceti'num 302 Phenol 306 Physical incompatibility 81, 82 Physiological incompatibility, 81, 82 Phosphide of zinc 321 Phosphorated oil 219 Phosphoric acid 248 diluted 248 Phosphorus 218 spiritof 219 Physosterin 388 Physosti'gma 388 Physostigmi'nae salicy'las 389 sulphas 389 Physostigmine 388 salicylate 389 sulphate 389 Picropodophyllin 562 PiUs 77 of asafetida 514 blue 192 cathartic, compound 195 Pilocarpi'nae hydrochlo'ras . . . 416 ni tras 417 Pilocarpine 415 hydrochlorate 416 nitrate 417 Pilocarpidine 415 Pilocarpus 415 Pi'lula hydra'rgyri 192 Pi'lulee 77 Pinene 476 Pitch 433 Burgundy 480 plaster 481 Pix Burgu'ndica 480 li'quida 483 nigra 483 Plasma, blood, drugs acting on 32 Plasters 77 Plu'mbi ace'tas 161 ca'rbonas 162 io'didum 1 62 ni'tras 162 PAGE Plu'mbi o'xidum 162 Plumbum 160 Pneumogastric, • drugs acting on S4 Podophyllin 562 Podophyllinic acid 562 Podophyllum 561 Podophylloquercitin 562 Podophyllotoxin 562 Pomegranate 593 Port 265 Posology 9 table of 630 Potash, caustic 117 Pota'ssa 117 cumca'lce 118 solution of 118 sulphura'ta 243 with lime 118 Pota'ssii ace'tas 120 bica'rbonas 120 bita'rtras 125 bro'midum. 225 ca'rbonas 119 chlo'ras 124 ci'tras 121 cya'nidum 327 iodidum 232 ni'tras 122 perma'nganas. 189 Potassium 116 acetate 120 alum 156 arsenite, solution of 206 bicarbonate 120 bitartrate 125 bromide 225 carbonate 119 chlorate 124 citrate 121 cyanide 327 hydrate 117 solution of 118 hydroxide 117 iodide 232 748 GENERAL INDEX Potassium nitrate 123 permanganate 189 tartrate, acid. 125 Powder, compound catechu. . . 570 chalk 145 jalap 572 liquorice 239, 553 Dover's 449 Gregory's 549 ipecac and opium 449 Powders 76 Poultices 682 Preissnitz 677 Precipitate, red 193 wliite 196 Precipitated calcium carbon- ate 146 phosphate 149 Preface iii Preparations, pharmacopoeial. 74 Prepared chalk 145 Prescription, definition of 86 writing 84 words and phrases used in 84 Prescriptions for balls 100 drenches 102 electuaries 106 liniments 108 mixtures 101 ointments 107 pills 97 powders 103 suppositories 106 Primary action 2 Protargol 168 Protopine 332 Pru'nus virginia'na 328 Prussic acid 322 Pseudoaconitine 435 aconine 435 jervine 440 pelletierine 593 Pu Ivis catechu compo'situs.. . 570 Pu'lvis cre'tae compo'situs 145 Pu'lvis glycyrrhi'zae compo'si- tus 239, 553 ipecachua'nhee et o'pii 449 jala'pae compo'situs 572 rhe'i compo'situs 549 Pu'lveres 76 Punicotannic acid 593 Pupil, drugs acting on 45 Purgatives 24 cholagogue 29 drastic , 24 hydragogue 25 laxative 24 saline 25 simple , 24 Purified cotton 610 ox gall 624 Pustulants 62, 666 Pyre'thrum 597 Pyridine 399 Pyrocatechin 572 Pyrogallic acid. , 568 Pyrogallol 568 Pyroxylin 611 Pyroxyli'num 611 Qua'ssia 529 Quassiin 529 Quercin 569 Quercitannic acid 569 Quercite 569 Que'rcus a'lba 569 Quevenne's digitalin 422 Quicksilver 192 Quinamine '. 453 Quinic acid 454 Quinicine 454 Quinidi'nae su'lphas 458 Quinidine 453 sulphate 458 Quini'na 453 Quini'nee bimuria'tis ca'rba- mas 458 bisu'lphas 456 hydrobro'mas 457 GENERAL INDEX 749 PAGE Quini nfe hyrochlo'ras 457 su li)has 45(5 Valeria uas 458 Quinine 453 bisulphate 456 hydrobromate 457 hydrochlorate 457 sulphate 456 valerianate 458 Quinoidine 453, 458 Quinoidi'num 458 Rational therapeutics 1 Rectal injections 9 Rectal feeding 663 Rectified oil of turpentine 475 Red corpuscles, drugs acting on 33 Red cinchona 455 mercuric oxide 193 pepper 501 cinchona 455 precipitate 193 ointment 193 wine 265 Reduced iron 179 Refrigerants 6, 680 Remote action 2 Resin cerate 482 plaster 482 Resi na jala'pae 557 podophy'lli 562 scammo'nii 557 Reei'nse 71 Resins 1 71 Resorcin 318 Resorcinol 318 Resorci num 318 Respiratory organs, drugs act- ing on 46, 447 mucous membrane, drugs acting on 46 Rha'mnus cartha'rticus 548 purshia na 546 Rhaninose 548 PAGE Rhatanin 573 Rhatany 572 Rheotannic acid 549 Rheum 549 Rhein 549. 551 Rhigolene 330 Rhubarb 549 Ricinolein 545 Rosin 482 Rottle'ra 592 Rottlerin 592 Rubefacients. .., 62, 669 Rubi jervine 440 Rum 264 Rutin 516 Sab'ina 519 Saccharated ferrous carbon- ate 180 pepsin 622 Sacchari faex 588 Sa'ccharum 587 la'ctis 621 Sal ammoniac 141 soda ■ 127 volatile 140 Salicin 467 Salicinum 467 Salicylic acid 466 Salicylism 468 Salicylous acid 469 Salicyluric acid 468, 469 Saline purgatives 25 infusions 700 Salivary glands, drugs acting on 15 Salol 467 Salt, common 131 Epsom 152 Glauber's 130 Salts of tartar : . . . 119 Saltpetre 122 Santo'nica 594 Santonin 595 Santoni'num 595 750 GENEKAL INDEX PAGE Sa'po 577 mollis 578 vi'ridis 578 Savine 519 Scaling 73 Scammoniu 557 Scammo nium 556 Scammony 556 Scarification 699 Scheele's prussic acid 322 Schmiedeberg's digitalin 422 Scilla 432 Scillin 433 Scillipicrin 433 Scillitoxin 433 Sclerotinic acid 599 Secondary action 2 Secretion of milk, drugs influ- encing 58 Sedatives, gastric 23 Selective action 2 Senna 552 Alexandria 552 Tinnivelly 552 Indian 552 Sennacrol 552 Sennapicrin 552 Sensory nerves, drugs acting or 407 Se'vum 618 Sexual organs, drugs acting on 56 Sherry 266 Sheet bath 676 Sialagogues 15 Silver 165 cyanide 166, 327 iodide 166 nitrate 165 diluted 166 moulded 166 oxide 166 Simple purgatives 24 Sinalbin 491 Sinapin sulphate 491 Si'napis 491 Si'napis a'lba 491 nigra 491 Sinapism 494 Sinigrin 493 Skin, drugs acting on 62 Soap 577 composition of 577 green 578 hard 577 soft 578 white castile 577 Socaloin 539 Socotrine aloes 538 Soda 126 baking 128 caustic 126 solution of 127 washing 127 Ro'dii be'nzoas 489 bica'rbonas 128 bisu'lphis 135 boras 256 bro'midum 226 ca'rbonas 127 exsicca'tus 128 chlo'ridum 131 hyposu'lphis 135 io'didum 232 pho'sphas 134 sali'cylas 467 su'lphas 130 su'lphis 134 Sodium 126 benzoate 489 bicarbonate 128 bisulphite 135 borate 256 bromide 266 carbonate 127 dried 128 chloride 1^1 hydrate 126 solution of 127 hydroxide 126 hyposulphite • • 135 GENERAL INDEX 751 PAGE Sodium iodide 232 phosphate 134 salicylate 467 sulphate 130 sulphite 134 Soft petrolatum 328 petroleum ointment 328 soap 578 liniment 578 Solution of acetate of ammon- ium 142 ammonia 136 sti'onger 137 arsenite of potassium 206 arsenous acid 206 chloride of iron 181 zinc 170 chlorinated lime 223 soda 223 hydrogen dioxide 115 morphine acetate 336 hydrochlorate 336 iodine, compound 229 lime 147 potash 118 soda 127 subacetate of lead 161 diluted 162 subsulphate of iron 182 Solutions 74 Soporifics 39 Spanish flies 612 Spearmint 506 oil of 506 spirit of 506 water of 5(6 Spermace'ti 620 Spinal cord, drugs acting on. . 399 Spirit of ammonia 1 37 aromatic 140 camphor 522 chloroform 279 anise 508 ether 275 compound 275 PAGE Spirit of glonoin 291 juniper 518 compound 264, 518 nitrous ether 290 peppermint 504 phosphorus 219 spearmint 506 Spi'ritus 75 Spi'ritus ae'theris 275 compo'situs 275 nitro'si 290 ani'si 508 ammo'niaB 137 aroma'ticus 140 ca'mphorae 522 chlorofo'rmi 279 frume'nti 263 glonoi'ni 291 juni'peri 518 compo'situs 264, 518 me'nthfe piperi'tae 504 vi'ridis 506 pho'sphori 219 rectifica'tus 261 te'nuior 262 vi'ni ga'llici 264 Squill 432 compound syrup of 433 Staphisa'gria 597 Staphisagrine 597 Stearin 610 Stearopten 521 Sternuatories 46 Stimulants, cerebral 38 hepatic 26 Stomach, drugs acting on 16 Stomachics 16 Stout 266 Strophanthidin 429 Strophanthin 429, 430 Stropha nthus 429 Strychni'na 378 Strj'chninEe sulphas 379 Strychnine 378 sulphate 379 752 GENERAL INDEX PAGE Styptic collodion 565, 611 Styptics 63 Styrol 486 Subcutaneous injections 6 Sublimate, corrosive 1P4 Sublimed sulphur 338 Sudorifics 65 Suet 618 mutton 618 Sugar 587 cane 587 of milk 621 of lead 161 Su'Iphur 238 flowers of 238 liver of 2-13 lo'tum 238 milk of 239 ointment 239 precipitated 239 prascipita'tum 239 sublima'tum 238 sublimed 238 Avashed 238 Sulphuric acid .• 246 aromatic 246 diluted 246 ether : 274 Sulphurated pota'ssa 2-13 Sulphurous acid 243 Su'pposito'ria 77 glyceri'ni 581 iodofo'rmi 237 morphi'na} 336 juppositories 77 Suppurants 673 Sweat, drugs influencing secre- tion of 65 Sweet spirit of nitre 290 oil 576 Symbols (signs) 88, 89 Synthetic oil of wintergreen. . 472 Syrup, simple 588 Sy'rupi 75 Syrups 75 PAGE Sy'rupus aca'cise 586 a cidi hydrio'dici 233 althee'ae 587 ca'lcii l.ictophospha'tis. . .. 150 ca'lcis 148 fe'rri io'didi 181 fu'sci 588 ipecacua'nhae 449 pru'ni virginia'na? 328 rha'mni catha'rtic: 548 sci'Uae 433 compo'situs 433 toluta'nus 487 Taba'cum 399 Tables of weights and meas- ures 88-93 Tannic acid 564 Tannin 564 Tar 483 Taraxacin 533 Taraxacerin 533 Taraxacum 533 Tartrated antimony 212 Tartar emetic 212 Tartar, salts of . , 119 cream of 125 Tea 373,377 Terebene 476 Terebe'num 476 Terebi'nthina 474 canade'nsis 481 Terpenes 475 Terpin hydrato ■ 476 Terpi'ni hy'dras 476 Tetanocannabine 370 Tetanus antitoxin 301 Thebaiue 331 Theine 372 Theobro'ma, oil of. 609 Theobromine 373 Therapeutics 1 definition of 1 empirical 1 general . , 1 GENERAL INDEX 753 PAGE Therapeutics, rational 1 Theri'aca 588 Thiol 029 Thymol 525 Tiglmic acid 554 Tinctu ra aco'niti 435 alo'es et my'rrhaj. .... 500, 540 a'rnicae 499 flo'rum 498 ra'dicis 499 asafce'tida? 514 bella'donnse folio' rum 353 benzoi'ni 488 compo'sita 488 bu'chu 517 calu'mbaj 532 ca'nnabis i'ndicae 371 cantlia'ridis 613 ca'psici 502 cardamo'mi 509 compo'sita 509 cascari'llae 531 ca'techu 570 compo'sita 570 cincho'na? 455 compo'sita 455 co'lchici se'minis 606 digitalis 422 ergo'tae 599 ammonia'tce 599 • fe'rri chloride 183 perchlo'ridi 182 gelse'mii 396 gentia'ufB compo'sita 527 hydrastis 535 hyoscy'ami 367 io'di 229 ipecacua'nhae et o'pii 449 ki'no 572 krame'riae 573 my'rrhao 500 nu'cis vo'mica^ 378 o'pii 333 camphora'taj 333 deodora'ta' 334 PAGE Tinctu ra qua'ssiae 529 scilla? 433 stropha ntlii 429 vera'tri v'iridis 441 Tinctu'ra^ 75 Tincture of larkspur 597 Tinctures 75 Tobacco 399 Tolu 487 Tonics 60 Tow 610 Toxicology, definition of 1 Tragacanth 586 Tragaca'ntha 586 Transfusion 700 Treacle 588 Trituration 72 Trituratio'nes 76 Triturations 76 Turpentine 474 Canada 481 liniment 475 oil of 475 Ungue'nta 77 Ungue'ntixm 617 a'cidi carbo'lici 307 ta'nnici 565 aconiti'na 439 bella'donnse 353 ceta'cei 620 chrysarobi'ni, 551 ga'llse 564,568 cum o'pio 568 hydra'rgyri 192 ammonia' ti 196 nitra'tis 196 o'xidifla'vi 194 ru'bri 193 io'di 229 iodof o'rmi 235 petrolei 328 picis li quida? 483 pota'ssii io'didi 232 su'lphuris 239 754 GENERAL INDEX Ungue'ntum zL'nci o'xidi 172 United States Pharmacopoeia. 73 Urinary tract, drugs acting on. 53 sedatives 56 antiseptics 56 Urine, drugs altering compo- sition of . , 55 drugs increasing secretion of 53 acidifying 55 making alkaline... . 55 making aseptic 56 Urotropin 321 Uterus, drugs acting on 58 Uterine action, drugs restrain- ing 58 Vagus, drugs acting on 34 Valerian 510 Valeriana 510 Valeria'nse rhizo'ma 510 Valerianic acid 511 Vaseline 328 Vasomotor centre, drugs act- ing on 36 Vegetable bitters 526 cathartics 538 drugs 331 Venesection 696 Veratralbine 444 Veratri'na 444 Veratrine 444 Veratroidine 440, 441 Vera'trum vi'ride 440 album 444 Vermicides 67 Vermifuges 68 Vesicants 62, 670 Vessels, drugs acting on 36 Vienna paste 118 Vi'na 75 Vinegars 76 Vi'num album 265 Vi'num antimo'nii 214 co'lchici 605 PAGE Vi'num ra'dicis 605 co'lchici se'minis 606 ipecacua'nhae 449 o'pii 334 porte'nse 265 ru'brum 265 xe'ricum 266 Vite'llus, glycerite of 581 Vitriol, blue 174 green 179 Volatile oils 71, 473 oil of mustard 492 Warm baths 685 Wash, black 202 yellow 201 Washed sulphur. . . , 238 Washing soda 127 Water 113 Waters 75 Wax 619 yellow 619 white 619 Weights and measures 88-93 Wet pack 677 Whiskey 263 White arsenic 205 castile soap 577 corpuscles, drugs acting on 33 hellebore 444 lead 162 mustard 491 oak .- 569 precipitate 196 ointment 196 White wax 619 wine 265 Wild cherry 328 Wine, white 265 red 285 Wines 75 Wintergreen, oil of 471 artificial oil of 472 synthetic oil of 472 GENERAL INDEX 755 PAGE Witchhazel 575 Wool fat, hydrous 618 Wormseed 594 oil of 594 Yellow jasmine .* 396 mercuric oxide 193 wash 201 Yolk of egg 581 Zinc 170 acetate 172 carbonate, precipitated. . . 171 oxide 171 PAGE Zinc oxide ointment 172 phosphide 221 sulpliate 171 valerianate 512 Zi'nci ace'tas 172 ca'rbonas praecipita'tus . . 171 chlo'ridum — 170 o'xidum 171 pho'sphidum 221 sulphas 71 valeria'nas 512 Zincum 170 Zi ngiber 503 Zymine 623 WILLIAM R. JENKINS* Veterinary Books 1901 (*) Single asterisk designates New Books. (**) Double asterisk designates Recent Publications. For extended notices, nee the special advertise- ments at the hack of tfie Catalogue. AXDERSON. "Vice in tlie Horse" and other papers on Horses and Biding. By E. L. Anderson. Demy, 8vo, cloth 2 00 — •• How to Ride and School a Horse." With a System of Horse Gymnastics. By Edward L. Anderson. Or. 8vo 1 00 ARMSTEAD. "The Artistic Anatomy of the Horse." A brief description of the various Anatomical Struc- tures which may bo distinguished during Life through the Skin, By Hugh W. Armstead, M.D., F.R.C.S. With illustrations from drawings by the author. Cloth oblong, 12^ x 10 3 75 Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins BACH. "How to Judge a Horse." A concise treatise as to its Qualities and Soundness ; Including Bits and Bitting, Saddles and Saddling, Stable Drainage, Driv- ing One Horse, a Pair, Four-in-hand, or Tandem, etc. By Captain F. W. Bach. 12mo, cloth, fully illustrated, $1 00; paper 50 (^*)BANHAM. "Anatomical and Physiological Model of tlie Horse." Half life size. Composed of super- posed plates, colored to nature, showing internal organs, muscles, skeleton, etc., mounted on strong boards, with explanatory text. By George A. Banham, F.R.C.V.S. Size of Model 38x41 inches 10 00 — "Tables of Veterinary Posology and Therapeutics," with weights, measures, etc. By George A. Banham, F.R.C.V.S. New edition will be ready in March 1901. 12mo, cloth 1 00 BAUCHEB,. "Method of Horsemanship." Including the Breaking and Training of Horses 1 00 {*)BELL. "The Veterinarian's CaU Book (Perpetual)." By Eoscoe R. Bell, D.V.S., editor of the American Veterinary Review. Revised for 1901, A visiting list, that can be commenced at any time and used until full, containing much useful informa- tion for the student and the busy practitioner. Among contents are items concerning : Veterinary Drugs; Poisons; Solubility of Drugs; Composition of Milk, Bile, Blood, Gastric Juice, Urine, Saliva ; Respi- ration ; Dentition; Temperature, etc., etc. Bound in flexible leather, with flap and pocket 1 25 861-8^3 Sia?^/i Avenue (cor. i8th St.), New York. 3 C*)BItADLE¥. "Outlines of Veterinary Anatomy." By O. Charnock Bradley, Member of the Royal Ck)l- lege of Veterinary Surgeons ; Professor of Anatomy in the New Veterinary College, Edinburgh. The author presents the most important facts of veterinary anatomy in as condensed a form as possible, consistent with lucidity. 12mo. Complete in three parts. Part I. : The Limbs (cloth) 1 25 Pabt II. : The Trunk (paper) 1 25 Part III. : The Head and Neck (paper) 1 25 The Set complete 3 50 CADIOT, ** Roaring in Horses." Its Pathology and Treatment. This work represents the latest develop- ment in operative methods for the alleviation of roaring. Each step is most clearly defined by excellent full-page illustrations. By P. J. Cadiot, Professor at the Veterinary School, Alfort. Trans. Thos. J. Watt Dollar, M.R.C.V.S., etc. Cloth 75 — " Exercises in Equine Surgery." By P. J. Cadiot. Translated by Prof. A. W. Bitting, M.D.,V.S. ; edited by Prof. A. Liautard, M.D.V.S. 8vo, cloth, illus- trated 2 50 (•)—'* A Treatise on Veterinany Tlierapeutics of the Domestic Animals." By P.J. Cadiot and J. Alvary. Translated by Prof. A. Liautard, M.D.,V.S. 2 Parts ready. Part I, Vol. I, 8vo, 93 pages, 45 illustrations 1 00 Part II, Vol., I, 8vo, 9G pages 1 GO {Part III, in Preparation). Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins (*)CHAPMAN. "Manual of the Pathological Treatment of Lameness in the Horse," treated solely by mechanical means. By George T. Chapman. 8vo, cloth, 124 pages 2 00 CHAVVEAU. "The Comparative Anatomy of the Domesticated Animals." By A. Chauveau. New edition, translated, enlarged and entirely revised by George Fleming, F.K.G.V.S. 8vo. cloth with 585 Illustrations 6 25 CLARKE. "Chart of the Feet and Teeth of Fossil Horses." By W. H. Clarke 25 CLEMENT. »< Veterinary Post Mortem Examina* tions," By A. W. Clement, V.S. Records of autopsies, to be of any value, should accurately represent the appearances of the tissues and organs so that a diagnosis might be made by the reader were not the examiners' conclusions stated. To make the pathological conditions clear to the reader, some definite system of dissection is necessary. The absence in the English language, of any guide in making autopsies upon the lower animals, Induced Dr. Clement to write this book, trusting that it would prove of practical value to the profession. 12mo, cloth, illustrated 75 CLEAVELAND, "Pronouncing Medical Lexicon." Pocket edition. Cloth 75 851-863 Sixth Avenue {cor. ^Ih St.), New York. COUBTENAY, "Manual of Veterinary Medicine and Surgery," By Edward Courtenay, V. S. Crown, 8vo, cloth 2 75 COX. " Horses : In Accident and Disease." The sketches i ntroduced embrace various attitudes which have been observed, such as in choking ; the disorders and accidents occurring to the stomach and intestines ; affection of the brain ; and some special forms of lame- ness, etc. By J. Roalfe Cox, F.R.C.V.S. 8vo, cloth, fully Illustrated 1 60 CURTIS. "Horses, Cattle, Sheep and Swine." The origin, history. Improvement, description, characteris- tics, merits, objections, etc. By Geo. W. Curtis, M.S.A. Superbly illustrated. Cloth, $2 00; half sheep, $2.75 ; half morocco 3 60 {**)DALBYMPLE. "Veterinary Obstetrics." A compen- dium for the use of advanced students and Practi- tioners. By W. H. Dalrymple, M. K. C. V. S., principal of the Department of Veterinary Science in the Louisiana State University and A. & M. College ; Veterinarian to the Louisiana State Bureau of Agriculture, and Agricultural Experiment Stations; Member of the United States Veterinary Medical Associations, etc. Svo, cloth, with many illustra- tions 2 50 Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins DALZIEL, " The Fox Terrier." Illustrated. (Monographs on British Dogs) . By Hugh Dalziel 1 00 — " The St. Bernard." Illustrated 1 00 — "The Diseases of Dogs." Their Pathology, Diagnosis and Treatment, with a dictionary of Canine Materia Medica. By Hugh Dalziel. 12mo, cloth 80 — "Diseases of Horses," 12mo, cloth 100 — " Breaking and Training Dogs." Being concise directions for the proper education of dogs, both for the field and for companions. Second edi- tion, revised and enlarged. Part I, by Pathfinder: Part II, by Hugh Dalziel. 12mo, cloth, illus....2 60 — " The Collie." Its History, Points, and Breeding. By Hugh Dalziel Illustrated, 8vo, cloth 1 00 — "The Greyliound." 8vo, cloth, illus 1 00 DANA. "Tables in ComparaiiTe Phygiology." By Prof. C. L. Dana, M.D 25 DANCE, "Veterinary Tablet." Folded in cloth case. The tablet of A. A. Dance is a synopsis of the diseases of horses, cattle and dogs, with the causes, symptoms and cures 75 DAY. "The Race-horse in Training." By Wm. Day, 8vo 3 50 851-853 Sixth Avenue {cor. ibth St.), New York. {*)DE BR UIN. " Bovine Obstetrics." By M. G. De Bruin, lustructor of Obstetrics at the Slate Veterinary School in Utrecht. Translated by W. E. A. Wyman, Professor of Veterinary Science at Cleiuson A. & M. College, and Veterinarian to the South Carolina Experiment Station. 8vo, cloth, 382 pages, 77 illustrations 5 UO See also " Wi/man." nOOLLAR. "A Surgical Operating Table for the Horse." By Jno. A. W. Dollar, M.R.C.V.S 90 (•)— " Clinical Veterinary Medicine and Surgery," By John A. W. Dollar, M.R.C.V.S '..5 25 (*)— "A Hand-book of Horse-Shoeiug," with Introductory chapters on the anatomy and physiology of the horso'8 foot. By Jno. A. W. Dollar, M.R.C.V.S., translator and editor of MoUer's " Veterinary Sur- gery," "An Atlas of Veterinary Surgical Operations," etc. ; with the collaboration of Albert Wheatley, F.R.C.V.S. 8vo, cloth, 433 pp., 406 illustrations . .4.75 DUN. " Veterinary Medicines." By Finlay Dun, V. S. A now revised and enlarged English edition (temporarily out of print), 8vo, cloth 3 50 DWYER. ''Seats and Saddles." Bits and Bitting, Draught and Harness and the Prevention and Cure of Restivoness in Horses. By Francis Dwyer. Illus- trated. 1 vol., 12mo, cloth, gilt 1 50 Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins FLEMING. "Veterinary Obstetrics." Including the Accidents and Diseases incident to Pregnancy, Parturi- tion, and tiie early Age in Domesticated Animals. By Geo. Fleming, F.R.C.V.S. With 212 illustrations. New edition revised, 226 illustrations, 758 pages. ..6 26 773 pages, 8vo, cloth (old edition) 3 50 — "Tuberculosis." From a Sanitary and Pathological Point of View. By Geo. Fleming, F.R.C.V.S 26 — " The Contagious Diseases of Animals-" Their influence on the wealth and health of nations. 12mo, paper 26 — "Operatire Veterinary Surgery." Part I, by Dr. Geo. Fleming, M.K.O.V.S. This valuable, work, the most practical treatise yet issued on the subject in the English language, is devoted to the common operations of Veterinary Surgery; and the concise descriptions and directions of the text are illus- trated with numerous wood engravings. 8vo,cloth.2 75 Second volume in preparation. — "Human and Animal Variolas." A Study in Comparative Pathology. Paper 25 — "Animal Plagues." Their History, Nature, and Prevention. By George Fleming, F. R. C. V. S., etc. First Series. 8vo, cloth, $6.00; Second Series. 8vo, cloth 3 00 — " Roaring in Horses." By Dr. George Fleming, F.R.C.V.S. A treatise on this peculiar disorder of the Horse, indicating its method of treatment and curability. 8vo, cloth, with col. plates 1 50 851-853 Sixth Avenue {cor. iSth St.), New York. FLEMING- NEUMANN. "Parasites and Parasitic Diseases of tlie Domesticated Animals." A work which the students of hunian or veterinary medi- cine, the sanitarian, agriculturist or breeder or rearer of animals, may refer for full information regarding the external and internal Parasites — vegetable and animal — which attack various species of Domestic Animals. A Treatise by L. G. Neumann, Professor at the National Veterinary School of Toulouse. Translated and edited by George Fleming, C, B., L.L. D.,F.R.C.V.S. 873 pages, 365 illustrations, cloth.7 50 QRESSWELL. "The Diseases and Disorders of the Ox." By George Gresswell, B.A, With Notes by James B. Gresswell. Crown, 8vo, cloth, illus 3 50 — "Diseases and Disorders of the Horse." By Albert, James B., and George Gresswell. Crown, 8vo, illus- trated, cloth 1 75 — " Veterinary Pharmacology and Therapeutics." By James B. Gresswell, F.R.C.V.S. 16mo, cloth . . .1 50 — " The Bovine Prescriber," For the use of Veterina- rians and Veterinary Students. By James B. and Albert Gresswell, M.R.C.V.S Cloth 75 — "The Equine Hospital Prescriber." Drawn up for the use of Veterinary Practitioners and Students. By Drs. James B. and Albert Gresswell, M.R.C.V.S. Cloth 75 10 Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins GRESSWELL. Manual of "The Theory aud Practice of Equine Medicine. " By J. B. Gresswell, F.K.C.V.S., and Albert Gresswell, M.R.C.V.S., second edition, enlarged, 8vo, cloth 2 75 — "Veterinary Fharmacopseia, Materia Medica and Therapeutics . " By George and Charles Gresswell, with descriptions and physiological actions of medi- cines. By Albert Gresswell. Crown, 8vo, cloth. .2 75 GOTTHEIL. "A Manual of general Histology." By Wm. S. Gottheil, M.D., Professor of Pathology in the American Veterinary College, New York; etc., etc. Histology is the basis of the physician's art, as Anatomy is the foundation of the surgeon's science. Only by knowing the processes of life can we under- stand the changes of disease and the action of remedies ; as the architect must know his building materials, so must the practitioner of medicine know the intimate structure of the body. To present this knowledge in an accessible and simple form has been the author's task. 8vo., cloth, 148 pages, fully illustrated. . . 1 00 HASSLOCH. " A Compend of Veterinary Materia Medica and Therapeutics. " By Dr. A. C. Hassloch, V.S., Lecturer on Materia Medica and Therapeutics, and Professor of Veterinary Dentistry at the New York College of Veterinary Surgeons and School of Compa- rative Medicine, N. Y. 12mo, cloth, 225 pages . .1 50 851-853 Sixth Avenue (cor. iSth St.), New Yorh. 11 HEATLEY. "The Stock Owner's Wuide." A handy Medical Treatise for every man who owns an ox or cow. By George S. Heatley, M.R.C.V, 12mo, cloth 1 25 — "The Horse Owner's Safeguard." A handy Medical Guide for every Horse Owner. 12mo, cloth 1 50 — "Practical Veterinary Remedies." 12mo, cloth 1 00 HILL. "Tlie Management and Diseases of the Dog" Containing full instructions for Breeding, Rearing and Kenneling Dogs. Their Different Diseases. How to detect and how to cure them. Their Medicines, and the doses in which they can be safely administered. By J. Woodroffe Hill, F.R.C.V.S. 12mo, cloth, extra fully illustrated 2 00 (Temporarily out of print, new edition in preparation.) HINEBAUCH. "Veterinary Dental Snrgery." For the use of Students, Practitioners and Stockmen. 12mo, cloth, illustrated 2 00 Sheep 2 76 HOAItE. "A Manual of Veterinary Therapeutics and Pharmacology." By E. Wallis Hoare, F.R.C.V.S. 12mo, cloth, 560 pages 2 75 "Deserves a Kood place in the libraries of all vetorina- riaus. * • • Cannot help but be of the greatest assist- ance to the young voteriiiariun and the every day busy practitioner."— -4jneric-an Velerinarv Review. 12 Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins {*)HOBDAY. " Canine and Feline Surgery." By Frederick T. G. Hobday, F.E.C.V.S., Professor in Charge of the Free Out-Patients' Clinique at the Royal Veterinary College, London. Tlie work contains 76 illustrations in the text. Demy 8vo, 152 pages, full-bound cloth 2 00 {**)HUNTING. The Art of Horse-shoeing. A manual for Farriers. By William Hunting, F.R.C.V.S., edi- tor of the Veterinary Record, ex-president of the Royal College of Veterinary Surgeons. 8vo, cloth, with nearly lOU illustrations 1 00 n JENKINS. " Model of the Horse." 10 00 (See Banham). (*')KOBEBT. "Practical Toxicology for Physicians and Students." By Professor Dr. Rudolph Kobert, Medical Director of Dr. Brehmer's Sanitarium for Pulmonary Diseases at Goerbersdorf in Silesia (Prus- sia), late Director of the Pharmacological Institute, Dorpat, Russia. Translated and edited by L. H. Friedburg, Ph. D. Authorized Edition. 8vo, cloth 2 50 KOCH. "Etiology of Tuberculosis." By Dr. R. Koch. Translated by T. Saure. Svo, cloth 1 00 651-853 Sixth Avenue {cor. i8th St.), New York. 13 KEATING. "A New Unabridged Pronounoinp Diction- ary of Medicine." By John M. Keating, M.D., LL.D., Henry Hamilton and others. A voluminous and exhaustive hand-book of Medical and scientific terminology with Phonetic Pronunciation, Accentu- ation, Etymology, etc. With an appendix containing Important tables of Bacilli, Microcci Leucomaines, Ptomaines ; Drugs and Materials used in Antiseptic Surgery ; Poisons and their antidotes : Weights and Measures ; Themometer Scales ; New Officinal and Unofficinal Drugs, etc., etc. 8vo, 818 pages 5 00 LAMBERT. "The Germ Theory of Disease." Bearing upon the health and welfare of man and the domesticated animals. By James Lambert, F.R.C.V.S. 8vo. paper 25 LAW. "Farmers' Veterinary Adyiser." A Guide to the Prevention and Treatment of Disease in Domestic Animals. By Professor James Law. Illustrated. 8vo, cloth 8 00 {**)LEGGE. "Cattle Tuberculosis." A Practical Guide to the Farmer, Butcher and Meat Inspector. By T.M. Legge, M.A., M.D., D.P.H., Secretary of the Royal Commission on Tuberculosis, 189G-98 ; author of " Public Health In European Capitals," and " Harold Sessions, F.R.C.V.S." Cloth 1 00 14 Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins LIAUTARD. "Median Neurotomy in the Treatment of Chronic Tendinitis and Periostosis of the Fetlock." By C. Pellerin, late Repetitor of Clinic and Surgei-y to the Alfort Veterinary School. Translated with addi- tional facts relating to it, by Prof. A. Liautard, M.D., V.M. Having rendered good results when performed by himself, the author believes the operation, which consists in dividing the cubito-plantar nerve and in excising a portion of the peripherical end, the means of improving the conditions, and consequently the values of many apparently doomed animals. Agricul- ture in particular will be benefited. The worli is divided into two parts. The first covers the study of Median Neurotomy itself ; the second, the exact relations of the facts as observed by the author. 8vo. , boards 1 00 — "Manual of Operative Veterinary Surgery " By A. Liautard, M.D., V.M., Principal and Professor of Anatomy, Surgery, Sanitary Medicine and Juris- prudence in the American Veterinary College; Chevalier du Merite Agricole de France, Honorary Fellow of the Royal College of Veterinary Surgeons (London), etc., etc. 8vo, cloth, 786 pages and nearly 600 illustrations 6 00 — * 'Animal Castration." A concise and practical Treatise on the Castration of the Domestic Animals. The only work on the subject in the English language. Illustrated with forty-four cuts. 12mo, cloth... 2 00 — "Vade Meeum of Equine Anatomy." By A. Liautard, M.D.V.S. Dean of the American Veterinary College. 12mo. cloth. New edition, with illustrations — 2 00 851-853 Sijcth Avenue {cor. iSth St.), New York. 15 LIAUTARD, "Translation of Zundel on the Horse's Foot." Cloth 2 00 — " How to Tell the Age of the Domestic Animal." Bj Dr. A. Liautaid, M.D., V.S. Profusely illustrated. 12mo, cloth 50 — "On the Lameness of Horses." By A. Liautard, M.D.,V.S 2 50 See also "CadioVs Surgery.^'' (•)— " A Treatise on Veterinary Tlierapeutics of the Domestic Animals." (See Cadiof.) LONG. "Book of the Pig." Its selection, Breeding, Feeding and Management. Svo, cloth 4 26 {**)LOWE. "Breeding Racehorses by the Figure System." Compiled by the late C. Bruce Lowe. Edited by William Allison, " The Special Commis- sioner," London Sportsman, Hon. Secretary Sporting League, and Manager of the International Horse Agency and Exchange. With numerous fine illustra- tions of celebrated horses. Quarto, cloth 7 50 £ UDL O If, " Science in the Stable "; or How a Horse can be Kept in Perfect Health and be Used Without Shoes, in Harness or under the Saddle. With the Reason Why. Second American Edition. Enlarged and Exemplified. By Jacob II. Ludlow, M.D. Late Staff Surgeon, U. S. Army. Paper, IGC pages 50 16 Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins LUPTON. »*,Horses: Sound and Unsound," with Law relating to Sales and Warranty. By J. Irvine Lupton, F.R.C.V.S. 8vo, cloth, illustrated 125 — "The Horse." As he Was, as he Is, and as he Ought to Be. By J. I. Lupton, F.R.C.V.S. Illus- trated. Crown, 8vo 1 40 MAGNEB. " Facts for Horse Owners." By D. Magner. Upwards of 1,000 pages, illustrated with 900 engrav- ings. 8vo, leather binding 7 50 MATUEW. "The lUustrated Horse Doctor." An accurate and detailed account of the Various Diseases to which the Equine Race is subject ; together with the latest mode of Treatment, and all the Requisite Pre- scriptions written in plain English. By E. Edward Mayhew, M.R.C.V.S. Illustrated, Entirely new edition, 8vOj cloth , 2 75 McBBIDE. "Anatomical Outlines of the Horse." 12mo, cloth. Reduced to 1 50 McCOMBIE. "Cattle and Cattle Breeders." Cloth 1 00 M'FADYEAN. "Anatomy of the Horse." A Dis- section Guide. By J. M. M'Fadyean, M.R.C.V.S. This book is Intended for Veterinary students, and offers to them in its 48 full-page colored plates numer- ous other engravings and excellent text, the most valuable and practical aid in the study of Veterinary Anatomy, especially in the dissecting room. 8vo, cloth 5 50 851-863 Sixth Avenue {cor. 48th St.), New York. 17 M'FADYEAN. " Comparative Anatomj of the Dmnes- ticated Animals." By J. M'Fadyean, Profusely iliustrated, and to be issued In two parts. Part I — Osteology, ready. Paper, 2.60; cloth. . 2.75 (Part II In preparation.) MILLS. "How to Keep a Do^ in the City." By Wesley Mills, M.D., V.S. It tells how to choose, manage, house, feed, educate the pup, how to keep him clean and teach him cleanliness. Paper 25 MOLLER» "Opcratire Veterinary Snr^ery." By Profes- sor Dr. H. MoUer, Berlin. Translated and edited from the 2nd edition, enlarged and improved, by John A. W. Dollar, M.R.C.S. Prof. MoUer's work presents the most recent and complete exposition of the Principles and Practice of Veterinary Surgery, and is the standard text-book on the subject throughout Germany. Many subjects ignored in previous treatises on Veterinary Surgery here receive full consideration, while the better known are presented under new and suggestive aspects. As Prof. Moller's work represents not only his own opinions and practice, but those of the best Veterinary Surgeons of various countries, the trans- lation cannot fail to be of signal service to American and British Veterinarians and to Students of Veter- Inarj'^ and Comparative Surgery. 1 vol., 8vo. 722 pages, 142 illustratione 5 25 MOBETON. " On Horse-brealiing." 12mo, cl 50 18 Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins MOSSE1.MAN-L1ENAUX. "Veterinary Microbio- logj," By Professors Mosselman and Lienaux, Nat. Veterinary College, Cureghem, Belgium. Trans- lated and edited by E. R. Dinwiddle, Professor of Veterinary Science, College of Agriculture, Arkansas State University. 12mo, cloth, 3i2 pages 2 00 NOCARD. " The Animal Tuberculoses, and tlieir Relation to Human Tuberculosis-" By Ed. Nocard, Professor of the Alfort Veterinary College. Translated by H. Scurfield, M.D. Ed., Ph. Camb. Perhaps the chief interest to doctors of human medicine in Professor Nocard's book lies in the demonstration of the small part played by heredity, and the great part played by contagion in the propa- gation of bovine tuberculosis. It seems not unreason- able to suppose that the same is the case for human tuberculosis, and that, if the children of tuberculosis parents were protected from infection by cohabitation or ingestion, the importance of heredity as a cause of the disease, or even of the predisposition to it, would dwindle away into insignificance. ]2mo, cloth, 143 pages 1 00 PEGLER. "The Book of the Goat." 12mo, cloth 1 75 PELLERIN. "Median Neurotomy in the Treatment of Chronic Tendinitis and Periostosis of the Fetlock." By C. Pellerin, late repetitor of Clinic and Surgery to the Alfort Veterinary School. Translated, with Addi- tional Facts Relating to It, by Prof. A. Liautard, M.D., V.M. 8vo, boards, illustrated 100 See also " Liautard." 851-853 Sixth Avenue {cor. iSth St.), New York. 19 PETERS. ' A Tuberculous Herd— Test with Tuber- culin. " By Austin Peters, M. K. C. V. S., Chief Inspector of Cattle for tlie New York State Board of Health during the winter of 1892-93. Pamphlet 25 *)PFElFFEIt - WILLIAMS. " A Course of Surgical Operations for Veterinary Students and Practi- tioners." By W. PfeifTer, Assistant in the Surgical Clinic of the Veterinary High School in Berlin, and W. L. Williams, V.S., Professor of Surgery in the New York State Veterinary College, Cornell Univer- sity, Ithaca, N. Y. A concise description of the more common major surgical operations, designed as a laboratory guide in surgical exercises for veterinary students and as a ready reference for practitioners in surgical opera- tions. Based upon a translation of Dr. PfeilTer's " Operations-Cursus," embodying the experience of Dr. Pfeiffer and Prof. Dr. FrOhnor in the Berlin Veterinary School. With numerous annotations there have been added many of the newer, largely distinc- tively American, operations. With 42 illustrations, 12mo, cloth 1 25 REYNOLD. "Breeding and Management of Draught Horses." 8vo, cloth 1 40 ROBERGE. '< The Foot of the Horse," or Lameness and all Diseases of the Feet traced to an Unbalanced Foot Bone, prevented or cured by balancing the foot. By David Roberge. 8vo, cloth 5 00 aO Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkina {**)SEWELL,. *' The Examination of Horses as to Sound- ness and Selection as to Purchase." By Edward Sewell, M.K.C.V.S.L. 8vo, paper 1 £0 It is a great advantage to the business man to know something of the elements of law, and nobody ought either to buy or own a horse who does not know something about the animal. That something this book gives, and gives in a thoroughly excellent way Our Animal Friends, November, 1898. SMITH. ** A Manual of Veterinary Physiology." By Veterinary Captain F. Smith, M.R.C.V.S. Author of " A Manual of Veterinary Hygiene." Throughout this manual the object has been to con- dense the information as much as possible. The broad facts of the sciences are stated so as to render them of use to the student and practitioner. In this second edition — rewritten — the whole of the Nervous System has been revised, a new chapter dealing with the Development of the Ovum has been added together with many additional facts and illustrations. About one hundred additional pages are given. Second edition, revised and enlarged, with additional illus- trations 3 75 — ''Manual of Veterinary Hygiene." 2nd edition, revised. Crown, 8vo, cloth 3 25 i")STBANGEWAT. "Veterinary Anatomy." New edition, revised and edited by I. Vaughan, F.L.S., M.R.C.V.S., with several hundred illustrations. 8vo, cloth , 5 00 851-853 Sixth Avenue {cor. i8th St.), New York 21 DSUSHDORF. " Large Colored Wall Diat'raniK." By Professor Sussdorf, M.D. (of Gultiugen). Text translated by Prof. W. Owen Williams, of the Now Veterinary College, Edinburgh. Size, H inches by 30 inches. 1.— Horse. 4.— Ox. 2.— Mare. 5.— Boar and Sow. 3. -Cow. 6.— Dog and Bitch. Showing the position of the viscera in the large cavities of the body. Price, unmounted 1 75 each " mounted on linen, with roller 3 50 ♦• (")V AN MATER, <' A Text Book of Tetcrinary Opli- thalmolo^y." By George G. Van Mat(3r, M.D., D.V.S., Professor of Ophthalmology in the American Veterinary College ; Oculist and Aurist to St. Martha's Sanitarium and Dispensary ; Consulting Eye and Ear Surgeon to the Twenty-sixth Ward Dispensary ; Eye and Ear Surgeon, Brooklyn Eastern District Dispen - sary, etc. Illustrated by one chromo lithograph plate and seventy-one engravings, 8vo cloth 3 00 VETEItlNARY DIAGRAMS in Tabular Form. Size, 28| in. x 22 inches. Piice per set of five. . . 4 75 No. 1. "The External Form and Elementary Ana- tomy of the Horse." Eight colored illustrations — 1. External regions ; 2. Skeleton ; 3. Muscles (Superior Layer) ; 4. Muscles (Deep Layer) ; 5. Respiratory Ap- paratus; G. Digestive Apparatus; 7. Circulatory Ap- paratus ; 8. Nerve Apparatus ; with letter-press descrip- tion 1 25 22 Veterinary Catalogue of William Jt. Jenkins No. 2. "The Age of Domestic Animals-" Forty-two figures illustrating the structure of the teeth, indicat- ing the Age of the Horse, Ox, Sheep, and Dog, with full description 75 No. 3. "The Unsoundness and Defects of the Horse." Fifty figures illustrating— 1. The Defects of Confor- mation ; 2. Defects of Position ; 3. Infirmities or Signs of Disease ; 4. Unsoundnesses ; 5. Defects of the Foot ; with full description 75 No. 4. "The Shoeing of the Horse, Mule and Ox." Fifty figures descriptive of the Anatomy and Physio- logy of the Foot and of Horse-shoeing. 75 No. 5. "The Elementary Anatomy, Points, and But- cher's Joints of the Ox." Ten colored illustrations — 1. Skeleton; 2. Nervous System: 3. Digestive System (Right Side) ; 4. Respiratory System ; 5. Points of a Fat Ox ; 6. Muscular System ; 7. Vascular System ; 8. Digestive System (Left Side) ; 9. Butcher's Sections of a Calf ; 10. Butcher's Sections of an Ox ; with full description . . 1 25 WALLEY. "A Practical Guide to Meat Inspection." By Thomas Walley, M.R.C.V.S., formerly principal of the Edinburgh Royal (Dick) Veterinary College ; Pro- fessor of Veterinary Medicine and Surgery, etc. Third Edition, thoroughly revised, with forty-five colored illustrations, 12mo, cloth 3 00 Temporarily out of print. (4th edition in preparation.) An experience of over 30 years in his profession and a long official connection (some sixteen years) with Edinburgh Abattoirs have enabled the author to gather a large store of information on the subject, which he has embodied in his book. Dr. Walley's opi- nions are regarded as the highest authority on Meat Inspection. 851-853 Sixth Avmtie (cor. iSth St.), New York 23 WALLEY. " Four Bovine Scourges." (Plouro-Pneuraonia, Foot and Mouth Disease, Cattle Plague and Tubercle.) With an Appendix on the Inspection of Live Animals and Meat. Illustrated, 4to, cloth. .6 40 WILLIAMS. "Principles and Practice of Veterinary Medicine." New author's edition, entirely revised and illustrated with numerous plain and colored plates. By W. Williams, M.R.C.V.S. 8vo., cloth. .6 OO — "Principles and Practice of Yeteriiiary Surgery." New author's edition, entirely revised and illustrated with numerous plain and colored plates. By W. Williams, M.R.C.V.S. 8vo, cloth 6 00 {')WILLIAMS ' fFEIFFER. "A Course of Surgical Operations for Veterinary Students and Practi- tioners." By W. Pfeiffer and W. L. Williams, V.S. With 42 illustrations, 12mo, cloth 1 25 See also "Pfeiffer- Williams." (*) WINSLOW. "Veterinary Materia Medica and Therapeu- tics." By Kenelm Winslow, B.A.S., M.D.V., M.D., (Harv.) ; Assistant Professor of Therapeutics in the Veterinary School of Harvard University ; Fellow of the Massachusetts Medical Society ; Surgeon to the Newton Hospital, etc. 8vo, cloth, 750 pages C 00 C*)WYMAN. "The Clinical Diagnosis of Lameness in the Horse." Hy W. E. A. Wyman, V.S., Prof, of Veterinary Science, Clemson A. & M. College, and Veterinarian to the South Carolina Experiment Sta- tion. 8vo, do th, illustrated 2 50 24 Veterinary Cata/ogue of William R. Jenkins {*)JFyMAN'. "Bovine ObstPtrlcs." By M. G. De Bruin, Instructor of Obstetrics at tiie State Veterinary School in Utrecht. Translated by W. E. A. Wyman, M.D.V., V.S., Professor of Veterinary Science, Clemson A. & M. College, and Veterinarian to the South Carolina Experiment Station. 8vo, cloth, 382 pages, 77 illustrations 5 00 See also " De Bruin." ZUNDEL. "The Horse's Foot and Its Diseases." By A. Zundel, Principal Veterinarian of Alsace Lorraine. Translated by Dr. A. Liautard, V.S. 12mo, cloth illustrated 2 00 ZUILTj. "Typhoid Fever; or Contiiprions Inflnenza in the Horse." By Prof. W. L. ZuilJ, M.D.,D.V.S. Pamphlet 26 Otir Books are for sale by all booksellers, or will be sent prepaid for the prices 'icrc quoted. WILLIAfl R. JENKINS, 85! and 853 Sixth Avenue, NEW YORK. ... % — v^' 'L-i- %, ^0^ •< '-^^0^ f ?5^.^ XPVN • '^^ ^^ '*'^ ^0^ oOJL"*. "^o :. '^^0^ r ^^. iTn*' ;^0 <^ 'CO- ^- ^^. r3^"v0. t* *^ c5°^ ^^^^ --^^^ i^ . " • ♦ '^o A'i' .«•'•-» <^ d^ c « " • * o > a5°Xv "o^ *. V.9^" ** I « t^*- ^°^ ^oV" ' "o.^^f^^o^ V^^\/ "<>^*^-'*/ V^ >^*" X J WERT *b K I BOOKBINDING 3rn»ill<> Pa -0^